File: | src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/../../../llvm/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateInstantiate.cpp |
Warning: | line 2793, column 41 Called C++ object pointer is null |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
1 | //===------- SemaTemplateInstantiate.cpp - C++ Template Instantiation ------===/ | ||||||||||||
2 | // | ||||||||||||
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. | ||||||||||||
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. | ||||||||||||
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception | ||||||||||||
6 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===/ | ||||||||||||
7 | // | ||||||||||||
8 | // This file implements C++ template instantiation. | ||||||||||||
9 | // | ||||||||||||
10 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===/ | ||||||||||||
11 | |||||||||||||
12 | #include "TreeTransform.h" | ||||||||||||
13 | #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" | ||||||||||||
14 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" | ||||||||||||
15 | #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" | ||||||||||||
16 | #include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h" | ||||||||||||
17 | #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" | ||||||||||||
18 | #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" | ||||||||||||
19 | #include "clang/AST/PrettyDeclStackTrace.h" | ||||||||||||
20 | #include "clang/AST/TypeVisitor.h" | ||||||||||||
21 | #include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" | ||||||||||||
22 | #include "clang/Basic/Stack.h" | ||||||||||||
23 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" | ||||||||||||
24 | #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" | ||||||||||||
25 | #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" | ||||||||||||
26 | #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" | ||||||||||||
27 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaConcept.h" | ||||||||||||
28 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" | ||||||||||||
29 | #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" | ||||||||||||
30 | #include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h" | ||||||||||||
31 | #include "clang/Sema/TemplateInstCallback.h" | ||||||||||||
32 | #include "llvm/Support/TimeProfiler.h" | ||||||||||||
33 | |||||||||||||
34 | using namespace clang; | ||||||||||||
35 | using namespace sema; | ||||||||||||
36 | |||||||||||||
37 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===/ | ||||||||||||
38 | // Template Instantiation Support | ||||||||||||
39 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===/ | ||||||||||||
40 | |||||||||||||
41 | /// Retrieve the template argument list(s) that should be used to | ||||||||||||
42 | /// instantiate the definition of the given declaration. | ||||||||||||
43 | /// | ||||||||||||
44 | /// \param D the declaration for which we are computing template instantiation | ||||||||||||
45 | /// arguments. | ||||||||||||
46 | /// | ||||||||||||
47 | /// \param Innermost if non-NULL, the innermost template argument list. | ||||||||||||
48 | /// | ||||||||||||
49 | /// \param RelativeToPrimary true if we should get the template | ||||||||||||
50 | /// arguments relative to the primary template, even when we're | ||||||||||||
51 | /// dealing with a specialization. This is only relevant for function | ||||||||||||
52 | /// template specializations. | ||||||||||||
53 | /// | ||||||||||||
54 | /// \param Pattern If non-NULL, indicates the pattern from which we will be | ||||||||||||
55 | /// instantiating the definition of the given declaration, \p D. This is | ||||||||||||
56 | /// used to determine the proper set of template instantiation arguments for | ||||||||||||
57 | /// friend function template specializations. | ||||||||||||
58 | MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList | ||||||||||||
59 | Sema::getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, | ||||||||||||
60 | const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost, | ||||||||||||
61 | bool RelativeToPrimary, | ||||||||||||
62 | const FunctionDecl *Pattern) { | ||||||||||||
63 | // Accumulate the set of template argument lists in this structure. | ||||||||||||
64 | MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList Result; | ||||||||||||
65 | |||||||||||||
66 | if (Innermost) | ||||||||||||
67 | Result.addOuterTemplateArguments(Innermost); | ||||||||||||
68 | |||||||||||||
69 | DeclContext *Ctx = dyn_cast<DeclContext>(D); | ||||||||||||
70 | if (!Ctx) { | ||||||||||||
71 | Ctx = D->getDeclContext(); | ||||||||||||
72 | |||||||||||||
73 | // Add template arguments from a variable template instantiation. For a | ||||||||||||
74 | // class-scope explicit specialization, there are no template arguments | ||||||||||||
75 | // at this level, but there may be enclosing template arguments. | ||||||||||||
76 | VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec = | ||||||||||||
77 | dyn_cast<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D); | ||||||||||||
78 | if (Spec && !Spec->isClassScopeExplicitSpecialization()) { | ||||||||||||
79 | // We're done when we hit an explicit specialization. | ||||||||||||
80 | if (Spec->getSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization && | ||||||||||||
81 | !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Spec)) | ||||||||||||
82 | return Result; | ||||||||||||
83 | |||||||||||||
84 | Result.addOuterTemplateArguments(&Spec->getTemplateInstantiationArgs()); | ||||||||||||
85 | |||||||||||||
86 | // If this variable template specialization was instantiated from a | ||||||||||||
87 | // specialized member that is a variable template, we're done. | ||||||||||||
88 | assert(Spec->getSpecializedTemplate() && "No variable template?")((void)0); | ||||||||||||
89 | llvm::PointerUnion<VarTemplateDecl*, | ||||||||||||
90 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl*> Specialized | ||||||||||||
91 | = Spec->getSpecializedTemplateOrPartial(); | ||||||||||||
92 | if (VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial = | ||||||||||||
93 | Specialized.dyn_cast<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *>()) { | ||||||||||||
94 | if (Partial->isMemberSpecialization()) | ||||||||||||
95 | return Result; | ||||||||||||
96 | } else { | ||||||||||||
97 | VarTemplateDecl *Tmpl = Specialized.get<VarTemplateDecl *>(); | ||||||||||||
98 | if (Tmpl->isMemberSpecialization()) | ||||||||||||
99 | return Result; | ||||||||||||
100 | } | ||||||||||||
101 | } | ||||||||||||
102 | |||||||||||||
103 | // If we have a template template parameter with translation unit context, | ||||||||||||
104 | // then we're performing substitution into a default template argument of | ||||||||||||
105 | // this template template parameter before we've constructed the template | ||||||||||||
106 | // that will own this template template parameter. In this case, we | ||||||||||||
107 | // use empty template parameter lists for all of the outer templates | ||||||||||||
108 | // to avoid performing any substitutions. | ||||||||||||
109 | if (Ctx->isTranslationUnit()) { | ||||||||||||
110 | if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP | ||||||||||||
111 | = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||||||
112 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = TTP->getDepth() + 1; I != N; ++I) | ||||||||||||
113 | Result.addOuterTemplateArguments(None); | ||||||||||||
114 | return Result; | ||||||||||||
115 | } | ||||||||||||
116 | } | ||||||||||||
117 | } | ||||||||||||
118 | |||||||||||||
119 | while (!Ctx->isFileContext()) { | ||||||||||||
120 | // Add template arguments from a class template instantiation. | ||||||||||||
121 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec | ||||||||||||
122 | = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Ctx); | ||||||||||||
123 | if (Spec && !Spec->isClassScopeExplicitSpecialization()) { | ||||||||||||
124 | // We're done when we hit an explicit specialization. | ||||||||||||
125 | if (Spec->getSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization && | ||||||||||||
126 | !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Spec)) | ||||||||||||
127 | break; | ||||||||||||
128 | |||||||||||||
129 | Result.addOuterTemplateArguments(&Spec->getTemplateInstantiationArgs()); | ||||||||||||
130 | |||||||||||||
131 | // If this class template specialization was instantiated from a | ||||||||||||
132 | // specialized member that is a class template, we're done. | ||||||||||||
133 | assert(Spec->getSpecializedTemplate() && "No class template?")((void)0); | ||||||||||||
134 | if (Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->isMemberSpecialization()) | ||||||||||||
135 | break; | ||||||||||||
136 | } | ||||||||||||
137 | // Add template arguments from a function template specialization. | ||||||||||||
138 | else if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Ctx)) { | ||||||||||||
139 | if (!RelativeToPrimary && | ||||||||||||
140 | Function->getTemplateSpecializationKindForInstantiation() == | ||||||||||||
141 | TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) | ||||||||||||
142 | break; | ||||||||||||
143 | |||||||||||||
144 | if (!RelativeToPrimary && Function->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == | ||||||||||||
145 | TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) { | ||||||||||||
146 | // This is an implicit instantiation of an explicit specialization. We | ||||||||||||
147 | // don't get any template arguments from this function but might get | ||||||||||||
148 | // some from an enclosing template. | ||||||||||||
149 | } else if (const TemplateArgumentList *TemplateArgs | ||||||||||||
150 | = Function->getTemplateSpecializationArgs()) { | ||||||||||||
151 | // Add the template arguments for this specialization. | ||||||||||||
152 | Result.addOuterTemplateArguments(TemplateArgs); | ||||||||||||
153 | |||||||||||||
154 | // If this function was instantiated from a specialized member that is | ||||||||||||
155 | // a function template, we're done. | ||||||||||||
156 | assert(Function->getPrimaryTemplate() && "No function template?")((void)0); | ||||||||||||
157 | if (Function->getPrimaryTemplate()->isMemberSpecialization()) | ||||||||||||
158 | break; | ||||||||||||
159 | |||||||||||||
160 | // If this function is a generic lambda specialization, we are done. | ||||||||||||
161 | if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorOrStaticInvokerSpecialization(Function)) | ||||||||||||
162 | break; | ||||||||||||
163 | |||||||||||||
164 | } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl | ||||||||||||
165 | = Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { | ||||||||||||
166 | // Add the "injected" template arguments. | ||||||||||||
167 | Result.addOuterTemplateArguments(FunTmpl->getInjectedTemplateArgs()); | ||||||||||||
168 | } | ||||||||||||
169 | |||||||||||||
170 | // If this is a friend declaration and it declares an entity at | ||||||||||||
171 | // namespace scope, take arguments from its lexical parent | ||||||||||||
172 | // instead of its semantic parent, unless of course the pattern we're | ||||||||||||
173 | // instantiating actually comes from the file's context! | ||||||||||||
174 | if (Function->getFriendObjectKind() && | ||||||||||||
175 | Function->getDeclContext()->isFileContext() && | ||||||||||||
176 | (!Pattern || !Pattern->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFileContext())) { | ||||||||||||
177 | Ctx = Function->getLexicalDeclContext(); | ||||||||||||
178 | RelativeToPrimary = false; | ||||||||||||
179 | continue; | ||||||||||||
180 | } | ||||||||||||
181 | } else if (CXXRecordDecl *Rec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) { | ||||||||||||
182 | if (ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTemplate = Rec->getDescribedClassTemplate()) { | ||||||||||||
183 | QualType T = ClassTemplate->getInjectedClassNameSpecialization(); | ||||||||||||
184 | const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = | ||||||||||||
185 | cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(Context.getCanonicalType(T)); | ||||||||||||
186 | Result.addOuterTemplateArguments( | ||||||||||||
187 | llvm::makeArrayRef(TST->getArgs(), TST->getNumArgs())); | ||||||||||||
188 | if (ClassTemplate->isMemberSpecialization()) | ||||||||||||
189 | break; | ||||||||||||
190 | } | ||||||||||||
191 | } | ||||||||||||
192 | |||||||||||||
193 | Ctx = Ctx->getParent(); | ||||||||||||
194 | RelativeToPrimary = false; | ||||||||||||
195 | } | ||||||||||||
196 | |||||||||||||
197 | return Result; | ||||||||||||
198 | } | ||||||||||||
199 | |||||||||||||
200 | bool Sema::CodeSynthesisContext::isInstantiationRecord() const { | ||||||||||||
201 | switch (Kind) { | ||||||||||||
202 | case TemplateInstantiation: | ||||||||||||
203 | case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: | ||||||||||||
204 | case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: | ||||||||||||
205 | case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: | ||||||||||||
206 | case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: | ||||||||||||
207 | case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: | ||||||||||||
208 | case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: | ||||||||||||
209 | case ConstraintsCheck: | ||||||||||||
210 | case NestedRequirementConstraintsCheck: | ||||||||||||
211 | return true; | ||||||||||||
212 | |||||||||||||
213 | case RequirementInstantiation: | ||||||||||||
214 | case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: | ||||||||||||
215 | case DeclaringSpecialMember: | ||||||||||||
216 | case DeclaringImplicitEqualityComparison: | ||||||||||||
217 | case DefiningSynthesizedFunction: | ||||||||||||
218 | case ExceptionSpecEvaluation: | ||||||||||||
219 | case ConstraintSubstitution: | ||||||||||||
220 | case ParameterMappingSubstitution: | ||||||||||||
221 | case ConstraintNormalization: | ||||||||||||
222 | case RewritingOperatorAsSpaceship: | ||||||||||||
223 | case InitializingStructuredBinding: | ||||||||||||
224 | case MarkingClassDllexported: | ||||||||||||
225 | return false; | ||||||||||||
226 | |||||||||||||
227 | // This function should never be called when Kind's value is Memoization. | ||||||||||||
228 | case Memoization: | ||||||||||||
229 | break; | ||||||||||||
230 | } | ||||||||||||
231 | |||||||||||||
232 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid SynthesisKind!")__builtin_unreachable(); | ||||||||||||
233 | } | ||||||||||||
234 | |||||||||||||
235 | Sema::InstantiatingTemplate::InstantiatingTemplate( | ||||||||||||
236 | Sema &SemaRef, CodeSynthesisContext::SynthesisKind Kind, | ||||||||||||
237 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, SourceRange InstantiationRange, | ||||||||||||
238 | Decl *Entity, NamedDecl *Template, ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, | ||||||||||||
239 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo) | ||||||||||||
240 | : SemaRef(SemaRef) { | ||||||||||||
241 | // Don't allow further instantiation if a fatal error and an uncompilable | ||||||||||||
242 | // error have occurred. Any diagnostics we might have raised will not be | ||||||||||||
243 | // visible, and we do not need to construct a correct AST. | ||||||||||||
244 | if (SemaRef.Diags.hasFatalErrorOccurred() && | ||||||||||||
245 | SemaRef.hasUncompilableErrorOccurred()) { | ||||||||||||
246 | Invalid = true; | ||||||||||||
247 | return; | ||||||||||||
248 | } | ||||||||||||
249 | Invalid = CheckInstantiationDepth(PointOfInstantiation, InstantiationRange); | ||||||||||||
250 | if (!Invalid) { | ||||||||||||
251 | CodeSynthesisContext Inst; | ||||||||||||
252 | Inst.Kind = Kind; | ||||||||||||
253 | Inst.PointOfInstantiation = PointOfInstantiation; | ||||||||||||
254 | Inst.Entity = Entity; | ||||||||||||
255 | Inst.Template = Template; | ||||||||||||
256 | Inst.TemplateArgs = TemplateArgs.data(); | ||||||||||||
257 | Inst.NumTemplateArgs = TemplateArgs.size(); | ||||||||||||
258 | Inst.DeductionInfo = DeductionInfo; | ||||||||||||
259 | Inst.InstantiationRange = InstantiationRange; | ||||||||||||
260 | SemaRef.pushCodeSynthesisContext(Inst); | ||||||||||||
261 | |||||||||||||
262 | AlreadyInstantiating = !Inst.Entity
| ||||||||||||
263 | !SemaRef.InstantiatingSpecializations | ||||||||||||
264 | .insert({Inst.Entity->getCanonicalDecl(), Inst.Kind}) | ||||||||||||
265 | .second; | ||||||||||||
266 | atTemplateBegin(SemaRef.TemplateInstCallbacks, SemaRef, Inst); | ||||||||||||
267 | } | ||||||||||||
268 | } | ||||||||||||
269 | |||||||||||||
270 | Sema::InstantiatingTemplate::InstantiatingTemplate( | ||||||||||||
271 | Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, Decl *Entity, | ||||||||||||
272 | SourceRange InstantiationRange) | ||||||||||||
273 | : InstantiatingTemplate(SemaRef, | ||||||||||||
274 | CodeSynthesisContext::TemplateInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
275 | PointOfInstantiation, InstantiationRange, Entity) {} | ||||||||||||
276 | |||||||||||||
277 | Sema::InstantiatingTemplate::InstantiatingTemplate( | ||||||||||||
278 | Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, FunctionDecl *Entity, | ||||||||||||
279 | ExceptionSpecification, SourceRange InstantiationRange) | ||||||||||||
280 | : InstantiatingTemplate( | ||||||||||||
281 | SemaRef, CodeSynthesisContext::ExceptionSpecInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
282 | PointOfInstantiation, InstantiationRange, Entity) {} | ||||||||||||
283 | |||||||||||||
284 | Sema::InstantiatingTemplate::InstantiatingTemplate( | ||||||||||||
285 | Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, TemplateParameter Param, | ||||||||||||
286 | TemplateDecl *Template, ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, | ||||||||||||
287 | SourceRange InstantiationRange) | ||||||||||||
288 | : InstantiatingTemplate( | ||||||||||||
289 | SemaRef, | ||||||||||||
290 | CodeSynthesisContext::DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
291 | PointOfInstantiation, InstantiationRange, getAsNamedDecl(Param), | ||||||||||||
292 | Template, TemplateArgs) {} | ||||||||||||
293 | |||||||||||||
294 | Sema::InstantiatingTemplate::InstantiatingTemplate( | ||||||||||||
295 | Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
296 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, | ||||||||||||
297 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, | ||||||||||||
298 | CodeSynthesisContext::SynthesisKind Kind, | ||||||||||||
299 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, SourceRange InstantiationRange) | ||||||||||||
300 | : InstantiatingTemplate(SemaRef, Kind, PointOfInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
301 | InstantiationRange, FunctionTemplate, nullptr, | ||||||||||||
302 | TemplateArgs, &DeductionInfo) { | ||||||||||||
303 | assert(((void)0) | ||||||||||||
304 | Kind == CodeSynthesisContext::ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution ||((void)0) | ||||||||||||
305 | Kind == CodeSynthesisContext::DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution)((void)0); | ||||||||||||
306 | } | ||||||||||||
307 | |||||||||||||
308 | Sema::InstantiatingTemplate::InstantiatingTemplate( | ||||||||||||
309 | Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
310 | TemplateDecl *Template, | ||||||||||||
311 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, | ||||||||||||
312 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, SourceRange InstantiationRange) | ||||||||||||
313 | : InstantiatingTemplate( | ||||||||||||
314 | SemaRef, | ||||||||||||
315 | CodeSynthesisContext::DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, | ||||||||||||
316 | PointOfInstantiation, InstantiationRange, Template, nullptr, | ||||||||||||
317 | TemplateArgs, &DeductionInfo) {} | ||||||||||||
318 | |||||||||||||
319 | Sema::InstantiatingTemplate::InstantiatingTemplate( | ||||||||||||
320 | Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
321 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, | ||||||||||||
322 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, | ||||||||||||
323 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, SourceRange InstantiationRange) | ||||||||||||
324 | : InstantiatingTemplate( | ||||||||||||
325 | SemaRef, | ||||||||||||
326 | CodeSynthesisContext::DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, | ||||||||||||
327 | PointOfInstantiation, InstantiationRange, PartialSpec, nullptr, | ||||||||||||
328 | TemplateArgs, &DeductionInfo) {} | ||||||||||||
329 | |||||||||||||
330 | Sema::InstantiatingTemplate::InstantiatingTemplate( | ||||||||||||
331 | Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
332 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, | ||||||||||||
333 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, | ||||||||||||
334 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, SourceRange InstantiationRange) | ||||||||||||
335 | : InstantiatingTemplate( | ||||||||||||
336 | SemaRef, | ||||||||||||
337 | CodeSynthesisContext::DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, | ||||||||||||
338 | PointOfInstantiation, InstantiationRange, PartialSpec, nullptr, | ||||||||||||
339 | TemplateArgs, &DeductionInfo) {} | ||||||||||||
340 | |||||||||||||
341 | Sema::InstantiatingTemplate::InstantiatingTemplate( | ||||||||||||
342 | Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, ParmVarDecl *Param, | ||||||||||||
343 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, SourceRange InstantiationRange) | ||||||||||||
344 | : InstantiatingTemplate( | ||||||||||||
345 | SemaRef, | ||||||||||||
346 | CodeSynthesisContext::DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
347 | PointOfInstantiation, InstantiationRange, Param, nullptr, | ||||||||||||
348 | TemplateArgs) {} | ||||||||||||
349 | |||||||||||||
350 | Sema::InstantiatingTemplate::InstantiatingTemplate( | ||||||||||||
351 | Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, NamedDecl *Template, | ||||||||||||
352 | NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, | ||||||||||||
353 | SourceRange InstantiationRange) | ||||||||||||
354 | : InstantiatingTemplate( | ||||||||||||
355 | SemaRef, | ||||||||||||
356 | CodeSynthesisContext::PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, | ||||||||||||
357 | PointOfInstantiation, InstantiationRange, Param, Template, | ||||||||||||
358 | TemplateArgs) {} | ||||||||||||
359 | |||||||||||||
360 | Sema::InstantiatingTemplate::InstantiatingTemplate( | ||||||||||||
361 | Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, NamedDecl *Template, | ||||||||||||
362 | TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, | ||||||||||||
363 | SourceRange InstantiationRange) | ||||||||||||
364 | : InstantiatingTemplate( | ||||||||||||
365 | SemaRef, | ||||||||||||
366 | CodeSynthesisContext::PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, | ||||||||||||
367 | PointOfInstantiation, InstantiationRange, Param, Template, | ||||||||||||
368 | TemplateArgs) {} | ||||||||||||
369 | |||||||||||||
370 | Sema::InstantiatingTemplate::InstantiatingTemplate( | ||||||||||||
371 | Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, TemplateDecl *Template, | ||||||||||||
372 | NamedDecl *Param, ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, | ||||||||||||
373 | SourceRange InstantiationRange) | ||||||||||||
374 | : InstantiatingTemplate( | ||||||||||||
375 | SemaRef, CodeSynthesisContext::DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, | ||||||||||||
376 | PointOfInstantiation, InstantiationRange, Param, Template, | ||||||||||||
377 | TemplateArgs) {} | ||||||||||||
378 | |||||||||||||
379 | Sema::InstantiatingTemplate::InstantiatingTemplate( | ||||||||||||
380 | Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
381 | concepts::Requirement *Req, sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, | ||||||||||||
382 | SourceRange InstantiationRange) | ||||||||||||
383 | : InstantiatingTemplate( | ||||||||||||
384 | SemaRef, CodeSynthesisContext::RequirementInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
385 | PointOfInstantiation, InstantiationRange, /*Entity=*/nullptr, | ||||||||||||
386 | /*Template=*/nullptr, /*TemplateArgs=*/None, &DeductionInfo) {} | ||||||||||||
387 | |||||||||||||
388 | |||||||||||||
389 | Sema::InstantiatingTemplate::InstantiatingTemplate( | ||||||||||||
390 | Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
391 | concepts::NestedRequirement *Req, ConstraintsCheck, | ||||||||||||
392 | SourceRange InstantiationRange) | ||||||||||||
393 | : InstantiatingTemplate( | ||||||||||||
394 | SemaRef, CodeSynthesisContext::NestedRequirementConstraintsCheck, | ||||||||||||
395 | PointOfInstantiation, InstantiationRange, /*Entity=*/nullptr, | ||||||||||||
396 | /*Template=*/nullptr, /*TemplateArgs=*/None) {} | ||||||||||||
397 | |||||||||||||
398 | |||||||||||||
399 | Sema::InstantiatingTemplate::InstantiatingTemplate( | ||||||||||||
400 | Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
401 | ConstraintsCheck, NamedDecl *Template, | ||||||||||||
402 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, SourceRange InstantiationRange) | ||||||||||||
403 | : InstantiatingTemplate( | ||||||||||||
404 | SemaRef, CodeSynthesisContext::ConstraintsCheck, | ||||||||||||
405 | PointOfInstantiation, InstantiationRange, Template, nullptr, | ||||||||||||
406 | TemplateArgs) {} | ||||||||||||
407 | |||||||||||||
408 | Sema::InstantiatingTemplate::InstantiatingTemplate( | ||||||||||||
409 | Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
410 | ConstraintSubstitution, NamedDecl *Template, | ||||||||||||
411 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, SourceRange InstantiationRange) | ||||||||||||
412 | : InstantiatingTemplate( | ||||||||||||
413 | SemaRef, CodeSynthesisContext::ConstraintSubstitution, | ||||||||||||
414 | PointOfInstantiation, InstantiationRange, Template, nullptr, | ||||||||||||
415 | {}, &DeductionInfo) {} | ||||||||||||
416 | |||||||||||||
417 | Sema::InstantiatingTemplate::InstantiatingTemplate( | ||||||||||||
418 | Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
419 | ConstraintNormalization, NamedDecl *Template, | ||||||||||||
420 | SourceRange InstantiationRange) | ||||||||||||
421 | : InstantiatingTemplate( | ||||||||||||
422 | SemaRef, CodeSynthesisContext::ConstraintNormalization, | ||||||||||||
423 | PointOfInstantiation, InstantiationRange, Template) {} | ||||||||||||
424 | |||||||||||||
425 | Sema::InstantiatingTemplate::InstantiatingTemplate( | ||||||||||||
426 | Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
427 | ParameterMappingSubstitution, NamedDecl *Template, | ||||||||||||
428 | SourceRange InstantiationRange) | ||||||||||||
429 | : InstantiatingTemplate( | ||||||||||||
430 | SemaRef, CodeSynthesisContext::ParameterMappingSubstitution, | ||||||||||||
431 | PointOfInstantiation, InstantiationRange, Template) {} | ||||||||||||
432 | |||||||||||||
433 | void Sema::pushCodeSynthesisContext(CodeSynthesisContext Ctx) { | ||||||||||||
434 | Ctx.SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; | ||||||||||||
435 | InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = false; | ||||||||||||
436 | |||||||||||||
437 | CodeSynthesisContexts.push_back(Ctx); | ||||||||||||
438 | |||||||||||||
439 | if (!Ctx.isInstantiationRecord()) | ||||||||||||
440 | ++NonInstantiationEntries; | ||||||||||||
441 | |||||||||||||
442 | // Check to see if we're low on stack space. We can't do anything about this | ||||||||||||
443 | // from here, but we can at least warn the user. | ||||||||||||
444 | if (isStackNearlyExhausted()) | ||||||||||||
445 | warnStackExhausted(Ctx.PointOfInstantiation); | ||||||||||||
446 | } | ||||||||||||
447 | |||||||||||||
448 | void Sema::popCodeSynthesisContext() { | ||||||||||||
449 | auto &Active = CodeSynthesisContexts.back(); | ||||||||||||
450 | if (!Active.isInstantiationRecord()) { | ||||||||||||
451 | assert(NonInstantiationEntries > 0)((void)0); | ||||||||||||
452 | --NonInstantiationEntries; | ||||||||||||
453 | } | ||||||||||||
454 | |||||||||||||
455 | InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = Active.SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; | ||||||||||||
456 | |||||||||||||
457 | // Name lookup no longer looks in this template's defining module. | ||||||||||||
458 | assert(CodeSynthesisContexts.size() >=((void)0) | ||||||||||||
459 | CodeSynthesisContextLookupModules.size() &&((void)0) | ||||||||||||
460 | "forgot to remove a lookup module for a template instantiation")((void)0); | ||||||||||||
461 | if (CodeSynthesisContexts.size() == | ||||||||||||
462 | CodeSynthesisContextLookupModules.size()) { | ||||||||||||
463 | if (Module *M = CodeSynthesisContextLookupModules.back()) | ||||||||||||
464 | LookupModulesCache.erase(M); | ||||||||||||
465 | CodeSynthesisContextLookupModules.pop_back(); | ||||||||||||
466 | } | ||||||||||||
467 | |||||||||||||
468 | // If we've left the code synthesis context for the current context stack, | ||||||||||||
469 | // stop remembering that we've emitted that stack. | ||||||||||||
470 | if (CodeSynthesisContexts.size() == | ||||||||||||
471 | LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth) | ||||||||||||
472 | LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth = 0; | ||||||||||||
473 | |||||||||||||
474 | CodeSynthesisContexts.pop_back(); | ||||||||||||
475 | } | ||||||||||||
476 | |||||||||||||
477 | void Sema::InstantiatingTemplate::Clear() { | ||||||||||||
478 | if (!Invalid) { | ||||||||||||
479 | if (!AlreadyInstantiating) { | ||||||||||||
480 | auto &Active = SemaRef.CodeSynthesisContexts.back(); | ||||||||||||
481 | if (Active.Entity) | ||||||||||||
482 | SemaRef.InstantiatingSpecializations.erase( | ||||||||||||
483 | {Active.Entity->getCanonicalDecl(), Active.Kind}); | ||||||||||||
484 | } | ||||||||||||
485 | |||||||||||||
486 | atTemplateEnd(SemaRef.TemplateInstCallbacks, SemaRef, | ||||||||||||
487 | SemaRef.CodeSynthesisContexts.back()); | ||||||||||||
488 | |||||||||||||
489 | SemaRef.popCodeSynthesisContext(); | ||||||||||||
490 | Invalid = true; | ||||||||||||
491 | } | ||||||||||||
492 | } | ||||||||||||
493 | |||||||||||||
494 | bool Sema::InstantiatingTemplate::CheckInstantiationDepth( | ||||||||||||
495 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
496 | SourceRange InstantiationRange) { | ||||||||||||
497 | assert(SemaRef.NonInstantiationEntries <=((void)0) | ||||||||||||
498 | SemaRef.CodeSynthesisContexts.size())((void)0); | ||||||||||||
499 | if ((SemaRef.CodeSynthesisContexts.size() - | ||||||||||||
500 | SemaRef.NonInstantiationEntries) | ||||||||||||
501 | <= SemaRef.getLangOpts().InstantiationDepth) | ||||||||||||
502 | return false; | ||||||||||||
503 | |||||||||||||
504 | SemaRef.Diag(PointOfInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
505 | diag::err_template_recursion_depth_exceeded) | ||||||||||||
506 | << SemaRef.getLangOpts().InstantiationDepth | ||||||||||||
507 | << InstantiationRange; | ||||||||||||
508 | SemaRef.Diag(PointOfInstantiation, diag::note_template_recursion_depth) | ||||||||||||
509 | << SemaRef.getLangOpts().InstantiationDepth; | ||||||||||||
510 | return true; | ||||||||||||
511 | } | ||||||||||||
512 | |||||||||||||
513 | /// Prints the current instantiation stack through a series of | ||||||||||||
514 | /// notes. | ||||||||||||
515 | void Sema::PrintInstantiationStack() { | ||||||||||||
516 | // Determine which template instantiations to skip, if any. | ||||||||||||
517 | unsigned SkipStart = CodeSynthesisContexts.size(), SkipEnd = SkipStart; | ||||||||||||
518 | unsigned Limit = Diags.getTemplateBacktraceLimit(); | ||||||||||||
519 | if (Limit && Limit < CodeSynthesisContexts.size()) { | ||||||||||||
520 | SkipStart = Limit / 2 + Limit % 2; | ||||||||||||
521 | SkipEnd = CodeSynthesisContexts.size() - Limit / 2; | ||||||||||||
522 | } | ||||||||||||
523 | |||||||||||||
524 | // FIXME: In all of these cases, we need to show the template arguments | ||||||||||||
525 | unsigned InstantiationIdx = 0; | ||||||||||||
526 | for (SmallVectorImpl<CodeSynthesisContext>::reverse_iterator | ||||||||||||
527 | Active = CodeSynthesisContexts.rbegin(), | ||||||||||||
528 | ActiveEnd = CodeSynthesisContexts.rend(); | ||||||||||||
529 | Active != ActiveEnd; | ||||||||||||
530 | ++Active, ++InstantiationIdx) { | ||||||||||||
531 | // Skip this instantiation? | ||||||||||||
532 | if (InstantiationIdx >= SkipStart && InstantiationIdx < SkipEnd) { | ||||||||||||
533 | if (InstantiationIdx == SkipStart) { | ||||||||||||
534 | // Note that we're skipping instantiations. | ||||||||||||
535 | Diags.Report(Active->PointOfInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
536 | diag::note_instantiation_contexts_suppressed) | ||||||||||||
537 | << unsigned(CodeSynthesisContexts.size() - Limit); | ||||||||||||
538 | } | ||||||||||||
539 | continue; | ||||||||||||
540 | } | ||||||||||||
541 | |||||||||||||
542 | switch (Active->Kind) { | ||||||||||||
543 | case CodeSynthesisContext::TemplateInstantiation: { | ||||||||||||
544 | Decl *D = Active->Entity; | ||||||||||||
545 | if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||||||
546 | unsigned DiagID = diag::note_template_member_class_here; | ||||||||||||
547 | if (isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record)) | ||||||||||||
548 | DiagID = diag::note_template_class_instantiation_here; | ||||||||||||
549 | Diags.Report(Active->PointOfInstantiation, DiagID) | ||||||||||||
550 | << Record << Active->InstantiationRange; | ||||||||||||
551 | } else if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||||||
552 | unsigned DiagID; | ||||||||||||
553 | if (Function->getPrimaryTemplate()) | ||||||||||||
554 | DiagID = diag::note_function_template_spec_here; | ||||||||||||
555 | else | ||||||||||||
556 | DiagID = diag::note_template_member_function_here; | ||||||||||||
557 | Diags.Report(Active->PointOfInstantiation, DiagID) | ||||||||||||
558 | << Function | ||||||||||||
559 | << Active->InstantiationRange; | ||||||||||||
560 | } else if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||||||
561 | Diags.Report(Active->PointOfInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
562 | VD->isStaticDataMember()? | ||||||||||||
563 | diag::note_template_static_data_member_def_here | ||||||||||||
564 | : diag::note_template_variable_def_here) | ||||||||||||
565 | << VD | ||||||||||||
566 | << Active->InstantiationRange; | ||||||||||||
567 | } else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||||||
568 | Diags.Report(Active->PointOfInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
569 | diag::note_template_enum_def_here) | ||||||||||||
570 | << ED | ||||||||||||
571 | << Active->InstantiationRange; | ||||||||||||
572 | } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||||||
573 | Diags.Report(Active->PointOfInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
574 | diag::note_template_nsdmi_here) | ||||||||||||
575 | << FD << Active->InstantiationRange; | ||||||||||||
576 | } else { | ||||||||||||
577 | Diags.Report(Active->PointOfInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
578 | diag::note_template_type_alias_instantiation_here) | ||||||||||||
579 | << cast<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(D) | ||||||||||||
580 | << Active->InstantiationRange; | ||||||||||||
581 | } | ||||||||||||
582 | break; | ||||||||||||
583 | } | ||||||||||||
584 | |||||||||||||
585 | case CodeSynthesisContext::DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: { | ||||||||||||
586 | TemplateDecl *Template = cast<TemplateDecl>(Active->Template); | ||||||||||||
587 | SmallString<128> TemplateArgsStr; | ||||||||||||
588 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(TemplateArgsStr); | ||||||||||||
589 | Template->printName(OS); | ||||||||||||
590 | printTemplateArgumentList(OS, Active->template_arguments(), | ||||||||||||
591 | getPrintingPolicy()); | ||||||||||||
592 | Diags.Report(Active->PointOfInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
593 | diag::note_default_arg_instantiation_here) | ||||||||||||
594 | << OS.str() | ||||||||||||
595 | << Active->InstantiationRange; | ||||||||||||
596 | break; | ||||||||||||
597 | } | ||||||||||||
598 | |||||||||||||
599 | case CodeSynthesisContext::ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: { | ||||||||||||
600 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTmpl = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Active->Entity); | ||||||||||||
601 | Diags.Report(Active->PointOfInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
602 | diag::note_explicit_template_arg_substitution_here) | ||||||||||||
603 | << FnTmpl | ||||||||||||
604 | << getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(FnTmpl->getTemplateParameters(), | ||||||||||||
605 | Active->TemplateArgs, | ||||||||||||
606 | Active->NumTemplateArgs) | ||||||||||||
607 | << Active->InstantiationRange; | ||||||||||||
608 | break; | ||||||||||||
609 | } | ||||||||||||
610 | |||||||||||||
611 | case CodeSynthesisContext::DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: { | ||||||||||||
612 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTmpl = | ||||||||||||
613 | dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Active->Entity)) { | ||||||||||||
614 | Diags.Report(Active->PointOfInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
615 | diag::note_function_template_deduction_instantiation_here) | ||||||||||||
616 | << FnTmpl | ||||||||||||
617 | << getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(FnTmpl->getTemplateParameters(), | ||||||||||||
618 | Active->TemplateArgs, | ||||||||||||
619 | Active->NumTemplateArgs) | ||||||||||||
620 | << Active->InstantiationRange; | ||||||||||||
621 | } else { | ||||||||||||
622 | bool IsVar = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(Active->Entity) || | ||||||||||||
623 | isa<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Active->Entity); | ||||||||||||
624 | bool IsTemplate = false; | ||||||||||||
625 | TemplateParameterList *Params; | ||||||||||||
626 | if (auto *D = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(Active->Entity)) { | ||||||||||||
627 | IsTemplate = true; | ||||||||||||
628 | Params = D->getTemplateParameters(); | ||||||||||||
629 | } else if (auto *D = dyn_cast<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>( | ||||||||||||
630 | Active->Entity)) { | ||||||||||||
631 | Params = D->getTemplateParameters(); | ||||||||||||
632 | } else if (auto *D = dyn_cast<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>( | ||||||||||||
633 | Active->Entity)) { | ||||||||||||
634 | Params = D->getTemplateParameters(); | ||||||||||||
635 | } else { | ||||||||||||
636 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected template kind")__builtin_unreachable(); | ||||||||||||
637 | } | ||||||||||||
638 | |||||||||||||
639 | Diags.Report(Active->PointOfInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
640 | diag::note_deduced_template_arg_substitution_here) | ||||||||||||
641 | << IsVar << IsTemplate << cast<NamedDecl>(Active->Entity) | ||||||||||||
642 | << getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(Params, Active->TemplateArgs, | ||||||||||||
643 | Active->NumTemplateArgs) | ||||||||||||
644 | << Active->InstantiationRange; | ||||||||||||
645 | } | ||||||||||||
646 | break; | ||||||||||||
647 | } | ||||||||||||
648 | |||||||||||||
649 | case CodeSynthesisContext::DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: { | ||||||||||||
650 | ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(Active->Entity); | ||||||||||||
651 | FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(Param->getDeclContext()); | ||||||||||||
652 | |||||||||||||
653 | SmallString<128> TemplateArgsStr; | ||||||||||||
654 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(TemplateArgsStr); | ||||||||||||
655 | FD->printName(OS); | ||||||||||||
656 | printTemplateArgumentList(OS, Active->template_arguments(), | ||||||||||||
657 | getPrintingPolicy()); | ||||||||||||
658 | Diags.Report(Active->PointOfInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
659 | diag::note_default_function_arg_instantiation_here) | ||||||||||||
660 | << OS.str() | ||||||||||||
661 | << Active->InstantiationRange; | ||||||||||||
662 | break; | ||||||||||||
663 | } | ||||||||||||
664 | |||||||||||||
665 | case CodeSynthesisContext::PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: { | ||||||||||||
666 | NamedDecl *Parm = cast<NamedDecl>(Active->Entity); | ||||||||||||
667 | std::string Name; | ||||||||||||
668 | if (!Parm->getName().empty()) | ||||||||||||
669 | Name = std::string(" '") + Parm->getName().str() + "'"; | ||||||||||||
670 | |||||||||||||
671 | TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; | ||||||||||||
672 | if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(Active->Template)) | ||||||||||||
673 | TemplateParams = Template->getTemplateParameters(); | ||||||||||||
674 | else | ||||||||||||
675 | TemplateParams = | ||||||||||||
676 | cast<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Active->Template) | ||||||||||||
677 | ->getTemplateParameters(); | ||||||||||||
678 | Diags.Report(Active->PointOfInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
679 | diag::note_prior_template_arg_substitution) | ||||||||||||
680 | << isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Parm) | ||||||||||||
681 | << Name | ||||||||||||
682 | << getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(TemplateParams, | ||||||||||||
683 | Active->TemplateArgs, | ||||||||||||
684 | Active->NumTemplateArgs) | ||||||||||||
685 | << Active->InstantiationRange; | ||||||||||||
686 | break; | ||||||||||||
687 | } | ||||||||||||
688 | |||||||||||||
689 | case CodeSynthesisContext::DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: { | ||||||||||||
690 | TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; | ||||||||||||
691 | if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(Active->Template)) | ||||||||||||
692 | TemplateParams = Template->getTemplateParameters(); | ||||||||||||
693 | else | ||||||||||||
694 | TemplateParams = | ||||||||||||
695 | cast<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Active->Template) | ||||||||||||
696 | ->getTemplateParameters(); | ||||||||||||
697 | |||||||||||||
698 | Diags.Report(Active->PointOfInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
699 | diag::note_template_default_arg_checking) | ||||||||||||
700 | << getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(TemplateParams, | ||||||||||||
701 | Active->TemplateArgs, | ||||||||||||
702 | Active->NumTemplateArgs) | ||||||||||||
703 | << Active->InstantiationRange; | ||||||||||||
704 | break; | ||||||||||||
705 | } | ||||||||||||
706 | |||||||||||||
707 | case CodeSynthesisContext::ExceptionSpecEvaluation: | ||||||||||||
708 | Diags.Report(Active->PointOfInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
709 | diag::note_evaluating_exception_spec_here) | ||||||||||||
710 | << cast<FunctionDecl>(Active->Entity); | ||||||||||||
711 | break; | ||||||||||||
712 | |||||||||||||
713 | case CodeSynthesisContext::ExceptionSpecInstantiation: | ||||||||||||
714 | Diags.Report(Active->PointOfInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
715 | diag::note_template_exception_spec_instantiation_here) | ||||||||||||
716 | << cast<FunctionDecl>(Active->Entity) | ||||||||||||
717 | << Active->InstantiationRange; | ||||||||||||
718 | break; | ||||||||||||
719 | |||||||||||||
720 | case CodeSynthesisContext::RequirementInstantiation: | ||||||||||||
721 | Diags.Report(Active->PointOfInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
722 | diag::note_template_requirement_instantiation_here) | ||||||||||||
723 | << Active->InstantiationRange; | ||||||||||||
724 | break; | ||||||||||||
725 | |||||||||||||
726 | case CodeSynthesisContext::NestedRequirementConstraintsCheck: | ||||||||||||
727 | Diags.Report(Active->PointOfInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
728 | diag::note_nested_requirement_here) | ||||||||||||
729 | << Active->InstantiationRange; | ||||||||||||
730 | break; | ||||||||||||
731 | |||||||||||||
732 | case CodeSynthesisContext::DeclaringSpecialMember: | ||||||||||||
733 | Diags.Report(Active->PointOfInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
734 | diag::note_in_declaration_of_implicit_special_member) | ||||||||||||
735 | << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Active->Entity) << Active->SpecialMember; | ||||||||||||
736 | break; | ||||||||||||
737 | |||||||||||||
738 | case CodeSynthesisContext::DeclaringImplicitEqualityComparison: | ||||||||||||
739 | Diags.Report(Active->Entity->getLocation(), | ||||||||||||
740 | diag::note_in_declaration_of_implicit_equality_comparison); | ||||||||||||
741 | break; | ||||||||||||
742 | |||||||||||||
743 | case CodeSynthesisContext::DefiningSynthesizedFunction: { | ||||||||||||
744 | // FIXME: For synthesized functions that are not defaulted, | ||||||||||||
745 | // produce a note. | ||||||||||||
746 | auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Active->Entity); | ||||||||||||
747 | DefaultedFunctionKind DFK = | ||||||||||||
748 | FD ? getDefaultedFunctionKind(FD) : DefaultedFunctionKind(); | ||||||||||||
749 | if (DFK.isSpecialMember()) { | ||||||||||||
750 | auto *MD = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); | ||||||||||||
751 | Diags.Report(Active->PointOfInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
752 | diag::note_member_synthesized_at) | ||||||||||||
753 | << MD->isExplicitlyDefaulted() << DFK.asSpecialMember() | ||||||||||||
754 | << Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent()); | ||||||||||||
755 | } else if (DFK.isComparison()) { | ||||||||||||
756 | Diags.Report(Active->PointOfInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
757 | diag::note_comparison_synthesized_at) | ||||||||||||
758 | << (int)DFK.asComparison() | ||||||||||||
759 | << Context.getTagDeclType( | ||||||||||||
760 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getLexicalDeclContext())); | ||||||||||||
761 | } | ||||||||||||
762 | break; | ||||||||||||
763 | } | ||||||||||||
764 | |||||||||||||
765 | case CodeSynthesisContext::RewritingOperatorAsSpaceship: | ||||||||||||
766 | Diags.Report(Active->Entity->getLocation(), | ||||||||||||
767 | diag::note_rewriting_operator_as_spaceship); | ||||||||||||
768 | break; | ||||||||||||
769 | |||||||||||||
770 | case CodeSynthesisContext::InitializingStructuredBinding: | ||||||||||||
771 | Diags.Report(Active->PointOfInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
772 | diag::note_in_binding_decl_init) | ||||||||||||
773 | << cast<BindingDecl>(Active->Entity); | ||||||||||||
774 | break; | ||||||||||||
775 | |||||||||||||
776 | case CodeSynthesisContext::MarkingClassDllexported: | ||||||||||||
777 | Diags.Report(Active->PointOfInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
778 | diag::note_due_to_dllexported_class) | ||||||||||||
779 | << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Active->Entity) << !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; | ||||||||||||
780 | break; | ||||||||||||
781 | |||||||||||||
782 | case CodeSynthesisContext::Memoization: | ||||||||||||
783 | break; | ||||||||||||
784 | |||||||||||||
785 | case CodeSynthesisContext::ConstraintsCheck: { | ||||||||||||
786 | unsigned DiagID = 0; | ||||||||||||
787 | if (!Active->Entity) { | ||||||||||||
788 | Diags.Report(Active->PointOfInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
789 | diag::note_nested_requirement_here) | ||||||||||||
790 | << Active->InstantiationRange; | ||||||||||||
791 | break; | ||||||||||||
792 | } | ||||||||||||
793 | if (isa<ConceptDecl>(Active->Entity)) | ||||||||||||
794 | DiagID = diag::note_concept_specialization_here; | ||||||||||||
795 | else if (isa<TemplateDecl>(Active->Entity)) | ||||||||||||
796 | DiagID = diag::note_checking_constraints_for_template_id_here; | ||||||||||||
797 | else if (isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Active->Entity)) | ||||||||||||
798 | DiagID = diag::note_checking_constraints_for_var_spec_id_here; | ||||||||||||
799 | else if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Active->Entity)) | ||||||||||||
800 | DiagID = diag::note_checking_constraints_for_class_spec_id_here; | ||||||||||||
801 | else { | ||||||||||||
802 | assert(isa<FunctionDecl>(Active->Entity))((void)0); | ||||||||||||
803 | DiagID = diag::note_checking_constraints_for_function_here; | ||||||||||||
804 | } | ||||||||||||
805 | SmallString<128> TemplateArgsStr; | ||||||||||||
806 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(TemplateArgsStr); | ||||||||||||
807 | cast<NamedDecl>(Active->Entity)->printName(OS); | ||||||||||||
808 | if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(Active->Entity)) { | ||||||||||||
809 | printTemplateArgumentList(OS, Active->template_arguments(), | ||||||||||||
810 | getPrintingPolicy()); | ||||||||||||
811 | } | ||||||||||||
812 | Diags.Report(Active->PointOfInstantiation, DiagID) << OS.str() | ||||||||||||
813 | << Active->InstantiationRange; | ||||||||||||
814 | break; | ||||||||||||
815 | } | ||||||||||||
816 | case CodeSynthesisContext::ConstraintSubstitution: | ||||||||||||
817 | Diags.Report(Active->PointOfInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
818 | diag::note_constraint_substitution_here) | ||||||||||||
819 | << Active->InstantiationRange; | ||||||||||||
820 | break; | ||||||||||||
821 | case CodeSynthesisContext::ConstraintNormalization: | ||||||||||||
822 | Diags.Report(Active->PointOfInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
823 | diag::note_constraint_normalization_here) | ||||||||||||
824 | << cast<NamedDecl>(Active->Entity)->getName() | ||||||||||||
825 | << Active->InstantiationRange; | ||||||||||||
826 | break; | ||||||||||||
827 | case CodeSynthesisContext::ParameterMappingSubstitution: | ||||||||||||
828 | Diags.Report(Active->PointOfInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
829 | diag::note_parameter_mapping_substitution_here) | ||||||||||||
830 | << Active->InstantiationRange; | ||||||||||||
831 | break; | ||||||||||||
832 | } | ||||||||||||
833 | } | ||||||||||||
834 | } | ||||||||||||
835 | |||||||||||||
836 | Optional<TemplateDeductionInfo *> Sema::isSFINAEContext() const { | ||||||||||||
837 | if (InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext) | ||||||||||||
838 | return Optional<TemplateDeductionInfo *>(nullptr); | ||||||||||||
839 | |||||||||||||
840 | for (SmallVectorImpl<CodeSynthesisContext>::const_reverse_iterator | ||||||||||||
841 | Active = CodeSynthesisContexts.rbegin(), | ||||||||||||
842 | ActiveEnd = CodeSynthesisContexts.rend(); | ||||||||||||
843 | Active != ActiveEnd; | ||||||||||||
844 | ++Active) | ||||||||||||
845 | { | ||||||||||||
846 | switch (Active->Kind) { | ||||||||||||
847 | case CodeSynthesisContext::TemplateInstantiation: | ||||||||||||
848 | // An instantiation of an alias template may or may not be a SFINAE | ||||||||||||
849 | // context, depending on what else is on the stack. | ||||||||||||
850 | if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Active->Entity)) | ||||||||||||
851 | break; | ||||||||||||
852 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||||||||||
853 | case CodeSynthesisContext::DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: | ||||||||||||
854 | case CodeSynthesisContext::ExceptionSpecInstantiation: | ||||||||||||
855 | case CodeSynthesisContext::ConstraintsCheck: | ||||||||||||
856 | case CodeSynthesisContext::ParameterMappingSubstitution: | ||||||||||||
857 | case CodeSynthesisContext::ConstraintNormalization: | ||||||||||||
858 | case CodeSynthesisContext::NestedRequirementConstraintsCheck: | ||||||||||||
859 | // This is a template instantiation, so there is no SFINAE. | ||||||||||||
860 | return None; | ||||||||||||
861 | |||||||||||||
862 | case CodeSynthesisContext::DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: | ||||||||||||
863 | case CodeSynthesisContext::PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: | ||||||||||||
864 | case CodeSynthesisContext::DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: | ||||||||||||
865 | case CodeSynthesisContext::RewritingOperatorAsSpaceship: | ||||||||||||
866 | // A default template argument instantiation and substitution into | ||||||||||||
867 | // template parameters with arguments for prior parameters may or may | ||||||||||||
868 | // not be a SFINAE context; look further up the stack. | ||||||||||||
869 | break; | ||||||||||||
870 | |||||||||||||
871 | case CodeSynthesisContext::ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: | ||||||||||||
872 | case CodeSynthesisContext::DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: | ||||||||||||
873 | case CodeSynthesisContext::ConstraintSubstitution: | ||||||||||||
874 | case CodeSynthesisContext::RequirementInstantiation: | ||||||||||||
875 | // We're either substituting explicitly-specified template arguments, | ||||||||||||
876 | // deduced template arguments, a constraint expression or a requirement | ||||||||||||
877 | // in a requires expression, so SFINAE applies. | ||||||||||||
878 | assert(Active->DeductionInfo && "Missing deduction info pointer")((void)0); | ||||||||||||
879 | return Active->DeductionInfo; | ||||||||||||
880 | |||||||||||||
881 | case CodeSynthesisContext::DeclaringSpecialMember: | ||||||||||||
882 | case CodeSynthesisContext::DeclaringImplicitEqualityComparison: | ||||||||||||
883 | case CodeSynthesisContext::DefiningSynthesizedFunction: | ||||||||||||
884 | case CodeSynthesisContext::InitializingStructuredBinding: | ||||||||||||
885 | case CodeSynthesisContext::MarkingClassDllexported: | ||||||||||||
886 | // This happens in a context unrelated to template instantiation, so | ||||||||||||
887 | // there is no SFINAE. | ||||||||||||
888 | return None; | ||||||||||||
889 | |||||||||||||
890 | case CodeSynthesisContext::ExceptionSpecEvaluation: | ||||||||||||
891 | // FIXME: This should not be treated as a SFINAE context, because | ||||||||||||
892 | // we will cache an incorrect exception specification. However, clang | ||||||||||||
893 | // bootstrap relies this! See PR31692. | ||||||||||||
894 | break; | ||||||||||||
895 | |||||||||||||
896 | case CodeSynthesisContext::Memoization: | ||||||||||||
897 | break; | ||||||||||||
898 | } | ||||||||||||
899 | |||||||||||||
900 | // The inner context was transparent for SFINAE. If it occurred within a | ||||||||||||
901 | // non-instantiation SFINAE context, then SFINAE applies. | ||||||||||||
902 | if (Active->SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext) | ||||||||||||
903 | return Optional<TemplateDeductionInfo *>(nullptr); | ||||||||||||
904 | } | ||||||||||||
905 | |||||||||||||
906 | return None; | ||||||||||||
907 | } | ||||||||||||
908 | |||||||||||||
909 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===/ | ||||||||||||
910 | // Template Instantiation for Types | ||||||||||||
911 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===/ | ||||||||||||
912 | namespace { | ||||||||||||
913 | class TemplateInstantiator : public TreeTransform<TemplateInstantiator> { | ||||||||||||
914 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs; | ||||||||||||
915 | SourceLocation Loc; | ||||||||||||
916 | DeclarationName Entity; | ||||||||||||
917 | |||||||||||||
918 | public: | ||||||||||||
919 | typedef TreeTransform<TemplateInstantiator> inherited; | ||||||||||||
920 | |||||||||||||
921 | TemplateInstantiator(Sema &SemaRef, | ||||||||||||
922 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, | ||||||||||||
923 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||||||
924 | DeclarationName Entity) | ||||||||||||
925 | : inherited(SemaRef), TemplateArgs(TemplateArgs), Loc(Loc), | ||||||||||||
926 | Entity(Entity) { } | ||||||||||||
927 | |||||||||||||
928 | /// Determine whether the given type \p T has already been | ||||||||||||
929 | /// transformed. | ||||||||||||
930 | /// | ||||||||||||
931 | /// For the purposes of template instantiation, a type has already been | ||||||||||||
932 | /// transformed if it is NULL or if it is not dependent. | ||||||||||||
933 | bool AlreadyTransformed(QualType T); | ||||||||||||
934 | |||||||||||||
935 | /// Returns the location of the entity being instantiated, if known. | ||||||||||||
936 | SourceLocation getBaseLocation() { return Loc; } | ||||||||||||
937 | |||||||||||||
938 | /// Returns the name of the entity being instantiated, if any. | ||||||||||||
939 | DeclarationName getBaseEntity() { return Entity; } | ||||||||||||
940 | |||||||||||||
941 | /// Sets the "base" location and entity when that | ||||||||||||
942 | /// information is known based on another transformation. | ||||||||||||
943 | void setBase(SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity) { | ||||||||||||
944 | this->Loc = Loc; | ||||||||||||
945 | this->Entity = Entity; | ||||||||||||
946 | } | ||||||||||||
947 | |||||||||||||
948 | unsigned TransformTemplateDepth(unsigned Depth) { | ||||||||||||
949 | return TemplateArgs.getNewDepth(Depth); | ||||||||||||
950 | } | ||||||||||||
951 | |||||||||||||
952 | bool TryExpandParameterPacks(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, | ||||||||||||
953 | SourceRange PatternRange, | ||||||||||||
954 | ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, | ||||||||||||
955 | bool &ShouldExpand, bool &RetainExpansion, | ||||||||||||
956 | Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) { | ||||||||||||
957 | return getSema().CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(EllipsisLoc, | ||||||||||||
958 | PatternRange, Unexpanded, | ||||||||||||
959 | TemplateArgs, | ||||||||||||
960 | ShouldExpand, | ||||||||||||
961 | RetainExpansion, | ||||||||||||
962 | NumExpansions); | ||||||||||||
963 | } | ||||||||||||
964 | |||||||||||||
965 | void ExpandingFunctionParameterPack(ParmVarDecl *Pack) { | ||||||||||||
966 | SemaRef.CurrentInstantiationScope->MakeInstantiatedLocalArgPack(Pack); | ||||||||||||
967 | } | ||||||||||||
968 | |||||||||||||
969 | TemplateArgument ForgetPartiallySubstitutedPack() { | ||||||||||||
970 | TemplateArgument Result; | ||||||||||||
971 | if (NamedDecl *PartialPack | ||||||||||||
972 | = SemaRef.CurrentInstantiationScope->getPartiallySubstitutedPack()){ | ||||||||||||
973 | MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs | ||||||||||||
974 | = const_cast<MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &>(this->TemplateArgs); | ||||||||||||
975 | unsigned Depth, Index; | ||||||||||||
976 | std::tie(Depth, Index) = getDepthAndIndex(PartialPack); | ||||||||||||
977 | if (TemplateArgs.hasTemplateArgument(Depth, Index)) { | ||||||||||||
978 | Result = TemplateArgs(Depth, Index); | ||||||||||||
979 | TemplateArgs.setArgument(Depth, Index, TemplateArgument()); | ||||||||||||
980 | } | ||||||||||||
981 | } | ||||||||||||
982 | |||||||||||||
983 | return Result; | ||||||||||||
984 | } | ||||||||||||
985 | |||||||||||||
986 | void RememberPartiallySubstitutedPack(TemplateArgument Arg) { | ||||||||||||
987 | if (Arg.isNull()) | ||||||||||||
988 | return; | ||||||||||||
989 | |||||||||||||
990 | if (NamedDecl *PartialPack | ||||||||||||
991 | = SemaRef.CurrentInstantiationScope->getPartiallySubstitutedPack()){ | ||||||||||||
992 | MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs | ||||||||||||
993 | = const_cast<MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &>(this->TemplateArgs); | ||||||||||||
994 | unsigned Depth, Index; | ||||||||||||
995 | std::tie(Depth, Index) = getDepthAndIndex(PartialPack); | ||||||||||||
996 | TemplateArgs.setArgument(Depth, Index, Arg); | ||||||||||||
997 | } | ||||||||||||
998 | } | ||||||||||||
999 | |||||||||||||
1000 | /// Transform the given declaration by instantiating a reference to | ||||||||||||
1001 | /// this declaration. | ||||||||||||
1002 | Decl *TransformDecl(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D); | ||||||||||||
1003 | |||||||||||||
1004 | void transformAttrs(Decl *Old, Decl *New) { | ||||||||||||
1005 | SemaRef.InstantiateAttrs(TemplateArgs, Old, New); | ||||||||||||
1006 | } | ||||||||||||
1007 | |||||||||||||
1008 | void transformedLocalDecl(Decl *Old, ArrayRef<Decl *> NewDecls) { | ||||||||||||
1009 | if (Old->isParameterPack()) { | ||||||||||||
1010 | SemaRef.CurrentInstantiationScope->MakeInstantiatedLocalArgPack(Old); | ||||||||||||
1011 | for (auto *New : NewDecls) | ||||||||||||
1012 | SemaRef.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocalPackArg( | ||||||||||||
1013 | Old, cast<VarDecl>(New)); | ||||||||||||
1014 | return; | ||||||||||||
1015 | } | ||||||||||||
1016 | |||||||||||||
1017 | assert(NewDecls.size() == 1 &&((void)0) | ||||||||||||
1018 | "should only have multiple expansions for a pack")((void)0); | ||||||||||||
1019 | Decl *New = NewDecls.front(); | ||||||||||||
1020 | |||||||||||||
1021 | // If we've instantiated the call operator of a lambda or the call | ||||||||||||
1022 | // operator template of a generic lambda, update the "instantiation of" | ||||||||||||
1023 | // information. | ||||||||||||
1024 | auto *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); | ||||||||||||
1025 | if (NewMD && isLambdaCallOperator(NewMD)) { | ||||||||||||
1026 | auto *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); | ||||||||||||
1027 | if (auto *NewTD = NewMD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) | ||||||||||||
1028 | NewTD->setInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate( | ||||||||||||
1029 | OldMD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()); | ||||||||||||
1030 | else | ||||||||||||
1031 | NewMD->setInstantiationOfMemberFunction(OldMD, | ||||||||||||
1032 | TSK_ImplicitInstantiation); | ||||||||||||
1033 | } | ||||||||||||
1034 | |||||||||||||
1035 | SemaRef.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(Old, New); | ||||||||||||
1036 | |||||||||||||
1037 | // We recreated a local declaration, but not by instantiating it. There | ||||||||||||
1038 | // may be pending dependent diagnostics to produce. | ||||||||||||
1039 | if (auto *DC = dyn_cast<DeclContext>(Old)) | ||||||||||||
1040 | SemaRef.PerformDependentDiagnostics(DC, TemplateArgs); | ||||||||||||
1041 | } | ||||||||||||
1042 | |||||||||||||
1043 | /// Transform the definition of the given declaration by | ||||||||||||
1044 | /// instantiating it. | ||||||||||||
1045 | Decl *TransformDefinition(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D); | ||||||||||||
1046 | |||||||||||||
1047 | /// Transform the first qualifier within a scope by instantiating the | ||||||||||||
1048 | /// declaration. | ||||||||||||
1049 | NamedDecl *TransformFirstQualifierInScope(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc); | ||||||||||||
1050 | |||||||||||||
1051 | /// Rebuild the exception declaration and register the declaration | ||||||||||||
1052 | /// as an instantiated local. | ||||||||||||
1053 | VarDecl *RebuildExceptionDecl(VarDecl *ExceptionDecl, | ||||||||||||
1054 | TypeSourceInfo *Declarator, | ||||||||||||
1055 | SourceLocation StartLoc, | ||||||||||||
1056 | SourceLocation NameLoc, | ||||||||||||
1057 | IdentifierInfo *Name); | ||||||||||||
1058 | |||||||||||||
1059 | /// Rebuild the Objective-C exception declaration and register the | ||||||||||||
1060 | /// declaration as an instantiated local. | ||||||||||||
1061 | VarDecl *RebuildObjCExceptionDecl(VarDecl *ExceptionDecl, | ||||||||||||
1062 | TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, QualType T); | ||||||||||||
1063 | |||||||||||||
1064 | /// Check for tag mismatches when instantiating an | ||||||||||||
1065 | /// elaborated type. | ||||||||||||
1066 | QualType RebuildElaboratedType(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, | ||||||||||||
1067 | ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, | ||||||||||||
1068 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, | ||||||||||||
1069 | QualType T); | ||||||||||||
1070 | |||||||||||||
1071 | TemplateName | ||||||||||||
1072 | TransformTemplateName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, TemplateName Name, | ||||||||||||
1073 | SourceLocation NameLoc, | ||||||||||||
1074 | QualType ObjectType = QualType(), | ||||||||||||
1075 | NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope = nullptr, | ||||||||||||
1076 | bool AllowInjectedClassName = false); | ||||||||||||
1077 | |||||||||||||
1078 | const LoopHintAttr *TransformLoopHintAttr(const LoopHintAttr *LH); | ||||||||||||
1079 | |||||||||||||
1080 | ExprResult TransformPredefinedExpr(PredefinedExpr *E); | ||||||||||||
1081 | ExprResult TransformDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E); | ||||||||||||
1082 | ExprResult TransformCXXDefaultArgExpr(CXXDefaultArgExpr *E); | ||||||||||||
1083 | |||||||||||||
1084 | ExprResult TransformTemplateParmRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E, | ||||||||||||
1085 | NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *D); | ||||||||||||
1086 | ExprResult TransformSubstNonTypeTemplateParmPackExpr( | ||||||||||||
1087 | SubstNonTypeTemplateParmPackExpr *E); | ||||||||||||
1088 | ExprResult TransformSubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr( | ||||||||||||
1089 | SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr *E); | ||||||||||||
1090 | |||||||||||||
1091 | /// Rebuild a DeclRefExpr for a VarDecl reference. | ||||||||||||
1092 | ExprResult RebuildVarDeclRefExpr(VarDecl *PD, SourceLocation Loc); | ||||||||||||
1093 | |||||||||||||
1094 | /// Transform a reference to a function or init-capture parameter pack. | ||||||||||||
1095 | ExprResult TransformFunctionParmPackRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E, VarDecl *PD); | ||||||||||||
1096 | |||||||||||||
1097 | /// Transform a FunctionParmPackExpr which was built when we couldn't | ||||||||||||
1098 | /// expand a function parameter pack reference which refers to an expanded | ||||||||||||
1099 | /// pack. | ||||||||||||
1100 | ExprResult TransformFunctionParmPackExpr(FunctionParmPackExpr *E); | ||||||||||||
1101 | |||||||||||||
1102 | QualType TransformFunctionProtoType(TypeLocBuilder &TLB, | ||||||||||||
1103 | FunctionProtoTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||||
1104 | // Call the base version; it will forward to our overridden version below. | ||||||||||||
1105 | return inherited::TransformFunctionProtoType(TLB, TL); | ||||||||||||
1106 | } | ||||||||||||
1107 | |||||||||||||
1108 | template<typename Fn> | ||||||||||||
1109 | QualType TransformFunctionProtoType(TypeLocBuilder &TLB, | ||||||||||||
1110 | FunctionProtoTypeLoc TL, | ||||||||||||
1111 | CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, | ||||||||||||
1112 | Qualifiers ThisTypeQuals, | ||||||||||||
1113 | Fn TransformExceptionSpec); | ||||||||||||
1114 | |||||||||||||
1115 | ParmVarDecl *TransformFunctionTypeParam(ParmVarDecl *OldParm, | ||||||||||||
1116 | int indexAdjustment, | ||||||||||||
1117 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, | ||||||||||||
1118 | bool ExpectParameterPack); | ||||||||||||
1119 | |||||||||||||
1120 | /// Transforms a template type parameter type by performing | ||||||||||||
1121 | /// substitution of the corresponding template type argument. | ||||||||||||
1122 | QualType TransformTemplateTypeParmType(TypeLocBuilder &TLB, | ||||||||||||
1123 | TemplateTypeParmTypeLoc TL); | ||||||||||||
1124 | |||||||||||||
1125 | /// Transforms an already-substituted template type parameter pack | ||||||||||||
1126 | /// into either itself (if we aren't substituting into its pack expansion) | ||||||||||||
1127 | /// or the appropriate substituted argument. | ||||||||||||
1128 | QualType TransformSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(TypeLocBuilder &TLB, | ||||||||||||
1129 | SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeLoc TL); | ||||||||||||
1130 | |||||||||||||
1131 | ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { | ||||||||||||
1132 | LocalInstantiationScope Scope(SemaRef, /*CombineWithOuterScope=*/true); | ||||||||||||
1133 | return TreeTransform<TemplateInstantiator>::TransformLambdaExpr(E); | ||||||||||||
1134 | } | ||||||||||||
1135 | |||||||||||||
1136 | ExprResult TransformRequiresExpr(RequiresExpr *E) { | ||||||||||||
1137 | LocalInstantiationScope Scope(SemaRef, /*CombineWithOuterScope=*/true); | ||||||||||||
1138 | return TreeTransform<TemplateInstantiator>::TransformRequiresExpr(E); | ||||||||||||
1139 | } | ||||||||||||
1140 | |||||||||||||
1141 | bool TransformRequiresExprRequirements( | ||||||||||||
1142 | ArrayRef<concepts::Requirement *> Reqs, | ||||||||||||
1143 | SmallVectorImpl<concepts::Requirement *> &Transformed) { | ||||||||||||
1144 | bool SatisfactionDetermined = false; | ||||||||||||
1145 | for (concepts::Requirement *Req : Reqs) { | ||||||||||||
1146 | concepts::Requirement *TransReq = nullptr; | ||||||||||||
1147 | if (!SatisfactionDetermined) { | ||||||||||||
1148 | if (auto *TypeReq = dyn_cast<concepts::TypeRequirement>(Req)) | ||||||||||||
1149 | TransReq = TransformTypeRequirement(TypeReq); | ||||||||||||
1150 | else if (auto *ExprReq = dyn_cast<concepts::ExprRequirement>(Req)) | ||||||||||||
1151 | TransReq = TransformExprRequirement(ExprReq); | ||||||||||||
1152 | else | ||||||||||||
1153 | TransReq = TransformNestedRequirement( | ||||||||||||
1154 | cast<concepts::NestedRequirement>(Req)); | ||||||||||||
1155 | if (!TransReq) | ||||||||||||
1156 | return true; | ||||||||||||
1157 | if (!TransReq->isDependent() && !TransReq->isSatisfied()) | ||||||||||||
1158 | // [expr.prim.req]p6 | ||||||||||||
1159 | // [...] The substitution and semantic constraint checking | ||||||||||||
1160 | // proceeds in lexical order and stops when a condition that | ||||||||||||
1161 | // determines the result of the requires-expression is | ||||||||||||
1162 | // encountered. [..] | ||||||||||||
1163 | SatisfactionDetermined = true; | ||||||||||||
1164 | } else | ||||||||||||
1165 | TransReq = Req; | ||||||||||||
1166 | Transformed.push_back(TransReq); | ||||||||||||
1167 | } | ||||||||||||
1168 | return false; | ||||||||||||
1169 | } | ||||||||||||
1170 | |||||||||||||
1171 | TemplateParameterList *TransformTemplateParameterList( | ||||||||||||
1172 | TemplateParameterList *OrigTPL) { | ||||||||||||
1173 | if (!OrigTPL || !OrigTPL->size()) return OrigTPL; | ||||||||||||
1174 | |||||||||||||
1175 | DeclContext *Owner = OrigTPL->getParam(0)->getDeclContext(); | ||||||||||||
1176 | TemplateDeclInstantiator DeclInstantiator(getSema(), | ||||||||||||
1177 | /* DeclContext *Owner */ Owner, TemplateArgs); | ||||||||||||
1178 | return DeclInstantiator.SubstTemplateParams(OrigTPL); | ||||||||||||
1179 | } | ||||||||||||
1180 | |||||||||||||
1181 | concepts::TypeRequirement * | ||||||||||||
1182 | TransformTypeRequirement(concepts::TypeRequirement *Req); | ||||||||||||
1183 | concepts::ExprRequirement * | ||||||||||||
1184 | TransformExprRequirement(concepts::ExprRequirement *Req); | ||||||||||||
1185 | concepts::NestedRequirement * | ||||||||||||
1186 | TransformNestedRequirement(concepts::NestedRequirement *Req); | ||||||||||||
1187 | |||||||||||||
1188 | private: | ||||||||||||
1189 | ExprResult transformNonTypeTemplateParmRef(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *parm, | ||||||||||||
1190 | SourceLocation loc, | ||||||||||||
1191 | TemplateArgument arg); | ||||||||||||
1192 | }; | ||||||||||||
1193 | } | ||||||||||||
1194 | |||||||||||||
1195 | bool TemplateInstantiator::AlreadyTransformed(QualType T) { | ||||||||||||
1196 | if (T.isNull()) | ||||||||||||
1197 | return true; | ||||||||||||
1198 | |||||||||||||
1199 | if (T->isInstantiationDependentType() || T->isVariablyModifiedType()) | ||||||||||||
1200 | return false; | ||||||||||||
1201 | |||||||||||||
1202 | getSema().MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(Loc, T); | ||||||||||||
1203 | return true; | ||||||||||||
1204 | } | ||||||||||||
1205 | |||||||||||||
1206 | static TemplateArgument | ||||||||||||
1207 | getPackSubstitutedTemplateArgument(Sema &S, TemplateArgument Arg) { | ||||||||||||
1208 | assert(S.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex >= 0)((void)0); | ||||||||||||
1209 | assert(S.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex < (int)Arg.pack_size())((void)0); | ||||||||||||
1210 | Arg = Arg.pack_begin()[S.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex]; | ||||||||||||
1211 | if (Arg.isPackExpansion()) | ||||||||||||
1212 | Arg = Arg.getPackExpansionPattern(); | ||||||||||||
1213 | return Arg; | ||||||||||||
1214 | } | ||||||||||||
1215 | |||||||||||||
1216 | Decl *TemplateInstantiator::TransformDecl(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) { | ||||||||||||
1217 | if (!D) | ||||||||||||
1218 | return nullptr; | ||||||||||||
1219 | |||||||||||||
1220 | if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||||||
1221 | if (TTP->getDepth() < TemplateArgs.getNumLevels()) { | ||||||||||||
1222 | // If the corresponding template argument is NULL or non-existent, it's | ||||||||||||
1223 | // because we are performing instantiation from explicitly-specified | ||||||||||||
1224 | // template arguments in a function template, but there were some | ||||||||||||
1225 | // arguments left unspecified. | ||||||||||||
1226 | if (!TemplateArgs.hasTemplateArgument(TTP->getDepth(), | ||||||||||||
1227 | TTP->getPosition())) | ||||||||||||
1228 | return D; | ||||||||||||
1229 | |||||||||||||
1230 | TemplateArgument Arg = TemplateArgs(TTP->getDepth(), TTP->getPosition()); | ||||||||||||
1231 | |||||||||||||
1232 | if (TTP->isParameterPack()) { | ||||||||||||
1233 | assert(Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Pack &&((void)0) | ||||||||||||
1234 | "Missing argument pack")((void)0); | ||||||||||||
1235 | Arg = getPackSubstitutedTemplateArgument(getSema(), Arg); | ||||||||||||
1236 | } | ||||||||||||
1237 | |||||||||||||
1238 | TemplateName Template = Arg.getAsTemplate().getNameToSubstitute(); | ||||||||||||
1239 | assert(!Template.isNull() && Template.getAsTemplateDecl() &&((void)0) | ||||||||||||
1240 | "Wrong kind of template template argument")((void)0); | ||||||||||||
1241 | return Template.getAsTemplateDecl(); | ||||||||||||
1242 | } | ||||||||||||
1243 | |||||||||||||
1244 | // Fall through to find the instantiated declaration for this template | ||||||||||||
1245 | // template parameter. | ||||||||||||
1246 | } | ||||||||||||
1247 | |||||||||||||
1248 | return SemaRef.FindInstantiatedDecl(Loc, cast<NamedDecl>(D), TemplateArgs); | ||||||||||||
1249 | } | ||||||||||||
1250 | |||||||||||||
1251 | Decl *TemplateInstantiator::TransformDefinition(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) { | ||||||||||||
1252 | Decl *Inst = getSema().SubstDecl(D, getSema().CurContext, TemplateArgs); | ||||||||||||
1253 | if (!Inst) | ||||||||||||
1254 | return nullptr; | ||||||||||||
1255 | |||||||||||||
1256 | getSema().CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(D, Inst); | ||||||||||||
1257 | return Inst; | ||||||||||||
1258 | } | ||||||||||||
1259 | |||||||||||||
1260 | NamedDecl * | ||||||||||||
1261 | TemplateInstantiator::TransformFirstQualifierInScope(NamedDecl *D, | ||||||||||||
1262 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||||||
1263 | // If the first part of the nested-name-specifier was a template type | ||||||||||||
1264 | // parameter, instantiate that type parameter down to a tag type. | ||||||||||||
1265 | if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPD = dyn_cast_or_null<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||||||
1266 | const TemplateTypeParmType *TTP | ||||||||||||
1267 | = cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(getSema().Context.getTypeDeclType(TTPD)); | ||||||||||||
1268 | |||||||||||||
1269 | if (TTP->getDepth() < TemplateArgs.getNumLevels()) { | ||||||||||||
1270 | // FIXME: This needs testing w/ member access expressions. | ||||||||||||
1271 | TemplateArgument Arg = TemplateArgs(TTP->getDepth(), TTP->getIndex()); | ||||||||||||
1272 | |||||||||||||
1273 | if (TTP->isParameterPack()) { | ||||||||||||
1274 | assert(Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Pack &&((void)0) | ||||||||||||
1275 | "Missing argument pack")((void)0); | ||||||||||||
1276 | |||||||||||||
1277 | if (getSema().ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex == -1) | ||||||||||||
1278 | return nullptr; | ||||||||||||
1279 | |||||||||||||
1280 | Arg = getPackSubstitutedTemplateArgument(getSema(), Arg); | ||||||||||||
1281 | } | ||||||||||||
1282 | |||||||||||||
1283 | QualType T = Arg.getAsType(); | ||||||||||||
1284 | if (T.isNull()) | ||||||||||||
1285 | return cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(TransformDecl(Loc, D)); | ||||||||||||
1286 | |||||||||||||
1287 | if (const TagType *Tag = T->getAs<TagType>()) | ||||||||||||
1288 | return Tag->getDecl(); | ||||||||||||
1289 | |||||||||||||
1290 | // The resulting type is not a tag; complain. | ||||||||||||
1291 | getSema().Diag(Loc, diag::err_nested_name_spec_non_tag) << T; | ||||||||||||
1292 | return nullptr; | ||||||||||||
1293 | } | ||||||||||||
1294 | } | ||||||||||||
1295 | |||||||||||||
1296 | return cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(TransformDecl(Loc, D)); | ||||||||||||
1297 | } | ||||||||||||
1298 | |||||||||||||
1299 | VarDecl * | ||||||||||||
1300 | TemplateInstantiator::RebuildExceptionDecl(VarDecl *ExceptionDecl, | ||||||||||||
1301 | TypeSourceInfo *Declarator, | ||||||||||||
1302 | SourceLocation StartLoc, | ||||||||||||
1303 | SourceLocation NameLoc, | ||||||||||||
1304 | IdentifierInfo *Name) { | ||||||||||||
1305 | VarDecl *Var = inherited::RebuildExceptionDecl(ExceptionDecl, Declarator, | ||||||||||||
1306 | StartLoc, NameLoc, Name); | ||||||||||||
1307 | if (Var) | ||||||||||||
1308 | getSema().CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(ExceptionDecl, Var); | ||||||||||||
1309 | return Var; | ||||||||||||
1310 | } | ||||||||||||
1311 | |||||||||||||
1312 | VarDecl *TemplateInstantiator::RebuildObjCExceptionDecl(VarDecl *ExceptionDecl, | ||||||||||||
1313 | TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, | ||||||||||||
1314 | QualType T) { | ||||||||||||
1315 | VarDecl *Var = inherited::RebuildObjCExceptionDecl(ExceptionDecl, TSInfo, T); | ||||||||||||
1316 | if (Var) | ||||||||||||
1317 | getSema().CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(ExceptionDecl, Var); | ||||||||||||
1318 | return Var; | ||||||||||||
1319 | } | ||||||||||||
1320 | |||||||||||||
1321 | QualType | ||||||||||||
1322 | TemplateInstantiator::RebuildElaboratedType(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, | ||||||||||||
1323 | ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, | ||||||||||||
1324 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, | ||||||||||||
1325 | QualType T) { | ||||||||||||
1326 | if (const TagType *TT = T->getAs<TagType>()) { | ||||||||||||
1327 | TagDecl* TD = TT->getDecl(); | ||||||||||||
1328 | |||||||||||||
1329 | SourceLocation TagLocation = KeywordLoc; | ||||||||||||
1330 | |||||||||||||
1331 | IdentifierInfo *Id = TD->getIdentifier(); | ||||||||||||
1332 | |||||||||||||
1333 | // TODO: should we even warn on struct/class mismatches for this? Seems | ||||||||||||
1334 | // like it's likely to produce a lot of spurious errors. | ||||||||||||
1335 | if (Id && Keyword != ETK_None && Keyword != ETK_Typename) { | ||||||||||||
1336 | TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForKeyword(Keyword); | ||||||||||||
1337 | if (!SemaRef.isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(TD, Kind, /*isDefinition*/false, | ||||||||||||
1338 | TagLocation, Id)) { | ||||||||||||
1339 | SemaRef.Diag(TagLocation, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) | ||||||||||||
1340 | << Id | ||||||||||||
1341 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(TagLocation), | ||||||||||||
1342 | TD->getKindName()); | ||||||||||||
1343 | SemaRef.Diag(TD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); | ||||||||||||
1344 | } | ||||||||||||
1345 | } | ||||||||||||
1346 | } | ||||||||||||
1347 | |||||||||||||
1348 | return TreeTransform<TemplateInstantiator>::RebuildElaboratedType(KeywordLoc, | ||||||||||||
1349 | Keyword, | ||||||||||||
1350 | QualifierLoc, | ||||||||||||
1351 | T); | ||||||||||||
1352 | } | ||||||||||||
1353 | |||||||||||||
1354 | TemplateName TemplateInstantiator::TransformTemplateName( | ||||||||||||
1355 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, TemplateName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, | ||||||||||||
1356 | QualType ObjectType, NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, | ||||||||||||
1357 | bool AllowInjectedClassName) { | ||||||||||||
1358 | if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP | ||||||||||||
1359 | = dyn_cast_or_null<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Name.getAsTemplateDecl())) { | ||||||||||||
1360 | if (TTP->getDepth() < TemplateArgs.getNumLevels()) { | ||||||||||||
1361 | // If the corresponding template argument is NULL or non-existent, it's | ||||||||||||
1362 | // because we are performing instantiation from explicitly-specified | ||||||||||||
1363 | // template arguments in a function template, but there were some | ||||||||||||
1364 | // arguments left unspecified. | ||||||||||||
1365 | if (!TemplateArgs.hasTemplateArgument(TTP->getDepth(), | ||||||||||||
1366 | TTP->getPosition())) | ||||||||||||
1367 | return Name; | ||||||||||||
1368 | |||||||||||||
1369 | TemplateArgument Arg = TemplateArgs(TTP->getDepth(), TTP->getPosition()); | ||||||||||||
1370 | |||||||||||||
1371 | if (TemplateArgs.isRewrite()) { | ||||||||||||
1372 | // We're rewriting the template parameter as a reference to another | ||||||||||||
1373 | // template parameter. | ||||||||||||
1374 | if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Pack) { | ||||||||||||
1375 | assert(Arg.pack_size() == 1 && Arg.pack_begin()->isPackExpansion() &&((void)0) | ||||||||||||
1376 | "unexpected pack arguments in template rewrite")((void)0); | ||||||||||||
1377 | Arg = Arg.pack_begin()->getPackExpansionPattern(); | ||||||||||||
1378 | } | ||||||||||||
1379 | assert(Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Template &&((void)0) | ||||||||||||
1380 | "unexpected nontype template argument kind in template rewrite")((void)0); | ||||||||||||
1381 | return Arg.getAsTemplate(); | ||||||||||||
1382 | } | ||||||||||||
1383 | |||||||||||||
1384 | if (TTP->isParameterPack()) { | ||||||||||||
1385 | assert(Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Pack &&((void)0) | ||||||||||||
1386 | "Missing argument pack")((void)0); | ||||||||||||
1387 | |||||||||||||
1388 | if (getSema().ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex == -1) { | ||||||||||||
1389 | // We have the template argument pack to substitute, but we're not | ||||||||||||
1390 | // actually expanding the enclosing pack expansion yet. So, just | ||||||||||||
1391 | // keep the entire argument pack. | ||||||||||||
1392 | return getSema().Context.getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TTP, Arg); | ||||||||||||
1393 | } | ||||||||||||
1394 | |||||||||||||
1395 | Arg = getPackSubstitutedTemplateArgument(getSema(), Arg); | ||||||||||||
1396 | } | ||||||||||||
1397 | |||||||||||||
1398 | TemplateName Template = Arg.getAsTemplate().getNameToSubstitute(); | ||||||||||||
1399 | assert(!Template.isNull() && "Null template template argument")((void)0); | ||||||||||||
1400 | assert(!Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName() &&((void)0) | ||||||||||||
1401 | "template decl to substitute is qualified?")((void)0); | ||||||||||||
1402 | |||||||||||||
1403 | Template = getSema().Context.getSubstTemplateTemplateParm(TTP, Template); | ||||||||||||
1404 | return Template; | ||||||||||||
1405 | } | ||||||||||||
1406 | } | ||||||||||||
1407 | |||||||||||||
1408 | if (SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *SubstPack | ||||||||||||
1409 | = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack()) { | ||||||||||||
1410 | if (getSema().ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex == -1) | ||||||||||||
1411 | return Name; | ||||||||||||
1412 | |||||||||||||
1413 | TemplateArgument Arg = SubstPack->getArgumentPack(); | ||||||||||||
1414 | Arg = getPackSubstitutedTemplateArgument(getSema(), Arg); | ||||||||||||
1415 | return Arg.getAsTemplate().getNameToSubstitute(); | ||||||||||||
1416 | } | ||||||||||||
1417 | |||||||||||||
1418 | return inherited::TransformTemplateName(SS, Name, NameLoc, ObjectType, | ||||||||||||
1419 | FirstQualifierInScope, | ||||||||||||
1420 | AllowInjectedClassName); | ||||||||||||
1421 | } | ||||||||||||
1422 | |||||||||||||
1423 | ExprResult | ||||||||||||
1424 | TemplateInstantiator::TransformPredefinedExpr(PredefinedExpr *E) { | ||||||||||||
1425 | if (!E->isTypeDependent()) | ||||||||||||
1426 | return E; | ||||||||||||
1427 | |||||||||||||
1428 | return getSema().BuildPredefinedExpr(E->getLocation(), E->getIdentKind()); | ||||||||||||
1429 | } | ||||||||||||
1430 | |||||||||||||
1431 | ExprResult | ||||||||||||
1432 | TemplateInstantiator::TransformTemplateParmRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E, | ||||||||||||
1433 | NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP) { | ||||||||||||
1434 | // If the corresponding template argument is NULL or non-existent, it's | ||||||||||||
1435 | // because we are performing instantiation from explicitly-specified | ||||||||||||
1436 | // template arguments in a function template, but there were some | ||||||||||||
1437 | // arguments left unspecified. | ||||||||||||
1438 | if (!TemplateArgs.hasTemplateArgument(NTTP->getDepth(), | ||||||||||||
1439 | NTTP->getPosition())) | ||||||||||||
1440 | return E; | ||||||||||||
1441 | |||||||||||||
1442 | TemplateArgument Arg = TemplateArgs(NTTP->getDepth(), NTTP->getPosition()); | ||||||||||||
1443 | |||||||||||||
1444 | if (TemplateArgs.isRewrite()) { | ||||||||||||
1445 | // We're rewriting the template parameter as a reference to another | ||||||||||||
1446 | // template parameter. | ||||||||||||
1447 | if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Pack) { | ||||||||||||
1448 | assert(Arg.pack_size() == 1 && Arg.pack_begin()->isPackExpansion() &&((void)0) | ||||||||||||
1449 | "unexpected pack arguments in template rewrite")((void)0); | ||||||||||||
1450 | Arg = Arg.pack_begin()->getPackExpansionPattern(); | ||||||||||||
1451 | } | ||||||||||||
1452 | assert(Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Expression &&((void)0) | ||||||||||||
1453 | "unexpected nontype template argument kind in template rewrite")((void)0); | ||||||||||||
1454 | // FIXME: This can lead to the same subexpression appearing multiple times | ||||||||||||
1455 | // in a complete expression. | ||||||||||||
1456 | return Arg.getAsExpr(); | ||||||||||||
1457 | } | ||||||||||||
1458 | |||||||||||||
1459 | if (NTTP->isParameterPack()) { | ||||||||||||
1460 | assert(Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Pack &&((void)0) | ||||||||||||
1461 | "Missing argument pack")((void)0); | ||||||||||||
1462 | |||||||||||||
1463 | if (getSema().ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex == -1) { | ||||||||||||
1464 | // We have an argument pack, but we can't select a particular argument | ||||||||||||
1465 | // out of it yet. Therefore, we'll build an expression to hold on to that | ||||||||||||
1466 | // argument pack. | ||||||||||||
1467 | QualType TargetType = SemaRef.SubstType(NTTP->getType(), TemplateArgs, | ||||||||||||
1468 | E->getLocation(), | ||||||||||||
1469 | NTTP->getDeclName()); | ||||||||||||
1470 | if (TargetType.isNull()) | ||||||||||||
1471 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||||||
1472 | |||||||||||||
1473 | QualType ExprType = TargetType.getNonLValueExprType(SemaRef.Context); | ||||||||||||
1474 | if (TargetType->isRecordType()) | ||||||||||||
1475 | ExprType.addConst(); | ||||||||||||
1476 | |||||||||||||
1477 | return new (SemaRef.Context) SubstNonTypeTemplateParmPackExpr( | ||||||||||||
1478 | ExprType, TargetType->isReferenceType() ? VK_LValue : VK_PRValue, | ||||||||||||
1479 | NTTP, E->getLocation(), Arg); | ||||||||||||
1480 | } | ||||||||||||
1481 | |||||||||||||
1482 | Arg = getPackSubstitutedTemplateArgument(getSema(), Arg); | ||||||||||||
1483 | } | ||||||||||||
1484 | |||||||||||||
1485 | return transformNonTypeTemplateParmRef(NTTP, E->getLocation(), Arg); | ||||||||||||
1486 | } | ||||||||||||
1487 | |||||||||||||
1488 | const LoopHintAttr * | ||||||||||||
1489 | TemplateInstantiator::TransformLoopHintAttr(const LoopHintAttr *LH) { | ||||||||||||
1490 | Expr *TransformedExpr = getDerived().TransformExpr(LH->getValue()).get(); | ||||||||||||
1491 | |||||||||||||
1492 | if (TransformedExpr == LH->getValue()) | ||||||||||||
1493 | return LH; | ||||||||||||
1494 | |||||||||||||
1495 | // Generate error if there is a problem with the value. | ||||||||||||
1496 | if (getSema().CheckLoopHintExpr(TransformedExpr, LH->getLocation())) | ||||||||||||
1497 | return LH; | ||||||||||||
1498 | |||||||||||||
1499 | // Create new LoopHintValueAttr with integral expression in place of the | ||||||||||||
1500 | // non-type template parameter. | ||||||||||||
1501 | return LoopHintAttr::CreateImplicit(getSema().Context, LH->getOption(), | ||||||||||||
1502 | LH->getState(), TransformedExpr, *LH); | ||||||||||||
1503 | } | ||||||||||||
1504 | |||||||||||||
1505 | ExprResult TemplateInstantiator::transformNonTypeTemplateParmRef( | ||||||||||||
1506 | NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *parm, | ||||||||||||
1507 | SourceLocation loc, | ||||||||||||
1508 | TemplateArgument arg) { | ||||||||||||
1509 | ExprResult result; | ||||||||||||
1510 | |||||||||||||
1511 | // Determine the substituted parameter type. We can usually infer this from | ||||||||||||
1512 | // the template argument, but not always. | ||||||||||||
1513 | auto SubstParamType = [&] { | ||||||||||||
1514 | QualType T; | ||||||||||||
1515 | if (parm->isExpandedParameterPack()) | ||||||||||||
1516 | T = parm->getExpansionType(SemaRef.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex); | ||||||||||||
1517 | else | ||||||||||||
1518 | T = parm->getType(); | ||||||||||||
1519 | if (parm->isParameterPack() && isa<PackExpansionType>(T)) | ||||||||||||
1520 | T = cast<PackExpansionType>(T)->getPattern(); | ||||||||||||
1521 | return SemaRef.SubstType(T, TemplateArgs, loc, parm->getDeclName()); | ||||||||||||
1522 | }; | ||||||||||||
1523 | |||||||||||||
1524 | bool refParam = false; | ||||||||||||
1525 | |||||||||||||
1526 | // The template argument itself might be an expression, in which case we just | ||||||||||||
1527 | // return that expression. This happens when substituting into an alias | ||||||||||||
1528 | // template. | ||||||||||||
1529 | if (arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Expression) { | ||||||||||||
1530 | Expr *argExpr = arg.getAsExpr(); | ||||||||||||
1531 | result = argExpr; | ||||||||||||
1532 | if (argExpr->isLValue()) { | ||||||||||||
1533 | if (argExpr->getType()->isRecordType()) { | ||||||||||||
1534 | // Check whether the parameter was actually a reference. | ||||||||||||
1535 | QualType paramType = SubstParamType(); | ||||||||||||
1536 | if (paramType.isNull()) | ||||||||||||
1537 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||||||
1538 | refParam = paramType->isReferenceType(); | ||||||||||||
1539 | } else { | ||||||||||||
1540 | refParam = true; | ||||||||||||
1541 | } | ||||||||||||
1542 | } | ||||||||||||
1543 | } else if (arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration || | ||||||||||||
1544 | arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::NullPtr) { | ||||||||||||
1545 | ValueDecl *VD; | ||||||||||||
1546 | if (arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration) { | ||||||||||||
1547 | VD = arg.getAsDecl(); | ||||||||||||
1548 | |||||||||||||
1549 | // Find the instantiation of the template argument. This is | ||||||||||||
1550 | // required for nested templates. | ||||||||||||
1551 | VD = cast_or_null<ValueDecl>( | ||||||||||||
1552 | getSema().FindInstantiatedDecl(loc, VD, TemplateArgs)); | ||||||||||||
1553 | if (!VD) | ||||||||||||
1554 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||||||
1555 | } else { | ||||||||||||
1556 | // Propagate NULL template argument. | ||||||||||||
1557 | VD = nullptr; | ||||||||||||
1558 | } | ||||||||||||
1559 | |||||||||||||
1560 | QualType paramType = VD ? arg.getParamTypeForDecl() : arg.getNullPtrType(); | ||||||||||||
1561 | assert(!paramType.isNull() && "type substitution failed for param type")((void)0); | ||||||||||||
1562 | assert(!paramType->isDependentType() && "param type still dependent")((void)0); | ||||||||||||
1563 | result = SemaRef.BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(arg, paramType, loc); | ||||||||||||
1564 | refParam = paramType->isReferenceType(); | ||||||||||||
1565 | } else { | ||||||||||||
1566 | result = SemaRef.BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(arg, loc); | ||||||||||||
1567 | assert(result.isInvalid() ||((void)0) | ||||||||||||
1568 | SemaRef.Context.hasSameType(result.get()->getType(),((void)0) | ||||||||||||
1569 | arg.getIntegralType()))((void)0); | ||||||||||||
1570 | } | ||||||||||||
1571 | |||||||||||||
1572 | if (result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||||||
1573 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||||||
1574 | |||||||||||||
1575 | Expr *resultExpr = result.get(); | ||||||||||||
1576 | return new (SemaRef.Context) SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr( | ||||||||||||
1577 | resultExpr->getType(), resultExpr->getValueKind(), loc, parm, refParam, | ||||||||||||
1578 | resultExpr); | ||||||||||||
1579 | } | ||||||||||||
1580 | |||||||||||||
1581 | ExprResult | ||||||||||||
1582 | TemplateInstantiator::TransformSubstNonTypeTemplateParmPackExpr( | ||||||||||||
1583 | SubstNonTypeTemplateParmPackExpr *E) { | ||||||||||||
1584 | if (getSema().ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex == -1) { | ||||||||||||
1585 | // We aren't expanding the parameter pack, so just return ourselves. | ||||||||||||
1586 | return E; | ||||||||||||
1587 | } | ||||||||||||
1588 | |||||||||||||
1589 | TemplateArgument Arg = E->getArgumentPack(); | ||||||||||||
1590 | Arg = getPackSubstitutedTemplateArgument(getSema(), Arg); | ||||||||||||
1591 | return transformNonTypeTemplateParmRef(E->getParameterPack(), | ||||||||||||
1592 | E->getParameterPackLocation(), | ||||||||||||
1593 | Arg); | ||||||||||||
1594 | } | ||||||||||||
1595 | |||||||||||||
1596 | ExprResult | ||||||||||||
1597 | TemplateInstantiator::TransformSubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr( | ||||||||||||
1598 | SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr *E) { | ||||||||||||
1599 | ExprResult SubstReplacement = E->getReplacement(); | ||||||||||||
1600 | if (!isa<ConstantExpr>(SubstReplacement.get())) | ||||||||||||
1601 | SubstReplacement = TransformExpr(E->getReplacement()); | ||||||||||||
1602 | if (SubstReplacement.isInvalid()) | ||||||||||||
1603 | return true; | ||||||||||||
1604 | QualType SubstType = TransformType(E->getParameterType(getSema().Context)); | ||||||||||||
1605 | if (SubstType.isNull()) | ||||||||||||
1606 | return true; | ||||||||||||
1607 | // The type may have been previously dependent and not now, which means we | ||||||||||||
1608 | // might have to implicit cast the argument to the new type, for example: | ||||||||||||
1609 | // template<auto T, decltype(T) U> | ||||||||||||
1610 | // concept C = sizeof(U) == 4; | ||||||||||||
1611 | // void foo() requires C<2, 'a'> { } | ||||||||||||
1612 | // When normalizing foo(), we first form the normalized constraints of C: | ||||||||||||
1613 | // AtomicExpr(sizeof(U) == 4, | ||||||||||||
1614 | // U=SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr(Param=U, | ||||||||||||
1615 | // Expr=DeclRef(U), | ||||||||||||
1616 | // Type=decltype(T))) | ||||||||||||
1617 | // Then we substitute T = 2, U = 'a' into the parameter mapping, and need to | ||||||||||||
1618 | // produce: | ||||||||||||
1619 | // AtomicExpr(sizeof(U) == 4, | ||||||||||||
1620 | // U=SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr(Param=U, | ||||||||||||
1621 | // Expr=ImpCast( | ||||||||||||
1622 | // decltype(2), | ||||||||||||
1623 | // SubstNTTPE(Param=U, Expr='a', | ||||||||||||
1624 | // Type=char)), | ||||||||||||
1625 | // Type=decltype(2))) | ||||||||||||
1626 | // The call to CheckTemplateArgument here produces the ImpCast. | ||||||||||||
1627 | TemplateArgument Converted; | ||||||||||||
1628 | if (SemaRef.CheckTemplateArgument(E->getParameter(), SubstType, | ||||||||||||
1629 | SubstReplacement.get(), | ||||||||||||
1630 | Converted).isInvalid()) | ||||||||||||
1631 | return true; | ||||||||||||
1632 | return transformNonTypeTemplateParmRef(E->getParameter(), | ||||||||||||
1633 | E->getExprLoc(), Converted); | ||||||||||||
1634 | } | ||||||||||||
1635 | |||||||||||||
1636 | ExprResult TemplateInstantiator::RebuildVarDeclRefExpr(VarDecl *PD, | ||||||||||||
1637 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||||||
1638 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(PD->getDeclName(), Loc); | ||||||||||||
1639 | return getSema().BuildDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec(), NameInfo, PD); | ||||||||||||
1640 | } | ||||||||||||
1641 | |||||||||||||
1642 | ExprResult | ||||||||||||
1643 | TemplateInstantiator::TransformFunctionParmPackExpr(FunctionParmPackExpr *E) { | ||||||||||||
1644 | if (getSema().ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex != -1) { | ||||||||||||
1645 | // We can expand this parameter pack now. | ||||||||||||
1646 | VarDecl *D = E->getExpansion(getSema().ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex); | ||||||||||||
1647 | VarDecl *VD = cast_or_null<VarDecl>(TransformDecl(E->getExprLoc(), D)); | ||||||||||||
1648 | if (!VD) | ||||||||||||
1649 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||||||
1650 | return RebuildVarDeclRefExpr(VD, E->getExprLoc()); | ||||||||||||
1651 | } | ||||||||||||
1652 | |||||||||||||
1653 | QualType T = TransformType(E->getType()); | ||||||||||||
1654 | if (T.isNull()) | ||||||||||||
1655 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||||||
1656 | |||||||||||||
1657 | // Transform each of the parameter expansions into the corresponding | ||||||||||||
1658 | // parameters in the instantiation of the function decl. | ||||||||||||
1659 | SmallVector<VarDecl *, 8> Vars; | ||||||||||||
1660 | Vars.reserve(E->getNumExpansions()); | ||||||||||||
1661 | for (FunctionParmPackExpr::iterator I = E->begin(), End = E->end(); | ||||||||||||
1662 | I != End; ++I) { | ||||||||||||
1663 | VarDecl *D = cast_or_null<VarDecl>(TransformDecl(E->getExprLoc(), *I)); | ||||||||||||
1664 | if (!D) | ||||||||||||
1665 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||||||
1666 | Vars.push_back(D); | ||||||||||||
1667 | } | ||||||||||||
1668 | |||||||||||||
1669 | auto *PackExpr = | ||||||||||||
1670 | FunctionParmPackExpr::Create(getSema().Context, T, E->getParameterPack(), | ||||||||||||
1671 | E->getParameterPackLocation(), Vars); | ||||||||||||
1672 | getSema().MarkFunctionParmPackReferenced(PackExpr); | ||||||||||||
1673 | return PackExpr; | ||||||||||||
1674 | } | ||||||||||||
1675 | |||||||||||||
1676 | ExprResult | ||||||||||||
1677 | TemplateInstantiator::TransformFunctionParmPackRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E, | ||||||||||||
1678 | VarDecl *PD) { | ||||||||||||
1679 | typedef LocalInstantiationScope::DeclArgumentPack DeclArgumentPack; | ||||||||||||
1680 | llvm::PointerUnion<Decl *, DeclArgumentPack *> *Found | ||||||||||||
1681 | = getSema().CurrentInstantiationScope->findInstantiationOf(PD); | ||||||||||||
1682 | assert(Found && "no instantiation for parameter pack")((void)0); | ||||||||||||
1683 | |||||||||||||
1684 | Decl *TransformedDecl; | ||||||||||||
1685 | if (DeclArgumentPack *Pack = Found->dyn_cast<DeclArgumentPack *>()) { | ||||||||||||
1686 | // If this is a reference to a function parameter pack which we can | ||||||||||||
1687 | // substitute but can't yet expand, build a FunctionParmPackExpr for it. | ||||||||||||
1688 | if (getSema().ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex == -1) { | ||||||||||||
1689 | QualType T = TransformType(E->getType()); | ||||||||||||
1690 | if (T.isNull()) | ||||||||||||
1691 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||||||
1692 | auto *PackExpr = FunctionParmPackExpr::Create(getSema().Context, T, PD, | ||||||||||||
1693 | E->getExprLoc(), *Pack); | ||||||||||||
1694 | getSema().MarkFunctionParmPackReferenced(PackExpr); | ||||||||||||
1695 | return PackExpr; | ||||||||||||
1696 | } | ||||||||||||
1697 | |||||||||||||
1698 | TransformedDecl = (*Pack)[getSema().ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex]; | ||||||||||||
1699 | } else { | ||||||||||||
1700 | TransformedDecl = Found->get<Decl*>(); | ||||||||||||
1701 | } | ||||||||||||
1702 | |||||||||||||
1703 | // We have either an unexpanded pack or a specific expansion. | ||||||||||||
1704 | return RebuildVarDeclRefExpr(cast<VarDecl>(TransformedDecl), E->getExprLoc()); | ||||||||||||
1705 | } | ||||||||||||
1706 | |||||||||||||
1707 | ExprResult | ||||||||||||
1708 | TemplateInstantiator::TransformDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { | ||||||||||||
1709 | NamedDecl *D = E->getDecl(); | ||||||||||||
1710 | |||||||||||||
1711 | // Handle references to non-type template parameters and non-type template | ||||||||||||
1712 | // parameter packs. | ||||||||||||
1713 | if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||||||
1714 | if (NTTP->getDepth() < TemplateArgs.getNumLevels()) | ||||||||||||
1715 | return TransformTemplateParmRefExpr(E, NTTP); | ||||||||||||
1716 | |||||||||||||
1717 | // We have a non-type template parameter that isn't fully substituted; | ||||||||||||
1718 | // FindInstantiatedDecl will find it in the local instantiation scope. | ||||||||||||
1719 | } | ||||||||||||
1720 | |||||||||||||
1721 | // Handle references to function parameter packs. | ||||||||||||
1722 | if (VarDecl *PD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) | ||||||||||||
1723 | if (PD->isParameterPack()) | ||||||||||||
1724 | return TransformFunctionParmPackRefExpr(E, PD); | ||||||||||||
1725 | |||||||||||||
1726 | return TreeTransform<TemplateInstantiator>::TransformDeclRefExpr(E); | ||||||||||||
1727 | } | ||||||||||||
1728 | |||||||||||||
1729 | ExprResult TemplateInstantiator::TransformCXXDefaultArgExpr( | ||||||||||||
1730 | CXXDefaultArgExpr *E) { | ||||||||||||
1731 | assert(!cast<FunctionDecl>(E->getParam()->getDeclContext())->((void)0) | ||||||||||||
1732 | getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&((void)0) | ||||||||||||
1733 | "Default arg expressions are never formed in dependent cases.")((void)0); | ||||||||||||
1734 | return SemaRef.BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(E->getUsedLocation(), | ||||||||||||
1735 | cast<FunctionDecl>(E->getParam()->getDeclContext()), | ||||||||||||
1736 | E->getParam()); | ||||||||||||
1737 | } | ||||||||||||
1738 | |||||||||||||
1739 | template<typename Fn> | ||||||||||||
1740 | QualType TemplateInstantiator::TransformFunctionProtoType(TypeLocBuilder &TLB, | ||||||||||||
1741 | FunctionProtoTypeLoc TL, | ||||||||||||
1742 | CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, | ||||||||||||
1743 | Qualifiers ThisTypeQuals, | ||||||||||||
1744 | Fn TransformExceptionSpec) { | ||||||||||||
1745 | // We need a local instantiation scope for this function prototype. | ||||||||||||
1746 | LocalInstantiationScope Scope(SemaRef, /*CombineWithOuterScope=*/true); | ||||||||||||
1747 | return inherited::TransformFunctionProtoType( | ||||||||||||
1748 | TLB, TL, ThisContext, ThisTypeQuals, TransformExceptionSpec); | ||||||||||||
1749 | } | ||||||||||||
1750 | |||||||||||||
1751 | ParmVarDecl * | ||||||||||||
1752 | TemplateInstantiator::TransformFunctionTypeParam(ParmVarDecl *OldParm, | ||||||||||||
1753 | int indexAdjustment, | ||||||||||||
1754 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, | ||||||||||||
1755 | bool ExpectParameterPack) { | ||||||||||||
1756 | auto NewParm = | ||||||||||||
1757 | SemaRef.SubstParmVarDecl(OldParm, TemplateArgs, indexAdjustment, | ||||||||||||
1758 | NumExpansions, ExpectParameterPack); | ||||||||||||
1759 | if (NewParm && SemaRef.getLangOpts().OpenCL) | ||||||||||||
1760 | SemaRef.deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(NewParm); | ||||||||||||
1761 | return NewParm; | ||||||||||||
1762 | } | ||||||||||||
1763 | |||||||||||||
1764 | QualType | ||||||||||||
1765 | TemplateInstantiator::TransformTemplateTypeParmType(TypeLocBuilder &TLB, | ||||||||||||
1766 | TemplateTypeParmTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||||
1767 | const TemplateTypeParmType *T = TL.getTypePtr(); | ||||||||||||
1768 | if (T->getDepth() < TemplateArgs.getNumLevels()) { | ||||||||||||
1769 | // Replace the template type parameter with its corresponding | ||||||||||||
1770 | // template argument. | ||||||||||||
1771 | |||||||||||||
1772 | // If the corresponding template argument is NULL or doesn't exist, it's | ||||||||||||
1773 | // because we are performing instantiation from explicitly-specified | ||||||||||||
1774 | // template arguments in a function template class, but there were some | ||||||||||||
1775 | // arguments left unspecified. | ||||||||||||
1776 | if (!TemplateArgs.hasTemplateArgument(T->getDepth(), T->getIndex())) { | ||||||||||||
1777 | TemplateTypeParmTypeLoc NewTL | ||||||||||||
1778 | = TLB.push<TemplateTypeParmTypeLoc>(TL.getType()); | ||||||||||||
1779 | NewTL.setNameLoc(TL.getNameLoc()); | ||||||||||||
1780 | return TL.getType(); | ||||||||||||
1781 | } | ||||||||||||
1782 | |||||||||||||
1783 | TemplateArgument Arg = TemplateArgs(T->getDepth(), T->getIndex()); | ||||||||||||
1784 | |||||||||||||
1785 | if (TemplateArgs.isRewrite()) { | ||||||||||||
1786 | // We're rewriting the template parameter as a reference to another | ||||||||||||
1787 | // template parameter. | ||||||||||||
1788 | if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Pack) { | ||||||||||||
1789 | assert(Arg.pack_size() == 1 && Arg.pack_begin()->isPackExpansion() &&((void)0) | ||||||||||||
1790 | "unexpected pack arguments in template rewrite")((void)0); | ||||||||||||
1791 | Arg = Arg.pack_begin()->getPackExpansionPattern(); | ||||||||||||
1792 | } | ||||||||||||
1793 | assert(Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&((void)0) | ||||||||||||
1794 | "unexpected nontype template argument kind in template rewrite")((void)0); | ||||||||||||
1795 | QualType NewT = Arg.getAsType(); | ||||||||||||
1796 | assert(isa<TemplateTypeParmType>(NewT) &&((void)0) | ||||||||||||
1797 | "type parm not rewritten to type parm")((void)0); | ||||||||||||
1798 | auto NewTL = TLB.push<TemplateTypeParmTypeLoc>(NewT); | ||||||||||||
1799 | NewTL.setNameLoc(TL.getNameLoc()); | ||||||||||||
1800 | return NewT; | ||||||||||||
1801 | } | ||||||||||||
1802 | |||||||||||||
1803 | if (T->isParameterPack()) { | ||||||||||||
1804 | assert(Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Pack &&((void)0) | ||||||||||||
1805 | "Missing argument pack")((void)0); | ||||||||||||
1806 | |||||||||||||
1807 | if (getSema().ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex == -1) { | ||||||||||||
1808 | // We have the template argument pack, but we're not expanding the | ||||||||||||
1809 | // enclosing pack expansion yet. Just save the template argument | ||||||||||||
1810 | // pack for later substitution. | ||||||||||||
1811 | QualType Result | ||||||||||||
1812 | = getSema().Context.getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(T, Arg); | ||||||||||||
1813 | SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeLoc NewTL | ||||||||||||
1814 | = TLB.push<SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeLoc>(Result); | ||||||||||||
1815 | NewTL.setNameLoc(TL.getNameLoc()); | ||||||||||||
1816 | return Result; | ||||||||||||
1817 | } | ||||||||||||
1818 | |||||||||||||
1819 | Arg = getPackSubstitutedTemplateArgument(getSema(), Arg); | ||||||||||||
1820 | } | ||||||||||||
1821 | |||||||||||||
1822 | assert(Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&((void)0) | ||||||||||||
1823 | "Template argument kind mismatch")((void)0); | ||||||||||||
1824 | |||||||||||||
1825 | QualType Replacement = Arg.getAsType(); | ||||||||||||
1826 | |||||||||||||
1827 | // TODO: only do this uniquing once, at the start of instantiation. | ||||||||||||
1828 | QualType Result | ||||||||||||
1829 | = getSema().Context.getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(T, Replacement); | ||||||||||||
1830 | SubstTemplateTypeParmTypeLoc NewTL | ||||||||||||
1831 | = TLB.push<SubstTemplateTypeParmTypeLoc>(Result); | ||||||||||||
1832 | NewTL.setNameLoc(TL.getNameLoc()); | ||||||||||||
1833 | return Result; | ||||||||||||
1834 | } | ||||||||||||
1835 | |||||||||||||
1836 | // The template type parameter comes from an inner template (e.g., | ||||||||||||
1837 | // the template parameter list of a member template inside the | ||||||||||||
1838 | // template we are instantiating). Create a new template type | ||||||||||||
1839 | // parameter with the template "level" reduced by one. | ||||||||||||
1840 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *NewTTPDecl = nullptr; | ||||||||||||
1841 | if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *OldTTPDecl = T->getDecl()) | ||||||||||||
1842 | NewTTPDecl = cast_or_null<TemplateTypeParmDecl>( | ||||||||||||
1843 | TransformDecl(TL.getNameLoc(), OldTTPDecl)); | ||||||||||||
1844 | |||||||||||||
1845 | QualType Result = getSema().Context.getTemplateTypeParmType( | ||||||||||||
1846 | T->getDepth() - TemplateArgs.getNumSubstitutedLevels(), T->getIndex(), | ||||||||||||
1847 | T->isParameterPack(), NewTTPDecl); | ||||||||||||
1848 | TemplateTypeParmTypeLoc NewTL = TLB.push<TemplateTypeParmTypeLoc>(Result); | ||||||||||||
1849 | NewTL.setNameLoc(TL.getNameLoc()); | ||||||||||||
1850 | return Result; | ||||||||||||
1851 | } | ||||||||||||
1852 | |||||||||||||
1853 | QualType | ||||||||||||
1854 | TemplateInstantiator::TransformSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType( | ||||||||||||
1855 | TypeLocBuilder &TLB, | ||||||||||||
1856 | SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||||
1857 | if (getSema().ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex == -1) { | ||||||||||||
1858 | // We aren't expanding the parameter pack, so just return ourselves. | ||||||||||||
1859 | SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeLoc NewTL | ||||||||||||
1860 | = TLB.push<SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeLoc>(TL.getType()); | ||||||||||||
1861 | NewTL.setNameLoc(TL.getNameLoc()); | ||||||||||||
1862 | return TL.getType(); | ||||||||||||
1863 | } | ||||||||||||
1864 | |||||||||||||
1865 | TemplateArgument Arg = TL.getTypePtr()->getArgumentPack(); | ||||||||||||
1866 | Arg = getPackSubstitutedTemplateArgument(getSema(), Arg); | ||||||||||||
1867 | QualType Result = Arg.getAsType(); | ||||||||||||
1868 | |||||||||||||
1869 | Result = getSema().Context.getSubstTemplateTypeParmType( | ||||||||||||
1870 | TL.getTypePtr()->getReplacedParameter(), | ||||||||||||
1871 | Result); | ||||||||||||
1872 | SubstTemplateTypeParmTypeLoc NewTL | ||||||||||||
1873 | = TLB.push<SubstTemplateTypeParmTypeLoc>(Result); | ||||||||||||
1874 | NewTL.setNameLoc(TL.getNameLoc()); | ||||||||||||
1875 | return Result; | ||||||||||||
1876 | } | ||||||||||||
1877 | |||||||||||||
1878 | template<typename EntityPrinter> | ||||||||||||
1879 | static concepts::Requirement::SubstitutionDiagnostic * | ||||||||||||
1880 | createSubstDiag(Sema &S, TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, EntityPrinter Printer) { | ||||||||||||
1881 | SmallString<128> Message; | ||||||||||||
1882 | SourceLocation ErrorLoc; | ||||||||||||
1883 | if (Info.hasSFINAEDiagnostic()) { | ||||||||||||
1884 | PartialDiagnosticAt PDA(SourceLocation(), | ||||||||||||
1885 | PartialDiagnostic::NullDiagnostic{}); | ||||||||||||
1886 | Info.takeSFINAEDiagnostic(PDA); | ||||||||||||
1887 | PDA.second.EmitToString(S.getDiagnostics(), Message); | ||||||||||||
1888 | ErrorLoc = PDA.first; | ||||||||||||
1889 | } else { | ||||||||||||
1890 | ErrorLoc = Info.getLocation(); | ||||||||||||
1891 | } | ||||||||||||
1892 | char *MessageBuf = new (S.Context) char[Message.size()]; | ||||||||||||
1893 | std::copy(Message.begin(), Message.end(), MessageBuf); | ||||||||||||
1894 | SmallString<128> Entity; | ||||||||||||
1895 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Entity); | ||||||||||||
1896 | Printer(OS); | ||||||||||||
1897 | char *EntityBuf = new (S.Context) char[Entity.size()]; | ||||||||||||
1898 | std::copy(Entity.begin(), Entity.end(), EntityBuf); | ||||||||||||
1899 | return new (S.Context) concepts::Requirement::SubstitutionDiagnostic{ | ||||||||||||
1900 | StringRef(EntityBuf, Entity.size()), ErrorLoc, | ||||||||||||
1901 | StringRef(MessageBuf, Message.size())}; | ||||||||||||
1902 | } | ||||||||||||
1903 | |||||||||||||
1904 | concepts::TypeRequirement * | ||||||||||||
1905 | TemplateInstantiator::TransformTypeRequirement(concepts::TypeRequirement *Req) { | ||||||||||||
1906 | if (!Req->isDependent() && !AlwaysRebuild()) | ||||||||||||
1907 | return Req; | ||||||||||||
1908 | if (Req->isSubstitutionFailure()) { | ||||||||||||
1909 | if (AlwaysRebuild()) | ||||||||||||
1910 | return RebuildTypeRequirement( | ||||||||||||
1911 | Req->getSubstitutionDiagnostic()); | ||||||||||||
1912 | return Req; | ||||||||||||
1913 | } | ||||||||||||
1914 | |||||||||||||
1915 | Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); | ||||||||||||
1916 | TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Req->getType()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc()); | ||||||||||||
1917 | Sema::InstantiatingTemplate TypeInst(SemaRef, | ||||||||||||
1918 | Req->getType()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), Req, Info, | ||||||||||||
1919 | Req->getType()->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()); | ||||||||||||
1920 | if (TypeInst.isInvalid()) | ||||||||||||
1921 | return nullptr; | ||||||||||||
1922 | TypeSourceInfo *TransType = TransformType(Req->getType()); | ||||||||||||
1923 | if (!TransType || Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) | ||||||||||||
1924 | return RebuildTypeRequirement(createSubstDiag(SemaRef, Info, | ||||||||||||
1925 | [&] (llvm::raw_ostream& OS) { | ||||||||||||
1926 | Req->getType()->getType().print(OS, SemaRef.getPrintingPolicy()); | ||||||||||||
1927 | })); | ||||||||||||
1928 | return RebuildTypeRequirement(TransType); | ||||||||||||
1929 | } | ||||||||||||
1930 | |||||||||||||
1931 | concepts::ExprRequirement * | ||||||||||||
1932 | TemplateInstantiator::TransformExprRequirement(concepts::ExprRequirement *Req) { | ||||||||||||
1933 | if (!Req->isDependent() && !AlwaysRebuild()) | ||||||||||||
1934 | return Req; | ||||||||||||
1935 | |||||||||||||
1936 | Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); | ||||||||||||
1937 | |||||||||||||
1938 | llvm::PointerUnion<Expr *, concepts::Requirement::SubstitutionDiagnostic *> | ||||||||||||
1939 | TransExpr; | ||||||||||||
1940 | if (Req->isExprSubstitutionFailure()) | ||||||||||||
1941 | TransExpr = Req->getExprSubstitutionDiagnostic(); | ||||||||||||
1942 | else { | ||||||||||||
1943 | Expr *E = Req->getExpr(); | ||||||||||||
1944 | TemplateDeductionInfo Info(E->getBeginLoc()); | ||||||||||||
1945 | Sema::InstantiatingTemplate ExprInst(SemaRef, E->getBeginLoc(), Req, Info, | ||||||||||||
1946 | E->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||||||
1947 | if (ExprInst.isInvalid()) | ||||||||||||
1948 | return nullptr; | ||||||||||||
1949 | ExprResult TransExprRes = TransformExpr(E); | ||||||||||||
1950 | if (TransExprRes.isInvalid() || Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) | ||||||||||||
1951 | TransExpr = createSubstDiag(SemaRef, Info, [&](llvm::raw_ostream &OS) { | ||||||||||||
1952 | E->printPretty(OS, nullptr, SemaRef.getPrintingPolicy()); | ||||||||||||
1953 | }); | ||||||||||||
1954 | else | ||||||||||||
1955 | TransExpr = TransExprRes.get(); | ||||||||||||
1956 | } | ||||||||||||
1957 | |||||||||||||
1958 | llvm::Optional<concepts::ExprRequirement::ReturnTypeRequirement> TransRetReq; | ||||||||||||
1959 | const auto &RetReq = Req->getReturnTypeRequirement(); | ||||||||||||
1960 | if (RetReq.isEmpty()) | ||||||||||||
1961 | TransRetReq.emplace(); | ||||||||||||
1962 | else if (RetReq.isSubstitutionFailure()) | ||||||||||||
1963 | TransRetReq.emplace(RetReq.getSubstitutionDiagnostic()); | ||||||||||||
1964 | else if (RetReq.isTypeConstraint()) { | ||||||||||||
1965 | TemplateParameterList *OrigTPL = | ||||||||||||
1966 | RetReq.getTypeConstraintTemplateParameterList(); | ||||||||||||
1967 | TemplateDeductionInfo Info(OrigTPL->getTemplateLoc()); | ||||||||||||
1968 | Sema::InstantiatingTemplate TPLInst(SemaRef, OrigTPL->getTemplateLoc(), | ||||||||||||
1969 | Req, Info, OrigTPL->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||||||
1970 | if (TPLInst.isInvalid()) | ||||||||||||
1971 | return nullptr; | ||||||||||||
1972 | TemplateParameterList *TPL = | ||||||||||||
1973 | TransformTemplateParameterList(OrigTPL); | ||||||||||||
1974 | if (!TPL) | ||||||||||||
1975 | TransRetReq.emplace(createSubstDiag(SemaRef, Info, | ||||||||||||
1976 | [&] (llvm::raw_ostream& OS) { | ||||||||||||
1977 | RetReq.getTypeConstraint()->getImmediatelyDeclaredConstraint() | ||||||||||||
1978 | ->printPretty(OS, nullptr, SemaRef.getPrintingPolicy()); | ||||||||||||
1979 | })); | ||||||||||||
1980 | else { | ||||||||||||
1981 | TPLInst.Clear(); | ||||||||||||
1982 | TransRetReq.emplace(TPL); | ||||||||||||
1983 | } | ||||||||||||
1984 | } | ||||||||||||
1985 | assert(TransRetReq.hasValue() &&((void)0) | ||||||||||||
1986 | "All code paths leading here must set TransRetReq")((void)0); | ||||||||||||
1987 | if (Expr *E = TransExpr.dyn_cast<Expr *>()) | ||||||||||||
1988 | return RebuildExprRequirement(E, Req->isSimple(), Req->getNoexceptLoc(), | ||||||||||||
1989 | std::move(*TransRetReq)); | ||||||||||||
1990 | return RebuildExprRequirement( | ||||||||||||
1991 | TransExpr.get<concepts::Requirement::SubstitutionDiagnostic *>(), | ||||||||||||
1992 | Req->isSimple(), Req->getNoexceptLoc(), std::move(*TransRetReq)); | ||||||||||||
1993 | } | ||||||||||||
1994 | |||||||||||||
1995 | concepts::NestedRequirement * | ||||||||||||
1996 | TemplateInstantiator::TransformNestedRequirement( | ||||||||||||
1997 | concepts::NestedRequirement *Req) { | ||||||||||||
1998 | if (!Req->isDependent() && !AlwaysRebuild()) | ||||||||||||
1999 | return Req; | ||||||||||||
2000 | if (Req->isSubstitutionFailure()) { | ||||||||||||
2001 | if (AlwaysRebuild()) | ||||||||||||
2002 | return RebuildNestedRequirement( | ||||||||||||
2003 | Req->getSubstitutionDiagnostic()); | ||||||||||||
2004 | return Req; | ||||||||||||
2005 | } | ||||||||||||
2006 | Sema::InstantiatingTemplate ReqInst(SemaRef, | ||||||||||||
2007 | Req->getConstraintExpr()->getBeginLoc(), Req, | ||||||||||||
2008 | Sema::InstantiatingTemplate::ConstraintsCheck{}, | ||||||||||||
2009 | Req->getConstraintExpr()->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||||||
2010 | |||||||||||||
2011 | ExprResult TransConstraint; | ||||||||||||
2012 | TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Req->getConstraintExpr()->getBeginLoc()); | ||||||||||||
2013 | { | ||||||||||||
2014 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext ContextRAII( | ||||||||||||
2015 | SemaRef, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated); | ||||||||||||
2016 | Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); | ||||||||||||
2017 | Sema::InstantiatingTemplate ConstrInst(SemaRef, | ||||||||||||
2018 | Req->getConstraintExpr()->getBeginLoc(), Req, Info, | ||||||||||||
2019 | Req->getConstraintExpr()->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||||||
2020 | if (ConstrInst.isInvalid()) | ||||||||||||
2021 | return nullptr; | ||||||||||||
2022 | TransConstraint = TransformExpr(Req->getConstraintExpr()); | ||||||||||||
2023 | if (TransConstraint.isInvalid() || Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) | ||||||||||||
2024 | return RebuildNestedRequirement(createSubstDiag(SemaRef, Info, | ||||||||||||
2025 | [&] (llvm::raw_ostream& OS) { | ||||||||||||
2026 | Req->getConstraintExpr()->printPretty(OS, nullptr, | ||||||||||||
2027 | SemaRef.getPrintingPolicy()); | ||||||||||||
2028 | })); | ||||||||||||
2029 | } | ||||||||||||
2030 | return RebuildNestedRequirement(TransConstraint.get()); | ||||||||||||
2031 | } | ||||||||||||
2032 | |||||||||||||
2033 | |||||||||||||
2034 | /// Perform substitution on the type T with a given set of template | ||||||||||||
2035 | /// arguments. | ||||||||||||
2036 | /// | ||||||||||||
2037 | /// This routine substitutes the given template arguments into the | ||||||||||||
2038 | /// type T and produces the instantiated type. | ||||||||||||
2039 | /// | ||||||||||||
2040 | /// \param T the type into which the template arguments will be | ||||||||||||
2041 | /// substituted. If this type is not dependent, it will be returned | ||||||||||||
2042 | /// immediately. | ||||||||||||
2043 | /// | ||||||||||||
2044 | /// \param Args the template arguments that will be | ||||||||||||
2045 | /// substituted for the top-level template parameters within T. | ||||||||||||
2046 | /// | ||||||||||||
2047 | /// \param Loc the location in the source code where this substitution | ||||||||||||
2048 | /// is being performed. It will typically be the location of the | ||||||||||||
2049 | /// declarator (if we're instantiating the type of some declaration) | ||||||||||||
2050 | /// or the location of the type in the source code (if, e.g., we're | ||||||||||||
2051 | /// instantiating the type of a cast expression). | ||||||||||||
2052 | /// | ||||||||||||
2053 | /// \param Entity the name of the entity associated with a declaration | ||||||||||||
2054 | /// being instantiated (if any). May be empty to indicate that there | ||||||||||||
2055 | /// is no such entity (if, e.g., this is a type that occurs as part of | ||||||||||||
2056 | /// a cast expression) or that the entity has no name (e.g., an | ||||||||||||
2057 | /// unnamed function parameter). | ||||||||||||
2058 | /// | ||||||||||||
2059 | /// \param AllowDeducedTST Whether a DeducedTemplateSpecializationType is | ||||||||||||
2060 | /// acceptable as the top level type of the result. | ||||||||||||
2061 | /// | ||||||||||||
2062 | /// \returns If the instantiation succeeds, the instantiated | ||||||||||||
2063 | /// type. Otherwise, produces diagnostics and returns a NULL type. | ||||||||||||
2064 | TypeSourceInfo *Sema::SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, | ||||||||||||
2065 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args, | ||||||||||||
2066 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||||||
2067 | DeclarationName Entity, | ||||||||||||
2068 | bool AllowDeducedTST) { | ||||||||||||
2069 | assert(!CodeSynthesisContexts.empty() &&((void)0) | ||||||||||||
2070 | "Cannot perform an instantiation without some context on the "((void)0) | ||||||||||||
2071 | "instantiation stack")((void)0); | ||||||||||||
2072 | |||||||||||||
2073 | if (!T->getType()->isInstantiationDependentType() && | ||||||||||||
2074 | !T->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) | ||||||||||||
2075 | return T; | ||||||||||||
2076 | |||||||||||||
2077 | TemplateInstantiator Instantiator(*this, Args, Loc, Entity); | ||||||||||||
2078 | return AllowDeducedTST ? Instantiator.TransformTypeWithDeducedTST(T) | ||||||||||||
2079 | : Instantiator.TransformType(T); | ||||||||||||
2080 | } | ||||||||||||
2081 | |||||||||||||
2082 | TypeSourceInfo *Sema::SubstType(TypeLoc TL, | ||||||||||||
2083 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args, | ||||||||||||
2084 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||||||
2085 | DeclarationName Entity) { | ||||||||||||
2086 | assert(!CodeSynthesisContexts.empty() &&((void)0) | ||||||||||||
2087 | "Cannot perform an instantiation without some context on the "((void)0) | ||||||||||||
2088 | "instantiation stack")((void)0); | ||||||||||||
2089 | |||||||||||||
2090 | if (TL.getType().isNull()) | ||||||||||||
2091 | return nullptr; | ||||||||||||
2092 | |||||||||||||
2093 | if (!TL.getType()->isInstantiationDependentType() && | ||||||||||||
2094 | !TL.getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { | ||||||||||||
2095 | // FIXME: Make a copy of the TypeLoc data here, so that we can | ||||||||||||
2096 | // return a new TypeSourceInfo. Inefficient! | ||||||||||||
2097 | TypeLocBuilder TLB; | ||||||||||||
2098 | TLB.pushFullCopy(TL); | ||||||||||||
2099 | return TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, TL.getType()); | ||||||||||||
2100 | } | ||||||||||||
2101 | |||||||||||||
2102 | TemplateInstantiator Instantiator(*this, Args, Loc, Entity); | ||||||||||||
2103 | TypeLocBuilder TLB; | ||||||||||||
2104 | TLB.reserve(TL.getFullDataSize()); | ||||||||||||
2105 | QualType Result = Instantiator.TransformType(TLB, TL); | ||||||||||||
2106 | if (Result.isNull()) | ||||||||||||
2107 | return nullptr; | ||||||||||||
2108 | |||||||||||||
2109 | return TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, Result); | ||||||||||||
2110 | } | ||||||||||||
2111 | |||||||||||||
2112 | /// Deprecated form of the above. | ||||||||||||
2113 | QualType Sema::SubstType(QualType T, | ||||||||||||
2114 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, | ||||||||||||
2115 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity) { | ||||||||||||
2116 | assert(!CodeSynthesisContexts.empty() &&((void)0) | ||||||||||||
2117 | "Cannot perform an instantiation without some context on the "((void)0) | ||||||||||||
2118 | "instantiation stack")((void)0); | ||||||||||||
2119 | |||||||||||||
2120 | // If T is not a dependent type or a variably-modified type, there | ||||||||||||
2121 | // is nothing to do. | ||||||||||||
2122 | if (!T->isInstantiationDependentType() && !T->isVariablyModifiedType()) | ||||||||||||
2123 | return T; | ||||||||||||
2124 | |||||||||||||
2125 | TemplateInstantiator Instantiator(*this, TemplateArgs, Loc, Entity); | ||||||||||||
2126 | return Instantiator.TransformType(T); | ||||||||||||
2127 | } | ||||||||||||
2128 | |||||||||||||
2129 | static bool NeedsInstantiationAsFunctionType(TypeSourceInfo *T) { | ||||||||||||
2130 | if (T->getType()->isInstantiationDependentType() || | ||||||||||||
2131 | T->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) | ||||||||||||
2132 | return true; | ||||||||||||
2133 | |||||||||||||
2134 | TypeLoc TL = T->getTypeLoc().IgnoreParens(); | ||||||||||||
2135 | if (!TL.getAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>()) | ||||||||||||
2136 | return false; | ||||||||||||
2137 | |||||||||||||
2138 | FunctionProtoTypeLoc FP = TL.castAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>(); | ||||||||||||
2139 | for (ParmVarDecl *P : FP.getParams()) { | ||||||||||||
2140 | // This must be synthesized from a typedef. | ||||||||||||
2141 | if (!P) continue; | ||||||||||||
2142 | |||||||||||||
2143 | // If there are any parameters, a new TypeSourceInfo that refers to the | ||||||||||||
2144 | // instantiated parameters must be built. | ||||||||||||
2145 | return true; | ||||||||||||
2146 | } | ||||||||||||
2147 | |||||||||||||
2148 | return false; | ||||||||||||
2149 | } | ||||||||||||
2150 | |||||||||||||
2151 | /// A form of SubstType intended specifically for instantiating the | ||||||||||||
2152 | /// type of a FunctionDecl. Its purpose is solely to force the | ||||||||||||
2153 | /// instantiation of default-argument expressions and to avoid | ||||||||||||
2154 | /// instantiating an exception-specification. | ||||||||||||
2155 | TypeSourceInfo *Sema::SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, | ||||||||||||
2156 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args, | ||||||||||||
2157 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||||||
2158 | DeclarationName Entity, | ||||||||||||
2159 | CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, | ||||||||||||
2160 | Qualifiers ThisTypeQuals) { | ||||||||||||
2161 | assert(!CodeSynthesisContexts.empty() &&((void)0) | ||||||||||||
2162 | "Cannot perform an instantiation without some context on the "((void)0) | ||||||||||||
2163 | "instantiation stack")((void)0); | ||||||||||||
2164 | |||||||||||||
2165 | if (!NeedsInstantiationAsFunctionType(T)) | ||||||||||||
2166 | return T; | ||||||||||||
2167 | |||||||||||||
2168 | TemplateInstantiator Instantiator(*this, Args, Loc, Entity); | ||||||||||||
2169 | |||||||||||||
2170 | TypeLocBuilder TLB; | ||||||||||||
2171 | |||||||||||||
2172 | TypeLoc TL = T->getTypeLoc(); | ||||||||||||
2173 | TLB.reserve(TL.getFullDataSize()); | ||||||||||||
2174 | |||||||||||||
2175 | QualType Result; | ||||||||||||
2176 | |||||||||||||
2177 | if (FunctionProtoTypeLoc Proto = | ||||||||||||
2178 | TL.IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>()) { | ||||||||||||
2179 | // Instantiate the type, other than its exception specification. The | ||||||||||||
2180 | // exception specification is instantiated in InitFunctionInstantiation | ||||||||||||
2181 | // once we've built the FunctionDecl. | ||||||||||||
2182 | // FIXME: Set the exception specification to EST_Uninstantiated here, | ||||||||||||
2183 | // instead of rebuilding the function type again later. | ||||||||||||
2184 | Result = Instantiator.TransformFunctionProtoType( | ||||||||||||
2185 | TLB, Proto, ThisContext, ThisTypeQuals, | ||||||||||||
2186 | [](FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI, | ||||||||||||
2187 | bool &Changed) { return false; }); | ||||||||||||
2188 | } else { | ||||||||||||
2189 | Result = Instantiator.TransformType(TLB, TL); | ||||||||||||
2190 | } | ||||||||||||
2191 | if (Result.isNull()) | ||||||||||||
2192 | return nullptr; | ||||||||||||
2193 | |||||||||||||
2194 | return TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, Result); | ||||||||||||
2195 | } | ||||||||||||
2196 | |||||||||||||
2197 | bool Sema::SubstExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||||||
2198 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI, | ||||||||||||
2199 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ExceptionStorage, | ||||||||||||
2200 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args) { | ||||||||||||
2201 | assert(ESI.Type != EST_Uninstantiated)((void)0); | ||||||||||||
2202 | |||||||||||||
2203 | bool Changed = false; | ||||||||||||
2204 | TemplateInstantiator Instantiator(*this, Args, Loc, DeclarationName()); | ||||||||||||
2205 | return Instantiator.TransformExceptionSpec(Loc, ESI, ExceptionStorage, | ||||||||||||
2206 | Changed); | ||||||||||||
2207 | } | ||||||||||||
2208 | |||||||||||||
2209 | void Sema::SubstExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *New, const FunctionProtoType *Proto, | ||||||||||||
2210 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args) { | ||||||||||||
2211 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI = | ||||||||||||
2212 | Proto->getExtProtoInfo().ExceptionSpec; | ||||||||||||
2213 | |||||||||||||
2214 | SmallVector<QualType, 4> ExceptionStorage; | ||||||||||||
2215 | if (SubstExceptionSpec(New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getEndLoc(), | ||||||||||||
2216 | ESI, ExceptionStorage, Args)) | ||||||||||||
2217 | // On error, recover by dropping the exception specification. | ||||||||||||
2218 | ESI.Type = EST_None; | ||||||||||||
2219 | |||||||||||||
2220 | UpdateExceptionSpec(New, ESI); | ||||||||||||
2221 | } | ||||||||||||
2222 | |||||||||||||
2223 | namespace { | ||||||||||||
2224 | |||||||||||||
2225 | struct GetContainedInventedTypeParmVisitor : | ||||||||||||
2226 | public TypeVisitor<GetContainedInventedTypeParmVisitor, | ||||||||||||
2227 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *> { | ||||||||||||
2228 | using TypeVisitor<GetContainedInventedTypeParmVisitor, | ||||||||||||
2229 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *>::Visit; | ||||||||||||
2230 | |||||||||||||
2231 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *Visit(QualType T) { | ||||||||||||
2232 | if (T.isNull()) | ||||||||||||
2233 | return nullptr; | ||||||||||||
2234 | return Visit(T.getTypePtr()); | ||||||||||||
2235 | } | ||||||||||||
2236 | // The deduced type itself. | ||||||||||||
2237 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *VisitTemplateTypeParmType( | ||||||||||||
2238 | const TemplateTypeParmType *T) { | ||||||||||||
2239 | if (!T->getDecl() || !T->getDecl()->isImplicit()) | ||||||||||||
2240 | return nullptr; | ||||||||||||
2241 | return T->getDecl(); | ||||||||||||
2242 | } | ||||||||||||
2243 | |||||||||||||
2244 | // Only these types can contain 'auto' types, and subsequently be replaced | ||||||||||||
2245 | // by references to invented parameters. | ||||||||||||
2246 | |||||||||||||
2247 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *VisitElaboratedType(const ElaboratedType *T) { | ||||||||||||
2248 | return Visit(T->getNamedType()); | ||||||||||||
2249 | } | ||||||||||||
2250 | |||||||||||||
2251 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *VisitPointerType(const PointerType *T) { | ||||||||||||
2252 | return Visit(T->getPointeeType()); | ||||||||||||
2253 | } | ||||||||||||
2254 | |||||||||||||
2255 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *VisitBlockPointerType(const BlockPointerType *T) { | ||||||||||||
2256 | return Visit(T->getPointeeType()); | ||||||||||||
2257 | } | ||||||||||||
2258 | |||||||||||||
2259 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *VisitReferenceType(const ReferenceType *T) { | ||||||||||||
2260 | return Visit(T->getPointeeTypeAsWritten()); | ||||||||||||
2261 | } | ||||||||||||
2262 | |||||||||||||
2263 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *VisitMemberPointerType(const MemberPointerType *T) { | ||||||||||||
2264 | return Visit(T->getPointeeType()); | ||||||||||||
2265 | } | ||||||||||||
2266 | |||||||||||||
2267 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *VisitArrayType(const ArrayType *T) { | ||||||||||||
2268 | return Visit(T->getElementType()); | ||||||||||||
2269 | } | ||||||||||||
2270 | |||||||||||||
2271 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *VisitDependentSizedExtVectorType( | ||||||||||||
2272 | const DependentSizedExtVectorType *T) { | ||||||||||||
2273 | return Visit(T->getElementType()); | ||||||||||||
2274 | } | ||||||||||||
2275 | |||||||||||||
2276 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *VisitVectorType(const VectorType *T) { | ||||||||||||
2277 | return Visit(T->getElementType()); | ||||||||||||
2278 | } | ||||||||||||
2279 | |||||||||||||
2280 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *VisitFunctionProtoType(const FunctionProtoType *T) { | ||||||||||||
2281 | return VisitFunctionType(T); | ||||||||||||
2282 | } | ||||||||||||
2283 | |||||||||||||
2284 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *VisitFunctionType(const FunctionType *T) { | ||||||||||||
2285 | return Visit(T->getReturnType()); | ||||||||||||
2286 | } | ||||||||||||
2287 | |||||||||||||
2288 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *VisitParenType(const ParenType *T) { | ||||||||||||
2289 | return Visit(T->getInnerType()); | ||||||||||||
2290 | } | ||||||||||||
2291 | |||||||||||||
2292 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *VisitAttributedType(const AttributedType *T) { | ||||||||||||
2293 | return Visit(T->getModifiedType()); | ||||||||||||
2294 | } | ||||||||||||
2295 | |||||||||||||
2296 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *VisitMacroQualifiedType(const MacroQualifiedType *T) { | ||||||||||||
2297 | return Visit(T->getUnderlyingType()); | ||||||||||||
2298 | } | ||||||||||||
2299 | |||||||||||||
2300 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *VisitAdjustedType(const AdjustedType *T) { | ||||||||||||
2301 | return Visit(T->getOriginalType()); | ||||||||||||
2302 | } | ||||||||||||
2303 | |||||||||||||
2304 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *VisitPackExpansionType(const PackExpansionType *T) { | ||||||||||||
2305 | return Visit(T->getPattern()); | ||||||||||||
2306 | } | ||||||||||||
2307 | }; | ||||||||||||
2308 | |||||||||||||
2309 | } // namespace | ||||||||||||
2310 | |||||||||||||
2311 | ParmVarDecl *Sema::SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *OldParm, | ||||||||||||
2312 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, | ||||||||||||
2313 | int indexAdjustment, | ||||||||||||
2314 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, | ||||||||||||
2315 | bool ExpectParameterPack) { | ||||||||||||
2316 | TypeSourceInfo *OldDI = OldParm->getTypeSourceInfo(); | ||||||||||||
2317 | TypeSourceInfo *NewDI = nullptr; | ||||||||||||
2318 | |||||||||||||
2319 | TypeLoc OldTL = OldDI->getTypeLoc(); | ||||||||||||
2320 | if (PackExpansionTypeLoc ExpansionTL = OldTL.getAs<PackExpansionTypeLoc>()) { | ||||||||||||
2321 | |||||||||||||
2322 | // We have a function parameter pack. Substitute into the pattern of the | ||||||||||||
2323 | // expansion. | ||||||||||||
2324 | NewDI = SubstType(ExpansionTL.getPatternLoc(), TemplateArgs, | ||||||||||||
2325 | OldParm->getLocation(), OldParm->getDeclName()); | ||||||||||||
2326 | if (!NewDI) | ||||||||||||
2327 | return nullptr; | ||||||||||||
2328 | |||||||||||||
2329 | if (NewDI->getType()->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) { | ||||||||||||
2330 | // We still have unexpanded parameter packs, which means that | ||||||||||||
2331 | // our function parameter is still a function parameter pack. | ||||||||||||
2332 | // Therefore, make its type a pack expansion type. | ||||||||||||
2333 | NewDI = CheckPackExpansion(NewDI, ExpansionTL.getEllipsisLoc(), | ||||||||||||
2334 | NumExpansions); | ||||||||||||
2335 | } else if (ExpectParameterPack) { | ||||||||||||
2336 | // We expected to get a parameter pack but didn't (because the type | ||||||||||||
2337 | // itself is not a pack expansion type), so complain. This can occur when | ||||||||||||
2338 | // the substitution goes through an alias template that "loses" the | ||||||||||||
2339 | // pack expansion. | ||||||||||||
2340 | Diag(OldParm->getLocation(), | ||||||||||||
2341 | diag::err_function_parameter_pack_without_parameter_packs) | ||||||||||||
2342 | << NewDI->getType(); | ||||||||||||
2343 | return nullptr; | ||||||||||||
2344 | } | ||||||||||||
2345 | } else { | ||||||||||||
2346 | NewDI = SubstType(OldDI, TemplateArgs, OldParm->getLocation(), | ||||||||||||
2347 | OldParm->getDeclName()); | ||||||||||||
2348 | } | ||||||||||||
2349 | |||||||||||||
2350 | if (!NewDI) | ||||||||||||
2351 | return nullptr; | ||||||||||||
2352 | |||||||||||||
2353 | if (NewDI->getType()->isVoidType()) { | ||||||||||||
2354 | Diag(OldParm->getLocation(), diag::err_param_with_void_type); | ||||||||||||
2355 | return nullptr; | ||||||||||||
2356 | } | ||||||||||||
2357 | |||||||||||||
2358 | // In abbreviated templates, TemplateTypeParmDecls with possible | ||||||||||||
2359 | // TypeConstraints are created when the parameter list is originally parsed. | ||||||||||||
2360 | // The TypeConstraints can therefore reference other functions parameters in | ||||||||||||
2361 | // the abbreviated function template, which is why we must instantiate them | ||||||||||||
2362 | // here, when the instantiated versions of those referenced parameters are in | ||||||||||||
2363 | // scope. | ||||||||||||
2364 | if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = | ||||||||||||
2365 | GetContainedInventedTypeParmVisitor().Visit(OldDI->getType())) { | ||||||||||||
2366 | if (const TypeConstraint *TC = TTP->getTypeConstraint()) { | ||||||||||||
2367 | auto *Inst = cast_or_null<TemplateTypeParmDecl>( | ||||||||||||
2368 | FindInstantiatedDecl(TTP->getLocation(), TTP, TemplateArgs)); | ||||||||||||
2369 | // We will first get here when instantiating the abbreviated function | ||||||||||||
2370 | // template's described function, but we might also get here later. | ||||||||||||
2371 | // Make sure we do not instantiate the TypeConstraint more than once. | ||||||||||||
2372 | if (Inst && !Inst->getTypeConstraint()) { | ||||||||||||
2373 | // TODO: Concepts: do not instantiate the constraint (delayed constraint | ||||||||||||
2374 | // substitution) | ||||||||||||
2375 | const ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplArgInfo | ||||||||||||
2376 | = TC->getTemplateArgsAsWritten(); | ||||||||||||
2377 | TemplateArgumentListInfo InstArgs; | ||||||||||||
2378 | |||||||||||||
2379 | if (TemplArgInfo) { | ||||||||||||
2380 | InstArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplArgInfo->LAngleLoc); | ||||||||||||
2381 | InstArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplArgInfo->RAngleLoc); | ||||||||||||
2382 | if (Subst(TemplArgInfo->getTemplateArgs(), | ||||||||||||
2383 | TemplArgInfo->NumTemplateArgs, InstArgs, TemplateArgs)) | ||||||||||||
2384 | return nullptr; | ||||||||||||
2385 | } | ||||||||||||
2386 | if (AttachTypeConstraint( | ||||||||||||
2387 | TC->getNestedNameSpecifierLoc(), TC->getConceptNameInfo(), | ||||||||||||
2388 | TC->getNamedConcept(), TemplArgInfo ? &InstArgs : nullptr, Inst, | ||||||||||||
2389 | TTP->isParameterPack() | ||||||||||||
2390 | ? cast<CXXFoldExpr>(TC->getImmediatelyDeclaredConstraint()) | ||||||||||||
2391 | ->getEllipsisLoc() | ||||||||||||
2392 | : SourceLocation())) | ||||||||||||
2393 | return nullptr; | ||||||||||||
2394 | } | ||||||||||||
2395 | } | ||||||||||||
2396 | } | ||||||||||||
2397 | |||||||||||||
2398 | ParmVarDecl *NewParm = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), | ||||||||||||
2399 | OldParm->getInnerLocStart(), | ||||||||||||
2400 | OldParm->getLocation(), | ||||||||||||
2401 | OldParm->getIdentifier(), | ||||||||||||
2402 | NewDI->getType(), NewDI, | ||||||||||||
2403 | OldParm->getStorageClass()); | ||||||||||||
2404 | if (!NewParm) | ||||||||||||
2405 | return nullptr; | ||||||||||||
2406 | |||||||||||||
2407 | // Mark the (new) default argument as uninstantiated (if any). | ||||||||||||
2408 | if (OldParm->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) { | ||||||||||||
2409 | Expr *Arg = OldParm->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg(); | ||||||||||||
2410 | NewParm->setUninstantiatedDefaultArg(Arg); | ||||||||||||
2411 | } else if (OldParm->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) { | ||||||||||||
2412 | NewParm->setUnparsedDefaultArg(); | ||||||||||||
2413 | UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations[OldParm].push_back(NewParm); | ||||||||||||
2414 | } else if (Expr *Arg = OldParm->getDefaultArg()) { | ||||||||||||
2415 | FunctionDecl *OwningFunc = cast<FunctionDecl>(OldParm->getDeclContext()); | ||||||||||||
2416 | if (OwningFunc->isInLocalScopeForInstantiation()) { | ||||||||||||
2417 | // Instantiate default arguments for methods of local classes (DR1484) | ||||||||||||
2418 | // and non-defining declarations. | ||||||||||||
2419 | Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, OwningFunc); | ||||||||||||
2420 | LocalInstantiationScope Local(*this, true); | ||||||||||||
2421 | ExprResult NewArg = SubstExpr(Arg, TemplateArgs); | ||||||||||||
2422 | if (NewArg.isUsable()) { | ||||||||||||
2423 | // It would be nice if we still had this. | ||||||||||||
2424 | SourceLocation EqualLoc = NewArg.get()->getBeginLoc(); | ||||||||||||
2425 | ExprResult Result = | ||||||||||||
2426 | ConvertParamDefaultArgument(NewParm, NewArg.get(), EqualLoc); | ||||||||||||
2427 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||||||
2428 | return nullptr; | ||||||||||||
2429 | |||||||||||||
2430 | SetParamDefaultArgument(NewParm, Result.getAs<Expr>(), EqualLoc); | ||||||||||||
2431 | } | ||||||||||||
2432 | } else { | ||||||||||||
2433 | // FIXME: if we non-lazily instantiated non-dependent default args for | ||||||||||||
2434 | // non-dependent parameter types we could remove a bunch of duplicate | ||||||||||||
2435 | // conversion warnings for such arguments. | ||||||||||||
2436 | NewParm->setUninstantiatedDefaultArg(Arg); | ||||||||||||
2437 | } | ||||||||||||
2438 | } | ||||||||||||
2439 | |||||||||||||
2440 | NewParm->setHasInheritedDefaultArg(OldParm->hasInheritedDefaultArg()); | ||||||||||||
2441 | |||||||||||||
2442 | if (OldParm->isParameterPack() && !NewParm->isParameterPack()) { | ||||||||||||
2443 | // Add the new parameter to the instantiated parameter pack. | ||||||||||||
2444 | CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocalPackArg(OldParm, NewParm); | ||||||||||||
2445 | } else { | ||||||||||||
2446 | // Introduce an Old -> New mapping | ||||||||||||
2447 | CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(OldParm, NewParm); | ||||||||||||
2448 | } | ||||||||||||
2449 | |||||||||||||
2450 | // FIXME: OldParm may come from a FunctionProtoType, in which case CurContext | ||||||||||||
2451 | // can be anything, is this right ? | ||||||||||||
2452 | NewParm->setDeclContext(CurContext); | ||||||||||||
2453 | |||||||||||||
2454 | NewParm->setScopeInfo(OldParm->getFunctionScopeDepth(), | ||||||||||||
2455 | OldParm->getFunctionScopeIndex() + indexAdjustment); | ||||||||||||
2456 | |||||||||||||
2457 | InstantiateAttrs(TemplateArgs, OldParm, NewParm); | ||||||||||||
2458 | |||||||||||||
2459 | return NewParm; | ||||||||||||
2460 | } | ||||||||||||
2461 | |||||||||||||
2462 | /// Substitute the given template arguments into the given set of | ||||||||||||
2463 | /// parameters, producing the set of parameter types that would be generated | ||||||||||||
2464 | /// from such a substitution. | ||||||||||||
2465 | bool Sema::SubstParmTypes( | ||||||||||||
2466 | SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params, | ||||||||||||
2467 | const FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo *ExtParamInfos, | ||||||||||||
2468 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, | ||||||||||||
2469 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, | ||||||||||||
2470 | SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams, | ||||||||||||
2471 | ExtParameterInfoBuilder &ParamInfos) { | ||||||||||||
2472 | assert(!CodeSynthesisContexts.empty() &&((void)0) | ||||||||||||
2473 | "Cannot perform an instantiation without some context on the "((void)0) | ||||||||||||
2474 | "instantiation stack")((void)0); | ||||||||||||
2475 | |||||||||||||
2476 | TemplateInstantiator Instantiator(*this, TemplateArgs, Loc, | ||||||||||||
2477 | DeclarationName()); | ||||||||||||
2478 | return Instantiator.TransformFunctionTypeParams( | ||||||||||||
2479 | Loc, Params, nullptr, ExtParamInfos, ParamTypes, OutParams, ParamInfos); | ||||||||||||
2480 | } | ||||||||||||
2481 | |||||||||||||
2482 | /// Perform substitution on the base class specifiers of the | ||||||||||||
2483 | /// given class template specialization. | ||||||||||||
2484 | /// | ||||||||||||
2485 | /// Produces a diagnostic and returns true on error, returns false and | ||||||||||||
2486 | /// attaches the instantiated base classes to the class template | ||||||||||||
2487 | /// specialization if successful. | ||||||||||||
2488 | bool | ||||||||||||
2489 | Sema::SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, | ||||||||||||
2490 | CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, | ||||||||||||
2491 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs) { | ||||||||||||
2492 | bool Invalid = false; | ||||||||||||
2493 | SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> InstantiatedBases; | ||||||||||||
2494 | for (const auto &Base : Pattern->bases()) { | ||||||||||||
2495 | if (!Base.getType()->isDependentType()) { | ||||||||||||
2496 | if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = Base.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { | ||||||||||||
2497 | if (RD->isInvalidDecl()) | ||||||||||||
2498 | Instantiation->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||||||||||
2499 | } | ||||||||||||
2500 | InstantiatedBases.push_back(new (Context) CXXBaseSpecifier(Base)); | ||||||||||||
2501 | continue; | ||||||||||||
2502 | } | ||||||||||||
2503 | |||||||||||||
2504 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc; | ||||||||||||
2505 | TypeSourceInfo *BaseTypeLoc; | ||||||||||||
2506 | if (Base.isPackExpansion()) { | ||||||||||||
2507 | // This is a pack expansion. See whether we should expand it now, or | ||||||||||||
2508 | // wait until later. | ||||||||||||
2509 | SmallVector<UnexpandedParameterPack, 2> Unexpanded; | ||||||||||||
2510 | collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(Base.getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc(), | ||||||||||||
2511 | Unexpanded); | ||||||||||||
2512 | bool ShouldExpand = false; | ||||||||||||
2513 | bool RetainExpansion = false; | ||||||||||||
2514 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions; | ||||||||||||
2515 | if (CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(Base.getEllipsisLoc(), | ||||||||||||
2516 | Base.getSourceRange(), | ||||||||||||
2517 | Unexpanded, | ||||||||||||
2518 | TemplateArgs, ShouldExpand, | ||||||||||||
2519 | RetainExpansion, | ||||||||||||
2520 | NumExpansions)) { | ||||||||||||
2521 | Invalid = true; | ||||||||||||
2522 | continue; | ||||||||||||
2523 | } | ||||||||||||
2524 | |||||||||||||
2525 | // If we should expand this pack expansion now, do so. | ||||||||||||
2526 | if (ShouldExpand) { | ||||||||||||
2527 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != *NumExpansions; ++I) { | ||||||||||||
2528 | Sema::ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII SubstIndex(*this, I); | ||||||||||||
2529 | |||||||||||||
2530 | TypeSourceInfo *BaseTypeLoc = SubstType(Base.getTypeSourceInfo(), | ||||||||||||
2531 | TemplateArgs, | ||||||||||||
2532 | Base.getSourceRange().getBegin(), | ||||||||||||
2533 | DeclarationName()); | ||||||||||||
2534 | if (!BaseTypeLoc) { | ||||||||||||
2535 | Invalid = true; | ||||||||||||
2536 | continue; | ||||||||||||
2537 | } | ||||||||||||
2538 | |||||||||||||
2539 | if (CXXBaseSpecifier *InstantiatedBase | ||||||||||||
2540 | = CheckBaseSpecifier(Instantiation, | ||||||||||||
2541 | Base.getSourceRange(), | ||||||||||||
2542 | Base.isVirtual(), | ||||||||||||
2543 | Base.getAccessSpecifierAsWritten(), | ||||||||||||
2544 | BaseTypeLoc, | ||||||||||||
2545 | SourceLocation())) | ||||||||||||
2546 | InstantiatedBases.push_back(InstantiatedBase); | ||||||||||||
2547 | else | ||||||||||||
2548 | Invalid = true; | ||||||||||||
2549 | } | ||||||||||||
2550 | |||||||||||||
2551 | continue; | ||||||||||||
2552 | } | ||||||||||||
2553 | |||||||||||||
2554 | // The resulting base specifier will (still) be a pack expansion. | ||||||||||||
2555 | EllipsisLoc = Base.getEllipsisLoc(); | ||||||||||||
2556 | Sema::ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII SubstIndex(*this, -1); | ||||||||||||
2557 | BaseTypeLoc = SubstType(Base.getTypeSourceInfo(), | ||||||||||||
2558 | TemplateArgs, | ||||||||||||
2559 | Base.getSourceRange().getBegin(), | ||||||||||||
2560 | DeclarationName()); | ||||||||||||
2561 | } else { | ||||||||||||
2562 | BaseTypeLoc = SubstType(Base.getTypeSourceInfo(), | ||||||||||||
2563 | TemplateArgs, | ||||||||||||
2564 | Base.getSourceRange().getBegin(), | ||||||||||||
2565 | DeclarationName()); | ||||||||||||
2566 | } | ||||||||||||
2567 | |||||||||||||
2568 | if (!BaseTypeLoc) { | ||||||||||||
2569 | Invalid = true; | ||||||||||||
2570 | continue; | ||||||||||||
2571 | } | ||||||||||||
2572 | |||||||||||||
2573 | if (CXXBaseSpecifier *InstantiatedBase | ||||||||||||
2574 | = CheckBaseSpecifier(Instantiation, | ||||||||||||
2575 | Base.getSourceRange(), | ||||||||||||
2576 | Base.isVirtual(), | ||||||||||||
2577 | Base.getAccessSpecifierAsWritten(), | ||||||||||||
2578 | BaseTypeLoc, | ||||||||||||
2579 | EllipsisLoc)) | ||||||||||||
2580 | InstantiatedBases.push_back(InstantiatedBase); | ||||||||||||
2581 | else | ||||||||||||
2582 | Invalid = true; | ||||||||||||
2583 | } | ||||||||||||
2584 | |||||||||||||
2585 | if (!Invalid && AttachBaseSpecifiers(Instantiation, InstantiatedBases)) | ||||||||||||
2586 | Invalid = true; | ||||||||||||
2587 | |||||||||||||
2588 | return Invalid; | ||||||||||||
2589 | } | ||||||||||||
2590 | |||||||||||||
2591 | // Defined via #include from SemaTemplateInstantiateDecl.cpp | ||||||||||||
2592 | namespace clang { | ||||||||||||
2593 | namespace sema { | ||||||||||||
2594 | Attr *instantiateTemplateAttribute(const Attr *At, ASTContext &C, Sema &S, | ||||||||||||
2595 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); | ||||||||||||
2596 | Attr *instantiateTemplateAttributeForDecl( | ||||||||||||
2597 | const Attr *At, ASTContext &C, Sema &S, | ||||||||||||
2598 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); | ||||||||||||
2599 | } | ||||||||||||
2600 | } | ||||||||||||
2601 | |||||||||||||
2602 | /// Instantiate the definition of a class from a given pattern. | ||||||||||||
2603 | /// | ||||||||||||
2604 | /// \param PointOfInstantiation The point of instantiation within the | ||||||||||||
2605 | /// source code. | ||||||||||||
2606 | /// | ||||||||||||
2607 | /// \param Instantiation is the declaration whose definition is being | ||||||||||||
2608 | /// instantiated. This will be either a class template specialization | ||||||||||||
2609 | /// or a member class of a class template specialization. | ||||||||||||
2610 | /// | ||||||||||||
2611 | /// \param Pattern is the pattern from which the instantiation | ||||||||||||
2612 | /// occurs. This will be either the declaration of a class template or | ||||||||||||
2613 | /// the declaration of a member class of a class template. | ||||||||||||
2614 | /// | ||||||||||||
2615 | /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments to be substituted into | ||||||||||||
2616 | /// the pattern. | ||||||||||||
2617 | /// | ||||||||||||
2618 | /// \param TSK the kind of implicit or explicit instantiation to perform. | ||||||||||||
2619 | /// | ||||||||||||
2620 | /// \param Complain whether to complain if the class cannot be instantiated due | ||||||||||||
2621 | /// to the lack of a definition. | ||||||||||||
2622 | /// | ||||||||||||
2623 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. | ||||||||||||
2624 | bool | ||||||||||||
2625 | Sema::InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, | ||||||||||||
2626 | CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, | ||||||||||||
2627 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, | ||||||||||||
2628 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, | ||||||||||||
2629 | bool Complain) { | ||||||||||||
2630 | CXXRecordDecl *PatternDef | ||||||||||||
2631 | = cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Pattern->getDefinition()); | ||||||||||||
2632 | if (DiagnoseUninstantiableTemplate(PointOfInstantiation, Instantiation, | ||||||||||||
2633 | Instantiation->getInstantiatedFromMemberClass(), | ||||||||||||
2634 | Pattern, PatternDef, TSK, Complain)) | ||||||||||||
2635 | return true; | ||||||||||||
2636 | |||||||||||||
2637 | llvm::TimeTraceScope TimeScope("InstantiateClass", [&]() { | ||||||||||||
2638 | std::string Name; | ||||||||||||
2639 | llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Name); | ||||||||||||
2640 | Instantiation->getNameForDiagnostic(OS, getPrintingPolicy(), | ||||||||||||
2641 | /*Qualified=*/true); | ||||||||||||
2642 | return Name; | ||||||||||||
2643 | }); | ||||||||||||
2644 | |||||||||||||
2645 | Pattern = PatternDef; | ||||||||||||
2646 | |||||||||||||
2647 | // Record the point of instantiation. | ||||||||||||
2648 | if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo | ||||||||||||
2649 | = Instantiation->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) { | ||||||||||||
2650 | MSInfo->setTemplateSpecializationKind(TSK); | ||||||||||||
2651 | MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(PointOfInstantiation); | ||||||||||||
2652 | } else if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
|
64.1 | 'Spec' is null |
86 | Called C++ object pointer is null |
2.1 | 'Function' is null |
22.1 | 'Function' is null |
41.1 | 'Function' is null |
2.1 | 'Function' is null |
22.1 | 'Function' is null |
41.1 | 'Function' is null |
4.1 | 'Var' is null |
24.1 | 'Var' is null |
43.1 | 'Var' is null |
4.1 | 'Var' is null |
24.1 | 'Var' is null |
43.1 | 'Var' is null |
6.1 | 'Record' is non-null |
26.1 | 'Record' is non-null |
45.1 | 'Record' is non-null |
6.1 | 'Record' is non-null |
26.1 | 'Record' is non-null |
45.1 | 'Record' is non-null |
37.1 | 'TSK' is not equal to TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition |
37.1 | 'TSK' is not equal to TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition |
19.1 | 'Pattern' is non-null |
38.1 | 'Pattern' is non-null |
19.1 | 'Pattern' is non-null |
38.1 | 'Pattern' is non-null |
1 | Calling 'Sema::InstantiateClassMembers' |
1 | //===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// |
2 | // |
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
6 | // |
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8 | // |
9 | // This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and |
10 | // builds ASTs. |
11 | // |
12 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
13 | |
14 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H |
15 | #define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H |
16 | |
17 | #include "clang/AST/ASTConcept.h" |
18 | #include "clang/AST/ASTFwd.h" |
19 | #include "clang/AST/Attr.h" |
20 | #include "clang/AST/Availability.h" |
21 | #include "clang/AST/ComparisonCategories.h" |
22 | #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" |
23 | #include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" |
24 | #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" |
25 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" |
26 | #include "clang/AST/ExprConcepts.h" |
27 | #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" |
28 | #include "clang/AST/ExprOpenMP.h" |
29 | #include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" |
30 | #include "clang/AST/LocInfoType.h" |
31 | #include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h" |
32 | #include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" |
33 | #include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h" |
34 | #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" |
35 | #include "clang/AST/StmtOpenMP.h" |
36 | #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" |
37 | #include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h" |
38 | #include "clang/Basic/BitmaskEnum.h" |
39 | #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" |
40 | #include "clang/Basic/DarwinSDKInfo.h" |
41 | #include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" |
42 | #include "clang/Basic/Module.h" |
43 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLOptions.h" |
44 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h" |
45 | #include "clang/Basic/PragmaKinds.h" |
46 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" |
47 | #include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" |
48 | #include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" |
49 | #include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" |
50 | #include "clang/Sema/CleanupInfo.h" |
51 | #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" |
52 | #include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" |
53 | #include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" |
54 | #include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" |
55 | #include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" |
56 | #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" |
57 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaConcept.h" |
58 | #include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" |
59 | #include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" |
60 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" |
61 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" |
62 | #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" |
63 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h" |
64 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" |
65 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallSet.h" |
66 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" |
67 | #include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h" |
68 | #include "llvm/Frontend/OpenMP/OMPConstants.h" |
69 | #include <deque> |
70 | #include <memory> |
71 | #include <string> |
72 | #include <tuple> |
73 | #include <vector> |
74 | |
75 | namespace llvm { |
76 | class APSInt; |
77 | template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; |
78 | template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; |
79 | class SmallBitVector; |
80 | struct InlineAsmIdentifierInfo; |
81 | } |
82 | |
83 | namespace clang { |
84 | class ADLResult; |
85 | class ASTConsumer; |
86 | class ASTContext; |
87 | class ASTMutationListener; |
88 | class ASTReader; |
89 | class ASTWriter; |
90 | class ArrayType; |
91 | class ParsedAttr; |
92 | class BindingDecl; |
93 | class BlockDecl; |
94 | class CapturedDecl; |
95 | class CXXBasePath; |
96 | class CXXBasePaths; |
97 | class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; |
98 | typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; |
99 | class CXXConstructorDecl; |
100 | class CXXConversionDecl; |
101 | class CXXDeleteExpr; |
102 | class CXXDestructorDecl; |
103 | class CXXFieldCollector; |
104 | class CXXMemberCallExpr; |
105 | class CXXMethodDecl; |
106 | class CXXScopeSpec; |
107 | class CXXTemporary; |
108 | class CXXTryStmt; |
109 | class CallExpr; |
110 | class ClassTemplateDecl; |
111 | class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; |
112 | class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; |
113 | class VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; |
114 | class CodeCompleteConsumer; |
115 | class CodeCompletionAllocator; |
116 | class CodeCompletionTUInfo; |
117 | class CodeCompletionResult; |
118 | class CoroutineBodyStmt; |
119 | class Decl; |
120 | class DeclAccessPair; |
121 | class DeclContext; |
122 | class DeclRefExpr; |
123 | class DeclaratorDecl; |
124 | class DeducedTemplateArgument; |
125 | class DependentDiagnostic; |
126 | class DesignatedInitExpr; |
127 | class Designation; |
128 | class EnableIfAttr; |
129 | class EnumConstantDecl; |
130 | class Expr; |
131 | class ExtVectorType; |
132 | class FormatAttr; |
133 | class FriendDecl; |
134 | class FunctionDecl; |
135 | class FunctionProtoType; |
136 | class FunctionTemplateDecl; |
137 | class ImplicitConversionSequence; |
138 | typedef MutableArrayRef<ImplicitConversionSequence> ConversionSequenceList; |
139 | class InitListExpr; |
140 | class InitializationKind; |
141 | class InitializationSequence; |
142 | class InitializedEntity; |
143 | class IntegerLiteral; |
144 | class LabelStmt; |
145 | class LambdaExpr; |
146 | class LangOptions; |
147 | class LocalInstantiationScope; |
148 | class LookupResult; |
149 | class MacroInfo; |
150 | typedef ArrayRef<std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation>> ModuleIdPath; |
151 | class ModuleLoader; |
152 | class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; |
153 | class NamedDecl; |
154 | class ObjCCategoryDecl; |
155 | class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; |
156 | class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; |
157 | class ObjCContainerDecl; |
158 | class ObjCImplDecl; |
159 | class ObjCImplementationDecl; |
160 | class ObjCInterfaceDecl; |
161 | class ObjCIvarDecl; |
162 | template <class T> class ObjCList; |
163 | class ObjCMessageExpr; |
164 | class ObjCMethodDecl; |
165 | class ObjCPropertyDecl; |
166 | class ObjCProtocolDecl; |
167 | class OMPThreadPrivateDecl; |
168 | class OMPRequiresDecl; |
169 | class OMPDeclareReductionDecl; |
170 | class OMPDeclareSimdDecl; |
171 | class OMPClause; |
172 | struct OMPVarListLocTy; |
173 | struct OverloadCandidate; |
174 | enum class OverloadCandidateParamOrder : char; |
175 | enum OverloadCandidateRewriteKind : unsigned; |
176 | class OverloadCandidateSet; |
177 | class OverloadExpr; |
178 | class ParenListExpr; |
179 | class ParmVarDecl; |
180 | class Preprocessor; |
181 | class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; |
182 | class PseudoObjectExpr; |
183 | class QualType; |
184 | class StandardConversionSequence; |
185 | class Stmt; |
186 | class StringLiteral; |
187 | class SwitchStmt; |
188 | class TemplateArgument; |
189 | class TemplateArgumentList; |
190 | class TemplateArgumentLoc; |
191 | class TemplateDecl; |
192 | class TemplateInstantiationCallback; |
193 | class TemplateParameterList; |
194 | class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; |
195 | class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; |
196 | class Token; |
197 | class TypeAliasDecl; |
198 | class TypedefDecl; |
199 | class TypedefNameDecl; |
200 | class TypeLoc; |
201 | class TypoCorrectionConsumer; |
202 | class UnqualifiedId; |
203 | class UnresolvedLookupExpr; |
204 | class UnresolvedMemberExpr; |
205 | class UnresolvedSetImpl; |
206 | class UnresolvedSetIterator; |
207 | class UsingDecl; |
208 | class UsingShadowDecl; |
209 | class ValueDecl; |
210 | class VarDecl; |
211 | class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl; |
212 | class VisibilityAttr; |
213 | class VisibleDeclConsumer; |
214 | class IndirectFieldDecl; |
215 | struct DeductionFailureInfo; |
216 | class TemplateSpecCandidateSet; |
217 | |
218 | namespace sema { |
219 | class AccessedEntity; |
220 | class BlockScopeInfo; |
221 | class Capture; |
222 | class CapturedRegionScopeInfo; |
223 | class CapturingScopeInfo; |
224 | class CompoundScopeInfo; |
225 | class DelayedDiagnostic; |
226 | class DelayedDiagnosticPool; |
227 | class FunctionScopeInfo; |
228 | class LambdaScopeInfo; |
229 | class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; |
230 | class SemaPPCallbacks; |
231 | class TemplateDeductionInfo; |
232 | } |
233 | |
234 | namespace threadSafety { |
235 | class BeforeSet; |
236 | void threadSafetyCleanup(BeforeSet* Cache); |
237 | } |
238 | |
239 | // FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to |
240 | // TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. |
241 | typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, |
242 | SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; |
243 | |
244 | /// Describes whether we've seen any nullability information for the given |
245 | /// file. |
246 | struct FileNullability { |
247 | /// The first pointer declarator (of any pointer kind) in the file that does |
248 | /// not have a corresponding nullability annotation. |
249 | SourceLocation PointerLoc; |
250 | |
251 | /// The end location for the first pointer declarator in the file. Used for |
252 | /// placing fix-its. |
253 | SourceLocation PointerEndLoc; |
254 | |
255 | /// Which kind of pointer declarator we saw. |
256 | uint8_t PointerKind; |
257 | |
258 | /// Whether we saw any type nullability annotations in the given file. |
259 | bool SawTypeNullability = false; |
260 | }; |
261 | |
262 | /// A mapping from file IDs to a record of whether we've seen nullability |
263 | /// information in that file. |
264 | class FileNullabilityMap { |
265 | /// A mapping from file IDs to the nullability information for each file ID. |
266 | llvm::DenseMap<FileID, FileNullability> Map; |
267 | |
268 | /// A single-element cache based on the file ID. |
269 | struct { |
270 | FileID File; |
271 | FileNullability Nullability; |
272 | } Cache; |
273 | |
274 | public: |
275 | FileNullability &operator[](FileID file) { |
276 | // Check the single-element cache. |
277 | if (file == Cache.File) |
278 | return Cache.Nullability; |
279 | |
280 | // It's not in the single-element cache; flush the cache if we have one. |
281 | if (!Cache.File.isInvalid()) { |
282 | Map[Cache.File] = Cache.Nullability; |
283 | } |
284 | |
285 | // Pull this entry into the cache. |
286 | Cache.File = file; |
287 | Cache.Nullability = Map[file]; |
288 | return Cache.Nullability; |
289 | } |
290 | }; |
291 | |
292 | /// Tracks expected type during expression parsing, for use in code completion. |
293 | /// The type is tied to a particular token, all functions that update or consume |
294 | /// the type take a start location of the token they are looking at as a |
295 | /// parameter. This avoids updating the type on hot paths in the parser. |
296 | class PreferredTypeBuilder { |
297 | public: |
298 | PreferredTypeBuilder(bool Enabled) : Enabled(Enabled) {} |
299 | |
300 | void enterCondition(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok); |
301 | void enterReturn(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok); |
302 | void enterVariableInit(SourceLocation Tok, Decl *D); |
303 | /// Handles e.g. BaseType{ .D = Tok... |
304 | void enterDesignatedInitializer(SourceLocation Tok, QualType BaseType, |
305 | const Designation &D); |
306 | /// Computing a type for the function argument may require running |
307 | /// overloading, so we postpone its computation until it is actually needed. |
308 | /// |
309 | /// Clients should be very careful when using this funciton, as it stores a |
310 | /// function_ref, clients should make sure all calls to get() with the same |
311 | /// location happen while function_ref is alive. |
312 | /// |
313 | /// The callback should also emit signature help as a side-effect, but only |
314 | /// if the completion point has been reached. |
315 | void enterFunctionArgument(SourceLocation Tok, |
316 | llvm::function_ref<QualType()> ComputeType); |
317 | |
318 | void enterParenExpr(SourceLocation Tok, SourceLocation LParLoc); |
319 | void enterUnary(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
320 | SourceLocation OpLoc); |
321 | void enterBinary(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, Expr *LHS, tok::TokenKind Op); |
322 | void enterMemAccess(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, Expr *Base); |
323 | void enterSubscript(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, Expr *LHS); |
324 | /// Handles all type casts, including C-style cast, C++ casts, etc. |
325 | void enterTypeCast(SourceLocation Tok, QualType CastType); |
326 | |
327 | /// Get the expected type associated with this location, if any. |
328 | /// |
329 | /// If the location is a function argument, determining the expected type |
330 | /// involves considering all function overloads and the arguments so far. |
331 | /// In this case, signature help for these function overloads will be reported |
332 | /// as a side-effect (only if the completion point has been reached). |
333 | QualType get(SourceLocation Tok) const { |
334 | if (!Enabled || Tok != ExpectedLoc) |
335 | return QualType(); |
336 | if (!Type.isNull()) |
337 | return Type; |
338 | if (ComputeType) |
339 | return ComputeType(); |
340 | return QualType(); |
341 | } |
342 | |
343 | private: |
344 | bool Enabled; |
345 | /// Start position of a token for which we store expected type. |
346 | SourceLocation ExpectedLoc; |
347 | /// Expected type for a token starting at ExpectedLoc. |
348 | QualType Type; |
349 | /// A function to compute expected type at ExpectedLoc. It is only considered |
350 | /// if Type is null. |
351 | llvm::function_ref<QualType()> ComputeType; |
352 | }; |
353 | |
354 | /// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. |
355 | class Sema final { |
356 | Sema(const Sema &) = delete; |
357 | void operator=(const Sema &) = delete; |
358 | |
359 | ///Source of additional semantic information. |
360 | ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; |
361 | |
362 | ///Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. |
363 | bool isMultiplexExternalSource; |
364 | |
365 | static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD); |
366 | |
367 | bool isVisibleSlow(const NamedDecl *D); |
368 | |
369 | /// Determine whether two declarations should be linked together, given that |
370 | /// the old declaration might not be visible and the new declaration might |
371 | /// not have external linkage. |
372 | bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, |
373 | const NamedDecl *New) { |
374 | if (isVisible(Old)) |
375 | return true; |
376 | // See comment in below overload for why it's safe to compute the linkage |
377 | // of the new declaration here. |
378 | if (New->isExternallyDeclarable()) { |
379 | assert(Old->isExternallyDeclarable() &&((void)0) |
380 | "should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl")((void)0); |
381 | return true; |
382 | } |
383 | return false; |
384 | } |
385 | bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(LookupResult &Old, const NamedDecl *New); |
386 | |
387 | void setupImplicitSpecialMemberType(CXXMethodDecl *SpecialMem, |
388 | QualType ResultTy, |
389 | ArrayRef<QualType> Args); |
390 | |
391 | public: |
392 | /// The maximum alignment, same as in llvm::Value. We duplicate them here |
393 | /// because that allows us not to duplicate the constants in clang code, |
394 | /// which we must to since we can't directly use the llvm constants. |
395 | /// The value is verified against llvm here: lib/CodeGen/CGDecl.cpp |
396 | /// |
397 | /// This is the greatest alignment value supported by load, store, and alloca |
398 | /// instructions, and global values. |
399 | static const unsigned MaxAlignmentExponent = 29; |
400 | static const unsigned MaximumAlignment = 1u << MaxAlignmentExponent; |
401 | |
402 | typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; |
403 | typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; |
404 | typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; |
405 | |
406 | OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; |
407 | FPOptions CurFPFeatures; |
408 | |
409 | const LangOptions &LangOpts; |
410 | Preprocessor &PP; |
411 | ASTContext &Context; |
412 | ASTConsumer &Consumer; |
413 | DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; |
414 | SourceManager &SourceMgr; |
415 | |
416 | /// Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. |
417 | bool CollectStats; |
418 | |
419 | /// Code-completion consumer. |
420 | CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; |
421 | |
422 | /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. |
423 | DeclContext *CurContext; |
424 | |
425 | /// Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, |
426 | /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. |
427 | DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; |
428 | |
429 | /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. |
430 | /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. |
431 | DeclarationName VAListTagName; |
432 | |
433 | bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on |
434 | |
435 | /// Controls member pointer representation format under the MS ABI. |
436 | LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind |
437 | MSPointerToMemberRepresentationMethod; |
438 | |
439 | /// Stack of active SEH __finally scopes. Can be empty. |
440 | SmallVector<Scope*, 2> CurrentSEHFinally; |
441 | |
442 | /// Source location for newly created implicit MSInheritanceAttrs |
443 | SourceLocation ImplicitMSInheritanceAttrLoc; |
444 | |
445 | /// Holds TypoExprs that are created from `createDelayedTypo`. This is used by |
446 | /// `TransformTypos` in order to keep track of any TypoExprs that are created |
447 | /// recursively during typo correction and wipe them away if the correction |
448 | /// fails. |
449 | llvm::SmallVector<TypoExpr *, 2> TypoExprs; |
450 | |
451 | /// pragma clang section kind |
452 | enum PragmaClangSectionKind { |
453 | PCSK_Invalid = 0, |
454 | PCSK_BSS = 1, |
455 | PCSK_Data = 2, |
456 | PCSK_Rodata = 3, |
457 | PCSK_Text = 4, |
458 | PCSK_Relro = 5 |
459 | }; |
460 | |
461 | enum PragmaClangSectionAction { |
462 | PCSA_Set = 0, |
463 | PCSA_Clear = 1 |
464 | }; |
465 | |
466 | struct PragmaClangSection { |
467 | std::string SectionName; |
468 | bool Valid = false; |
469 | SourceLocation PragmaLocation; |
470 | }; |
471 | |
472 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangBSSSection; |
473 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangDataSection; |
474 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangRodataSection; |
475 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangRelroSection; |
476 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangTextSection; |
477 | |
478 | enum PragmaMsStackAction { |
479 | PSK_Reset = 0x0, // #pragma () |
480 | PSK_Set = 0x1, // #pragma (value) |
481 | PSK_Push = 0x2, // #pragma (push[, id]) |
482 | PSK_Pop = 0x4, // #pragma (pop[, id]) |
483 | PSK_Show = 0x8, // #pragma (show) -- only for "pack"! |
484 | PSK_Push_Set = PSK_Push | PSK_Set, // #pragma (push[, id], value) |
485 | PSK_Pop_Set = PSK_Pop | PSK_Set, // #pragma (pop[, id], value) |
486 | }; |
487 | |
488 | // #pragma pack and align. |
489 | class AlignPackInfo { |
490 | public: |
491 | // `Native` represents default align mode, which may vary based on the |
492 | // platform. |
493 | enum Mode : unsigned char { Native, Natural, Packed, Mac68k }; |
494 | |
495 | // #pragma pack info constructor |
496 | AlignPackInfo(AlignPackInfo::Mode M, unsigned Num, bool IsXL) |
497 | : PackAttr(true), AlignMode(M), PackNumber(Num), XLStack(IsXL) { |
498 | assert(Num == PackNumber && "The pack number has been truncated.")((void)0); |
499 | } |
500 | |
501 | // #pragma align info constructor |
502 | AlignPackInfo(AlignPackInfo::Mode M, bool IsXL) |
503 | : PackAttr(false), AlignMode(M), |
504 | PackNumber(M == Packed ? 1 : UninitPackVal), XLStack(IsXL) {} |
505 | |
506 | explicit AlignPackInfo(bool IsXL) : AlignPackInfo(Native, IsXL) {} |
507 | |
508 | AlignPackInfo() : AlignPackInfo(Native, false) {} |
509 | |
510 | // When a AlignPackInfo itself cannot be used, this returns an 32-bit |
511 | // integer encoding for it. This should only be passed to |
512 | // AlignPackInfo::getFromRawEncoding, it should not be inspected directly. |
513 | static uint32_t getRawEncoding(const AlignPackInfo &Info) { |
514 | std::uint32_t Encoding{}; |
515 | if (Info.IsXLStack()) |
516 | Encoding |= IsXLMask; |
517 | |
518 | Encoding |= static_cast<uint32_t>(Info.getAlignMode()) << 1; |
519 | |
520 | if (Info.IsPackAttr()) |
521 | Encoding |= PackAttrMask; |
522 | |
523 | Encoding |= static_cast<uint32_t>(Info.getPackNumber()) << 4; |
524 | |
525 | return Encoding; |
526 | } |
527 | |
528 | static AlignPackInfo getFromRawEncoding(unsigned Encoding) { |
529 | bool IsXL = static_cast<bool>(Encoding & IsXLMask); |
530 | AlignPackInfo::Mode M = |
531 | static_cast<AlignPackInfo::Mode>((Encoding & AlignModeMask) >> 1); |
532 | int PackNumber = (Encoding & PackNumMask) >> 4; |
533 | |
534 | if (Encoding & PackAttrMask) |
535 | return AlignPackInfo(M, PackNumber, IsXL); |
536 | |
537 | return AlignPackInfo(M, IsXL); |
538 | } |
539 | |
540 | bool IsPackAttr() const { return PackAttr; } |
541 | |
542 | bool IsAlignAttr() const { return !PackAttr; } |
543 | |
544 | Mode getAlignMode() const { return AlignMode; } |
545 | |
546 | unsigned getPackNumber() const { return PackNumber; } |
547 | |
548 | bool IsPackSet() const { |
549 | // #pragma align, #pragma pack(), and #pragma pack(0) do not set the pack |
550 | // attriute on a decl. |
551 | return PackNumber != UninitPackVal && PackNumber != 0; |
552 | } |
553 | |
554 | bool IsXLStack() const { return XLStack; } |
555 | |
556 | bool operator==(const AlignPackInfo &Info) const { |
557 | return std::tie(AlignMode, PackNumber, PackAttr, XLStack) == |
558 | std::tie(Info.AlignMode, Info.PackNumber, Info.PackAttr, |
559 | Info.XLStack); |
560 | } |
561 | |
562 | bool operator!=(const AlignPackInfo &Info) const { |
563 | return !(*this == Info); |
564 | } |
565 | |
566 | private: |
567 | /// \brief True if this is a pragma pack attribute, |
568 | /// not a pragma align attribute. |
569 | bool PackAttr; |
570 | |
571 | /// \brief The alignment mode that is in effect. |
572 | Mode AlignMode; |
573 | |
574 | /// \brief The pack number of the stack. |
575 | unsigned char PackNumber; |
576 | |
577 | /// \brief True if it is a XL #pragma align/pack stack. |
578 | bool XLStack; |
579 | |
580 | /// \brief Uninitialized pack value. |
581 | static constexpr unsigned char UninitPackVal = -1; |
582 | |
583 | // Masks to encode and decode an AlignPackInfo. |
584 | static constexpr uint32_t IsXLMask{0x0000'0001}; |
585 | static constexpr uint32_t AlignModeMask{0x0000'0006}; |
586 | static constexpr uint32_t PackAttrMask{0x00000'0008}; |
587 | static constexpr uint32_t PackNumMask{0x0000'01F0}; |
588 | }; |
589 | |
590 | template<typename ValueType> |
591 | struct PragmaStack { |
592 | struct Slot { |
593 | llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel; |
594 | ValueType Value; |
595 | SourceLocation PragmaLocation; |
596 | SourceLocation PragmaPushLocation; |
597 | Slot(llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, ValueType Value, |
598 | SourceLocation PragmaLocation, SourceLocation PragmaPushLocation) |
599 | : StackSlotLabel(StackSlotLabel), Value(Value), |
600 | PragmaLocation(PragmaLocation), |
601 | PragmaPushLocation(PragmaPushLocation) {} |
602 | }; |
603 | |
604 | void Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
605 | llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, ValueType Value) { |
606 | if (Action == PSK_Reset) { |
607 | CurrentValue = DefaultValue; |
608 | CurrentPragmaLocation = PragmaLocation; |
609 | return; |
610 | } |
611 | if (Action & PSK_Push) |
612 | Stack.emplace_back(StackSlotLabel, CurrentValue, CurrentPragmaLocation, |
613 | PragmaLocation); |
614 | else if (Action & PSK_Pop) { |
615 | if (!StackSlotLabel.empty()) { |
616 | // If we've got a label, try to find it and jump there. |
617 | auto I = llvm::find_if(llvm::reverse(Stack), [&](const Slot &x) { |
618 | return x.StackSlotLabel == StackSlotLabel; |
619 | }); |
620 | // If we found the label so pop from there. |
621 | if (I != Stack.rend()) { |
622 | CurrentValue = I->Value; |
623 | CurrentPragmaLocation = I->PragmaLocation; |
624 | Stack.erase(std::prev(I.base()), Stack.end()); |
625 | } |
626 | } else if (!Stack.empty()) { |
627 | // We do not have a label, just pop the last entry. |
628 | CurrentValue = Stack.back().Value; |
629 | CurrentPragmaLocation = Stack.back().PragmaLocation; |
630 | Stack.pop_back(); |
631 | } |
632 | } |
633 | if (Action & PSK_Set) { |
634 | CurrentValue = Value; |
635 | CurrentPragmaLocation = PragmaLocation; |
636 | } |
637 | } |
638 | |
639 | // MSVC seems to add artificial slots to #pragma stacks on entering a C++ |
640 | // method body to restore the stacks on exit, so it works like this: |
641 | // |
642 | // struct S { |
643 | // #pragma <name>(push, InternalPragmaSlot, <current_pragma_value>) |
644 | // void Method {} |
645 | // #pragma <name>(pop, InternalPragmaSlot) |
646 | // }; |
647 | // |
648 | // It works even with #pragma vtordisp, although MSVC doesn't support |
649 | // #pragma vtordisp(push [, id], n) |
650 | // syntax. |
651 | // |
652 | // Push / pop a named sentinel slot. |
653 | void SentinelAction(PragmaMsStackAction Action, StringRef Label) { |
654 | assert((Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop) &&((void)0) |
655 | "Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!")((void)0); |
656 | Act(CurrentPragmaLocation, Action, Label, CurrentValue); |
657 | } |
658 | |
659 | // Constructors. |
660 | explicit PragmaStack(const ValueType &Default) |
661 | : DefaultValue(Default), CurrentValue(Default) {} |
662 | |
663 | bool hasValue() const { return CurrentValue != DefaultValue; } |
664 | |
665 | SmallVector<Slot, 2> Stack; |
666 | ValueType DefaultValue; // Value used for PSK_Reset action. |
667 | ValueType CurrentValue; |
668 | SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation; |
669 | }; |
670 | // FIXME: We should serialize / deserialize these if they occur in a PCH (but |
671 | // we shouldn't do so if they're in a module). |
672 | |
673 | /// Whether to insert vtordisps prior to virtual bases in the Microsoft |
674 | /// C++ ABI. Possible values are 0, 1, and 2, which mean: |
675 | /// |
676 | /// 0: Suppress all vtordisps |
677 | /// 1: Insert vtordisps in the presence of vbase overrides and non-trivial |
678 | /// structors |
679 | /// 2: Always insert vtordisps to support RTTI on partially constructed |
680 | /// objects |
681 | PragmaStack<MSVtorDispMode> VtorDispStack; |
682 | PragmaStack<AlignPackInfo> AlignPackStack; |
683 | // The current #pragma align/pack values and locations at each #include. |
684 | struct AlignPackIncludeState { |
685 | AlignPackInfo CurrentValue; |
686 | SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation; |
687 | bool HasNonDefaultValue, ShouldWarnOnInclude; |
688 | }; |
689 | SmallVector<AlignPackIncludeState, 8> AlignPackIncludeStack; |
690 | // Segment #pragmas. |
691 | PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> DataSegStack; |
692 | PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> BSSSegStack; |
693 | PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> ConstSegStack; |
694 | PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> CodeSegStack; |
695 | |
696 | // This stack tracks the current state of Sema.CurFPFeatures. |
697 | PragmaStack<FPOptionsOverride> FpPragmaStack; |
698 | FPOptionsOverride CurFPFeatureOverrides() { |
699 | FPOptionsOverride result; |
700 | if (!FpPragmaStack.hasValue()) { |
701 | result = FPOptionsOverride(); |
702 | } else { |
703 | result = FpPragmaStack.CurrentValue; |
704 | } |
705 | return result; |
706 | } |
707 | |
708 | // RAII object to push / pop sentinel slots for all MS #pragma stacks. |
709 | // Actions should be performed only if we enter / exit a C++ method body. |
710 | class PragmaStackSentinelRAII { |
711 | public: |
712 | PragmaStackSentinelRAII(Sema &S, StringRef SlotLabel, bool ShouldAct); |
713 | ~PragmaStackSentinelRAII(); |
714 | |
715 | private: |
716 | Sema &S; |
717 | StringRef SlotLabel; |
718 | bool ShouldAct; |
719 | }; |
720 | |
721 | /// A mapping that describes the nullability we've seen in each header file. |
722 | FileNullabilityMap NullabilityMap; |
723 | |
724 | /// Last section used with #pragma init_seg. |
725 | StringLiteral *CurInitSeg; |
726 | SourceLocation CurInitSegLoc; |
727 | |
728 | /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. |
729 | void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" |
730 | |
731 | /// This an attribute introduced by \#pragma clang attribute. |
732 | struct PragmaAttributeEntry { |
733 | SourceLocation Loc; |
734 | ParsedAttr *Attribute; |
735 | SmallVector<attr::SubjectMatchRule, 4> MatchRules; |
736 | bool IsUsed; |
737 | }; |
738 | |
739 | /// A push'd group of PragmaAttributeEntries. |
740 | struct PragmaAttributeGroup { |
741 | /// The location of the push attribute. |
742 | SourceLocation Loc; |
743 | /// The namespace of this push group. |
744 | const IdentifierInfo *Namespace; |
745 | SmallVector<PragmaAttributeEntry, 2> Entries; |
746 | }; |
747 | |
748 | SmallVector<PragmaAttributeGroup, 2> PragmaAttributeStack; |
749 | |
750 | /// The declaration that is currently receiving an attribute from the |
751 | /// #pragma attribute stack. |
752 | const Decl *PragmaAttributeCurrentTargetDecl; |
753 | |
754 | /// This represents the last location of a "#pragma clang optimize off" |
755 | /// directive if such a directive has not been closed by an "on" yet. If |
756 | /// optimizations are currently "on", this is set to an invalid location. |
757 | SourceLocation OptimizeOffPragmaLocation; |
758 | |
759 | /// Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. |
760 | /// |
761 | /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions |
762 | /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. |
763 | bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; |
764 | |
765 | /// Used to control the generation of ExprWithCleanups. |
766 | CleanupInfo Cleanup; |
767 | |
768 | /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring |
769 | /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. |
770 | SmallVector<ExprWithCleanups::CleanupObject, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; |
771 | |
772 | /// Store a set of either DeclRefExprs or MemberExprs that contain a reference |
773 | /// to a variable (constant) that may or may not be odr-used in this Expr, and |
774 | /// we won't know until all lvalue-to-rvalue and discarded value conversions |
775 | /// have been applied to all subexpressions of the enclosing full expression. |
776 | /// This is cleared at the end of each full expression. |
777 | using MaybeODRUseExprSet = llvm::SetVector<Expr *, SmallVector<Expr *, 4>, |
778 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr *, 4>>; |
779 | MaybeODRUseExprSet MaybeODRUseExprs; |
780 | |
781 | std::unique_ptr<sema::FunctionScopeInfo> CachedFunctionScope; |
782 | |
783 | /// Stack containing information about each of the nested |
784 | /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. |
785 | SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; |
786 | |
787 | /// The index of the first FunctionScope that corresponds to the current |
788 | /// context. |
789 | unsigned FunctionScopesStart = 0; |
790 | |
791 | ArrayRef<sema::FunctionScopeInfo*> getFunctionScopes() const { |
792 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(FunctionScopes.begin() + FunctionScopesStart, |
793 | FunctionScopes.end()); |
794 | } |
795 | |
796 | /// Stack containing information needed when in C++2a an 'auto' is encountered |
797 | /// in a function declaration parameter type specifier in order to invent a |
798 | /// corresponding template parameter in the enclosing abbreviated function |
799 | /// template. This information is also present in LambdaScopeInfo, stored in |
800 | /// the FunctionScopes stack. |
801 | SmallVector<InventedTemplateParameterInfo, 4> InventedParameterInfos; |
802 | |
803 | /// The index of the first InventedParameterInfo that refers to the current |
804 | /// context. |
805 | unsigned InventedParameterInfosStart = 0; |
806 | |
807 | ArrayRef<InventedTemplateParameterInfo> getInventedParameterInfos() const { |
808 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(InventedParameterInfos.begin() + |
809 | InventedParameterInfosStart, |
810 | InventedParameterInfos.end()); |
811 | } |
812 | |
813 | typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, |
814 | &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> |
815 | ExtVectorDeclsType; |
816 | |
817 | /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows |
818 | /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. |
819 | /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. |
820 | ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; |
821 | |
822 | /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. |
823 | std::unique_ptr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; |
824 | |
825 | typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<NamedDecl *, 16> NamedDeclSetType; |
826 | |
827 | /// Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. |
828 | NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; |
829 | |
830 | /// Set containing all typedefs that are likely unused. |
831 | llvm::SmallSetVector<const TypedefNameDecl *, 4> |
832 | UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates; |
833 | |
834 | /// Delete-expressions to be analyzed at the end of translation unit |
835 | /// |
836 | /// This list contains class members, and locations of delete-expressions |
837 | /// that could not be proven as to whether they mismatch with new-expression |
838 | /// used in initializer of the field. |
839 | typedef std::pair<SourceLocation, bool> DeleteExprLoc; |
840 | typedef llvm::SmallVector<DeleteExprLoc, 4> DeleteLocs; |
841 | llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> DeleteExprs; |
842 | |
843 | typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; |
844 | |
845 | /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have |
846 | /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the |
847 | /// same list more than once. |
848 | std::unique_ptr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; |
849 | |
850 | /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which |
851 | /// we are currently parsing the initializer. |
852 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; |
853 | |
854 | /// Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name. |
855 | NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name); |
856 | |
857 | typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, |
858 | &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> |
859 | TentativeDefinitionsType; |
860 | |
861 | /// All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. |
862 | TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; |
863 | |
864 | /// All the external declarations encoutered and used in the TU. |
865 | SmallVector<VarDecl *, 4> ExternalDeclarations; |
866 | |
867 | typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, |
868 | &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> |
869 | UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; |
870 | |
871 | /// The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used |
872 | /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. |
873 | UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; |
874 | |
875 | typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, |
876 | &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> |
877 | DelegatingCtorDeclsType; |
878 | |
879 | /// All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for |
880 | /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. |
881 | DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; |
882 | |
883 | /// All the overriding functions seen during a class definition |
884 | /// that had their exception spec checks delayed, plus the overridden |
885 | /// function. |
886 | SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXMethodDecl*, const CXXMethodDecl*>, 2> |
887 | DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks; |
888 | |
889 | /// All the function redeclarations seen during a class definition that had |
890 | /// their exception spec checks delayed, plus the prior declaration they |
891 | /// should be checked against. Except during error recovery, the new decl |
892 | /// should always be a friend declaration, as that's the only valid way to |
893 | /// redeclare a special member before its class is complete. |
894 | SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl*>, 2> |
895 | DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks; |
896 | |
897 | typedef llvm::MapVector<const FunctionDecl *, |
898 | std::unique_ptr<LateParsedTemplate>> |
899 | LateParsedTemplateMapT; |
900 | LateParsedTemplateMapT LateParsedTemplateMap; |
901 | |
902 | /// Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. |
903 | typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, LateParsedTemplate &LPT); |
904 | typedef void LateTemplateParserCleanupCB(void *P); |
905 | LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; |
906 | LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LateTemplateParserCleanup; |
907 | void *OpaqueParser; |
908 | |
909 | void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, |
910 | LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LTPCleanup, |
911 | void *P) { |
912 | LateTemplateParser = LTP; |
913 | LateTemplateParserCleanup = LTPCleanup; |
914 | OpaqueParser = P; |
915 | } |
916 | |
917 | // Does the work necessary to deal with a SYCL kernel lambda. At the moment, |
918 | // this just marks the list of lambdas required to name the kernel. |
919 | void AddSYCLKernelLambda(const FunctionDecl *FD); |
920 | |
921 | class DelayedDiagnostics; |
922 | |
923 | class DelayedDiagnosticsState { |
924 | sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; |
925 | friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; |
926 | }; |
927 | typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; |
928 | typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; |
929 | |
930 | /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics |
931 | /// during parsing and other processing. |
932 | class DelayedDiagnostics { |
933 | /// The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed |
934 | /// diagnostics should go. |
935 | sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; |
936 | |
937 | public: |
938 | DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(nullptr) {} |
939 | |
940 | /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. |
941 | void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h |
942 | |
943 | /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. |
944 | bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != nullptr; } |
945 | |
946 | /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. |
947 | sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { |
948 | return CurPool; |
949 | } |
950 | |
951 | /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be |
952 | /// collected in this pool. |
953 | DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { |
954 | DelayedDiagnosticsState state; |
955 | state.SavedPool = CurPool; |
956 | CurPool = &pool; |
957 | return state; |
958 | } |
959 | |
960 | /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. |
961 | /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part |
962 | /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". |
963 | void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { |
964 | CurPool = state.SavedPool; |
965 | } |
966 | |
967 | /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are |
968 | /// not delayed. |
969 | DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { |
970 | DelayedDiagnosticsState state; |
971 | state.SavedPool = CurPool; |
972 | CurPool = nullptr; |
973 | return state; |
974 | } |
975 | |
976 | /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). |
977 | void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { |
978 | assert(CurPool == nullptr)((void)0); |
979 | CurPool = state.SavedPool; |
980 | } |
981 | } DelayedDiagnostics; |
982 | |
983 | /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. |
984 | class ContextRAII { |
985 | private: |
986 | Sema &S; |
987 | DeclContext *SavedContext; |
988 | ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; |
989 | QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; |
990 | unsigned SavedFunctionScopesStart; |
991 | unsigned SavedInventedParameterInfosStart; |
992 | |
993 | public: |
994 | ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush, bool NewThisContext = true) |
995 | : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), |
996 | SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), |
997 | SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride), |
998 | SavedFunctionScopesStart(S.FunctionScopesStart), |
999 | SavedInventedParameterInfosStart(S.InventedParameterInfosStart) |
1000 | { |
1001 | assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context")((void)0); |
1002 | S.CurContext = ContextToPush; |
1003 | if (NewThisContext) |
1004 | S.CXXThisTypeOverride = QualType(); |
1005 | // Any saved FunctionScopes do not refer to this context. |
1006 | S.FunctionScopesStart = S.FunctionScopes.size(); |
1007 | S.InventedParameterInfosStart = S.InventedParameterInfos.size(); |
1008 | } |
1009 | |
1010 | void pop() { |
1011 | if (!SavedContext) return; |
1012 | S.CurContext = SavedContext; |
1013 | S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); |
1014 | S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; |
1015 | S.FunctionScopesStart = SavedFunctionScopesStart; |
1016 | S.InventedParameterInfosStart = SavedInventedParameterInfosStart; |
1017 | SavedContext = nullptr; |
1018 | } |
1019 | |
1020 | ~ContextRAII() { |
1021 | pop(); |
1022 | } |
1023 | }; |
1024 | |
1025 | /// Whether the AST is currently being rebuilt to correct immediate |
1026 | /// invocations. Immediate invocation candidates and references to consteval |
1027 | /// functions aren't tracked when this is set. |
1028 | bool RebuildingImmediateInvocation = false; |
1029 | |
1030 | /// Used to change context to isConstantEvaluated without pushing a heavy |
1031 | /// ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord object. |
1032 | bool isConstantEvaluatedOverride; |
1033 | |
1034 | bool isConstantEvaluated() { |
1035 | return ExprEvalContexts.back().isConstantEvaluated() || |
1036 | isConstantEvaluatedOverride; |
1037 | } |
1038 | |
1039 | /// RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize |
1040 | /// a function body. |
1041 | class SynthesizedFunctionScope { |
1042 | Sema &S; |
1043 | Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; |
1044 | bool PushedCodeSynthesisContext = false; |
1045 | |
1046 | public: |
1047 | SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) |
1048 | : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) { |
1049 | S.PushFunctionScope(); |
1050 | S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext( |
1051 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated); |
1052 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DC)) |
1053 | FD->setWillHaveBody(true); |
1054 | else |
1055 | assert(isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC))((void)0); |
1056 | } |
1057 | |
1058 | void addContextNote(SourceLocation UseLoc) { |
1059 | assert(!PushedCodeSynthesisContext)((void)0); |
1060 | |
1061 | Sema::CodeSynthesisContext Ctx; |
1062 | Ctx.Kind = Sema::CodeSynthesisContext::DefiningSynthesizedFunction; |
1063 | Ctx.PointOfInstantiation = UseLoc; |
1064 | Ctx.Entity = cast<Decl>(S.CurContext); |
1065 | S.pushCodeSynthesisContext(Ctx); |
1066 | |
1067 | PushedCodeSynthesisContext = true; |
1068 | } |
1069 | |
1070 | ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { |
1071 | if (PushedCodeSynthesisContext) |
1072 | S.popCodeSynthesisContext(); |
1073 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext)) |
1074 | FD->setWillHaveBody(false); |
1075 | S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); |
1076 | S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); |
1077 | } |
1078 | }; |
1079 | |
1080 | /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in |
1081 | /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another |
1082 | /// identifier, declared or undeclared |
1083 | llvm::MapVector<IdentifierInfo *, WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; |
1084 | |
1085 | /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in |
1086 | /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers |
1087 | /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version |
1088 | /// in the currently selected standard. |
1089 | llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; |
1090 | |
1091 | |
1092 | /// Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. |
1093 | void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); |
1094 | |
1095 | /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by |
1096 | /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. |
1097 | /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so |
1098 | /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. |
1099 | /// It would be best to refactor this. |
1100 | SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; |
1101 | |
1102 | IdentifierResolver IdResolver; |
1103 | |
1104 | /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need |
1105 | /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. |
1106 | /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. |
1107 | Scope *TUScope; |
1108 | |
1109 | /// The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. |
1110 | LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; |
1111 | |
1112 | /// The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ |
1113 | /// standard library. |
1114 | LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; |
1115 | |
1116 | /// The C++ "std::align_val_t" enum class, which is defined by the C++ |
1117 | /// standard library. |
1118 | LazyDeclPtr StdAlignValT; |
1119 | |
1120 | /// The C++ "std::experimental" namespace, where the experimental parts |
1121 | /// of the standard library resides. |
1122 | NamespaceDecl *StdExperimentalNamespaceCache; |
1123 | |
1124 | /// The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in |
1125 | /// \<initializer_list>. |
1126 | ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; |
1127 | |
1128 | /// The C++ "std::coroutine_traits" template, which is defined in |
1129 | /// \<coroutine_traits> |
1130 | ClassTemplateDecl *StdCoroutineTraitsCache; |
1131 | |
1132 | /// The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. |
1133 | RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; |
1134 | |
1135 | /// The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. |
1136 | RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; |
1137 | |
1138 | /// Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. |
1139 | std::unique_ptr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; |
1140 | |
1141 | /// The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. |
1142 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; |
1143 | |
1144 | /// The declaration of the Objective-C NSValue class. |
1145 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSValueDecl; |
1146 | |
1147 | /// Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). |
1148 | QualType NSNumberPointer; |
1149 | |
1150 | /// Pointer to NSValue type (NSValue *). |
1151 | QualType NSValuePointer; |
1152 | |
1153 | /// The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. |
1154 | ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; |
1155 | |
1156 | /// The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. |
1157 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; |
1158 | |
1159 | /// Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). |
1160 | QualType NSStringPointer; |
1161 | |
1162 | /// The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. |
1163 | ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; |
1164 | |
1165 | /// The declaration of the valueWithBytes:objCType: method. |
1166 | ObjCMethodDecl *ValueWithBytesObjCTypeMethod; |
1167 | |
1168 | /// The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. |
1169 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; |
1170 | |
1171 | /// The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. |
1172 | ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; |
1173 | |
1174 | /// The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. |
1175 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; |
1176 | |
1177 | /// The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. |
1178 | ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; |
1179 | |
1180 | /// id<NSCopying> type. |
1181 | QualType QIDNSCopying; |
1182 | |
1183 | /// will hold 'respondsToSelector:' |
1184 | Selector RespondsToSelectorSel; |
1185 | |
1186 | /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete |
1187 | /// have been declared. |
1188 | bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; |
1189 | |
1190 | /// Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are |
1191 | /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. |
1192 | enum class ExpressionEvaluationContext { |
1193 | /// The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an |
1194 | /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of |
1195 | /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but |
1196 | /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at |
1197 | /// run time. |
1198 | Unevaluated, |
1199 | |
1200 | /// The current expression occurs within a braced-init-list within |
1201 | /// an unevaluated operand. This is mostly like a regular unevaluated |
1202 | /// context, except that we still instantiate constexpr functions that are |
1203 | /// referenced here so that we can perform narrowing checks correctly. |
1204 | UnevaluatedList, |
1205 | |
1206 | /// The current expression occurs within a discarded statement. |
1207 | /// This behaves largely similarly to an unevaluated operand in preventing |
1208 | /// definitions from being required, but not in other ways. |
1209 | DiscardedStatement, |
1210 | |
1211 | /// The current expression occurs within an unevaluated |
1212 | /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to |
1213 | /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly. |
1214 | UnevaluatedAbstract, |
1215 | |
1216 | /// The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, |
1217 | /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of |
1218 | /// cases in a switch statement). |
1219 | ConstantEvaluated, |
1220 | |
1221 | /// The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, |
1222 | /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the |
1223 | /// expression at run time. |
1224 | PotentiallyEvaluated, |
1225 | |
1226 | /// The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any |
1227 | /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if |
1228 | /// in fact the current expression is used. |
1229 | /// |
1230 | /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which |
1231 | /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments |
1232 | /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" |
1233 | /// until the default argument is used. |
1234 | PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed |
1235 | }; |
1236 | |
1237 | using ImmediateInvocationCandidate = llvm::PointerIntPair<ConstantExpr *, 1>; |
1238 | |
1239 | /// Data structure used to record current or nested |
1240 | /// expression evaluation contexts. |
1241 | struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { |
1242 | /// The expression evaluation context. |
1243 | ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; |
1244 | |
1245 | /// Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. |
1246 | CleanupInfo ParentCleanup; |
1247 | |
1248 | /// The number of active cleanup objects when we entered |
1249 | /// this expression evaluation context. |
1250 | unsigned NumCleanupObjects; |
1251 | |
1252 | /// The number of typos encountered during this expression evaluation |
1253 | /// context (i.e. the number of TypoExprs created). |
1254 | unsigned NumTypos; |
1255 | |
1256 | MaybeODRUseExprSet SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; |
1257 | |
1258 | /// The lambdas that are present within this context, if it |
1259 | /// is indeed an unevaluated context. |
1260 | SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; |
1261 | |
1262 | /// The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions |
1263 | /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not |
1264 | /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument. |
1265 | Decl *ManglingContextDecl; |
1266 | |
1267 | /// If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions |
1268 | /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. |
1269 | SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; |
1270 | |
1271 | /// If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding |
1272 | /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. |
1273 | SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; |
1274 | |
1275 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Expr *, 8> PossibleDerefs; |
1276 | |
1277 | /// Expressions appearing as the LHS of a volatile assignment in this |
1278 | /// context. We produce a warning for these when popping the context if |
1279 | /// they are not discarded-value expressions nor unevaluated operands. |
1280 | SmallVector<Expr*, 2> VolatileAssignmentLHSs; |
1281 | |
1282 | /// Set of candidates for starting an immediate invocation. |
1283 | llvm::SmallVector<ImmediateInvocationCandidate, 4> ImmediateInvocationCandidates; |
1284 | |
1285 | /// Set of DeclRefExprs referencing a consteval function when used in a |
1286 | /// context not already known to be immediately invoked. |
1287 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclRefExpr *, 4> ReferenceToConsteval; |
1288 | |
1289 | /// \brief Describes whether we are in an expression constext which we have |
1290 | /// to handle differently. |
1291 | enum ExpressionKind { |
1292 | EK_Decltype, EK_TemplateArgument, EK_Other |
1293 | } ExprContext; |
1294 | |
1295 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, |
1296 | unsigned NumCleanupObjects, |
1297 | CleanupInfo ParentCleanup, |
1298 | Decl *ManglingContextDecl, |
1299 | ExpressionKind ExprContext) |
1300 | : Context(Context), ParentCleanup(ParentCleanup), |
1301 | NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), NumTypos(0), |
1302 | ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), ExprContext(ExprContext) {} |
1303 | |
1304 | bool isUnevaluated() const { |
1305 | return Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated || |
1306 | Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedAbstract || |
1307 | Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList; |
1308 | } |
1309 | bool isConstantEvaluated() const { |
1310 | return Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated; |
1311 | } |
1312 | }; |
1313 | |
1314 | /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. |
1315 | SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; |
1316 | |
1317 | /// Emit a warning for all pending noderef expressions that we recorded. |
1318 | void WarnOnPendingNoDerefs(ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord &Rec); |
1319 | |
1320 | /// Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or |
1321 | /// block literal. Also return the extra mangling decl if any. |
1322 | /// |
1323 | /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or |
1324 | /// block literal. |
1325 | std::tuple<MangleNumberingContext *, Decl *> |
1326 | getCurrentMangleNumberContext(const DeclContext *DC); |
1327 | |
1328 | |
1329 | /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member |
1330 | /// function. |
1331 | /// |
1332 | /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the |
1333 | /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. |
1334 | class SpecialMemberOverloadResult { |
1335 | public: |
1336 | enum Kind { |
1337 | NoMemberOrDeleted, |
1338 | Ambiguous, |
1339 | Success |
1340 | }; |
1341 | |
1342 | private: |
1343 | llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; |
1344 | |
1345 | public: |
1346 | SpecialMemberOverloadResult() : Pair() {} |
1347 | SpecialMemberOverloadResult(CXXMethodDecl *MD) |
1348 | : Pair(MD, MD->isDeleted() ? NoMemberOrDeleted : Success) {} |
1349 | |
1350 | CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } |
1351 | void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } |
1352 | |
1353 | Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } |
1354 | void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } |
1355 | }; |
1356 | |
1357 | class SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry |
1358 | : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode, |
1359 | public SpecialMemberOverloadResult { |
1360 | public: |
1361 | SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) |
1362 | : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) |
1363 | {} |
1364 | }; |
1365 | |
1366 | /// A cache of special member function overload resolution results |
1367 | /// for C++ records. |
1368 | llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry> SpecialMemberCache; |
1369 | |
1370 | /// A cache of the flags available in enumerations with the flag_bits |
1371 | /// attribute. |
1372 | mutable llvm::DenseMap<const EnumDecl*, llvm::APInt> FlagBitsCache; |
1373 | |
1374 | /// The kind of translation unit we are processing. |
1375 | /// |
1376 | /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform |
1377 | /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating |
1378 | /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has |
1379 | /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of |
1380 | /// checks. |
1381 | const TranslationUnitKind TUKind; |
1382 | |
1383 | llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; |
1384 | |
1385 | /// The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. |
1386 | unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; |
1387 | |
1388 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, llvm::TinyPtrVector<ParmVarDecl *>> |
1389 | UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; |
1390 | |
1391 | /// A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the |
1392 | /// set of instantiations of each parameter. |
1393 | /// |
1394 | /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing |
1395 | /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, |
1396 | /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the |
1397 | /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. |
1398 | UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; |
1399 | |
1400 | // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default |
1401 | // argument locations. |
1402 | llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; |
1403 | |
1404 | /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a |
1405 | /// definition in this translation unit. |
1406 | llvm::MapVector<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed; |
1407 | |
1408 | /// Determine if VD, which must be a variable or function, is an external |
1409 | /// symbol that nonetheless can't be referenced from outside this translation |
1410 | /// unit because its type has no linkage and it's not extern "C". |
1411 | bool isExternalWithNoLinkageType(ValueDecl *VD); |
1412 | |
1413 | /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used. |
1414 | void getUndefinedButUsed( |
1415 | SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined); |
1416 | |
1417 | /// Retrieves list of suspicious delete-expressions that will be checked at |
1418 | /// the end of translation unit. |
1419 | const llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> & |
1420 | getMismatchingDeleteExpressions() const; |
1421 | |
1422 | typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; |
1423 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; |
1424 | |
1425 | /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". |
1426 | /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures |
1427 | /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% |
1428 | /// of selectors are "overloaded"). |
1429 | /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2 |
1430 | /// methods inside categories with a particular selector. |
1431 | GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; |
1432 | |
1433 | /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation |
1434 | /// of -Wselector. |
1435 | llvm::MapVector<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; |
1436 | |
1437 | /// List of SourceLocations where 'self' is implicitly retained inside a |
1438 | /// block. |
1439 | llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<SourceLocation, const BlockDecl *>, 1> |
1440 | ImplicitlyRetainedSelfLocs; |
1441 | |
1442 | /// Kinds of C++ special members. |
1443 | enum CXXSpecialMember { |
1444 | CXXDefaultConstructor, |
1445 | CXXCopyConstructor, |
1446 | CXXMoveConstructor, |
1447 | CXXCopyAssignment, |
1448 | CXXMoveAssignment, |
1449 | CXXDestructor, |
1450 | CXXInvalid |
1451 | }; |
1452 | |
1453 | typedef llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXRecordDecl *, 3, CXXSpecialMember> |
1454 | SpecialMemberDecl; |
1455 | |
1456 | /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of |
1457 | /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the |
1458 | /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. |
1459 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; |
1460 | |
1461 | /// Kinds of defaulted comparison operator functions. |
1462 | enum class DefaultedComparisonKind : unsigned char { |
1463 | /// This is not a defaultable comparison operator. |
1464 | None, |
1465 | /// This is an operator== that should be implemented as a series of |
1466 | /// subobject comparisons. |
1467 | Equal, |
1468 | /// This is an operator<=> that should be implemented as a series of |
1469 | /// subobject comparisons. |
1470 | ThreeWay, |
1471 | /// This is an operator!= that should be implemented as a rewrite in terms |
1472 | /// of a == comparison. |
1473 | NotEqual, |
1474 | /// This is an <, <=, >, or >= that should be implemented as a rewrite in |
1475 | /// terms of a <=> comparison. |
1476 | Relational, |
1477 | }; |
1478 | |
1479 | /// The function definitions which were renamed as part of typo-correction |
1480 | /// to match their respective declarations. We want to keep track of them |
1481 | /// to ensure that we don't emit a "redefinition" error if we encounter a |
1482 | /// correctly named definition after the renamed definition. |
1483 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const NamedDecl *, 4> TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions; |
1484 | |
1485 | /// Stack of types that correspond to the parameter entities that are |
1486 | /// currently being copy-initialized. Can be empty. |
1487 | llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 4> CurrentParameterCopyTypes; |
1488 | |
1489 | void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); |
1490 | void updateOutOfDateSelector(Selector Sel); |
1491 | |
1492 | /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. |
1493 | bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); |
1494 | bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr, const ObjCMethodDecl *Method); |
1495 | |
1496 | /// Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be |
1497 | /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and |
1498 | /// should not be used elsewhere. |
1499 | void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); |
1500 | |
1501 | /// Records and restores the CurFPFeatures state on entry/exit of compound |
1502 | /// statements. |
1503 | class FPFeaturesStateRAII { |
1504 | public: |
1505 | FPFeaturesStateRAII(Sema &S) : S(S), OldFPFeaturesState(S.CurFPFeatures) { |
1506 | OldOverrides = S.FpPragmaStack.CurrentValue; |
1507 | } |
1508 | ~FPFeaturesStateRAII() { |
1509 | S.CurFPFeatures = OldFPFeaturesState; |
1510 | S.FpPragmaStack.CurrentValue = OldOverrides; |
1511 | } |
1512 | FPOptionsOverride getOverrides() { return OldOverrides; } |
1513 | |
1514 | private: |
1515 | Sema& S; |
1516 | FPOptions OldFPFeaturesState; |
1517 | FPOptionsOverride OldOverrides; |
1518 | }; |
1519 | |
1520 | void addImplicitTypedef(StringRef Name, QualType T); |
1521 | |
1522 | bool WarnedStackExhausted = false; |
1523 | |
1524 | /// Increment when we find a reference; decrement when we find an ignored |
1525 | /// assignment. Ultimately the value is 0 if every reference is an ignored |
1526 | /// assignment. |
1527 | llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, int> RefsMinusAssignments; |
1528 | |
1529 | Optional<std::unique_ptr<DarwinSDKInfo>> CachedDarwinSDKInfo; |
1530 | |
1531 | public: |
1532 | Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, |
1533 | TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, |
1534 | CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = nullptr); |
1535 | ~Sema(); |
1536 | |
1537 | /// Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been |
1538 | /// initialized but before it parses anything. |
1539 | void Initialize(); |
1540 | |
1541 | /// This virtual key function only exists to limit the emission of debug info |
1542 | /// describing the Sema class. GCC and Clang only emit debug info for a class |
1543 | /// with a vtable when the vtable is emitted. Sema is final and not |
1544 | /// polymorphic, but the debug info size savings are so significant that it is |
1545 | /// worth adding a vtable just to take advantage of this optimization. |
1546 | virtual void anchor(); |
1547 | |
1548 | const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } |
1549 | OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } |
1550 | FPOptions &getCurFPFeatures() { return CurFPFeatures; } |
1551 | |
1552 | DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } |
1553 | SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } |
1554 | Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } |
1555 | ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } |
1556 | ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } |
1557 | ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; |
1558 | ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } |
1559 | DarwinSDKInfo *getDarwinSDKInfoForAvailabilityChecking(SourceLocation Loc, |
1560 | StringRef Platform); |
1561 | |
1562 | ///Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, |
1563 | /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. |
1564 | /// |
1565 | ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. |
1566 | /// |
1567 | void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); |
1568 | |
1569 | void PrintStats() const; |
1570 | |
1571 | /// Warn that the stack is nearly exhausted. |
1572 | void warnStackExhausted(SourceLocation Loc); |
1573 | |
1574 | /// Run some code with "sufficient" stack space. (Currently, at least 256K is |
1575 | /// guaranteed). Produces a warning if we're low on stack space and allocates |
1576 | /// more in that case. Use this in code that may recurse deeply (for example, |
1577 | /// in template instantiation) to avoid stack overflow. |
1578 | void runWithSufficientStackSpace(SourceLocation Loc, |
1579 | llvm::function_ref<void()> Fn); |
1580 | |
1581 | /// Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional |
1582 | /// template instantiation stacks. |
1583 | /// |
1584 | /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder |
1585 | /// class that emits diagnostics. ImmediateDiagBuilder is |
1586 | /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder |
1587 | /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template |
1588 | /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as |
1589 | /// well. |
1590 | class ImmediateDiagBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { |
1591 | Sema &SemaRef; |
1592 | unsigned DiagID; |
1593 | |
1594 | public: |
1595 | ImmediateDiagBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) |
1596 | : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) {} |
1597 | ImmediateDiagBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &&DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) |
1598 | : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) {} |
1599 | |
1600 | // This is a cunning lie. DiagnosticBuilder actually performs move |
1601 | // construction in its copy constructor (but due to varied uses, it's not |
1602 | // possible to conveniently express this as actual move construction). So |
1603 | // the default copy ctor here is fine, because the base class disables the |
1604 | // source anyway, so the user-defined ~ImmediateDiagBuilder is a safe no-op |
1605 | // in that case anwyay. |
1606 | ImmediateDiagBuilder(const ImmediateDiagBuilder &) = default; |
1607 | |
1608 | ~ImmediateDiagBuilder() { |
1609 | // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. |
1610 | if (!isActive()) return; |
1611 | |
1612 | // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First clear the diagnostic |
1613 | // builder itself so it won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. |
1614 | // |
1615 | // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will |
1616 | // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be |
1617 | // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder |
1618 | // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to |
1619 | // eliminate that code. |
1620 | Clear(); |
1621 | |
1622 | // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. |
1623 | SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); |
1624 | } |
1625 | |
1626 | /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type. |
1627 | template <typename T> |
1628 | friend const ImmediateDiagBuilder & |
1629 | operator<<(const ImmediateDiagBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) { |
1630 | const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag; |
1631 | BaseDiag << Value; |
1632 | return Diag; |
1633 | } |
1634 | |
1635 | // It is necessary to limit this to rvalue reference to avoid calling this |
1636 | // function with a bitfield lvalue argument since non-const reference to |
1637 | // bitfield is not allowed. |
1638 | template <typename T, typename = typename std::enable_if< |
1639 | !std::is_lvalue_reference<T>::value>::type> |
1640 | const ImmediateDiagBuilder &operator<<(T &&V) const { |
1641 | const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = *this; |
1642 | BaseDiag << std::move(V); |
1643 | return *this; |
1644 | } |
1645 | }; |
1646 | |
1647 | /// A generic diagnostic builder for errors which may or may not be deferred. |
1648 | /// |
1649 | /// In CUDA, there exist constructs (e.g. variable-length arrays, try/catch) |
1650 | /// which are not allowed to appear inside __device__ functions and are |
1651 | /// allowed to appear in __host__ __device__ functions only if the host+device |
1652 | /// function is never codegen'ed. |
1653 | /// |
1654 | /// To handle this, we use the notion of "deferred diagnostics", where we |
1655 | /// attach a diagnostic to a FunctionDecl that's emitted iff it's codegen'ed. |
1656 | /// |
1657 | /// This class lets you emit either a regular diagnostic, a deferred |
1658 | /// diagnostic, or no diagnostic at all, according to an argument you pass to |
1659 | /// its constructor, thus simplifying the process of creating these "maybe |
1660 | /// deferred" diagnostics. |
1661 | class SemaDiagnosticBuilder { |
1662 | public: |
1663 | enum Kind { |
1664 | /// Emit no diagnostics. |
1665 | K_Nop, |
1666 | /// Emit the diagnostic immediately (i.e., behave like Sema::Diag()). |
1667 | K_Immediate, |
1668 | /// Emit the diagnostic immediately, and, if it's a warning or error, also |
1669 | /// emit a call stack showing how this function can be reached by an a |
1670 | /// priori known-emitted function. |
1671 | K_ImmediateWithCallStack, |
1672 | /// Create a deferred diagnostic, which is emitted only if the function |
1673 | /// it's attached to is codegen'ed. Also emit a call stack as with |
1674 | /// K_ImmediateWithCallStack. |
1675 | K_Deferred |
1676 | }; |
1677 | |
1678 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder(Kind K, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID, |
1679 | FunctionDecl *Fn, Sema &S); |
1680 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder(SemaDiagnosticBuilder &&D); |
1681 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &) = default; |
1682 | ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder(); |
1683 | |
1684 | bool isImmediate() const { return ImmediateDiag.hasValue(); } |
1685 | |
1686 | /// Convertible to bool: True if we immediately emitted an error, false if |
1687 | /// we didn't emit an error or we created a deferred error. |
1688 | /// |
1689 | /// Example usage: |
1690 | /// |
1691 | /// if (SemaDiagnosticBuilder(...) << foo << bar) |
1692 | /// return ExprError(); |
1693 | /// |
1694 | /// But see CUDADiagIfDeviceCode() and CUDADiagIfHostCode() -- you probably |
1695 | /// want to use these instead of creating a SemaDiagnosticBuilder yourself. |
1696 | operator bool() const { return isImmediate(); } |
1697 | |
1698 | template <typename T> |
1699 | friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder & |
1700 | operator<<(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) { |
1701 | if (Diag.ImmediateDiag.hasValue()) |
1702 | *Diag.ImmediateDiag << Value; |
1703 | else if (Diag.PartialDiagId.hasValue()) |
1704 | Diag.S.DeviceDeferredDiags[Diag.Fn][*Diag.PartialDiagId].second |
1705 | << Value; |
1706 | return Diag; |
1707 | } |
1708 | |
1709 | // It is necessary to limit this to rvalue reference to avoid calling this |
1710 | // function with a bitfield lvalue argument since non-const reference to |
1711 | // bitfield is not allowed. |
1712 | template <typename T, typename = typename std::enable_if< |
1713 | !std::is_lvalue_reference<T>::value>::type> |
1714 | const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(T &&V) const { |
1715 | if (ImmediateDiag.hasValue()) |
1716 | *ImmediateDiag << std::move(V); |
1717 | else if (PartialDiagId.hasValue()) |
1718 | S.DeviceDeferredDiags[Fn][*PartialDiagId].second << std::move(V); |
1719 | return *this; |
1720 | } |
1721 | |
1722 | friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder & |
1723 | operator<<(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const PartialDiagnostic &PD) { |
1724 | if (Diag.ImmediateDiag.hasValue()) |
1725 | PD.Emit(*Diag.ImmediateDiag); |
1726 | else if (Diag.PartialDiagId.hasValue()) |
1727 | Diag.S.DeviceDeferredDiags[Diag.Fn][*Diag.PartialDiagId].second = PD; |
1728 | return Diag; |
1729 | } |
1730 | |
1731 | void AddFixItHint(const FixItHint &Hint) const { |
1732 | if (ImmediateDiag.hasValue()) |
1733 | ImmediateDiag->AddFixItHint(Hint); |
1734 | else if (PartialDiagId.hasValue()) |
1735 | S.DeviceDeferredDiags[Fn][*PartialDiagId].second.AddFixItHint(Hint); |
1736 | } |
1737 | |
1738 | friend ExprResult ExprError(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &) { |
1739 | return ExprError(); |
1740 | } |
1741 | friend StmtResult StmtError(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &) { |
1742 | return StmtError(); |
1743 | } |
1744 | operator ExprResult() const { return ExprError(); } |
1745 | operator StmtResult() const { return StmtError(); } |
1746 | operator TypeResult() const { return TypeError(); } |
1747 | operator DeclResult() const { return DeclResult(true); } |
1748 | operator MemInitResult() const { return MemInitResult(true); } |
1749 | |
1750 | private: |
1751 | Sema &S; |
1752 | SourceLocation Loc; |
1753 | unsigned DiagID; |
1754 | FunctionDecl *Fn; |
1755 | bool ShowCallStack; |
1756 | |
1757 | // Invariant: At most one of these Optionals has a value. |
1758 | // FIXME: Switch these to a Variant once that exists. |
1759 | llvm::Optional<ImmediateDiagBuilder> ImmediateDiag; |
1760 | llvm::Optional<unsigned> PartialDiagId; |
1761 | }; |
1762 | |
1763 | /// Is the last error level diagnostic immediate. This is used to determined |
1764 | /// whether the next info diagnostic should be immediate. |
1765 | bool IsLastErrorImmediate = true; |
1766 | |
1767 | /// Emit a diagnostic. |
1768 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID, |
1769 | bool DeferHint = false); |
1770 | |
1771 | /// Emit a partial diagnostic. |
1772 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
1773 | bool DeferHint = false); |
1774 | |
1775 | /// Build a partial diagnostic. |
1776 | PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h |
1777 | |
1778 | /// Whether deferrable diagnostics should be deferred. |
1779 | bool DeferDiags = false; |
1780 | |
1781 | /// RAII class to control scope of DeferDiags. |
1782 | class DeferDiagsRAII { |
1783 | Sema &S; |
1784 | bool SavedDeferDiags = false; |
1785 | |
1786 | public: |
1787 | DeferDiagsRAII(Sema &S, bool DeferDiags) |
1788 | : S(S), SavedDeferDiags(S.DeferDiags) { |
1789 | S.DeferDiags = DeferDiags; |
1790 | } |
1791 | ~DeferDiagsRAII() { S.DeferDiags = SavedDeferDiags; } |
1792 | }; |
1793 | |
1794 | /// Whether uncompilable error has occurred. This includes error happens |
1795 | /// in deferred diagnostics. |
1796 | bool hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() const; |
1797 | |
1798 | bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); |
1799 | |
1800 | /// Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. |
1801 | std::string |
1802 | getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const; |
1803 | std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const; |
1804 | |
1805 | /// Calls \c Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken() |
1806 | SourceLocation getLocForEndOfToken(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Offset = 0); |
1807 | |
1808 | /// Retrieve the module loader associated with the preprocessor. |
1809 | ModuleLoader &getModuleLoader() const; |
1810 | |
1811 | /// Invent a new identifier for parameters of abbreviated templates. |
1812 | IdentifierInfo * |
1813 | InventAbbreviatedTemplateParameterTypeName(IdentifierInfo *ParamName, |
1814 | unsigned Index); |
1815 | |
1816 | void emitAndClearUnusedLocalTypedefWarnings(); |
1817 | |
1818 | private: |
1819 | /// Function or variable declarations to be checked for whether the deferred |
1820 | /// diagnostics should be emitted. |
1821 | llvm::SmallSetVector<Decl *, 4> DeclsToCheckForDeferredDiags; |
1822 | |
1823 | public: |
1824 | // Emit all deferred diagnostics. |
1825 | void emitDeferredDiags(); |
1826 | |
1827 | enum TUFragmentKind { |
1828 | /// The global module fragment, between 'module;' and a module-declaration. |
1829 | Global, |
1830 | /// A normal translation unit fragment. For a non-module unit, this is the |
1831 | /// entire translation unit. Otherwise, it runs from the module-declaration |
1832 | /// to the private-module-fragment (if any) or the end of the TU (if not). |
1833 | Normal, |
1834 | /// The private module fragment, between 'module :private;' and the end of |
1835 | /// the translation unit. |
1836 | Private |
1837 | }; |
1838 | |
1839 | void ActOnStartOfTranslationUnit(); |
1840 | void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); |
1841 | void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnitFragment(TUFragmentKind Kind); |
1842 | |
1843 | void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); |
1844 | |
1845 | Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); |
1846 | |
1847 | void PushFunctionScope(); |
1848 | void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); |
1849 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo *PushLambdaScope(); |
1850 | |
1851 | /// This is used to inform Sema what the current TemplateParameterDepth |
1852 | /// is during Parsing. Currently it is used to pass on the depth |
1853 | /// when parsing generic lambda 'auto' parameters. |
1854 | void RecordParsingTemplateParameterDepth(unsigned Depth); |
1855 | |
1856 | void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD, |
1857 | RecordDecl *RD, CapturedRegionKind K, |
1858 | unsigned OpenMPCaptureLevel = 0); |
1859 | |
1860 | /// Custom deleter to allow FunctionScopeInfos to be kept alive for a short |
1861 | /// time after they've been popped. |
1862 | class PoppedFunctionScopeDeleter { |
1863 | Sema *Self; |
1864 | |
1865 | public: |
1866 | explicit PoppedFunctionScopeDeleter(Sema *Self) : Self(Self) {} |
1867 | void operator()(sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) const; |
1868 | }; |
1869 | |
1870 | using PoppedFunctionScopePtr = |
1871 | std::unique_ptr<sema::FunctionScopeInfo, PoppedFunctionScopeDeleter>; |
1872 | |
1873 | PoppedFunctionScopePtr |
1874 | PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP = nullptr, |
1875 | const Decl *D = nullptr, |
1876 | QualType BlockType = QualType()); |
1877 | |
1878 | sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { |
1879 | return FunctionScopes.empty() ? nullptr : FunctionScopes.back(); |
1880 | } |
1881 | |
1882 | sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getEnclosingFunction() const; |
1883 | |
1884 | void setFunctionHasBranchIntoScope(); |
1885 | void setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); |
1886 | void setFunctionHasIndirectGoto(); |
1887 | void setFunctionHasMustTail(); |
1888 | |
1889 | void PushCompoundScope(bool IsStmtExpr); |
1890 | void PopCompoundScope(); |
1891 | |
1892 | sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; |
1893 | |
1894 | bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; |
1895 | |
1896 | /// Retrieve the current block, if any. |
1897 | sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); |
1898 | |
1899 | /// Get the innermost lambda enclosing the current location, if any. This |
1900 | /// looks through intervening non-lambda scopes such as local functions and |
1901 | /// blocks. |
1902 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getEnclosingLambda() const; |
1903 | |
1904 | /// Retrieve the current lambda scope info, if any. |
1905 | /// \param IgnoreNonLambdaCapturingScope true if should find the top-most |
1906 | /// lambda scope info ignoring all inner capturing scopes that are not |
1907 | /// lambda scopes. |
1908 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo * |
1909 | getCurLambda(bool IgnoreNonLambdaCapturingScope = false); |
1910 | |
1911 | /// Retrieve the current generic lambda info, if any. |
1912 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurGenericLambda(); |
1913 | |
1914 | /// Retrieve the current captured region, if any. |
1915 | sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion(); |
1916 | |
1917 | /// Retrieve the current function, if any, that should be analyzed for |
1918 | /// potential availability violations. |
1919 | sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunctionAvailabilityContext(); |
1920 | |
1921 | /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls |
1922 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } |
1923 | |
1924 | /// Called before parsing a function declarator belonging to a function |
1925 | /// declaration. |
1926 | void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarationDeclarator(Declarator &D, |
1927 | unsigned TemplateParameterDepth); |
1928 | |
1929 | /// Called after parsing a function declarator belonging to a function |
1930 | /// declaration. |
1931 | void ActOnFinishFunctionDeclarationDeclarator(Declarator &D); |
1932 | |
1933 | void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); |
1934 | |
1935 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
1936 | // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. |
1937 | // |
1938 | |
1939 | QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs, |
1940 | const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr); |
1941 | QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA, |
1942 | const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr); |
1943 | QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, |
1944 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
1945 | QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, |
1946 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
1947 | QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, |
1948 | Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, |
1949 | SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); |
1950 | QualType BuildVectorType(QualType T, Expr *VecSize, SourceLocation AttrLoc); |
1951 | QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, |
1952 | SourceLocation AttrLoc); |
1953 | QualType BuildMatrixType(QualType T, Expr *NumRows, Expr *NumColumns, |
1954 | SourceLocation AttrLoc); |
1955 | |
1956 | QualType BuildAddressSpaceAttr(QualType &T, LangAS ASIdx, Expr *AddrSpace, |
1957 | SourceLocation AttrLoc); |
1958 | |
1959 | /// Same as above, but constructs the AddressSpace index if not provided. |
1960 | QualType BuildAddressSpaceAttr(QualType &T, Expr *AddrSpace, |
1961 | SourceLocation AttrLoc); |
1962 | |
1963 | bool CheckQualifiedFunctionForTypeId(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); |
1964 | |
1965 | bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); |
1966 | |
1967 | /// Build a function type. |
1968 | /// |
1969 | /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and |
1970 | /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have |
1971 | /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates |
1972 | /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much |
1973 | /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case. |
1974 | /// |
1975 | /// \param T The return type of the function. |
1976 | /// |
1977 | /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array |
1978 | /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the |
1979 | /// function parameters. |
1980 | /// |
1981 | /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this |
1982 | /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the |
1983 | /// type that will have function type. |
1984 | /// |
1985 | /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function |
1986 | /// type, if known. |
1987 | /// |
1988 | /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will |
1989 | /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype. |
1990 | /// |
1991 | /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The |
1992 | /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType. |
1993 | /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type. |
1994 | QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, |
1995 | MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, |
1996 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, |
1997 | const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); |
1998 | |
1999 | QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, |
2000 | SourceLocation Loc, |
2001 | DeclarationName Entity); |
2002 | QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, |
2003 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
2004 | QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); |
2005 | QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); |
2006 | QualType BuildReadPipeType(QualType T, |
2007 | SourceLocation Loc); |
2008 | QualType BuildWritePipeType(QualType T, |
2009 | SourceLocation Loc); |
2010 | QualType BuildExtIntType(bool IsUnsigned, Expr *BitWidth, SourceLocation Loc); |
2011 | |
2012 | TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); |
2013 | TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); |
2014 | |
2015 | /// Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. |
2016 | ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); |
2017 | DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); |
2018 | DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); |
2019 | static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, |
2020 | TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = nullptr); |
2021 | CanThrowResult canThrow(const Stmt *E); |
2022 | /// Determine whether the callee of a particular function call can throw. |
2023 | /// E, D and Loc are all optional. |
2024 | static CanThrowResult canCalleeThrow(Sema &S, const Expr *E, const Decl *D, |
2025 | SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation()); |
2026 | const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, |
2027 | const FunctionProtoType *FPT); |
2028 | void UpdateExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *FD, |
2029 | const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI); |
2030 | bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, SourceRange Range); |
2031 | bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); |
2032 | bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); |
2033 | bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( |
2034 | const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, |
2035 | const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); |
2036 | bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( |
2037 | const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, |
2038 | const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, |
2039 | const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); |
2040 | bool handlerCanCatch(QualType HandlerType, QualType ExceptionType); |
2041 | bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, |
2042 | const PartialDiagnostic &NestedDiagID, |
2043 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID, |
2044 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoThrowDiagID, |
2045 | const FunctionProtoType *Superset, |
2046 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
2047 | const FunctionProtoType *Subset, |
2048 | SourceLocation SubLoc); |
2049 | bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic &NestedDiagID, |
2050 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID, |
2051 | const FunctionProtoType *Target, |
2052 | SourceLocation TargetLoc, |
2053 | const FunctionProtoType *Source, |
2054 | SourceLocation SourceLoc); |
2055 | |
2056 | TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
2057 | |
2058 | /// The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' |
2059 | /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. |
2060 | ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); |
2061 | |
2062 | /// Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. |
2063 | struct TypeDiagnoser { |
2064 | TypeDiagnoser() {} |
2065 | |
2066 | virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
2067 | virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} |
2068 | }; |
2069 | |
2070 | static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } |
2071 | static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } |
2072 | static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } |
2073 | static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } |
2074 | static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } |
2075 | static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } |
2076 | static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { |
2077 | return II; |
2078 | } |
2079 | static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } |
2080 | static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } |
2081 | static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } |
2082 | static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } |
2083 | static SourceRange getPrintable(const Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } |
2084 | static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} |
2085 | |
2086 | template <typename... Ts> class BoundTypeDiagnoser : public TypeDiagnoser { |
2087 | protected: |
2088 | unsigned DiagID; |
2089 | std::tuple<const Ts &...> Args; |
2090 | |
2091 | template <std::size_t... Is> |
2092 | void emit(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB, |
2093 | std::index_sequence<Is...>) const { |
2094 | // Apply all tuple elements to the builder in order. |
2095 | bool Dummy[] = {false, (DB << getPrintable(std::get<Is>(Args)))...}; |
2096 | (void)Dummy; |
2097 | } |
2098 | |
2099 | public: |
2100 | BoundTypeDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args) |
2101 | : TypeDiagnoser(), DiagID(DiagID), Args(Args...) { |
2102 | assert(DiagID != 0 && "no diagnostic for type diagnoser")((void)0); |
2103 | } |
2104 | |
2105 | void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { |
2106 | const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB = S.Diag(Loc, DiagID); |
2107 | emit(DB, std::index_sequence_for<Ts...>()); |
2108 | DB << T; |
2109 | } |
2110 | }; |
2111 | |
2112 | /// Do a check to make sure \p Name looks like a legal argument for the |
2113 | /// swift_name attribute applied to decl \p D. Raise a diagnostic if the name |
2114 | /// is invalid for the given declaration. |
2115 | /// |
2116 | /// \p AL is used to provide caret diagnostics in case of a malformed name. |
2117 | /// |
2118 | /// \returns true if the name is a valid swift name for \p D, false otherwise. |
2119 | bool DiagnoseSwiftName(Decl *D, StringRef Name, SourceLocation Loc, |
2120 | const ParsedAttr &AL, bool IsAsync); |
2121 | |
2122 | /// A derivative of BoundTypeDiagnoser for which the diagnostic's type |
2123 | /// parameter is preceded by a 0/1 enum that is 1 if the type is sizeless. |
2124 | /// For example, a diagnostic with no other parameters would generally have |
2125 | /// the form "...%select{incomplete|sizeless}0 type %1...". |
2126 | template <typename... Ts> |
2127 | class SizelessTypeDiagnoser : public BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> { |
2128 | public: |
2129 | SizelessTypeDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID, const Ts &... Args) |
2130 | : BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...>(DiagID, Args...) {} |
2131 | |
2132 | void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { |
2133 | const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB = S.Diag(Loc, this->DiagID); |
2134 | this->emit(DB, std::index_sequence_for<Ts...>()); |
2135 | DB << T->isSizelessType() << T; |
2136 | } |
2137 | }; |
2138 | |
2139 | enum class CompleteTypeKind { |
2140 | /// Apply the normal rules for complete types. In particular, |
2141 | /// treat all sizeless types as incomplete. |
2142 | Normal, |
2143 | |
2144 | /// Relax the normal rules for complete types so that they include |
2145 | /// sizeless built-in types. |
2146 | AcceptSizeless, |
2147 | |
2148 | // FIXME: Eventually we should flip the default to Normal and opt in |
2149 | // to AcceptSizeless rather than opt out of it. |
2150 | Default = AcceptSizeless |
2151 | }; |
2152 | |
2153 | private: |
2154 | /// Methods for marking which expressions involve dereferencing a pointer |
2155 | /// marked with the 'noderef' attribute. Expressions are checked bottom up as |
2156 | /// they are parsed, meaning that a noderef pointer may not be accessed. For |
2157 | /// example, in `&*p` where `p` is a noderef pointer, we will first parse the |
2158 | /// `*p`, but need to check that `address of` is called on it. This requires |
2159 | /// keeping a container of all pending expressions and checking if the address |
2160 | /// of them are eventually taken. |
2161 | void CheckSubscriptAccessOfNoDeref(const ArraySubscriptExpr *E); |
2162 | void CheckAddressOfNoDeref(const Expr *E); |
2163 | void CheckMemberAccessOfNoDeref(const MemberExpr *E); |
2164 | |
2165 | bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
2166 | CompleteTypeKind Kind, TypeDiagnoser *Diagnoser); |
2167 | |
2168 | struct ModuleScope { |
2169 | SourceLocation BeginLoc; |
2170 | clang::Module *Module = nullptr; |
2171 | bool ModuleInterface = false; |
2172 | bool ImplicitGlobalModuleFragment = false; |
2173 | VisibleModuleSet OuterVisibleModules; |
2174 | }; |
2175 | /// The modules we're currently parsing. |
2176 | llvm::SmallVector<ModuleScope, 16> ModuleScopes; |
2177 | |
2178 | /// Namespace definitions that we will export when they finish. |
2179 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const NamespaceDecl*, 8> DeferredExportedNamespaces; |
2180 | |
2181 | /// Get the module whose scope we are currently within. |
2182 | Module *getCurrentModule() const { |
2183 | return ModuleScopes.empty() ? nullptr : ModuleScopes.back().Module; |
2184 | } |
2185 | |
2186 | VisibleModuleSet VisibleModules; |
2187 | |
2188 | public: |
2189 | /// Get the module owning an entity. |
2190 | Module *getOwningModule(const Decl *Entity) { |
2191 | return Entity->getOwningModule(); |
2192 | } |
2193 | |
2194 | /// Make a merged definition of an existing hidden definition \p ND |
2195 | /// visible at the specified location. |
2196 | void makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND); |
2197 | |
2198 | bool isModuleVisible(const Module *M, bool ModulePrivate = false); |
2199 | |
2200 | // When loading a non-modular PCH files, this is used to restore module |
2201 | // visibility. |
2202 | void makeModuleVisible(Module *Mod, SourceLocation ImportLoc) { |
2203 | VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); |
2204 | } |
2205 | |
2206 | /// Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup. |
2207 | bool isVisible(const NamedDecl *D) { |
2208 | return D->isUnconditionallyVisible() || isVisibleSlow(D); |
2209 | } |
2210 | |
2211 | /// Determine whether any declaration of an entity is visible. |
2212 | bool |
2213 | hasVisibleDeclaration(const NamedDecl *D, |
2214 | llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr) { |
2215 | return isVisible(D) || hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(D, Modules); |
2216 | } |
2217 | bool hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(const NamedDecl *D, |
2218 | llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules); |
2219 | |
2220 | bool hasVisibleMergedDefinition(NamedDecl *Def); |
2221 | bool hasMergedDefinitionInCurrentModule(NamedDecl *Def); |
2222 | |
2223 | /// Determine if \p D and \p Suggested have a structurally compatible |
2224 | /// layout as described in C11 6.2.7/1. |
2225 | bool hasStructuralCompatLayout(Decl *D, Decl *Suggested); |
2226 | |
2227 | /// Determine if \p D has a visible definition. If not, suggest a declaration |
2228 | /// that should be made visible to expose the definition. |
2229 | bool hasVisibleDefinition(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl **Suggested, |
2230 | bool OnlyNeedComplete = false); |
2231 | bool hasVisibleDefinition(const NamedDecl *D) { |
2232 | NamedDecl *Hidden; |
2233 | return hasVisibleDefinition(const_cast<NamedDecl*>(D), &Hidden); |
2234 | } |
2235 | |
2236 | /// Determine if the template parameter \p D has a visible default argument. |
2237 | bool |
2238 | hasVisibleDefaultArgument(const NamedDecl *D, |
2239 | llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr); |
2240 | |
2241 | /// Determine if there is a visible declaration of \p D that is an explicit |
2242 | /// specialization declaration for a specialization of a template. (For a |
2243 | /// member specialization, use hasVisibleMemberSpecialization.) |
2244 | bool hasVisibleExplicitSpecialization( |
2245 | const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr); |
2246 | |
2247 | /// Determine if there is a visible declaration of \p D that is a member |
2248 | /// specialization declaration (as opposed to an instantiated declaration). |
2249 | bool hasVisibleMemberSpecialization( |
2250 | const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr); |
2251 | |
2252 | /// Determine if \p A and \p B are equivalent internal linkage declarations |
2253 | /// from different modules, and thus an ambiguity error can be downgraded to |
2254 | /// an extension warning. |
2255 | bool isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(const NamedDecl *A, |
2256 | const NamedDecl *B); |
2257 | void diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations( |
2258 | SourceLocation Loc, const NamedDecl *D, |
2259 | ArrayRef<const NamedDecl *> Equiv); |
2260 | |
2261 | bool isUsualDeallocationFunction(const CXXMethodDecl *FD); |
2262 | |
2263 | bool isCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
2264 | CompleteTypeKind Kind = CompleteTypeKind::Default) { |
2265 | return !RequireCompleteTypeImpl(Loc, T, Kind, nullptr); |
2266 | } |
2267 | bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
2268 | CompleteTypeKind Kind, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); |
2269 | bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
2270 | CompleteTypeKind Kind, unsigned DiagID); |
2271 | |
2272 | bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
2273 | TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser) { |
2274 | return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, CompleteTypeKind::Default, Diagnoser); |
2275 | } |
2276 | bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID) { |
2277 | return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, CompleteTypeKind::Default, DiagID); |
2278 | } |
2279 | |
2280 | template <typename... Ts> |
2281 | bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, |
2282 | const Ts &...Args) { |
2283 | BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
2284 | return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); |
2285 | } |
2286 | |
2287 | template <typename... Ts> |
2288 | bool RequireCompleteSizedType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, |
2289 | const Ts &... Args) { |
2290 | SizelessTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
2291 | return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, CompleteTypeKind::Normal, Diagnoser); |
2292 | } |
2293 | |
2294 | /// Get the type of expression E, triggering instantiation to complete the |
2295 | /// type if necessary -- that is, if the expression refers to a templated |
2296 | /// static data member of incomplete array type. |
2297 | /// |
2298 | /// May still return an incomplete type if instantiation was not possible or |
2299 | /// if the type is incomplete for a different reason. Use |
2300 | /// RequireCompleteExprType instead if a diagnostic is expected for an |
2301 | /// incomplete expression type. |
2302 | QualType getCompletedType(Expr *E); |
2303 | |
2304 | void completeExprArrayBound(Expr *E); |
2305 | bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, CompleteTypeKind Kind, |
2306 | TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); |
2307 | bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); |
2308 | |
2309 | template <typename... Ts> |
2310 | bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args) { |
2311 | BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
2312 | return RequireCompleteExprType(E, CompleteTypeKind::Default, Diagnoser); |
2313 | } |
2314 | |
2315 | template <typename... Ts> |
2316 | bool RequireCompleteSizedExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, |
2317 | const Ts &... Args) { |
2318 | SizelessTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
2319 | return RequireCompleteExprType(E, CompleteTypeKind::Normal, Diagnoser); |
2320 | } |
2321 | |
2322 | bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
2323 | TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); |
2324 | bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); |
2325 | |
2326 | template <typename... Ts> |
2327 | bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, |
2328 | const Ts &...Args) { |
2329 | BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
2330 | return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); |
2331 | } |
2332 | |
2333 | QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
2334 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T, |
2335 | TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl = nullptr); |
2336 | |
2337 | QualType getDecltypeForParenthesizedExpr(Expr *E); |
2338 | QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); |
2339 | /// If AsUnevaluated is false, E is treated as though it were an evaluated |
2340 | /// context, such as when building a type for decltype(auto). |
2341 | QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, |
2342 | bool AsUnevaluated = true); |
2343 | QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, |
2344 | UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, |
2345 | SourceLocation Loc); |
2346 | |
2347 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
2348 | // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. |
2349 | // |
2350 | |
2351 | struct SkipBodyInfo { |
2352 | SkipBodyInfo() |
2353 | : ShouldSkip(false), CheckSameAsPrevious(false), Previous(nullptr), |
2354 | New(nullptr) {} |
2355 | bool ShouldSkip; |
2356 | bool CheckSameAsPrevious; |
2357 | NamedDecl *Previous; |
2358 | NamedDecl *New; |
2359 | }; |
2360 | |
2361 | DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = nullptr); |
2362 | |
2363 | void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); |
2364 | |
2365 | bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; |
2366 | |
2367 | ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
2368 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr, |
2369 | bool isClassName = false, bool HasTrailingDot = false, |
2370 | ParsedType ObjectType = nullptr, |
2371 | bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, |
2372 | bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, |
2373 | bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext = true, |
2374 | IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = nullptr); |
2375 | TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); |
2376 | bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); |
2377 | void DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, |
2378 | SourceLocation IILoc, |
2379 | Scope *S, |
2380 | CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
2381 | ParsedType &SuggestedType, |
2382 | bool IsTemplateName = false); |
2383 | |
2384 | /// Attempt to behave like MSVC in situations where lookup of an unqualified |
2385 | /// type name has failed in a dependent context. In these situations, we |
2386 | /// automatically form a DependentTypeName that will retry lookup in a related |
2387 | /// scope during instantiation. |
2388 | ParsedType ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, |
2389 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
2390 | bool IsTemplateTypeArg); |
2391 | |
2392 | /// Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed |
2393 | /// by \c ClassifyName(). |
2394 | enum NameClassificationKind { |
2395 | /// This name is not a type or template in this context, but might be |
2396 | /// something else. |
2397 | NC_Unknown, |
2398 | /// Classification failed; an error has been produced. |
2399 | NC_Error, |
2400 | /// The name has been typo-corrected to a keyword. |
2401 | NC_Keyword, |
2402 | /// The name was classified as a type. |
2403 | NC_Type, |
2404 | /// The name was classified as a specific non-type, non-template |
2405 | /// declaration. ActOnNameClassifiedAsNonType should be called to |
2406 | /// convert the declaration to an expression. |
2407 | NC_NonType, |
2408 | /// The name was classified as an ADL-only function name. |
2409 | /// ActOnNameClassifiedAsUndeclaredNonType should be called to convert the |
2410 | /// result to an expression. |
2411 | NC_UndeclaredNonType, |
2412 | /// The name denotes a member of a dependent type that could not be |
2413 | /// resolved. ActOnNameClassifiedAsDependentNonType should be called to |
2414 | /// convert the result to an expression. |
2415 | NC_DependentNonType, |
2416 | /// The name was classified as an overload set, and an expression |
2417 | /// representing that overload set has been formed. |
2418 | /// ActOnNameClassifiedAsOverloadSet should be called to form a suitable |
2419 | /// expression referencing the overload set. |
2420 | NC_OverloadSet, |
2421 | /// The name was classified as a template whose specializations are types. |
2422 | NC_TypeTemplate, |
2423 | /// The name was classified as a variable template name. |
2424 | NC_VarTemplate, |
2425 | /// The name was classified as a function template name. |
2426 | NC_FunctionTemplate, |
2427 | /// The name was classified as an ADL-only function template name. |
2428 | NC_UndeclaredTemplate, |
2429 | /// The name was classified as a concept name. |
2430 | NC_Concept, |
2431 | }; |
2432 | |
2433 | class NameClassification { |
2434 | NameClassificationKind Kind; |
2435 | union { |
2436 | ExprResult Expr; |
2437 | NamedDecl *NonTypeDecl; |
2438 | TemplateName Template; |
2439 | ParsedType Type; |
2440 | }; |
2441 | |
2442 | explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} |
2443 | |
2444 | public: |
2445 | NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} |
2446 | |
2447 | NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) : Kind(NC_Keyword) {} |
2448 | |
2449 | static NameClassification Error() { |
2450 | return NameClassification(NC_Error); |
2451 | } |
2452 | |
2453 | static NameClassification Unknown() { |
2454 | return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); |
2455 | } |
2456 | |
2457 | static NameClassification OverloadSet(ExprResult E) { |
2458 | NameClassification Result(NC_OverloadSet); |
2459 | Result.Expr = E; |
2460 | return Result; |
2461 | } |
2462 | |
2463 | static NameClassification NonType(NamedDecl *D) { |
2464 | NameClassification Result(NC_NonType); |
2465 | Result.NonTypeDecl = D; |
2466 | return Result; |
2467 | } |
2468 | |
2469 | static NameClassification UndeclaredNonType() { |
2470 | return NameClassification(NC_UndeclaredNonType); |
2471 | } |
2472 | |
2473 | static NameClassification DependentNonType() { |
2474 | return NameClassification(NC_DependentNonType); |
2475 | } |
2476 | |
2477 | static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { |
2478 | NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); |
2479 | Result.Template = Name; |
2480 | return Result; |
2481 | } |
2482 | |
2483 | static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) { |
2484 | NameClassification Result(NC_VarTemplate); |
2485 | Result.Template = Name; |
2486 | return Result; |
2487 | } |
2488 | |
2489 | static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { |
2490 | NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); |
2491 | Result.Template = Name; |
2492 | return Result; |
2493 | } |
2494 | |
2495 | static NameClassification Concept(TemplateName Name) { |
2496 | NameClassification Result(NC_Concept); |
2497 | Result.Template = Name; |
2498 | return Result; |
2499 | } |
2500 | |
2501 | static NameClassification UndeclaredTemplate(TemplateName Name) { |
2502 | NameClassification Result(NC_UndeclaredTemplate); |
2503 | Result.Template = Name; |
2504 | return Result; |
2505 | } |
2506 | |
2507 | NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } |
2508 | |
2509 | ExprResult getExpression() const { |
2510 | assert(Kind == NC_OverloadSet)((void)0); |
2511 | return Expr; |
2512 | } |
2513 | |
2514 | ParsedType getType() const { |
2515 | assert(Kind == NC_Type)((void)0); |
2516 | return Type; |
2517 | } |
2518 | |
2519 | NamedDecl *getNonTypeDecl() const { |
2520 | assert(Kind == NC_NonType)((void)0); |
2521 | return NonTypeDecl; |
2522 | } |
2523 | |
2524 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { |
2525 | assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate ||((void)0) |
2526 | Kind == NC_VarTemplate || Kind == NC_Concept ||((void)0) |
2527 | Kind == NC_UndeclaredTemplate)((void)0); |
2528 | return Template; |
2529 | } |
2530 | |
2531 | TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { |
2532 | switch (Kind) { |
2533 | case NC_TypeTemplate: |
2534 | return TNK_Type_template; |
2535 | case NC_FunctionTemplate: |
2536 | return TNK_Function_template; |
2537 | case NC_VarTemplate: |
2538 | return TNK_Var_template; |
2539 | case NC_Concept: |
2540 | return TNK_Concept_template; |
2541 | case NC_UndeclaredTemplate: |
2542 | return TNK_Undeclared_template; |
2543 | default: |
2544 | llvm_unreachable("unsupported name classification.")__builtin_unreachable(); |
2545 | } |
2546 | } |
2547 | }; |
2548 | |
2549 | /// Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on |
2550 | /// the results of name lookup and the following token. |
2551 | /// |
2552 | /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct |
2553 | /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt |
2554 | /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. |
2555 | /// |
2556 | /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. |
2557 | /// |
2558 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. |
2559 | /// |
2560 | /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, |
2561 | /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. |
2562 | /// |
2563 | /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. |
2564 | /// |
2565 | /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help |
2566 | /// disambiguate the name. |
2567 | /// |
2568 | /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. |
2569 | NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
2570 | IdentifierInfo *&Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
2571 | const Token &NextToken, |
2572 | CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = nullptr); |
2573 | |
2574 | /// Act on the result of classifying a name as an undeclared (ADL-only) |
2575 | /// non-type declaration. |
2576 | ExprResult ActOnNameClassifiedAsUndeclaredNonType(IdentifierInfo *Name, |
2577 | SourceLocation NameLoc); |
2578 | /// Act on the result of classifying a name as an undeclared member of a |
2579 | /// dependent base class. |
2580 | ExprResult ActOnNameClassifiedAsDependentNonType(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
2581 | IdentifierInfo *Name, |
2582 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
2583 | bool IsAddressOfOperand); |
2584 | /// Act on the result of classifying a name as a specific non-type |
2585 | /// declaration. |
2586 | ExprResult ActOnNameClassifiedAsNonType(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
2587 | NamedDecl *Found, |
2588 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
2589 | const Token &NextToken); |
2590 | /// Act on the result of classifying a name as an overload set. |
2591 | ExprResult ActOnNameClassifiedAsOverloadSet(Scope *S, Expr *OverloadSet); |
2592 | |
2593 | /// Describes the detailed kind of a template name. Used in diagnostics. |
2594 | enum class TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics { |
2595 | ClassTemplate, |
2596 | FunctionTemplate, |
2597 | VarTemplate, |
2598 | AliasTemplate, |
2599 | TemplateTemplateParam, |
2600 | Concept, |
2601 | DependentTemplate |
2602 | }; |
2603 | TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics |
2604 | getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name); |
2605 | |
2606 | /// Determine whether it's plausible that E was intended to be a |
2607 | /// template-name. |
2608 | bool mightBeIntendedToBeTemplateName(ExprResult E, bool &Dependent) { |
2609 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || E.isInvalid()) |
2610 | return false; |
2611 | Dependent = false; |
2612 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E.get())) |
2613 | return !DRE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs(); |
2614 | if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E.get())) |
2615 | return !ME->hasExplicitTemplateArgs(); |
2616 | Dependent = true; |
2617 | if (auto *DSDRE = dyn_cast<DependentScopeDeclRefExpr>(E.get())) |
2618 | return !DSDRE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs(); |
2619 | if (auto *DSME = dyn_cast<CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr>(E.get())) |
2620 | return !DSME->hasExplicitTemplateArgs(); |
2621 | // Any additional cases recognized here should also be handled by |
2622 | // diagnoseExprIntendedAsTemplateName. |
2623 | return false; |
2624 | } |
2625 | void diagnoseExprIntendedAsTemplateName(Scope *S, ExprResult TemplateName, |
2626 | SourceLocation Less, |
2627 | SourceLocation Greater); |
2628 | |
2629 | void warnOnReservedIdentifier(const NamedDecl *D); |
2630 | |
2631 | Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
2632 | |
2633 | NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
2634 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); |
2635 | bool tryToFixVariablyModifiedVarType(TypeSourceInfo *&TInfo, |
2636 | QualType &T, SourceLocation Loc, |
2637 | unsigned FailedFoldDiagID); |
2638 | void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S); |
2639 | bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); |
2640 | bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, |
2641 | DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc, |
2642 | bool IsTemplateId); |
2643 | void |
2644 | diagnoseIgnoredQualifiers(unsigned DiagID, unsigned Quals, |
2645 | SourceLocation FallbackLoc, |
2646 | SourceLocation ConstQualLoc = SourceLocation(), |
2647 | SourceLocation VolatileQualLoc = SourceLocation(), |
2648 | SourceLocation RestrictQualLoc = SourceLocation(), |
2649 | SourceLocation AtomicQualLoc = SourceLocation(), |
2650 | SourceLocation UnalignedQualLoc = SourceLocation()); |
2651 | |
2652 | static bool adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC); |
2653 | void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS); |
2654 | NamedDecl *getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D, |
2655 | const LookupResult &R); |
2656 | NamedDecl *getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D, const LookupResult &R); |
2657 | NamedDecl *getShadowedDeclaration(const BindingDecl *D, |
2658 | const LookupResult &R); |
2659 | void CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, |
2660 | const LookupResult &R); |
2661 | void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); |
2662 | |
2663 | /// Warn if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers |
2664 | /// to a shadowing declaration. |
2665 | void CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); |
2666 | |
2667 | void DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); |
2668 | |
2669 | private: |
2670 | /// Map of current shadowing declarations to shadowed declarations. Warn if |
2671 | /// it looks like the user is trying to modify the shadowing declaration. |
2672 | llvm::DenseMap<const NamedDecl *, const NamedDecl *> ShadowingDecls; |
2673 | |
2674 | public: |
2675 | void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); |
2676 | void handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope); |
2677 | void setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, |
2678 | TypedefNameDecl *NewTD); |
2679 | void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); |
2680 | NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, |
2681 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
2682 | LookupResult &Previous); |
2683 | NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, |
2684 | LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); |
2685 | NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, |
2686 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
2687 | LookupResult &Previous, |
2688 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, |
2689 | bool &AddToScope, |
2690 | ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings = None); |
2691 | NamedDecl * |
2692 | ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
2693 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); |
2694 | // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration |
2695 | bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); |
2696 | void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD); |
2697 | bool DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit, |
2698 | Expr *Init); |
2699 | void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *VD); |
2700 | void CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DecompositionDecl *DD); |
2701 | void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D); |
2702 | |
2703 | NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, |
2704 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
2705 | LookupResult &Previous, |
2706 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, |
2707 | bool &AddToScope); |
2708 | bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
2709 | |
2710 | enum class CheckConstexprKind { |
2711 | /// Diagnose issues that are non-constant or that are extensions. |
2712 | Diagnose, |
2713 | /// Identify whether this function satisfies the formal rules for constexpr |
2714 | /// functions in the current lanugage mode (with no extensions). |
2715 | CheckValid |
2716 | }; |
2717 | |
2718 | bool CheckConstexprFunctionDefinition(const FunctionDecl *FD, |
2719 | CheckConstexprKind Kind); |
2720 | |
2721 | void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
2722 | void FindHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD, |
2723 | SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods); |
2724 | void NoteHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD, |
2725 | SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods); |
2726 | // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration |
2727 | bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, |
2728 | FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, |
2729 | bool IsMemberSpecialization); |
2730 | bool shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *OldDecl); |
2731 | bool canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(ValueDecl *NewD, ValueDecl *OldD, |
2732 | QualType NewT, QualType OldT); |
2733 | void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); |
2734 | void CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD); |
2735 | Attr *getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, |
2736 | bool IsDefinition); |
2737 | void CheckFunctionOrTemplateParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
2738 | Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
2739 | ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, |
2740 | SourceLocation Loc, |
2741 | QualType T); |
2742 | ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
2743 | SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
2744 | QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, |
2745 | StorageClass SC); |
2746 | void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, |
2747 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
2748 | Expr *defarg); |
2749 | void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
2750 | SourceLocation ArgLoc); |
2751 | void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param, SourceLocation EqualLoc); |
2752 | ExprResult ConvertParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, |
2753 | SourceLocation EqualLoc); |
2754 | void SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, |
2755 | SourceLocation EqualLoc); |
2756 | |
2757 | // Contexts where using non-trivial C union types can be disallowed. This is |
2758 | // passed to err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context. |
2759 | enum NonTrivialCUnionContext { |
2760 | // Function parameter. |
2761 | NTCUC_FunctionParam, |
2762 | // Function return. |
2763 | NTCUC_FunctionReturn, |
2764 | // Default-initialized object. |
2765 | NTCUC_DefaultInitializedObject, |
2766 | // Variable with automatic storage duration. |
2767 | NTCUC_AutoVar, |
2768 | // Initializer expression that might copy from another object. |
2769 | NTCUC_CopyInit, |
2770 | // Assignment. |
2771 | NTCUC_Assignment, |
2772 | // Compound literal. |
2773 | NTCUC_CompoundLiteral, |
2774 | // Block capture. |
2775 | NTCUC_BlockCapture, |
2776 | // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion of volatile type. |
2777 | NTCUC_LValueToRValueVolatile, |
2778 | }; |
2779 | |
2780 | /// Emit diagnostics if the initializer or any of its explicit or |
2781 | /// implicitly-generated subexpressions require copying or |
2782 | /// default-initializing a type that is or contains a C union type that is |
2783 | /// non-trivial to copy or default-initialize. |
2784 | void checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(const Expr *Init, SourceLocation Loc); |
2785 | |
2786 | // These flags are passed to checkNonTrivialCUnion. |
2787 | enum NonTrivialCUnionKind { |
2788 | NTCUK_Init = 0x1, |
2789 | NTCUK_Destruct = 0x2, |
2790 | NTCUK_Copy = 0x4, |
2791 | }; |
2792 | |
2793 | /// Emit diagnostics if a non-trivial C union type or a struct that contains |
2794 | /// a non-trivial C union is used in an invalid context. |
2795 | void checkNonTrivialCUnion(QualType QT, SourceLocation Loc, |
2796 | NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, |
2797 | unsigned NonTrivialKind); |
2798 | |
2799 | void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit); |
2800 | void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl); |
2801 | void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); |
2802 | |
2803 | void ActOnPureSpecifier(Decl *D, SourceLocation PureSpecLoc); |
2804 | void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); |
2805 | StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
2806 | IdentifierInfo *Ident, |
2807 | ParsedAttributes &Attrs, |
2808 | SourceLocation AttrEnd); |
2809 | void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); |
2810 | void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); |
2811 | void CheckStaticLocalForDllExport(VarDecl *VD); |
2812 | void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); |
2813 | DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, |
2814 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Group); |
2815 | DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group); |
2816 | |
2817 | /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached |
2818 | /// documentation comments. |
2819 | void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); |
2820 | void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group); |
2821 | |
2822 | void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
2823 | SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); |
2824 | void CheckForFunctionRedefinition( |
2825 | FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition = nullptr, |
2826 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
2827 | Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
2828 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, |
2829 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
2830 | Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D, |
2831 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
2832 | void ActOnStartTrailingRequiresClause(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
2833 | ExprResult ActOnFinishTrailingRequiresClause(ExprResult ConstraintExpr); |
2834 | ExprResult ActOnRequiresClause(ExprResult ConstraintExpr); |
2835 | void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
2836 | bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { |
2837 | return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); |
2838 | } |
2839 | |
2840 | /// Determine whether we can delay parsing the body of a function or |
2841 | /// function template until it is used, assuming we don't care about emitting |
2842 | /// code for that function. |
2843 | /// |
2844 | /// This will be \c false if we may need the body of the function in the |
2845 | /// middle of parsing an expression (where it's impractical to switch to |
2846 | /// parsing a different function), for instance, if it's constexpr in C++11 |
2847 | /// or has an 'auto' return type in C++14. These cases are essentially bugs. |
2848 | bool canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D); |
2849 | |
2850 | /// Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function |
2851 | /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting |
2852 | /// code for that function. |
2853 | /// |
2854 | /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in |
2855 | /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is |
2856 | /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). |
2857 | bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); |
2858 | |
2859 | void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); |
2860 | Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); |
2861 | Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); |
2862 | Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl); |
2863 | void ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D); |
2864 | |
2865 | /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an |
2866 | /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. |
2867 | void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); |
2868 | |
2869 | /// Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of |
2870 | /// ParmVarDecl pointers. |
2871 | void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters); |
2872 | |
2873 | /// Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a |
2874 | /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a |
2875 | /// specified threshold. |
2876 | void |
2877 | DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, |
2878 | QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D); |
2879 | |
2880 | void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); |
2881 | Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, |
2882 | SourceLocation AsmLoc, |
2883 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
2884 | |
2885 | /// Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration. |
2886 | Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S, const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList, |
2887 | SourceLocation SemiLoc); |
2888 | |
2889 | enum class ModuleDeclKind { |
2890 | Interface, ///< 'export module X;' |
2891 | Implementation, ///< 'module X;' |
2892 | }; |
2893 | |
2894 | /// The parser has processed a module-declaration that begins the definition |
2895 | /// of a module interface or implementation. |
2896 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
2897 | SourceLocation ModuleLoc, ModuleDeclKind MDK, |
2898 | ModuleIdPath Path, bool IsFirstDecl); |
2899 | |
2900 | /// The parser has processed a global-module-fragment declaration that begins |
2901 | /// the definition of the global module fragment of the current module unit. |
2902 | /// \param ModuleLoc The location of the 'module' keyword. |
2903 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnGlobalModuleFragmentDecl(SourceLocation ModuleLoc); |
2904 | |
2905 | /// The parser has processed a private-module-fragment declaration that begins |
2906 | /// the definition of the private module fragment of the current module unit. |
2907 | /// \param ModuleLoc The location of the 'module' keyword. |
2908 | /// \param PrivateLoc The location of the 'private' keyword. |
2909 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnPrivateModuleFragmentDecl(SourceLocation ModuleLoc, |
2910 | SourceLocation PrivateLoc); |
2911 | |
2912 | /// The parser has processed a module import declaration. |
2913 | /// |
2914 | /// \param StartLoc The location of the first token in the declaration. This |
2915 | /// could be the location of an '@', 'export', or 'import'. |
2916 | /// \param ExportLoc The location of the 'export' keyword, if any. |
2917 | /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. |
2918 | /// \param Path The module access path. |
2919 | DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
2920 | SourceLocation ExportLoc, |
2921 | SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); |
2922 | DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
2923 | SourceLocation ExportLoc, |
2924 | SourceLocation ImportLoc, Module *M, |
2925 | ModuleIdPath Path = {}); |
2926 | |
2927 | /// The parser has processed a module import translated from a |
2928 | /// #include or similar preprocessing directive. |
2929 | void ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); |
2930 | void BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); |
2931 | |
2932 | /// The parsed has entered a submodule. |
2933 | void ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); |
2934 | /// The parser has left a submodule. |
2935 | void ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); |
2936 | |
2937 | /// Create an implicit import of the given module at the given |
2938 | /// source location, for error recovery, if possible. |
2939 | /// |
2940 | /// This routine is typically used when an entity found by name lookup |
2941 | /// is actually hidden within a module that we know about but the user |
2942 | /// has forgotten to import. |
2943 | void createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, |
2944 | Module *Mod); |
2945 | |
2946 | /// Kinds of missing import. Note, the values of these enumerators correspond |
2947 | /// to %select values in diagnostics. |
2948 | enum class MissingImportKind { |
2949 | Declaration, |
2950 | Definition, |
2951 | DefaultArgument, |
2952 | ExplicitSpecialization, |
2953 | PartialSpecialization |
2954 | }; |
2955 | |
2956 | /// Diagnose that the specified declaration needs to be visible but |
2957 | /// isn't, and suggest a module import that would resolve the problem. |
2958 | void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl, |
2959 | MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover = true); |
2960 | void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl, |
2961 | SourceLocation DeclLoc, ArrayRef<Module *> Modules, |
2962 | MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover); |
2963 | |
2964 | Decl *ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc, |
2965 | SourceLocation LBraceLoc); |
2966 | Decl *ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *ExportDecl, |
2967 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc); |
2968 | |
2969 | /// We've found a use of a templated declaration that would trigger an |
2970 | /// implicit instantiation. Check that any relevant explicit specializations |
2971 | /// and partial specializations are visible, and diagnose if not. |
2972 | void checkSpecializationVisibility(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Spec); |
2973 | |
2974 | /// Retrieve a suitable printing policy for diagnostics. |
2975 | PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { |
2976 | return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); |
2977 | } |
2978 | |
2979 | /// Retrieve a suitable printing policy for diagnostics. |
2980 | static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, |
2981 | const Preprocessor &PP); |
2982 | |
2983 | /// Scope actions. |
2984 | void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); |
2985 | void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); |
2986 | |
2987 | Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, |
2988 | RecordDecl *&AnonRecord); |
2989 | Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, |
2990 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, |
2991 | bool IsExplicitInstantiation, |
2992 | RecordDecl *&AnonRecord); |
2993 | |
2994 | Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, |
2995 | AccessSpecifier AS, |
2996 | RecordDecl *Record, |
2997 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
2998 | |
2999 | Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, |
3000 | RecordDecl *Record); |
3001 | |
3002 | /// Common ways to introduce type names without a tag for use in diagnostics. |
3003 | /// Keep in sync with err_tag_reference_non_tag. |
3004 | enum NonTagKind { |
3005 | NTK_NonStruct, |
3006 | NTK_NonClass, |
3007 | NTK_NonUnion, |
3008 | NTK_NonEnum, |
3009 | NTK_Typedef, |
3010 | NTK_TypeAlias, |
3011 | NTK_Template, |
3012 | NTK_TypeAliasTemplate, |
3013 | NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument, |
3014 | }; |
3015 | |
3016 | /// Given a non-tag type declaration, returns an enum useful for indicating |
3017 | /// what kind of non-tag type this is. |
3018 | NonTagKind getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *D, TagTypeKind TTK); |
3019 | |
3020 | bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, |
3021 | TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, |
3022 | SourceLocation NewTagLoc, |
3023 | const IdentifierInfo *Name); |
3024 | |
3025 | enum TagUseKind { |
3026 | TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' |
3027 | TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' |
3028 | TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' |
3029 | TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' |
3030 | }; |
3031 | |
3032 | Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, |
3033 | SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
3034 | SourceLocation NameLoc, const ParsedAttributesView &Attr, |
3035 | AccessSpecifier AS, SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, |
3036 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, bool &OwnedDecl, |
3037 | bool &IsDependent, SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, |
3038 | bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType, |
3039 | bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool IsTemplateParamOrArg, |
3040 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
3041 | |
3042 | Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, |
3043 | unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, |
3044 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
3045 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
3046 | const ParsedAttributesView &Attr, |
3047 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); |
3048 | |
3049 | TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, |
3050 | unsigned TagSpec, |
3051 | TagUseKind TUK, |
3052 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
3053 | IdentifierInfo *Name, |
3054 | SourceLocation TagLoc, |
3055 | SourceLocation NameLoc); |
3056 | |
3057 | void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, |
3058 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
3059 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); |
3060 | Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, |
3061 | Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); |
3062 | |
3063 | FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, |
3064 | Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, |
3065 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle, |
3066 | AccessSpecifier AS); |
3067 | MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, |
3068 | SourceLocation DeclStart, Declarator &D, |
3069 | Expr *BitfieldWidth, |
3070 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle, |
3071 | AccessSpecifier AS, |
3072 | const ParsedAttr &MSPropertyAttr); |
3073 | |
3074 | FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, |
3075 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
3076 | RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, |
3077 | bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, |
3078 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle, |
3079 | SourceLocation TSSL, |
3080 | AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, |
3081 | Declarator *D = nullptr); |
3082 | |
3083 | bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); |
3084 | void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM); |
3085 | |
3086 | enum TrivialABIHandling { |
3087 | /// The triviality of a method unaffected by "trivial_abi". |
3088 | TAH_IgnoreTrivialABI, |
3089 | |
3090 | /// The triviality of a method affected by "trivial_abi". |
3091 | TAH_ConsiderTrivialABI |
3092 | }; |
3093 | |
3094 | bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, |
3095 | TrivialABIHandling TAH = TAH_IgnoreTrivialABI, |
3096 | bool Diagnose = false); |
3097 | |
3098 | /// For a defaulted function, the kind of defaulted function that it is. |
3099 | class DefaultedFunctionKind { |
3100 | CXXSpecialMember SpecialMember : 8; |
3101 | DefaultedComparisonKind Comparison : 8; |
3102 | |
3103 | public: |
3104 | DefaultedFunctionKind() |
3105 | : SpecialMember(CXXInvalid), Comparison(DefaultedComparisonKind::None) { |
3106 | } |
3107 | DefaultedFunctionKind(CXXSpecialMember CSM) |
3108 | : SpecialMember(CSM), Comparison(DefaultedComparisonKind::None) {} |
3109 | DefaultedFunctionKind(DefaultedComparisonKind Comp) |
3110 | : SpecialMember(CXXInvalid), Comparison(Comp) {} |
3111 | |
3112 | bool isSpecialMember() const { return SpecialMember != CXXInvalid; } |
3113 | bool isComparison() const { |
3114 | return Comparison != DefaultedComparisonKind::None; |
3115 | } |
3116 | |
3117 | explicit operator bool() const { |
3118 | return isSpecialMember() || isComparison(); |
3119 | } |
3120 | |
3121 | CXXSpecialMember asSpecialMember() const { return SpecialMember; } |
3122 | DefaultedComparisonKind asComparison() const { return Comparison; } |
3123 | |
3124 | /// Get the index of this function kind for use in diagnostics. |
3125 | unsigned getDiagnosticIndex() const { |
3126 | static_assert(CXXInvalid > CXXDestructor, |
3127 | "invalid should have highest index"); |
3128 | static_assert((unsigned)DefaultedComparisonKind::None == 0, |
3129 | "none should be equal to zero"); |
3130 | return SpecialMember + (unsigned)Comparison; |
3131 | } |
3132 | }; |
3133 | |
3134 | DefaultedFunctionKind getDefaultedFunctionKind(const FunctionDecl *FD); |
3135 | |
3136 | CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { |
3137 | return getDefaultedFunctionKind(MD).asSpecialMember(); |
3138 | } |
3139 | DefaultedComparisonKind getDefaultedComparisonKind(const FunctionDecl *FD) { |
3140 | return getDefaultedFunctionKind(FD).asComparison(); |
3141 | } |
3142 | |
3143 | void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, |
3144 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); |
3145 | Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, |
3146 | Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, |
3147 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); |
3148 | |
3149 | // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. |
3150 | void ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, |
3151 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, |
3152 | SourceLocation RBrac, const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
3153 | |
3154 | /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the |
3155 | /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, |
3156 | /// struct, or union). |
3157 | void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); |
3158 | |
3159 | /// Perform ODR-like check for C/ObjC when merging tag types from modules. |
3160 | /// Differently from C++, actually parse the body and reject / error out |
3161 | /// in case of a structural mismatch. |
3162 | bool ActOnDuplicateDefinition(DeclSpec &DS, Decl *Prev, |
3163 | SkipBodyInfo &SkipBody); |
3164 | |
3165 | typedef void *SkippedDefinitionContext; |
3166 | |
3167 | /// Invoked when we enter a tag definition that we're skipping. |
3168 | SkippedDefinitionContext ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TD); |
3169 | |
3170 | Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); |
3171 | |
3172 | /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a |
3173 | /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its |
3174 | /// member declarations. |
3175 | void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, |
3176 | SourceLocation FinalLoc, |
3177 | bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, |
3178 | bool IsAbstract, |
3179 | SourceLocation LBraceLoc); |
3180 | |
3181 | /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing |
3182 | /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). |
3183 | void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, |
3184 | SourceRange BraceRange); |
3185 | |
3186 | void ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context); |
3187 | |
3188 | void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); |
3189 | |
3190 | /// Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container |
3191 | /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. |
3192 | /// |
3193 | /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext |
3194 | void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); |
3195 | void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); |
3196 | |
3197 | /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable |
3198 | /// error parsing the definition of a tag. |
3199 | void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); |
3200 | |
3201 | EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, |
3202 | EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, |
3203 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
3204 | IdentifierInfo *Id, |
3205 | Expr *val); |
3206 | bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); |
3207 | bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, |
3208 | QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, bool IsFixed, |
3209 | const EnumDecl *Prev); |
3210 | |
3211 | /// Determine whether the body of an anonymous enumeration should be skipped. |
3212 | /// \param II The name of the first enumerator. |
3213 | SkipBodyInfo shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, |
3214 | SourceLocation IILoc); |
3215 | |
3216 | Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, |
3217 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
3218 | const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs, |
3219 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); |
3220 | void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange, |
3221 | Decl *EnumDecl, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, Scope *S, |
3222 | const ParsedAttributesView &Attr); |
3223 | |
3224 | /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. |
3225 | void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); |
3226 | void PopDeclContext(); |
3227 | |
3228 | /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context |
3229 | /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. |
3230 | void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); |
3231 | void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); |
3232 | |
3233 | /// Enter a template parameter scope, after it's been associated with a particular |
3234 | /// DeclContext. Causes lookup within the scope to chain through enclosing contexts |
3235 | /// in the correct order. |
3236 | void EnterTemplatedContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); |
3237 | |
3238 | /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. |
3239 | void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); |
3240 | void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); |
3241 | |
3242 | DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); |
3243 | |
3244 | /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer |
3245 | /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently |
3246 | /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. |
3247 | FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); |
3248 | |
3249 | /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to |
3250 | /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently |
3251 | /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. |
3252 | ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); |
3253 | |
3254 | /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method |
3255 | /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently |
3256 | /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. |
3257 | NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); |
3258 | |
3259 | /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. |
3260 | void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); |
3261 | |
3262 | /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true |
3263 | /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns |
3264 | /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. |
3265 | /// |
3266 | /// \param AllowInlineNamespace If \c true, allow the declaration to be in the |
3267 | /// enclosing namespace set of the context, rather than contained |
3268 | /// directly within it. |
3269 | bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = nullptr, |
3270 | bool AllowInlineNamespace = false); |
3271 | |
3272 | /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it |
3273 | /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. |
3274 | static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); |
3275 | |
3276 | /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). |
3277 | TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, |
3278 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); |
3279 | bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); |
3280 | |
3281 | /// Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability |
3282 | /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability"). |
3283 | enum AvailabilityMergeKind { |
3284 | /// Don't merge availability attributes at all. |
3285 | AMK_None, |
3286 | /// Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires |
3287 | /// an exact match. |
3288 | AMK_Redeclaration, |
3289 | /// Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires |
3290 | /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints. |
3291 | AMK_Override, |
3292 | /// Merge availability attributes for an implementation of |
3293 | /// a protocol requirement. |
3294 | AMK_ProtocolImplementation, |
3295 | /// Merge availability attributes for an implementation of |
3296 | /// an optional protocol requirement. |
3297 | AMK_OptionalProtocolImplementation |
3298 | }; |
3299 | |
3300 | /// Describes the kind of priority given to an availability attribute. |
3301 | /// |
3302 | /// The sum of priorities deteremines the final priority of the attribute. |
3303 | /// The final priority determines how the attribute will be merged. |
3304 | /// An attribute with a lower priority will always remove higher priority |
3305 | /// attributes for the specified platform when it is being applied. An |
3306 | /// attribute with a higher priority will not be applied if the declaration |
3307 | /// already has an availability attribute with a lower priority for the |
3308 | /// specified platform. The final prirority values are not expected to match |
3309 | /// the values in this enumeration, but instead should be treated as a plain |
3310 | /// integer value. This enumeration just names the priority weights that are |
3311 | /// used to calculate that final vaue. |
3312 | enum AvailabilityPriority : int { |
3313 | /// The availability attribute was specified explicitly next to the |
3314 | /// declaration. |
3315 | AP_Explicit = 0, |
3316 | |
3317 | /// The availability attribute was applied using '#pragma clang attribute'. |
3318 | AP_PragmaClangAttribute = 1, |
3319 | |
3320 | /// The availability attribute for a specific platform was inferred from |
3321 | /// an availability attribute for another platform. |
3322 | AP_InferredFromOtherPlatform = 2 |
3323 | }; |
3324 | |
3325 | /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. |
3326 | AvailabilityAttr * |
3327 | mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
3328 | IdentifierInfo *Platform, bool Implicit, |
3329 | VersionTuple Introduced, VersionTuple Deprecated, |
3330 | VersionTuple Obsoleted, bool IsUnavailable, |
3331 | StringRef Message, bool IsStrict, StringRef Replacement, |
3332 | AvailabilityMergeKind AMK, int Priority); |
3333 | TypeVisibilityAttr * |
3334 | mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
3335 | TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis); |
3336 | VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
3337 | VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis); |
3338 | UuidAttr *mergeUuidAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
3339 | StringRef UuidAsWritten, MSGuidDecl *GuidDecl); |
3340 | DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI); |
3341 | DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI); |
3342 | MSInheritanceAttr *mergeMSInheritanceAttr(Decl *D, |
3343 | const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
3344 | bool BestCase, |
3345 | MSInheritanceModel Model); |
3346 | FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
3347 | IdentifierInfo *Format, int FormatIdx, |
3348 | int FirstArg); |
3349 | SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
3350 | StringRef Name); |
3351 | CodeSegAttr *mergeCodeSegAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
3352 | StringRef Name); |
3353 | AlwaysInlineAttr *mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(Decl *D, |
3354 | const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
3355 | const IdentifierInfo *Ident); |
3356 | MinSizeAttr *mergeMinSizeAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI); |
3357 | SwiftNameAttr *mergeSwiftNameAttr(Decl *D, const SwiftNameAttr &SNA, |
3358 | StringRef Name); |
3359 | OptimizeNoneAttr *mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(Decl *D, |
3360 | const AttributeCommonInfo &CI); |
3361 | InternalLinkageAttr *mergeInternalLinkageAttr(Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL); |
3362 | InternalLinkageAttr *mergeInternalLinkageAttr(Decl *D, |
3363 | const InternalLinkageAttr &AL); |
3364 | WebAssemblyImportNameAttr *mergeImportNameAttr( |
3365 | Decl *D, const WebAssemblyImportNameAttr &AL); |
3366 | WebAssemblyImportModuleAttr *mergeImportModuleAttr( |
3367 | Decl *D, const WebAssemblyImportModuleAttr &AL); |
3368 | EnforceTCBAttr *mergeEnforceTCBAttr(Decl *D, const EnforceTCBAttr &AL); |
3369 | EnforceTCBLeafAttr *mergeEnforceTCBLeafAttr(Decl *D, |
3370 | const EnforceTCBLeafAttr &AL); |
3371 | |
3372 | void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, |
3373 | AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration); |
3374 | void MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, |
3375 | LookupResult &OldDecls); |
3376 | bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&Old, Scope *S, |
3377 | bool MergeTypeWithOld); |
3378 | bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, |
3379 | Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld); |
3380 | void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); |
3381 | void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous); |
3382 | void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool MergeTypeWithOld); |
3383 | void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); |
3384 | bool checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *OldDefn, VarDecl *NewDefn); |
3385 | void notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New); |
3386 | bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); |
3387 | |
3388 | // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions |
3389 | // to represent what is actually causing the operation |
3390 | enum AssignmentAction { |
3391 | AA_Assigning, |
3392 | AA_Passing, |
3393 | AA_Returning, |
3394 | AA_Converting, |
3395 | AA_Initializing, |
3396 | AA_Sending, |
3397 | AA_Casting, |
3398 | AA_Passing_CFAudited |
3399 | }; |
3400 | |
3401 | /// C++ Overloading. |
3402 | enum OverloadKind { |
3403 | /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are |
3404 | /// functions or function templates with different signatures. |
3405 | Ovl_Overload, |
3406 | |
3407 | /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches |
3408 | /// an existing declaration. |
3409 | Ovl_Match, |
3410 | |
3411 | /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a |
3412 | /// non-function. |
3413 | Ovl_NonFunction |
3414 | }; |
3415 | OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, |
3416 | FunctionDecl *New, |
3417 | const LookupResult &OldDecls, |
3418 | NamedDecl *&OldDecl, |
3419 | bool IsForUsingDecl); |
3420 | bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl, |
3421 | bool ConsiderCudaAttrs = true, |
3422 | bool ConsiderRequiresClauses = true); |
3423 | |
3424 | enum class AllowedExplicit { |
3425 | /// Allow no explicit functions to be used. |
3426 | None, |
3427 | /// Allow explicit conversion functions but not explicit constructors. |
3428 | Conversions, |
3429 | /// Allow both explicit conversion functions and explicit constructors. |
3430 | All |
3431 | }; |
3432 | |
3433 | ImplicitConversionSequence |
3434 | TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
3435 | bool SuppressUserConversions, |
3436 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, |
3437 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
3438 | bool CStyle, |
3439 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); |
3440 | |
3441 | bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); |
3442 | bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); |
3443 | bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); |
3444 | bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
3445 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
3446 | QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); |
3447 | bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
3448 | QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); |
3449 | bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
3450 | QualType &ConvertedType); |
3451 | bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
3452 | QualType& ConvertedType); |
3453 | bool FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, |
3454 | const FunctionProtoType *NewType, |
3455 | unsigned *ArgPos = nullptr); |
3456 | void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, |
3457 | QualType FromType, QualType ToType); |
3458 | |
3459 | void maybeExtendBlockObject(ExprResult &E); |
3460 | CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); |
3461 | bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
3462 | CastKind &Kind, |
3463 | CXXCastPath& BasePath, |
3464 | bool IgnoreBaseAccess, |
3465 | bool Diagnose = true); |
3466 | bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
3467 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
3468 | QualType &ConvertedType); |
3469 | bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
3470 | CastKind &Kind, |
3471 | CXXCastPath &BasePath, |
3472 | bool IgnoreBaseAccess); |
3473 | bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
3474 | bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); |
3475 | bool IsFunctionConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
3476 | QualType &ResultTy); |
3477 | bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); |
3478 | bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg); |
3479 | |
3480 | bool CanPerformAggregateInitializationForOverloadResolution( |
3481 | const InitializedEntity &Entity, InitListExpr *From); |
3482 | |
3483 | bool IsStringInit(Expr *Init, const ArrayType *AT); |
3484 | |
3485 | bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
3486 | ExprResult Init); |
3487 | ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
3488 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
3489 | ExprResult Init, |
3490 | bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, |
3491 | bool AllowExplicit = false); |
3492 | ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, |
3493 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, |
3494 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
3495 | CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
3496 | |
3497 | /// Check that the lifetime of the initializer (and its subobjects) is |
3498 | /// sufficient for initializing the entity, and perform lifetime extension |
3499 | /// (when permitted) if not. |
3500 | void checkInitializerLifetime(const InitializedEntity &Entity, Expr *Init); |
3501 | |
3502 | ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); |
3503 | ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); |
3504 | |
3505 | /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. |
3506 | enum CCEKind { |
3507 | CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. |
3508 | CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. |
3509 | CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. |
3510 | CCEK_ArrayBound, ///< Array bound in array declarator or new-expression. |
3511 | CCEK_ExplicitBool ///< Condition in an explicit(bool) specifier. |
3512 | }; |
3513 | ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, |
3514 | llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); |
3515 | ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, |
3516 | APValue &Value, CCEKind CCE, |
3517 | NamedDecl *Dest = nullptr); |
3518 | |
3519 | /// Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit |
3520 | /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter. |
3521 | class ContextualImplicitConverter { |
3522 | public: |
3523 | bool Suppress; |
3524 | bool SuppressConversion; |
3525 | |
3526 | ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false, |
3527 | bool SuppressConversion = false) |
3528 | : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {} |
3529 | |
3530 | /// Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type |
3531 | /// for this conversion. |
3532 | virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0; |
3533 | |
3534 | /// Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have |
3535 | /// integral or enumeration type. |
3536 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
3537 | diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
3538 | |
3539 | /// Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. |
3540 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
3541 | diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
3542 | |
3543 | /// Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function |
3544 | /// is explicit. |
3545 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv( |
3546 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; |
3547 | |
3548 | /// Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. |
3549 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
3550 | noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; |
3551 | |
3552 | /// Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion |
3553 | /// functions. |
3554 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
3555 | diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
3556 | |
3557 | /// Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. |
3558 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
3559 | noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; |
3560 | |
3561 | /// Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function |
3562 | /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). |
3563 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion( |
3564 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; |
3565 | |
3566 | virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {} |
3567 | }; |
3568 | |
3569 | class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter { |
3570 | bool AllowScopedEnumerations; |
3571 | |
3572 | public: |
3573 | ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations, |
3574 | bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion) |
3575 | : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion), |
3576 | AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {} |
3577 | |
3578 | /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type. |
3579 | bool match(QualType T) override; |
3580 | |
3581 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
3582 | diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { |
3583 | return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T); |
3584 | } |
3585 | |
3586 | /// Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have |
3587 | /// integral or enumeration type. |
3588 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
3589 | diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
3590 | }; |
3591 | |
3592 | /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion. |
3593 | ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion( |
3594 | SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter); |
3595 | |
3596 | |
3597 | enum ObjCSubscriptKind { |
3598 | OS_Array, |
3599 | OS_Dictionary, |
3600 | OS_Error |
3601 | }; |
3602 | ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); |
3603 | |
3604 | // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as |
3605 | // this is used for diagnostics logic. |
3606 | enum ObjCLiteralKind { |
3607 | LK_Array, |
3608 | LK_Dictionary, |
3609 | LK_Numeric, |
3610 | LK_Boxed, |
3611 | LK_String, |
3612 | LK_Block, |
3613 | LK_None |
3614 | }; |
3615 | ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE); |
3616 | |
3617 | ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, |
3618 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, |
3619 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
3620 | NamedDecl *Member); |
3621 | |
3622 | // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. |
3623 | // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. |
3624 | typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; |
3625 | typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; |
3626 | |
3627 | using ADLCallKind = CallExpr::ADLCallKind; |
3628 | |
3629 | void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
3630 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3631 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
3632 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
3633 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
3634 | bool AllowExplicit = true, |
3635 | bool AllowExplicitConversion = false, |
3636 | ADLCallKind IsADLCandidate = ADLCallKind::NotADL, |
3637 | ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions = None, |
3638 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {}); |
3639 | void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, |
3640 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3641 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
3642 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr, |
3643 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
3644 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
3645 | bool FirstArgumentIsBase = false); |
3646 | void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
3647 | QualType ObjectType, |
3648 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, |
3649 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3650 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
3651 | bool SuppressUserConversion = false, |
3652 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {}); |
3653 | void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, |
3654 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
3655 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, |
3656 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, |
3657 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3658 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
3659 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
3660 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
3661 | ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions = None, |
3662 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {}); |
3663 | void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, |
3664 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
3665 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, |
3666 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
3667 | QualType ObjectType, |
3668 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, |
3669 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3670 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
3671 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
3672 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
3673 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {}); |
3674 | void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( |
3675 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
3676 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3677 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
3678 | bool PartialOverloading = false, bool AllowExplicit = true, |
3679 | ADLCallKind IsADLCandidate = ADLCallKind::NotADL, |
3680 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {}); |
3681 | bool CheckNonDependentConversions( |
3682 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, |
3683 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
3684 | ConversionSequenceList &Conversions, bool SuppressUserConversions, |
3685 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = nullptr, QualType ObjectType = QualType(), |
3686 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification = {}, |
3687 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {}); |
3688 | void AddConversionCandidate( |
3689 | CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
3690 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
3691 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, |
3692 | bool AllowExplicit, bool AllowResultConversion = true); |
3693 | void AddTemplateConversionCandidate( |
3694 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
3695 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
3696 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, |
3697 | bool AllowExplicit, bool AllowResultConversion = true); |
3698 | void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, |
3699 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
3700 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, |
3701 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
3702 | Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3703 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); |
3704 | void AddNonMemberOperatorCandidates( |
3705 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3706 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
3707 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr); |
3708 | void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, |
3709 | SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3710 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
3711 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {}); |
3712 | void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType *ParamTys, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3713 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
3714 | bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, |
3715 | unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); |
3716 | void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, |
3717 | SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3718 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); |
3719 | void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, |
3720 | SourceLocation Loc, |
3721 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3722 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
3723 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
3724 | bool PartialOverloading = false); |
3725 | |
3726 | // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate |
3727 | void NoteOverloadCandidate( |
3728 | NamedDecl *Found, FunctionDecl *Fn, |
3729 | OverloadCandidateRewriteKind RewriteKind = OverloadCandidateRewriteKind(), |
3730 | QualType DestType = QualType(), bool TakingAddress = false); |
3731 | |
3732 | // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates identified by |
3733 | // the expression Expr |
3734 | void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr *E, QualType DestType = QualType(), |
3735 | bool TakingAddress = false); |
3736 | |
3737 | /// Check the enable_if expressions on the given function. Returns the first |
3738 | /// failing attribute, or NULL if they were all successful. |
3739 | EnableIfAttr *CheckEnableIf(FunctionDecl *Function, SourceLocation CallLoc, |
3740 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3741 | bool MissingImplicitThis = false); |
3742 | |
3743 | /// Find the failed Boolean condition within a given Boolean |
3744 | /// constant expression, and describe it with a string. |
3745 | std::pair<Expr *, std::string> findFailedBooleanCondition(Expr *Cond); |
3746 | |
3747 | /// Emit diagnostics for the diagnose_if attributes on Function, ignoring any |
3748 | /// non-ArgDependent DiagnoseIfAttrs. |
3749 | /// |
3750 | /// Argument-dependent diagnose_if attributes should be checked each time a |
3751 | /// function is used as a direct callee of a function call. |
3752 | /// |
3753 | /// Returns true if any errors were emitted. |
3754 | bool diagnoseArgDependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const FunctionDecl *Function, |
3755 | const Expr *ThisArg, |
3756 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
3757 | SourceLocation Loc); |
3758 | |
3759 | /// Emit diagnostics for the diagnose_if attributes on Function, ignoring any |
3760 | /// ArgDependent DiagnoseIfAttrs. |
3761 | /// |
3762 | /// Argument-independent diagnose_if attributes should be checked on every use |
3763 | /// of a function. |
3764 | /// |
3765 | /// Returns true if any errors were emitted. |
3766 | bool diagnoseArgIndependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const NamedDecl *ND, |
3767 | SourceLocation Loc); |
3768 | |
3769 | /// Returns whether the given function's address can be taken or not, |
3770 | /// optionally emitting a diagnostic if the address can't be taken. |
3771 | /// |
3772 | /// Returns false if taking the address of the function is illegal. |
3773 | bool checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(const FunctionDecl *Function, |
3774 | bool Complain = false, |
3775 | SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation()); |
3776 | |
3777 | // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] |
3778 | // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType |
3779 | // R (A) --> R(A) |
3780 | // R (*)(A) --> R (A) |
3781 | // R (&)(A) --> R (A) |
3782 | // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) |
3783 | QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); |
3784 | |
3785 | FunctionDecl * |
3786 | ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, |
3787 | QualType TargetType, |
3788 | bool Complain, |
3789 | DeclAccessPair &Found, |
3790 | bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = nullptr); |
3791 | |
3792 | FunctionDecl * |
3793 | resolveAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate(Expr *E, DeclAccessPair &FoundResult); |
3794 | |
3795 | bool resolveAndFixAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate( |
3796 | ExprResult &SrcExpr, bool DoFunctionPointerConversion = false); |
3797 | |
3798 | FunctionDecl * |
3799 | ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, |
3800 | bool Complain = false, |
3801 | DeclAccessPair *Found = nullptr); |
3802 | |
3803 | bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( |
3804 | ExprResult &SrcExpr, |
3805 | bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, |
3806 | bool Complain = false, |
3807 | SourceRange OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), |
3808 | QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), |
3809 | unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); |
3810 | |
3811 | |
3812 | Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, |
3813 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
3814 | FunctionDecl *Fn); |
3815 | ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, |
3816 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
3817 | FunctionDecl *Fn); |
3818 | |
3819 | void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, |
3820 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3821 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
3822 | bool PartialOverloading = false); |
3823 | void AddOverloadedCallCandidates( |
3824 | LookupResult &R, TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
3825 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); |
3826 | |
3827 | // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a |
3828 | // range-based for loop. |
3829 | enum ForRangeStatus { |
3830 | FRS_Success, |
3831 | FRS_NoViableFunction, |
3832 | FRS_DiagnosticIssued |
3833 | }; |
3834 | |
3835 | ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(SourceLocation Loc, |
3836 | SourceLocation RangeLoc, |
3837 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
3838 | LookupResult &MemberLookup, |
3839 | OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, |
3840 | Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); |
3841 | |
3842 | ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, |
3843 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, |
3844 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
3845 | MultiExprArg Args, |
3846 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
3847 | Expr *ExecConfig, |
3848 | bool AllowTypoCorrection=true, |
3849 | bool CalleesAddressIsTaken=false); |
3850 | |
3851 | bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, |
3852 | MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
3853 | OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, |
3854 | ExprResult *Result); |
3855 | |
3856 | ExprResult CreateUnresolvedLookupExpr(CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, |
3857 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNSLoc, |
3858 | DeclarationNameInfo DNI, |
3859 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, |
3860 | bool PerformADL = true); |
3861 | |
3862 | ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
3863 | UnaryOperatorKind Opc, |
3864 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, |
3865 | Expr *input, bool RequiresADL = true); |
3866 | |
3867 | void LookupOverloadedBinOp(OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
3868 | OverloadedOperatorKind Op, |
3869 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, |
3870 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, bool RequiresADL = true); |
3871 | ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
3872 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
3873 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, |
3874 | Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS, |
3875 | bool RequiresADL = true, |
3876 | bool AllowRewrittenCandidates = true, |
3877 | FunctionDecl *DefaultedFn = nullptr); |
3878 | ExprResult BuildSynthesizedThreeWayComparison(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
3879 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, |
3880 | Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS, |
3881 | FunctionDecl *DefaultedFn); |
3882 | |
3883 | ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, |
3884 | SourceLocation RLoc, |
3885 | Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); |
3886 | |
3887 | ExprResult BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, |
3888 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
3889 | MultiExprArg Args, |
3890 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
3891 | bool AllowRecovery = false); |
3892 | ExprResult |
3893 | BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
3894 | MultiExprArg Args, |
3895 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
3896 | |
3897 | ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
3898 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
3899 | bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = nullptr); |
3900 | |
3901 | /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is |
3902 | /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location |
3903 | /// that best represents the call. |
3904 | bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, |
3905 | CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); |
3906 | |
3907 | /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. |
3908 | bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, |
3909 | bool CheckParameterNames); |
3910 | void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); |
3911 | void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); |
3912 | Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); |
3913 | |
3914 | /// \name Name lookup |
3915 | /// |
3916 | /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic |
3917 | /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, |
3918 | /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or |
3919 | /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry |
3920 | /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, |
3921 | /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. |
3922 | /// |
3923 | /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, |
3924 | /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how |
3925 | /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both |
3926 | /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore |
3927 | /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name |
3928 | /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name |
3929 | /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. |
3930 | /// |
3931 | /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name |
3932 | /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation |
3933 | /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing |
3934 | /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup |
3935 | /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or |
3936 | /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name |
3937 | /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides |
3938 | /// the ability to distinguish among them. |
3939 | //@{ |
3940 | |
3941 | /// Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. |
3942 | enum LookupNameKind { |
3943 | /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, |
3944 | /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names |
3945 | /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. |
3946 | LookupOrdinaryName = 0, |
3947 | /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, |
3948 | /// structs, and unions. |
3949 | LookupTagName, |
3950 | /// Label name lookup. |
3951 | LookupLabel, |
3952 | /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of |
3953 | /// class/struct/union members. |
3954 | LookupMemberName, |
3955 | /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with |
3956 | /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name |
3957 | /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. |
3958 | LookupOperatorName, |
3959 | /// Look up a name following ~ in a destructor name. This is an ordinary |
3960 | /// lookup, but prefers tags to typedefs. |
3961 | LookupDestructorName, |
3962 | /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution |
3963 | /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, |
3964 | /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). |
3965 | LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, |
3966 | /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or |
3967 | /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ |
3968 | /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). |
3969 | LookupNamespaceName, |
3970 | /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, |
3971 | /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate |
3972 | /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. |
3973 | LookupUsingDeclName, |
3974 | /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a |
3975 | /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that |
3976 | /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See |
3977 | /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. |
3978 | LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, |
3979 | /// Look up a friend of a local class. This lookup does not look |
3980 | /// outside the innermost non-class scope. See C++11 [class.friend]p11. |
3981 | LookupLocalFriendName, |
3982 | /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. |
3983 | LookupObjCProtocolName, |
3984 | /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. |
3985 | LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, |
3986 | /// Look up the name of an OpenMP user-defined reduction operation. |
3987 | LookupOMPReductionName, |
3988 | /// Look up the name of an OpenMP user-defined mapper. |
3989 | LookupOMPMapperName, |
3990 | /// Look up any declaration with any name. |
3991 | LookupAnyName |
3992 | }; |
3993 | |
3994 | /// Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a |
3995 | /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). |
3996 | enum RedeclarationKind { |
3997 | /// The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the |
3998 | /// purpose of redeclaring the name. |
3999 | NotForRedeclaration = 0, |
4000 | /// The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, |
4001 | /// if an entity by that name already exists and is visible. |
4002 | ForVisibleRedeclaration, |
4003 | /// The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name |
4004 | /// with external linkage; non-visible lookup results with external linkage |
4005 | /// may also be found. |
4006 | ForExternalRedeclaration |
4007 | }; |
4008 | |
4009 | RedeclarationKind forRedeclarationInCurContext() { |
4010 | // A declaration with an owning module for linkage can never link against |
4011 | // anything that is not visible. We don't need to check linkage here; if |
4012 | // the context has internal linkage, redeclaration lookup won't find things |
4013 | // from other TUs, and we can't safely compute linkage yet in general. |
4014 | if (cast<Decl>(CurContext) |
4015 | ->getOwningModuleForLinkage(/*IgnoreLinkage*/true)) |
4016 | return ForVisibleRedeclaration; |
4017 | return ForExternalRedeclaration; |
4018 | } |
4019 | |
4020 | /// The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. |
4021 | enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { |
4022 | /// The lookup resulted in an error. |
4023 | LOLR_Error, |
4024 | /// The lookup found no match but no diagnostic was issued. |
4025 | LOLR_ErrorNoDiagnostic, |
4026 | /// The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which |
4027 | /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. |
4028 | LOLR_Cooked, |
4029 | /// The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects |
4030 | /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. |
4031 | LOLR_Raw, |
4032 | /// The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, |
4033 | /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be |
4034 | /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. |
4035 | LOLR_Template, |
4036 | /// The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, |
4037 | /// which expect the character type and characters of the spelling of the |
4038 | /// string literal token to be passed as template arguments. |
4039 | LOLR_StringTemplatePack, |
4040 | }; |
4041 | |
4042 | SpecialMemberOverloadResult LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, |
4043 | CXXSpecialMember SM, |
4044 | bool ConstArg, |
4045 | bool VolatileArg, |
4046 | bool RValueThis, |
4047 | bool ConstThis, |
4048 | bool VolatileThis); |
4049 | |
4050 | typedef std::function<void(const TypoCorrection &)> TypoDiagnosticGenerator; |
4051 | typedef std::function<ExprResult(Sema &, TypoExpr *, TypoCorrection)> |
4052 | TypoRecoveryCallback; |
4053 | |
4054 | private: |
4055 | bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); |
4056 | |
4057 | struct TypoExprState { |
4058 | std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> Consumer; |
4059 | TypoDiagnosticGenerator DiagHandler; |
4060 | TypoRecoveryCallback RecoveryHandler; |
4061 | TypoExprState(); |
4062 | TypoExprState(TypoExprState &&other) noexcept; |
4063 | TypoExprState &operator=(TypoExprState &&other) noexcept; |
4064 | }; |
4065 | |
4066 | /// The set of unhandled TypoExprs and their associated state. |
4067 | llvm::MapVector<TypoExpr *, TypoExprState> DelayedTypos; |
4068 | |
4069 | /// Creates a new TypoExpr AST node. |
4070 | TypoExpr *createDelayedTypo(std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> TCC, |
4071 | TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG, |
4072 | TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, SourceLocation TypoLoc); |
4073 | |
4074 | // The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. |
4075 | // |
4076 | // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded |
4077 | // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. |
4078 | llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; |
4079 | |
4080 | /// Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal |
4081 | /// source. |
4082 | bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; |
4083 | |
4084 | /// Helper for CorrectTypo and CorrectTypoDelayed used to create and |
4085 | /// populate a new TypoCorrectionConsumer. Returns nullptr if typo correction |
4086 | /// should be skipped entirely. |
4087 | std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> |
4088 | makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, |
4089 | Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S, |
4090 | CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
4091 | CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, |
4092 | DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext, |
4093 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, |
4094 | bool ErrorRecovery); |
4095 | |
4096 | public: |
4097 | const TypoExprState &getTypoExprState(TypoExpr *TE) const; |
4098 | |
4099 | /// Clears the state of the given TypoExpr. |
4100 | void clearDelayedTypo(TypoExpr *TE); |
4101 | |
4102 | /// Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return |
4103 | /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. |
4104 | /// |
4105 | /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle |
4106 | /// ambiguity and overloaded. |
4107 | NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, |
4108 | SourceLocation Loc, |
4109 | LookupNameKind NameKind, |
4110 | RedeclarationKind Redecl |
4111 | = NotForRedeclaration); |
4112 | bool LookupBuiltin(LookupResult &R); |
4113 | void LookupNecessaryTypesForBuiltin(Scope *S, unsigned ID); |
4114 | bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, |
4115 | bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); |
4116 | bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, |
4117 | bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); |
4118 | bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, |
4119 | CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
4120 | bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
4121 | bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, |
4122 | bool EnteringContext = false); |
4123 | ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
4124 | RedeclarationKind Redecl |
4125 | = NotForRedeclaration); |
4126 | bool LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
4127 | |
4128 | void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, |
4129 | UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); |
4130 | |
4131 | LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
4132 | SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); |
4133 | |
4134 | DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
4135 | CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
4136 | CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
4137 | unsigned Quals); |
4138 | CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, |
4139 | bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); |
4140 | CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
4141 | unsigned Quals); |
4142 | CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, |
4143 | bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); |
4144 | CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
4145 | |
4146 | bool checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const UnqualifiedId &Id, |
4147 | bool IsUDSuffix); |
4148 | LiteralOperatorLookupResult |
4149 | LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, |
4150 | bool AllowRaw, bool AllowTemplate, |
4151 | bool AllowStringTemplate, bool DiagnoseMissing, |
4152 | StringLiteral *StringLit = nullptr); |
4153 | bool isKnownName(StringRef name); |
4154 | |
4155 | /// Status of the function emission on the CUDA/HIP/OpenMP host/device attrs. |
4156 | enum class FunctionEmissionStatus { |
4157 | Emitted, |
4158 | CUDADiscarded, // Discarded due to CUDA/HIP hostness |
4159 | OMPDiscarded, // Discarded due to OpenMP hostness |
4160 | TemplateDiscarded, // Discarded due to uninstantiated templates |
4161 | Unknown, |
4162 | }; |
4163 | FunctionEmissionStatus getEmissionStatus(FunctionDecl *Decl, |
4164 | bool Final = false); |
4165 | |
4166 | // Whether the callee should be ignored in CUDA/HIP/OpenMP host/device check. |
4167 | bool shouldIgnoreInHostDeviceCheck(FunctionDecl *Callee); |
4168 | |
4169 | void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc, |
4170 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Functions); |
4171 | |
4172 | void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, |
4173 | VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, |
4174 | bool IncludeGlobalScope = true, |
4175 | bool LoadExternal = true); |
4176 | void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, |
4177 | VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, |
4178 | bool IncludeGlobalScope = true, |
4179 | bool IncludeDependentBases = false, |
4180 | bool LoadExternal = true); |
4181 | |
4182 | enum CorrectTypoKind { |
4183 | CTK_NonError, // CorrectTypo used in a non error recovery situation. |
4184 | CTK_ErrorRecovery // CorrectTypo used in normal error recovery. |
4185 | }; |
4186 | |
4187 | TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, |
4188 | Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, |
4189 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
4190 | CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, |
4191 | CorrectTypoKind Mode, |
4192 | DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr, |
4193 | bool EnteringContext = false, |
4194 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr, |
4195 | bool RecordFailure = true); |
4196 | |
4197 | TypoExpr *CorrectTypoDelayed(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, |
4198 | Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S, |
4199 | CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
4200 | CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, |
4201 | TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG, |
4202 | TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, CorrectTypoKind Mode, |
4203 | DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr, |
4204 | bool EnteringContext = false, |
4205 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr); |
4206 | |
4207 | /// Process any TypoExprs in the given Expr and its children, |
4208 | /// generating diagnostics as appropriate and returning a new Expr if there |
4209 | /// were typos that were all successfully corrected and ExprError if one or |
4210 | /// more typos could not be corrected. |
4211 | /// |
4212 | /// \param E The Expr to check for TypoExprs. |
4213 | /// |
4214 | /// \param InitDecl A VarDecl to avoid because the Expr being corrected is its |
4215 | /// initializer. |
4216 | /// |
4217 | /// \param RecoverUncorrectedTypos If true, when typo correction fails, it |
4218 | /// will rebuild the given Expr with all TypoExprs degraded to RecoveryExprs. |
4219 | /// |
4220 | /// \param Filter A function applied to a newly rebuilt Expr to determine if |
4221 | /// it is an acceptable/usable result from a single combination of typo |
4222 | /// corrections. As long as the filter returns ExprError, different |
4223 | /// combinations of corrections will be tried until all are exhausted. |
4224 | ExprResult CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( |
4225 | Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr, |
4226 | bool RecoverUncorrectedTypos = false, |
4227 | llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter = |
4228 | [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; }); |
4229 | |
4230 | ExprResult CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( |
4231 | ExprResult ER, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr, |
4232 | bool RecoverUncorrectedTypos = false, |
4233 | llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter = |
4234 | [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; }) { |
4235 | return ER.isInvalid() |
4236 | ? ER |
4237 | : CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER.get(), InitDecl, |
4238 | RecoverUncorrectedTypos, Filter); |
4239 | } |
4240 | |
4241 | void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction, |
4242 | const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag, |
4243 | bool ErrorRecovery = true); |
4244 | |
4245 | void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction, |
4246 | const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag, |
4247 | const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote, |
4248 | bool ErrorRecovery = true); |
4249 | |
4250 | void MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F); |
4251 | |
4252 | void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, |
4253 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
4254 | AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, |
4255 | AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); |
4256 | |
4257 | void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, |
4258 | bool ConsiderLinkage, bool AllowInlineNamespace); |
4259 | |
4260 | bool CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old); |
4261 | |
4262 | void DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); |
4263 | //@} |
4264 | |
4265 | /// Attempts to produce a RecoveryExpr after some AST node cannot be created. |
4266 | ExprResult CreateRecoveryExpr(SourceLocation Begin, SourceLocation End, |
4267 | ArrayRef<Expr *> SubExprs, |
4268 | QualType T = QualType()); |
4269 | |
4270 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, |
4271 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
4272 | bool TypoCorrection = false); |
4273 | FunctionDecl *CreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, QualType Type, unsigned ID, |
4274 | SourceLocation Loc); |
4275 | NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, |
4276 | Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, |
4277 | SourceLocation Loc); |
4278 | NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, |
4279 | Scope *S); |
4280 | void AddKnownFunctionAttributesForReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction( |
4281 | FunctionDecl *FD); |
4282 | void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); |
4283 | |
4284 | // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. |
4285 | |
4286 | void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
4287 | // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. |
4288 | void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD); |
4289 | // Helper for delayed processing of attributes. |
4290 | void ProcessDeclAttributeDelayed(Decl *D, |
4291 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
4292 | void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttributesView &AL, |
4293 | bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true); |
4294 | bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, |
4295 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
4296 | |
4297 | void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); |
4298 | |
4299 | /// Handles semantic checking for features that are common to all attributes, |
4300 | /// such as checking whether a parameter was properly specified, or the |
4301 | /// correct number of arguments were passed, etc. Returns true if the |
4302 | /// attribute has been diagnosed. |
4303 | bool checkCommonAttributeFeatures(const Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &A); |
4304 | bool checkCommonAttributeFeatures(const Stmt *S, const ParsedAttr &A); |
4305 | |
4306 | /// Determine if type T is a valid subject for a nonnull and similar |
4307 | /// attributes. By default, we look through references (the behavior used by |
4308 | /// nonnull), but if the second parameter is true, then we treat a reference |
4309 | /// type as valid. |
4310 | bool isValidPointerAttrType(QualType T, bool RefOkay = false); |
4311 | |
4312 | bool CheckRegparmAttr(const ParsedAttr &attr, unsigned &value); |
4313 | bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const ParsedAttr &attr, CallingConv &CC, |
4314 | const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr); |
4315 | bool CheckAttrTarget(const ParsedAttr &CurrAttr); |
4316 | bool CheckAttrNoArgs(const ParsedAttr &CurrAttr); |
4317 | bool checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(const ParsedAttr &Attr, unsigned ArgNum, |
4318 | StringRef &Str, |
4319 | SourceLocation *ArgLocation = nullptr); |
4320 | llvm::Error isValidSectionSpecifier(StringRef Str); |
4321 | bool checkSectionName(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str); |
4322 | bool checkTargetAttr(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str); |
4323 | bool checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition( |
4324 | CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase, |
4325 | MSInheritanceModel SemanticSpelling); |
4326 | |
4327 | void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D); |
4328 | |
4329 | /// Adjust the calling convention of a method to be the ABI default if it |
4330 | /// wasn't specified explicitly. This handles method types formed from |
4331 | /// function type typedefs and typename template arguments. |
4332 | void adjustMemberFunctionCC(QualType &T, bool IsStatic, bool IsCtorOrDtor, |
4333 | SourceLocation Loc); |
4334 | |
4335 | // Check if there is an explicit attribute, but only look through parens. |
4336 | // The intent is to look for an attribute on the current declarator, but not |
4337 | // one that came from a typedef. |
4338 | bool hasExplicitCallingConv(QualType T); |
4339 | |
4340 | /// Get the outermost AttributedType node that sets a calling convention. |
4341 | /// Valid types should not have multiple attributes with different CCs. |
4342 | const AttributedType *getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const; |
4343 | |
4344 | /// Process the attributes before creating an attributed statement. Returns |
4345 | /// the semantic attributes that have been processed. |
4346 | void ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, |
4347 | const ParsedAttributesWithRange &InAttrs, |
4348 | SmallVectorImpl<const Attr *> &OutAttrs); |
4349 | |
4350 | void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
4351 | ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, |
4352 | bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); |
4353 | |
4354 | void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
4355 | ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, |
4356 | bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); |
4357 | |
4358 | /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method |
4359 | /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. |
4360 | void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
4361 | ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, |
4362 | bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); |
4363 | |
4364 | typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; |
4365 | |
4366 | /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables |
4367 | /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. |
4368 | void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, |
4369 | ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, |
4370 | SourceLocation Loc); |
4371 | |
4372 | /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method |
4373 | /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. |
4374 | void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, |
4375 | ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, |
4376 | bool IncompleteImpl = false); |
4377 | |
4378 | /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties |
4379 | /// which must be implemented by this implementation. |
4380 | void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, |
4381 | ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, |
4382 | bool SynthesizeProperties); |
4383 | |
4384 | /// Diagnose any null-resettable synthesized setters. |
4385 | void diagnoseNullResettableSynthesizedSetters(const ObjCImplDecl *impDecl); |
4386 | |
4387 | /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all |
4388 | /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. |
4389 | void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl *IMPDecl, |
4390 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl, |
4391 | SourceLocation AtEnd); |
4392 | void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D, SourceLocation AtEnd); |
4393 | |
4394 | /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is |
4395 | /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor |
4396 | /// declared in class 'IFace'. |
4397 | bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace, |
4398 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV); |
4399 | |
4400 | /// DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor - Issue an 'unused' warning if ivar which |
4401 | /// backs the property is not used in the property's accessor. |
4402 | void DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor(Scope *S, |
4403 | const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD); |
4404 | |
4405 | /// GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor - If method is a property setter/getter and |
4406 | /// it property has a backing ivar, returns this ivar; otherwise, returns NULL. |
4407 | /// It also returns ivar's property on success. |
4408 | ObjCIvarDecl *GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
4409 | const ObjCPropertyDecl *&PDecl) const; |
4410 | |
4411 | /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in |
4412 | /// class extensions. |
4413 | ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, |
4414 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
4415 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4416 | FieldDeclarator &FD, |
4417 | Selector GetterSel, |
4418 | SourceLocation GetterNameLoc, |
4419 | Selector SetterSel, |
4420 | SourceLocation SetterNameLoc, |
4421 | const bool isReadWrite, |
4422 | unsigned &Attributes, |
4423 | const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, |
4424 | QualType T, |
4425 | TypeSourceInfo *TSI, |
4426 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); |
4427 | |
4428 | /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to |
4429 | /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. |
4430 | ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, |
4431 | ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, |
4432 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
4433 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4434 | FieldDeclarator &FD, |
4435 | Selector GetterSel, |
4436 | SourceLocation GetterNameLoc, |
4437 | Selector SetterSel, |
4438 | SourceLocation SetterNameLoc, |
4439 | const bool isReadWrite, |
4440 | const unsigned Attributes, |
4441 | const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, |
4442 | QualType T, |
4443 | TypeSourceInfo *TSI, |
4444 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, |
4445 | DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr); |
4446 | |
4447 | /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via |
4448 | /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared |
4449 | /// setter or getter. |
4450 | void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, |
4451 | ObjCInterfaceDecl* IDecl); |
4452 | |
4453 | void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); |
4454 | |
4455 | void DiagnoseMissingDesignatedInitOverrides( |
4456 | const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD, |
4457 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFD); |
4458 | |
4459 | void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); |
4460 | |
4461 | enum MethodMatchStrategy { |
4462 | MMS_loose, |
4463 | MMS_strict |
4464 | }; |
4465 | |
4466 | /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns |
4467 | /// true, or false, accordingly. |
4468 | bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
4469 | const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, |
4470 | MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); |
4471 | |
4472 | /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or |
4473 | /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. |
4474 | void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, |
4475 | const SelectorSet &ClsMap, |
4476 | SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, |
4477 | SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, |
4478 | ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, |
4479 | ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, |
4480 | bool &IncompleteImpl, |
4481 | bool ImmediateClass, |
4482 | bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); |
4483 | |
4484 | /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in |
4485 | /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and |
4486 | /// warns each time an exact match is found. |
4487 | void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); |
4488 | |
4489 | /// Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. |
4490 | void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); |
4491 | |
4492 | /// Returns default addr space for method qualifiers. |
4493 | LangAS getDefaultCXXMethodAddrSpace() const; |
4494 | |
4495 | private: |
4496 | /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global |
4497 | /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. |
4498 | void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); |
4499 | |
4500 | /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and |
4501 | /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. |
4502 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, |
4503 | bool receiverIdOrClass, |
4504 | bool instance); |
4505 | |
4506 | public: |
4507 | /// - Returns instance or factory methods in global method pool for |
4508 | /// given selector. It checks the desired kind first, if none is found, and |
4509 | /// parameter checkTheOther is set, it then checks the other kind. If no such |
4510 | /// method or only one method is found, function returns false; otherwise, it |
4511 | /// returns true. |
4512 | bool |
4513 | CollectMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, |
4514 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods, |
4515 | bool InstanceFirst, bool CheckTheOther, |
4516 | const ObjCObjectType *TypeBound = nullptr); |
4517 | |
4518 | bool |
4519 | AreMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, ObjCMethodDecl *BestMethod, |
4520 | SourceRange R, bool receiverIdOrClass, |
4521 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods); |
4522 | |
4523 | void |
4524 | DiagnoseMultipleMethodInGlobalPool(SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*> &Methods, |
4525 | Selector Sel, SourceRange R, |
4526 | bool receiverIdOrClass); |
4527 | |
4528 | private: |
4529 | /// - Returns a selector which best matches given argument list or |
4530 | /// nullptr if none could be found |
4531 | ObjCMethodDecl *SelectBestMethod(Selector Sel, MultiExprArg Args, |
4532 | bool IsInstance, |
4533 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods); |
4534 | |
4535 | |
4536 | /// Record the typo correction failure and return an empty correction. |
4537 | TypoCorrection FailedCorrection(IdentifierInfo *Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc, |
4538 | bool RecordFailure = true) { |
4539 | if (RecordFailure) |
4540 | TypoCorrectionFailures[Typo].insert(TypoLoc); |
4541 | return TypoCorrection(); |
4542 | } |
4543 | |
4544 | public: |
4545 | /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation |
4546 | /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate |
4547 | /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking |
4548 | /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). |
4549 | void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { |
4550 | AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); |
4551 | } |
4552 | |
4553 | /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. |
4554 | void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { |
4555 | AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); |
4556 | } |
4557 | |
4558 | /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global |
4559 | /// pool. |
4560 | void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); |
4561 | |
4562 | /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if |
4563 | /// there are multiple signatures. |
4564 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, |
4565 | bool receiverIdOrClass=false) { |
4566 | return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, |
4567 | /*instance*/true); |
4568 | } |
4569 | |
4570 | /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if |
4571 | /// there are multiple signatures. |
4572 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, |
4573 | bool receiverIdOrClass=false) { |
4574 | return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, |
4575 | /*instance*/false); |
4576 | } |
4577 | |
4578 | const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel, |
4579 | QualType ObjectType=QualType()); |
4580 | /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an |
4581 | /// implementation. |
4582 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); |
4583 | |
4584 | /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require |
4585 | /// initialization. |
4586 | void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, |
4587 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); |
4588 | |
4589 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
4590 | // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. |
4591 | public: |
4592 | class FullExprArg { |
4593 | public: |
4594 | FullExprArg() : E(nullptr) { } |
4595 | FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(nullptr) { } |
4596 | |
4597 | ExprResult release() { |
4598 | return E; |
4599 | } |
4600 | |
4601 | Expr *get() const { return E; } |
4602 | |
4603 | Expr *operator->() { |
4604 | return E; |
4605 | } |
4606 | |
4607 | private: |
4608 | // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just |
4609 | // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. |
4610 | friend class Sema; |
4611 | |
4612 | explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} |
4613 | |
4614 | Expr *E; |
4615 | }; |
4616 | |
4617 | FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { |
4618 | return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); |
4619 | } |
4620 | FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { |
4621 | return FullExprArg( |
4622 | ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC, /*DiscardedValue*/ false).get()); |
4623 | } |
4624 | FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) { |
4625 | ExprResult FE = |
4626 | ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), |
4627 | /*DiscardedValue*/ true); |
4628 | return FullExprArg(FE.get()); |
4629 | } |
4630 | |
4631 | StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg, bool DiscardedValue = true); |
4632 | StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError(); |
4633 | |
4634 | StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, |
4635 | bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); |
4636 | |
4637 | void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(bool IsStmtExpr); |
4638 | void ActOnAfterCompoundStatementLeadingPragmas(); |
4639 | void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); |
4640 | StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, |
4641 | ArrayRef<Stmt *> Elts, bool isStmtExpr); |
4642 | |
4643 | /// A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. |
4644 | class CompoundScopeRAII { |
4645 | public: |
4646 | CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S, bool IsStmtExpr = false) : S(S) { |
4647 | S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(IsStmtExpr); |
4648 | } |
4649 | |
4650 | ~CompoundScopeRAII() { |
4651 | S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); |
4652 | } |
4653 | |
4654 | private: |
4655 | Sema &S; |
4656 | }; |
4657 | |
4658 | /// An RAII helper that pops function a function scope on exit. |
4659 | struct FunctionScopeRAII { |
4660 | Sema &S; |
4661 | bool Active; |
4662 | FunctionScopeRAII(Sema &S) : S(S), Active(true) {} |
4663 | ~FunctionScopeRAII() { |
4664 | if (Active) |
4665 | S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); |
4666 | } |
4667 | void disable() { Active = false; } |
4668 | }; |
4669 | |
4670 | StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, |
4671 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
4672 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
4673 | void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); |
4674 | StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); |
4675 | ExprResult ActOnCaseExpr(SourceLocation CaseLoc, ExprResult Val); |
4676 | StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, ExprResult LHS, |
4677 | SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, ExprResult RHS, |
4678 | SourceLocation ColonLoc); |
4679 | void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); |
4680 | |
4681 | StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, |
4682 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
4683 | Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); |
4684 | StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, |
4685 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); |
4686 | |
4687 | StmtResult BuildAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrsLoc, |
4688 | ArrayRef<const Attr *> Attrs, Stmt *SubStmt); |
4689 | StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(const ParsedAttributesWithRange &AttrList, |
4690 | Stmt *SubStmt); |
4691 | |
4692 | class ConditionResult; |
4693 | StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, bool IsConstexpr, |
4694 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, Stmt *InitStmt, |
4695 | ConditionResult Cond, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4696 | Stmt *ThenVal, SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); |
4697 | StmtResult BuildIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, bool IsConstexpr, |
4698 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, Stmt *InitStmt, |
4699 | ConditionResult Cond, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4700 | Stmt *ThenVal, SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); |
4701 | StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, |
4702 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, Stmt *InitStmt, |
4703 | ConditionResult Cond, |
4704 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
4705 | StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, |
4706 | Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); |
4707 | StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4708 | ConditionResult Cond, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4709 | Stmt *Body); |
4710 | StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, |
4711 | SourceLocation WhileLoc, SourceLocation CondLParen, |
4712 | Expr *Cond, SourceLocation CondRParen); |
4713 | |
4714 | StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, |
4715 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4716 | Stmt *First, |
4717 | ConditionResult Second, |
4718 | FullExprArg Third, |
4719 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4720 | Stmt *Body); |
4721 | ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, |
4722 | Expr *collection); |
4723 | StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, |
4724 | Stmt *First, Expr *collection, |
4725 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
4726 | StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); |
4727 | |
4728 | enum BuildForRangeKind { |
4729 | /// Initial building of a for-range statement. |
4730 | BFRK_Build, |
4731 | /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't |
4732 | /// attempt any typo-correction. |
4733 | BFRK_Rebuild, |
4734 | /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any |
4735 | /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. |
4736 | BFRK_Check |
4737 | }; |
4738 | |
4739 | StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(Scope *S, SourceLocation ForLoc, |
4740 | SourceLocation CoawaitLoc, |
4741 | Stmt *InitStmt, |
4742 | Stmt *LoopVar, |
4743 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, |
4744 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4745 | BuildForRangeKind Kind); |
4746 | StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, |
4747 | SourceLocation CoawaitLoc, |
4748 | Stmt *InitStmt, |
4749 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
4750 | Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *Begin, Stmt *End, |
4751 | Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, |
4752 | Stmt *LoopVarDecl, |
4753 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4754 | BuildForRangeKind Kind); |
4755 | StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); |
4756 | |
4757 | StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, |
4758 | SourceLocation LabelLoc, |
4759 | LabelDecl *TheDecl); |
4760 | StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, |
4761 | SourceLocation StarLoc, |
4762 | Expr *DestExp); |
4763 | StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); |
4764 | StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope); |
4765 | |
4766 | void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope, |
4767 | CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams); |
4768 | typedef std::pair<StringRef, QualType> CapturedParamNameType; |
4769 | void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope, |
4770 | CapturedRegionKind Kind, |
4771 | ArrayRef<CapturedParamNameType> Params, |
4772 | unsigned OpenMPCaptureLevel = 0); |
4773 | StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S); |
4774 | void ActOnCapturedRegionError(); |
4775 | RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD, |
4776 | SourceLocation Loc, |
4777 | unsigned NumParams); |
4778 | |
4779 | struct NamedReturnInfo { |
4780 | const VarDecl *Candidate; |
4781 | |
4782 | enum Status : uint8_t { None, MoveEligible, MoveEligibleAndCopyElidable }; |
4783 | Status S; |
4784 | |
4785 | bool isMoveEligible() const { return S != None; }; |
4786 | bool isCopyElidable() const { return S == MoveEligibleAndCopyElidable; } |
4787 | }; |
4788 | enum class SimplerImplicitMoveMode { ForceOff, Normal, ForceOn }; |
4789 | NamedReturnInfo getNamedReturnInfo( |
4790 | Expr *&E, SimplerImplicitMoveMode Mode = SimplerImplicitMoveMode::Normal); |
4791 | NamedReturnInfo getNamedReturnInfo(const VarDecl *VD); |
4792 | const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(NamedReturnInfo &Info, |
4793 | QualType ReturnType); |
4794 | |
4795 | ExprResult |
4796 | PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
4797 | const NamedReturnInfo &NRInfo, Expr *Value, |
4798 | bool SupressSimplerImplicitMoves = false); |
4799 | |
4800 | StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp, |
4801 | Scope *CurScope); |
4802 | StmtResult BuildReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); |
4803 | StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp, |
4804 | NamedReturnInfo &NRInfo, |
4805 | bool SupressSimplerImplicitMoves); |
4806 | |
4807 | StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, |
4808 | bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, |
4809 | unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, |
4810 | MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, |
4811 | Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, |
4812 | unsigned NumLabels, |
4813 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
4814 | |
4815 | void FillInlineAsmIdentifierInfo(Expr *Res, |
4816 | llvm::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info); |
4817 | ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4818 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4819 | UnqualifiedId &Id, |
4820 | bool IsUnevaluatedContext); |
4821 | bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, |
4822 | unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); |
4823 | ExprResult LookupInlineAsmVarDeclField(Expr *RefExpr, StringRef Member, |
4824 | SourceLocation AsmLoc); |
4825 | StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, |
4826 | ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, |
4827 | StringRef AsmString, |
4828 | unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs, |
4829 | ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints, |
4830 | ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers, |
4831 | ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs, |
4832 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
4833 | LabelDecl *GetOrCreateMSAsmLabel(StringRef ExternalLabelName, |
4834 | SourceLocation Location, |
4835 | bool AlwaysCreate); |
4836 | |
4837 | VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, |
4838 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
4839 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
4840 | bool Invalid = false); |
4841 | |
4842 | Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
4843 | |
4844 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, |
4845 | Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); |
4846 | |
4847 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); |
4848 | |
4849 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, |
4850 | MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); |
4851 | |
4852 | StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); |
4853 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, |
4854 | Scope *CurScope); |
4855 | ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, |
4856 | Expr *operand); |
4857 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, |
4858 | Expr *SynchExpr, |
4859 | Stmt *SynchBody); |
4860 | |
4861 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); |
4862 | |
4863 | VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
4864 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
4865 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
4866 | IdentifierInfo *Id); |
4867 | |
4868 | Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
4869 | |
4870 | StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, |
4871 | Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); |
4872 | StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, |
4873 | ArrayRef<Stmt *> Handlers); |
4874 | |
4875 | StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? |
4876 | SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, |
4877 | Stmt *Handler); |
4878 | StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, |
4879 | Expr *FilterExpr, |
4880 | Stmt *Block); |
4881 | void ActOnStartSEHFinallyBlock(); |
4882 | void ActOnAbortSEHFinallyBlock(); |
4883 | StmtResult ActOnFinishSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, Stmt *Block); |
4884 | StmtResult ActOnSEHLeaveStmt(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope); |
4885 | |
4886 | void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); |
4887 | |
4888 | bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; |
4889 | |
4890 | /// If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track |
4891 | /// of it. |
4892 | void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); |
4893 | |
4894 | /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression |
4895 | /// whose result is unused, warn. |
4896 | void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); |
4897 | void DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D); |
4898 | void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); |
4899 | |
4900 | /// If VD is set but not otherwise used, diagnose, for a parameter or a |
4901 | /// variable. |
4902 | void DiagnoseUnusedButSetDecl(const VarDecl *VD); |
4903 | |
4904 | /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null |
4905 | /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. |
4906 | /// |
4907 | /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: |
4908 | /// if (condition); |
4909 | /// do_stuff(); |
4910 | void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, |
4911 | const Stmt *Body, |
4912 | unsigned DiagID); |
4913 | |
4914 | /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by |
4915 | /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. |
4916 | void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, |
4917 | const Stmt *PossibleBody); |
4918 | |
4919 | /// Warn if a value is moved to itself. |
4920 | void DiagnoseSelfMove(const Expr *LHSExpr, const Expr *RHSExpr, |
4921 | SourceLocation OpLoc); |
4922 | |
4923 | /// Warn if we're implicitly casting from a _Nullable pointer type to a |
4924 | /// _Nonnull one. |
4925 | void diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, |
4926 | SourceLocation Loc); |
4927 | |
4928 | /// Warn when implicitly casting 0 to nullptr. |
4929 | void diagnoseZeroToNullptrConversion(CastKind Kind, const Expr *E); |
4930 | |
4931 | ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { |
4932 | return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); |
4933 | } |
4934 | void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); |
4935 | |
4936 | typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; |
4937 | ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { |
4938 | ParsingClassDepth++; |
4939 | return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); |
4940 | } |
4941 | void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { |
4942 | ParsingClassDepth--; |
4943 | DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); |
4944 | } |
4945 | |
4946 | void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); |
4947 | |
4948 | void DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, ArrayRef<SourceLocation> Locs, |
4949 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, |
4950 | bool ObjCPropertyAccess, |
4951 | bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks = false, |
4952 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassReceiver = nullptr); |
4953 | |
4954 | bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, |
4955 | UnavailableAttr::ImplicitReason reason); |
4956 | |
4957 | /// Issue any -Wunguarded-availability warnings in \c FD |
4958 | void DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(Decl *FD); |
4959 | |
4960 | void handleDelayedAvailabilityCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); |
4961 | |
4962 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
4963 | // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. |
4964 | |
4965 | bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D, bool TreatUnavailableAsInvalid); |
4966 | bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, ArrayRef<SourceLocation> Locs, |
4967 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass = nullptr, |
4968 | bool ObjCPropertyAccess = false, |
4969 | bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks = false, |
4970 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassReciever = nullptr); |
4971 | void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); |
4972 | void NoteDeletedInheritingConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *CD); |
4973 | bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, |
4974 | ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, |
4975 | SourceLocation Loc); |
4976 | void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, |
4977 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); |
4978 | |
4979 | void PushExpressionEvaluationContext( |
4980 | ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr, |
4981 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind Type = |
4982 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Other); |
4983 | enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; |
4984 | void PushExpressionEvaluationContext( |
4985 | ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, |
4986 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind Type = |
4987 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Other); |
4988 | void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); |
4989 | |
4990 | void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); |
4991 | |
4992 | ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); |
4993 | ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); |
4994 | |
4995 | ExprResult CheckUnevaluatedOperand(Expr *E); |
4996 | void CheckUnusedVolatileAssignment(Expr *E); |
4997 | |
4998 | ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); |
4999 | |
5000 | // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also |
5001 | // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or |
5002 | // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants |
5003 | // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking |
5004 | // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the |
5005 | // named expressions. |
5006 | // |
5007 | // MightBeOdrUse indicates whether the use could possibly be an odr-use, and |
5008 | // should usually be true. This only needs to be set to false if the lack of |
5009 | // odr-use cannot be determined from the current context (for instance, |
5010 | // because the name denotes a virtual function and was written without an |
5011 | // explicit nested-name-specifier). |
5012 | void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool MightBeOdrUse); |
5013 | void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func, |
5014 | bool MightBeOdrUse = true); |
5015 | void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); |
5016 | void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E, const Expr *Base = nullptr); |
5017 | void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); |
5018 | void MarkFunctionParmPackReferenced(FunctionParmPackExpr *E); |
5019 | void MarkCaptureUsedInEnclosingContext(VarDecl *Capture, SourceLocation Loc, |
5020 | unsigned CapturingScopeIndex); |
5021 | |
5022 | ExprResult CheckLValueToRValueConversionOperand(Expr *E); |
5023 | void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); |
5024 | |
5025 | enum TryCaptureKind { |
5026 | TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef |
5027 | }; |
5028 | |
5029 | /// Try to capture the given variable. |
5030 | /// |
5031 | /// \param Var The variable to capture. |
5032 | /// |
5033 | /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. |
5034 | /// |
5035 | /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a |
5036 | /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). |
5037 | /// |
5038 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in |
5039 | /// an explicit lambda capture. |
5040 | /// |
5041 | /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the |
5042 | /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether |
5043 | /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining |
5044 | /// if the variable cannot be captured. |
5045 | /// |
5046 | /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture |
5047 | /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the |
5048 | /// variable can be captured. |
5049 | /// |
5050 | /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture |
5051 | /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be |
5052 | /// captured. |
5053 | /// |
5054 | /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index |
5055 | /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture. |
5056 | /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture |
5057 | /// variables that may or may not be used in certain specializations of |
5058 | /// a nested generic lambda. |
5059 | /// |
5060 | /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be |
5061 | /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. |
5062 | bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, |
5063 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, |
5064 | QualType &CaptureType, |
5065 | QualType &DeclRefType, |
5066 | const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt); |
5067 | |
5068 | /// Try to capture the given variable. |
5069 | bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, |
5070 | TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, |
5071 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); |
5072 | |
5073 | /// Checks if the variable must be captured. |
5074 | bool NeedToCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); |
5075 | |
5076 | /// Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that |
5077 | /// variable will have in the given scope. |
5078 | QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); |
5079 | |
5080 | /// Mark all of the declarations referenced within a particular AST node as |
5081 | /// referenced. Used when template instantiation instantiates a non-dependent |
5082 | /// type -- entities referenced by the type are now referenced. |
5083 | void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); |
5084 | void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, |
5085 | bool SkipLocalVariables = false); |
5086 | |
5087 | /// Try to recover by turning the given expression into a |
5088 | /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was |
5089 | /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. |
5090 | bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
5091 | bool ForceComplain = false, |
5092 | bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = nullptr); |
5093 | |
5094 | /// Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. |
5095 | bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, |
5096 | UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); |
5097 | |
5098 | /// Try to convert an expression \p E to type \p Ty. Returns the result of the |
5099 | /// conversion. |
5100 | ExprResult tryConvertExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Ty); |
5101 | |
5102 | /// Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current |
5103 | /// evaluation context. |
5104 | /// |
5105 | /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the |
5106 | /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic |
5107 | /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. |
5108 | /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. |
5109 | bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, |
5110 | const PartialDiagnostic &PD); |
5111 | /// Similar, but diagnostic is only produced if all the specified statements |
5112 | /// are reachable. |
5113 | bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<const Stmt*> Stmts, |
5114 | const PartialDiagnostic &PD); |
5115 | |
5116 | // Primary Expressions. |
5117 | SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; |
5118 | |
5119 | ExprResult ActOnIdExpression( |
5120 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
5121 | UnqualifiedId &Id, bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, |
5122 | CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = nullptr, |
5123 | bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false, Token *KeywordReplacement = nullptr); |
5124 | |
5125 | void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, |
5126 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, |
5127 | DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
5128 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); |
5129 | |
5130 | bool DiagnoseDependentMemberLookup(LookupResult &R); |
5131 | |
5132 | bool |
5133 | DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, |
5134 | CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, |
5135 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr, |
5136 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None, TypoExpr **Out = nullptr); |
5137 | |
5138 | DeclResult LookupIvarInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S, |
5139 | IdentifierInfo *II); |
5140 | ExprResult BuildIvarRefExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, ObjCIvarDecl *IV); |
5141 | |
5142 | ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, |
5143 | IdentifierInfo *II, |
5144 | bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); |
5145 | |
5146 | ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5147 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
5148 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
5149 | bool isAddressOfOperand, |
5150 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
5151 | |
5152 | /// If \p D cannot be odr-used in the current expression evaluation context, |
5153 | /// return a reason explaining why. Otherwise, return NOUR_None. |
5154 | NonOdrUseReason getNonOdrUseReasonInCurrentContext(ValueDecl *D); |
5155 | |
5156 | DeclRefExpr *BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, |
5157 | SourceLocation Loc, |
5158 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr); |
5159 | DeclRefExpr * |
5160 | BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, |
5161 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
5162 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr, |
5163 | NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr, |
5164 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = SourceLocation(), |
5165 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr); |
5166 | DeclRefExpr * |
5167 | BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, |
5168 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
5169 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, |
5170 | NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr, |
5171 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = SourceLocation(), |
5172 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr); |
5173 | |
5174 | ExprResult |
5175 | BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference( |
5176 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5177 | SourceLocation nameLoc, |
5178 | IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, |
5179 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_none), |
5180 | Expr *baseObjectExpr = nullptr, |
5181 | SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); |
5182 | |
5183 | ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr( |
5184 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, LookupResult &R, |
5185 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, const Scope *S, |
5186 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *AsULE = nullptr); |
5187 | ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5188 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
5189 | LookupResult &R, |
5190 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
5191 | bool IsDefiniteInstance, |
5192 | const Scope *S); |
5193 | bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5194 | const LookupResult &R, |
5195 | bool HasTrailingLParen); |
5196 | |
5197 | ExprResult |
5198 | BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5199 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
5200 | bool IsAddressOfOperand, const Scope *S, |
5201 | TypeSourceInfo **RecoveryTSI = nullptr); |
5202 | |
5203 | ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5204 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
5205 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
5206 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
5207 | |
5208 | ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5209 | LookupResult &R, |
5210 | bool NeedsADL, |
5211 | bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false); |
5212 | ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr( |
5213 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D, |
5214 | NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr, |
5215 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr, |
5216 | bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false); |
5217 | |
5218 | ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, |
5219 | DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, |
5220 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
5221 | SourceLocation LitEndLoc, |
5222 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr); |
5223 | |
5224 | ExprResult BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, |
5225 | PredefinedExpr::IdentKind IK); |
5226 | ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); |
5227 | ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); |
5228 | |
5229 | ExprResult BuildSYCLUniqueStableNameExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5230 | SourceLocation LParen, |
5231 | SourceLocation RParen, |
5232 | TypeSourceInfo *TSI); |
5233 | ExprResult ActOnSYCLUniqueStableNameExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5234 | SourceLocation LParen, |
5235 | SourceLocation RParen, |
5236 | ParsedType ParsedTy); |
5237 | |
5238 | bool CheckLoopHintExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); |
5239 | |
5240 | ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = nullptr); |
5241 | ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, |
5242 | Scope *UDLScope = nullptr); |
5243 | ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); |
5244 | ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, |
5245 | SourceLocation R, |
5246 | MultiExprArg Val); |
5247 | |
5248 | /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string |
5249 | /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). |
5250 | ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks, |
5251 | Scope *UDLScope = nullptr); |
5252 | |
5253 | ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, |
5254 | SourceLocation DefaultLoc, |
5255 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5256 | Expr *ControllingExpr, |
5257 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes, |
5258 | ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs); |
5259 | ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, |
5260 | SourceLocation DefaultLoc, |
5261 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5262 | Expr *ControllingExpr, |
5263 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types, |
5264 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs); |
5265 | |
5266 | // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. |
5267 | ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, |
5268 | Expr *InputExpr); |
5269 | ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5270 | UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); |
5271 | ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5272 | tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); |
5273 | |
5274 | bool isQualifiedMemberAccess(Expr *E); |
5275 | QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc); |
5276 | |
5277 | ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
5278 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5279 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, |
5280 | SourceRange R); |
5281 | ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5282 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); |
5283 | ExprResult |
5284 | ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5285 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, |
5286 | bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, |
5287 | SourceRange ArgRange); |
5288 | |
5289 | ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); |
5290 | bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); |
5291 | |
5292 | bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); |
5293 | bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5294 | SourceRange ExprRange, |
5295 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); |
5296 | ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, |
5297 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5298 | IdentifierInfo &Name, |
5299 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
5300 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5301 | ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5302 | tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); |
5303 | |
5304 | ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, |
5305 | Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); |
5306 | ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, |
5307 | Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); |
5308 | |
5309 | ExprResult CreateBuiltinMatrixSubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, Expr *RowIdx, |
5310 | Expr *ColumnIdx, |
5311 | SourceLocation RBLoc); |
5312 | |
5313 | ExprResult ActOnOMPArraySectionExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LBLoc, |
5314 | Expr *LowerBound, |
5315 | SourceLocation ColonLocFirst, |
5316 | SourceLocation ColonLocSecond, |
5317 | Expr *Length, Expr *Stride, |
5318 | SourceLocation RBLoc); |
5319 | ExprResult ActOnOMPArrayShapingExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5320 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5321 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Dims, |
5322 | ArrayRef<SourceRange> Brackets); |
5323 | |
5324 | /// Data structure for iterator expression. |
5325 | struct OMPIteratorData { |
5326 | IdentifierInfo *DeclIdent = nullptr; |
5327 | SourceLocation DeclIdentLoc; |
5328 | ParsedType Type; |
5329 | OMPIteratorExpr::IteratorRange Range; |
5330 | SourceLocation AssignLoc; |
5331 | SourceLocation ColonLoc; |
5332 | SourceLocation SecColonLoc; |
5333 | }; |
5334 | |
5335 | ExprResult ActOnOMPIteratorExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation IteratorKwLoc, |
5336 | SourceLocation LLoc, SourceLocation RLoc, |
5337 | ArrayRef<OMPIteratorData> Data); |
5338 | |
5339 | // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow |
5340 | // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after |
5341 | // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the |
5342 | // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class |
5343 | // defines a custom operator->). |
5344 | struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { |
5345 | Scope *S; |
5346 | UnqualifiedId &Id; |
5347 | Decl *ObjCImpDecl; |
5348 | }; |
5349 | |
5350 | ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr( |
5351 | Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, |
5352 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
5353 | NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
5354 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
5355 | const Scope *S, |
5356 | ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr); |
5357 | |
5358 | ExprResult |
5359 | BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5360 | bool IsArrow, const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5361 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
5362 | NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, LookupResult &R, |
5363 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
5364 | const Scope *S, |
5365 | bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, |
5366 | ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr); |
5367 | |
5368 | ExprResult BuildFieldReferenceExpr(Expr *BaseExpr, bool IsArrow, |
5369 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5370 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, FieldDecl *Field, |
5371 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
5372 | const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo); |
5373 | |
5374 | ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); |
5375 | |
5376 | bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, |
5377 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5378 | const LookupResult &R); |
5379 | |
5380 | ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, |
5381 | bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5382 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5383 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
5384 | NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, |
5385 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
5386 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
5387 | |
5388 | ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
5389 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5390 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
5391 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5392 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
5393 | UnqualifiedId &Member, |
5394 | Decl *ObjCImpDecl); |
5395 | |
5396 | MemberExpr * |
5397 | BuildMemberExpr(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5398 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
5399 | ValueDecl *Member, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
5400 | bool HadMultipleCandidates, |
5401 | const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo, QualType Ty, |
5402 | ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, |
5403 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr); |
5404 | MemberExpr * |
5405 | BuildMemberExpr(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5406 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
5407 | ValueDecl *Member, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
5408 | bool HadMultipleCandidates, |
5409 | const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo, QualType Ty, |
5410 | ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, |
5411 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr); |
5412 | |
5413 | void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); |
5414 | bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, |
5415 | FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
5416 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
5417 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
5418 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5419 | bool ExecConfig = false); |
5420 | void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, |
5421 | ParmVarDecl *Param, |
5422 | const Expr *ArgExpr); |
5423 | |
5424 | /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. |
5425 | /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma |
5426 | /// locations. |
5427 | ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5428 | MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5429 | Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr); |
5430 | ExprResult BuildCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5431 | MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5432 | Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr, |
5433 | bool IsExecConfig = false, |
5434 | bool AllowRecovery = false); |
5435 | Expr *BuildBuiltinCallExpr(SourceLocation Loc, Builtin::ID Id, |
5436 | MultiExprArg CallArgs); |
5437 | enum class AtomicArgumentOrder { API, AST }; |
5438 | ExprResult |
5439 | BuildAtomicExpr(SourceRange CallRange, SourceRange ExprRange, |
5440 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, MultiExprArg Args, |
5441 | AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op, |
5442 | AtomicArgumentOrder ArgOrder = AtomicArgumentOrder::API); |
5443 | ExprResult |
5444 | BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5445 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5446 | Expr *Config = nullptr, bool IsExecConfig = false, |
5447 | ADLCallKind UsesADL = ADLCallKind::NotADL); |
5448 | |
5449 | ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, |
5450 | MultiExprArg ExecConfig, |
5451 | SourceLocation GGGLoc); |
5452 | |
5453 | ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5454 | Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, |
5455 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); |
5456 | ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5457 | TypeSourceInfo *Ty, |
5458 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5459 | Expr *Op); |
5460 | CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); |
5461 | |
5462 | /// Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. |
5463 | ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5464 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, |
5465 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); |
5466 | |
5467 | ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); |
5468 | |
5469 | ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5470 | ParsedType Ty, |
5471 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5472 | Expr *InitExpr); |
5473 | |
5474 | ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5475 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
5476 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5477 | Expr *LiteralExpr); |
5478 | |
5479 | ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, |
5480 | MultiExprArg InitArgList, |
5481 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc); |
5482 | |
5483 | ExprResult BuildInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, |
5484 | MultiExprArg InitArgList, |
5485 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc); |
5486 | |
5487 | ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, |
5488 | SourceLocation EqualOrColonLoc, |
5489 | bool GNUSyntax, |
5490 | ExprResult Init); |
5491 | |
5492 | private: |
5493 | static BinaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(tok::TokenKind Kind); |
5494 | |
5495 | public: |
5496 | ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, |
5497 | tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); |
5498 | ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5499 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); |
5500 | ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
5501 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); |
5502 | void LookupBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
5503 | UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); |
5504 | |
5505 | void DiagnoseCommaOperator(const Expr *LHS, SourceLocation Loc); |
5506 | |
5507 | /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null |
5508 | /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. |
5509 | ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, |
5510 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
5511 | Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); |
5512 | |
5513 | /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". |
5514 | ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, |
5515 | LabelDecl *TheDecl); |
5516 | |
5517 | void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); |
5518 | ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, |
5519 | SourceLocation RPLoc); |
5520 | ExprResult BuildStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, |
5521 | SourceLocation RPLoc, unsigned TemplateDepth); |
5522 | // Handle the final expression in a statement expression. |
5523 | ExprResult ActOnStmtExprResult(ExprResult E); |
5524 | void ActOnStmtExprError(); |
5525 | |
5526 | // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) |
5527 | struct OffsetOfComponent { |
5528 | SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; |
5529 | bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident |
5530 | union { |
5531 | IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; |
5532 | Expr *E; |
5533 | } U; |
5534 | }; |
5535 | |
5536 | /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) |
5537 | ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
5538 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
5539 | ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components, |
5540 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5541 | ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, |
5542 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
5543 | SourceLocation TypeLoc, |
5544 | ParsedType ParsedArgTy, |
5545 | ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components, |
5546 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5547 | |
5548 | // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) |
5549 | ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
5550 | Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, |
5551 | Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); |
5552 | |
5553 | // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) |
5554 | ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, |
5555 | SourceLocation RPLoc); |
5556 | ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, |
5557 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); |
5558 | |
5559 | // __builtin_LINE(), __builtin_FUNCTION(), __builtin_FILE(), |
5560 | // __builtin_COLUMN() |
5561 | ExprResult ActOnSourceLocExpr(SourceLocExpr::IdentKind Kind, |
5562 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
5563 | SourceLocation RPLoc); |
5564 | |
5565 | // Build a potentially resolved SourceLocExpr. |
5566 | ExprResult BuildSourceLocExpr(SourceLocExpr::IdentKind Kind, |
5567 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, SourceLocation RPLoc, |
5568 | DeclContext *ParentContext); |
5569 | |
5570 | // __null |
5571 | ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); |
5572 | |
5573 | bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); |
5574 | |
5575 | /// Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. |
5576 | enum IfExistsResult { |
5577 | /// The symbol exists. |
5578 | IER_Exists, |
5579 | |
5580 | /// The symbol does not exist. |
5581 | IER_DoesNotExist, |
5582 | |
5583 | /// The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ |
5584 | /// from one instantiation to the next. |
5585 | IER_Dependent, |
5586 | |
5587 | /// An error occurred. |
5588 | IER_Error |
5589 | }; |
5590 | |
5591 | IfExistsResult |
5592 | CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5593 | const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); |
5594 | |
5595 | IfExistsResult |
5596 | CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
5597 | bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5598 | UnqualifiedId &Name); |
5599 | |
5600 | StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
5601 | bool IsIfExists, |
5602 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
5603 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, |
5604 | Stmt *Nested); |
5605 | StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
5606 | bool IsIfExists, |
5607 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, |
5608 | Stmt *Nested); |
5609 | |
5610 | //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// |
5611 | |
5612 | /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is |
5613 | /// started. |
5614 | void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); |
5615 | |
5616 | /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. |
5617 | /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. |
5618 | void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, |
5619 | Scope *CurScope); |
5620 | |
5621 | /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback |
5622 | /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. |
5623 | void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); |
5624 | |
5625 | /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement |
5626 | /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} |
5627 | ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, |
5628 | Scope *CurScope); |
5629 | |
5630 | //===---------------------------- Clang Extensions ----------------------===// |
5631 | |
5632 | /// __builtin_convertvector(...) |
5633 | ExprResult ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, |
5634 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
5635 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5636 | |
5637 | //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// |
5638 | |
5639 | /// __builtin_astype(...) |
5640 | ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, |
5641 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
5642 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5643 | ExprResult BuildAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, QualType DestTy, |
5644 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
5645 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5646 | |
5647 | //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// |
5648 | |
5649 | // Act on C++ namespaces |
5650 | Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, |
5651 | SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, |
5652 | SourceLocation IdentLoc, IdentifierInfo *Ident, |
5653 | SourceLocation LBrace, |
5654 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList, |
5655 | UsingDirectiveDecl *&UsingDecl); |
5656 | void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); |
5657 | |
5658 | NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; |
5659 | NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); |
5660 | |
5661 | NamespaceDecl *lookupStdExperimentalNamespace(); |
5662 | |
5663 | CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; |
5664 | EnumDecl *getStdAlignValT() const; |
5665 | |
5666 | private: |
5667 | // A cache representing if we've fully checked the various comparison category |
5668 | // types stored in ASTContext. The bit-index corresponds to the integer value |
5669 | // of a ComparisonCategoryType enumerator. |
5670 | llvm::SmallBitVector FullyCheckedComparisonCategories; |
5671 | |
5672 | ValueDecl *tryLookupCtorInitMemberDecl(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, |
5673 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5674 | ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, |
5675 | IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase); |
5676 | |
5677 | public: |
5678 | enum class ComparisonCategoryUsage { |
5679 | /// The '<=>' operator was used in an expression and a builtin operator |
5680 | /// was selected. |
5681 | OperatorInExpression, |
5682 | /// A defaulted 'operator<=>' needed the comparison category. This |
5683 | /// typically only applies to 'std::strong_ordering', due to the implicit |
5684 | /// fallback return value. |
5685 | DefaultedOperator, |
5686 | }; |
5687 | |
5688 | /// Lookup the specified comparison category types in the standard |
5689 | /// library, an check the VarDecls possibly returned by the operator<=> |
5690 | /// builtins for that type. |
5691 | /// |
5692 | /// \return The type of the comparison category type corresponding to the |
5693 | /// specified Kind, or a null type if an error occurs |
5694 | QualType CheckComparisonCategoryType(ComparisonCategoryType Kind, |
5695 | SourceLocation Loc, |
5696 | ComparisonCategoryUsage Usage); |
5697 | |
5698 | /// Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if |
5699 | /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. |
5700 | bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); |
5701 | |
5702 | /// Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it |
5703 | /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. |
5704 | /// |
5705 | /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. |
5706 | QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); |
5707 | |
5708 | /// Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as |
5709 | /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. |
5710 | bool isInitListConstructor(const FunctionDecl *Ctor); |
5711 | |
5712 | Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
5713 | SourceLocation NamespcLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5714 | SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
5715 | IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, |
5716 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
5717 | |
5718 | void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); |
5719 | |
5720 | Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, |
5721 | SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, |
5722 | SourceLocation AliasLoc, |
5723 | IdentifierInfo *Alias, |
5724 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5725 | SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
5726 | IdentifierInfo *Ident); |
5727 | |
5728 | void FilterUsingLookup(Scope *S, LookupResult &lookup); |
5729 | void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); |
5730 | bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(BaseUsingDecl *BUD, NamedDecl *Target, |
5731 | const LookupResult &PreviousDecls, |
5732 | UsingShadowDecl *&PrevShadow); |
5733 | UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, BaseUsingDecl *BUD, |
5734 | NamedDecl *Target, |
5735 | UsingShadowDecl *PrevDecl); |
5736 | |
5737 | bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
5738 | bool HasTypenameKeyword, |
5739 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5740 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
5741 | const LookupResult &Previous); |
5742 | bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, bool HasTypename, |
5743 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5744 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
5745 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
5746 | const LookupResult *R = nullptr, |
5747 | const UsingDecl *UD = nullptr); |
5748 | |
5749 | NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration( |
5750 | Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
5751 | bool HasTypenameKeyword, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5752 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
5753 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList, bool IsInstantiation, |
5754 | bool IsUsingIfExists); |
5755 | NamedDecl *BuildUsingEnumDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, |
5756 | SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
5757 | SourceLocation EnumLoc, |
5758 | SourceLocation NameLoc, EnumDecl *ED); |
5759 | NamedDecl *BuildUsingPackDecl(NamedDecl *InstantiatedFrom, |
5760 | ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> Expansions); |
5761 | |
5762 | bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); |
5763 | |
5764 | /// Given a derived-class using shadow declaration for a constructor and the |
5765 | /// correspnding base class constructor, find or create the implicit |
5766 | /// synthesized derived class constructor to use for this initialization. |
5767 | CXXConstructorDecl * |
5768 | findInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXConstructorDecl *BaseCtor, |
5769 | ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *DerivedShadow); |
5770 | |
5771 | Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, AccessSpecifier AS, |
5772 | SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
5773 | SourceLocation TypenameLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5774 | UnqualifiedId &Name, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
5775 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
5776 | Decl *ActOnUsingEnumDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, AccessSpecifier AS, |
5777 | SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
5778 | SourceLocation EnumLoc, const DeclSpec &); |
5779 | Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, AccessSpecifier AS, |
5780 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, |
5781 | SourceLocation UsingLoc, UnqualifiedId &Name, |
5782 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList, |
5783 | TypeResult Type, Decl *DeclFromDeclSpec); |
5784 | |
5785 | /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, |
5786 | /// including handling of its default argument expressions. |
5787 | /// |
5788 | /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind |
5789 | ExprResult |
5790 | BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, |
5791 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
5792 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, |
5793 | bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, |
5794 | bool IsStdInitListInitialization, |
5795 | bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, |
5796 | SourceRange ParenRange); |
5797 | |
5798 | /// Build a CXXConstructExpr whose constructor has already been resolved if |
5799 | /// it denotes an inherited constructor. |
5800 | ExprResult |
5801 | BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, |
5802 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, |
5803 | MultiExprArg Exprs, |
5804 | bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, |
5805 | bool IsStdInitListInitialization, |
5806 | bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, |
5807 | SourceRange ParenRange); |
5808 | |
5809 | // FIXME: Can we remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if |
5810 | // the constructor can be elidable? |
5811 | ExprResult |
5812 | BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, |
5813 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
5814 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, |
5815 | MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, |
5816 | bool IsListInitialization, |
5817 | bool IsStdInitListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit, |
5818 | unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); |
5819 | |
5820 | ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultInitExpr(SourceLocation Loc, FieldDecl *Field); |
5821 | |
5822 | |
5823 | /// Instantiate or parse a C++ default argument expression as necessary. |
5824 | /// Return true on error. |
5825 | bool CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FD, |
5826 | ParmVarDecl *Param); |
5827 | |
5828 | /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating |
5829 | /// the default expr if needed. |
5830 | ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, |
5831 | FunctionDecl *FD, |
5832 | ParmVarDecl *Param); |
5833 | |
5834 | /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the |
5835 | /// constructed variable. |
5836 | void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); |
5837 | |
5838 | /// Helper class that collects exception specifications for |
5839 | /// implicitly-declared special member functions. |
5840 | class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { |
5841 | // Pointer to allow copying |
5842 | Sema *Self; |
5843 | // We order exception specifications thus: |
5844 | // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. |
5845 | // throw() comes next. |
5846 | // Then a throw(collected exceptions) |
5847 | // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). |
5848 | // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. |
5849 | ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; |
5850 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; |
5851 | SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; |
5852 | |
5853 | void ClearExceptions() { |
5854 | ExceptionsSeen.clear(); |
5855 | Exceptions.clear(); |
5856 | } |
5857 | |
5858 | public: |
5859 | explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) |
5860 | : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { |
5861 | if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) |
5862 | ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; |
5863 | } |
5864 | |
5865 | /// Get the computed exception specification type. |
5866 | ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { |
5867 | assert(!isComputedNoexcept(ComputedEST) &&((void)0) |
5868 | "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result")((void)0); |
5869 | return ComputedEST; |
5870 | } |
5871 | |
5872 | /// The number of exceptions in the exception specification. |
5873 | unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } |
5874 | |
5875 | /// The set of exceptions in the exception specification. |
5876 | const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } |
5877 | |
5878 | /// Integrate another called method into the collected data. |
5879 | void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
5880 | |
5881 | /// Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. |
5882 | void CalledExpr(Expr *E) { CalledStmt(E); } |
5883 | |
5884 | /// Integrate an invoked statement into the collected data. |
5885 | void CalledStmt(Stmt *S); |
5886 | |
5887 | /// Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this |
5888 | /// computed exception specification. |
5889 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpec() const { |
5890 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI; |
5891 | ESI.Type = getExceptionSpecType(); |
5892 | if (ESI.Type == EST_Dynamic) { |
5893 | ESI.Exceptions = Exceptions; |
5894 | } else if (ESI.Type == EST_None) { |
5895 | /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: |
5896 | /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of |
5897 | /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" |
5898 | ESI.Type = EST_NoexceptFalse; |
5899 | ESI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), |
5900 | tok::kw_false).get(); |
5901 | } |
5902 | return ESI; |
5903 | } |
5904 | }; |
5905 | |
5906 | /// Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted |
5907 | /// special member function. |
5908 | void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *FD); |
5909 | |
5910 | /// Check the given noexcept-specifier, convert its expression, and compute |
5911 | /// the appropriate ExceptionSpecificationType. |
5912 | ExprResult ActOnNoexceptSpec(SourceLocation NoexceptLoc, Expr *NoexceptExpr, |
5913 | ExceptionSpecificationType &EST); |
5914 | |
5915 | /// Check the given exception-specification and update the |
5916 | /// exception specification information with the results. |
5917 | void checkExceptionSpecification(bool IsTopLevel, |
5918 | ExceptionSpecificationType EST, |
5919 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, |
5920 | ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, |
5921 | Expr *NoexceptExpr, |
5922 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, |
5923 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI); |
5924 | |
5925 | /// Determine if we're in a case where we need to (incorrectly) eagerly |
5926 | /// parse an exception specification to work around a libstdc++ bug. |
5927 | bool isLibstdcxxEagerExceptionSpecHack(const Declarator &D); |
5928 | |
5929 | /// Add an exception-specification to the given member function |
5930 | /// (or member function template). The exception-specification was parsed |
5931 | /// after the method itself was declared. |
5932 | void actOnDelayedExceptionSpecification(Decl *Method, |
5933 | ExceptionSpecificationType EST, |
5934 | SourceRange SpecificationRange, |
5935 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, |
5936 | ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, |
5937 | Expr *NoexceptExpr); |
5938 | |
5939 | class InheritedConstructorInfo; |
5940 | |
5941 | /// Determine if a special member function should have a deleted |
5942 | /// definition when it is defaulted. |
5943 | bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, |
5944 | InheritedConstructorInfo *ICI = nullptr, |
5945 | bool Diagnose = false); |
5946 | |
5947 | /// Produce notes explaining why a defaulted function was defined as deleted. |
5948 | void DiagnoseDeletedDefaultedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); |
5949 | |
5950 | /// Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. |
5951 | /// |
5952 | /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit |
5953 | /// default constructor will be added. |
5954 | /// |
5955 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. |
5956 | CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( |
5957 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
5958 | |
5959 | /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of |
5960 | /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. |
5961 | void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
5962 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
5963 | |
5964 | /// Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. |
5965 | /// |
5966 | /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit |
5967 | /// destructor will be added. |
5968 | /// |
5969 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. |
5970 | CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
5971 | |
5972 | /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of |
5973 | /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. |
5974 | void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
5975 | CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); |
5976 | |
5977 | /// Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. |
5978 | /// |
5979 | /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one |
5980 | /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. |
5981 | void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); |
5982 | |
5983 | /// Define the specified inheriting constructor. |
5984 | void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc, |
5985 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
5986 | |
5987 | /// Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. |
5988 | /// |
5989 | /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit |
5990 | /// copy constructor will be added. |
5991 | /// |
5992 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. |
5993 | CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
5994 | |
5995 | /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of |
5996 | /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. |
5997 | void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
5998 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
5999 | |
6000 | /// Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. |
6001 | /// |
6002 | /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit |
6003 | /// move constructor will be added. |
6004 | /// |
6005 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't |
6006 | /// declared. |
6007 | CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
6008 | |
6009 | /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of |
6010 | /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. |
6011 | void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
6012 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
6013 | |
6014 | /// Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. |
6015 | /// |
6016 | /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit |
6017 | /// copy assignment operator will be added. |
6018 | /// |
6019 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. |
6020 | CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
6021 | |
6022 | /// Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. |
6023 | void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
6024 | CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); |
6025 | |
6026 | /// Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. |
6027 | /// |
6028 | /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit |
6029 | /// move assignment operator will be added. |
6030 | /// |
6031 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it |
6032 | /// wasn't declared. |
6033 | CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
6034 | |
6035 | /// Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. |
6036 | void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
6037 | CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); |
6038 | |
6039 | /// Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this |
6040 | /// class. |
6041 | void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
6042 | |
6043 | /// Check a completed declaration of an implicit special member. |
6044 | void CheckImplicitSpecialMemberDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *FD); |
6045 | |
6046 | /// Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted |
6047 | /// special member function. |
6048 | bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); |
6049 | |
6050 | /// Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member |
6051 | /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. |
6052 | /// |
6053 | /// \returns true if an error occurred. |
6054 | bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
6055 | |
6056 | /// Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static |
6057 | /// member function. |
6058 | bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
6059 | |
6060 | /// Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given |
6061 | /// static member function. |
6062 | /// |
6063 | /// \returns true if an error occurred. |
6064 | bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
6065 | |
6066 | /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with |
6067 | /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise |
6068 | /// it simply returns the passed in expression. |
6069 | ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); |
6070 | |
6071 | /// Wrap the expression in a ConstantExpr if it is a potential immediate |
6072 | /// invocation. |
6073 | ExprResult CheckForImmediateInvocation(ExprResult E, FunctionDecl *Decl); |
6074 | |
6075 | bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, |
6076 | QualType DeclInitType, MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, |
6077 | SourceLocation Loc, |
6078 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &ConvertedArgs, |
6079 | bool AllowExplicit = false, |
6080 | bool IsListInitialization = false); |
6081 | |
6082 | ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6083 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
6084 | IdentifierInfo &Name); |
6085 | |
6086 | ParsedType getConstructorName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
6087 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6088 | bool EnteringContext); |
6089 | ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, |
6090 | IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
6091 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6092 | ParsedType ObjectType, |
6093 | bool EnteringContext); |
6094 | |
6095 | ParsedType getDestructorTypeForDecltype(const DeclSpec &DS, |
6096 | ParsedType ObjectType); |
6097 | |
6098 | // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. |
6099 | void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, |
6100 | bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); |
6101 | |
6102 | // Checks that the vector type should be initialized from a scalar |
6103 | // by splatting the value rather than populating a single element. |
6104 | // This is the case for AltiVecVector types as well as with |
6105 | // AltiVecPixel and AltiVecBool when -faltivec-src-compat=xl is specified. |
6106 | bool ShouldSplatAltivecScalarInCast(const VectorType *VecTy); |
6107 | |
6108 | /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse |
6109 | /// {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const,addrspace}_cast's. |
6110 | ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
6111 | tok::TokenKind Kind, |
6112 | SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, |
6113 | Declarator &D, |
6114 | SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, |
6115 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
6116 | Expr *E, |
6117 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
6118 | |
6119 | ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
6120 | tok::TokenKind Kind, |
6121 | TypeSourceInfo *Ty, |
6122 | Expr *E, |
6123 | SourceRange AngleBrackets, |
6124 | SourceRange Parens); |
6125 | |
6126 | ExprResult ActOnBuiltinBitCastExpr(SourceLocation KWLoc, Declarator &Dcl, |
6127 | ExprResult Operand, |
6128 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
6129 | |
6130 | ExprResult BuildBuiltinBitCastExpr(SourceLocation KWLoc, TypeSourceInfo *TSI, |
6131 | Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
6132 | |
6133 | ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, |
6134 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, |
6135 | TypeSourceInfo *Operand, |
6136 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
6137 | ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, |
6138 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, |
6139 | Expr *Operand, |
6140 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
6141 | |
6142 | /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). |
6143 | ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
6144 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, |
6145 | void *TyOrExpr, |
6146 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
6147 | |
6148 | ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, |
6149 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, |
6150 | TypeSourceInfo *Operand, |
6151 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
6152 | ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, |
6153 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, |
6154 | Expr *Operand, |
6155 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
6156 | |
6157 | /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). |
6158 | ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
6159 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, |
6160 | void *TyOrExpr, |
6161 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
6162 | |
6163 | /// Handle a C++1z fold-expression: ( expr op ... op expr ). |
6164 | ExprResult ActOnCXXFoldExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS, |
6165 | tok::TokenKind Operator, |
6166 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS, |
6167 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
6168 | ExprResult BuildCXXFoldExpr(UnresolvedLookupExpr *Callee, |
6169 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS, |
6170 | BinaryOperatorKind Operator, |
6171 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS, |
6172 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
6173 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); |
6174 | ExprResult BuildEmptyCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
6175 | BinaryOperatorKind Operator); |
6176 | |
6177 | //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. |
6178 | ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); |
6179 | |
6180 | /// Build a CXXThisExpr and mark it referenced in the current context. |
6181 | Expr *BuildCXXThisExpr(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Type, bool IsImplicit); |
6182 | void MarkThisReferenced(CXXThisExpr *This); |
6183 | |
6184 | /// Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. |
6185 | /// |
6186 | /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. |
6187 | QualType getCurrentThisType(); |
6188 | |
6189 | /// When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the |
6190 | /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, |
6191 | /// this provides the type used for 'this'. |
6192 | QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; |
6193 | |
6194 | /// RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression |
6195 | /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. |
6196 | class CXXThisScopeRAII { |
6197 | Sema &S; |
6198 | QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; |
6199 | bool Enabled; |
6200 | |
6201 | public: |
6202 | /// Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), |
6203 | /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a |
6204 | /// class) along with the given qualifiers. |
6205 | /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. |
6206 | CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, Qualifiers CXXThisTypeQuals, |
6207 | bool Enabled = true); |
6208 | |
6209 | ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); |
6210 | }; |
6211 | |
6212 | /// Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current |
6213 | /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. |
6214 | /// |
6215 | /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. |
6216 | /// |
6217 | /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda |
6218 | /// capture list. |
6219 | /// |
6220 | /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index |
6221 | /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture. |
6222 | /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture |
6223 | /// 'this' that may or may not be used in certain specializations of |
6224 | /// a nested generic lambda (depending on whether the name resolves to |
6225 | /// a non-static member function or a static function). |
6226 | /// \return returns 'true' if failed, 'false' if success. |
6227 | bool CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false, |
6228 | bool BuildAndDiagnose = true, |
6229 | const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt = nullptr, |
6230 | bool ByCopy = false); |
6231 | |
6232 | /// Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used |
6233 | /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently |
6234 | /// being defined. |
6235 | bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); |
6236 | |
6237 | /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. |
6238 | ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); |
6239 | |
6240 | |
6241 | /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. |
6242 | ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); |
6243 | |
6244 | ExprResult |
6245 | ActOnObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr(llvm::ArrayRef<AvailabilitySpec> AvailSpecs, |
6246 | SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen); |
6247 | |
6248 | /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. |
6249 | ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); |
6250 | |
6251 | //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. |
6252 | ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); |
6253 | ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, |
6254 | bool IsThrownVarInScope); |
6255 | bool CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, QualType ThrowTy, Expr *E); |
6256 | |
6257 | /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. |
6258 | /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") |
6259 | /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") |
6260 | /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). |
6261 | ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, |
6262 | SourceLocation LParenOrBraceLoc, |
6263 | MultiExprArg Exprs, |
6264 | SourceLocation RParenOrBraceLoc, |
6265 | bool ListInitialization); |
6266 | |
6267 | ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, |
6268 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
6269 | MultiExprArg Exprs, |
6270 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
6271 | bool ListInitialization); |
6272 | |
6273 | /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. |
6274 | ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, |
6275 | SourceLocation PlacementLParen, |
6276 | MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, |
6277 | SourceLocation PlacementRParen, |
6278 | SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, |
6279 | Expr *Initializer); |
6280 | ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, |
6281 | SourceLocation PlacementLParen, |
6282 | MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, |
6283 | SourceLocation PlacementRParen, |
6284 | SourceRange TypeIdParens, |
6285 | QualType AllocType, |
6286 | TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, |
6287 | Optional<Expr *> ArraySize, |
6288 | SourceRange DirectInitRange, |
6289 | Expr *Initializer); |
6290 | |
6291 | /// Determine whether \p FD is an aligned allocation or deallocation |
6292 | /// function that is unavailable. |
6293 | bool isUnavailableAlignedAllocationFunction(const FunctionDecl &FD) const; |
6294 | |
6295 | /// Produce diagnostics if \p FD is an aligned allocation or deallocation |
6296 | /// function that is unavailable. |
6297 | void diagnoseUnavailableAlignedAllocation(const FunctionDecl &FD, |
6298 | SourceLocation Loc); |
6299 | |
6300 | bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, |
6301 | SourceRange R); |
6302 | |
6303 | /// The scope in which to find allocation functions. |
6304 | enum AllocationFunctionScope { |
6305 | /// Only look for allocation functions in the global scope. |
6306 | AFS_Global, |
6307 | /// Only look for allocation functions in the scope of the |
6308 | /// allocated class. |
6309 | AFS_Class, |
6310 | /// Look for allocation functions in both the global scope |
6311 | /// and in the scope of the allocated class. |
6312 | AFS_Both |
6313 | }; |
6314 | |
6315 | /// Finds the overloads of operator new and delete that are appropriate |
6316 | /// for the allocation. |
6317 | bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, |
6318 | AllocationFunctionScope NewScope, |
6319 | AllocationFunctionScope DeleteScope, |
6320 | QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, |
6321 | bool &PassAlignment, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs, |
6322 | FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, |
6323 | FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete, |
6324 | bool Diagnose = true); |
6325 | void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); |
6326 | void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, |
6327 | ArrayRef<QualType> Params); |
6328 | |
6329 | bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
6330 | DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, |
6331 | bool Diagnose = true); |
6332 | FunctionDecl *FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
6333 | bool CanProvideSize, |
6334 | bool Overaligned, |
6335 | DeclarationName Name); |
6336 | FunctionDecl *FindDeallocationFunctionForDestructor(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
6337 | CXXRecordDecl *RD); |
6338 | |
6339 | /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression |
6340 | ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
6341 | bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, |
6342 | Expr *Operand); |
6343 | void CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc, |
6344 | bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual, |
6345 | bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes, |
6346 | SourceLocation DtorLoc); |
6347 | |
6348 | ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, |
6349 | Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); |
6350 | ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, |
6351 | SourceLocation RParen); |
6352 | |
6353 | /// Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. |
6354 | ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, |
6355 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, |
6356 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
6357 | ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, |
6358 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, |
6359 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
6360 | |
6361 | /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the binary type trait support |
6362 | /// pseudo-functions. |
6363 | ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, |
6364 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
6365 | ParsedType LhsTy, |
6366 | Expr *DimExpr, |
6367 | SourceLocation RParen); |
6368 | |
6369 | ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, |
6370 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
6371 | TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, |
6372 | Expr *DimExpr, |
6373 | SourceLocation RParen); |
6374 | |
6375 | /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support |
6376 | /// pseudo-functions. |
6377 | ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, |
6378 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
6379 | Expr *Queried, |
6380 | SourceLocation RParen); |
6381 | |
6382 | ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, |
6383 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
6384 | Expr *Queried, |
6385 | SourceLocation RParen); |
6386 | |
6387 | ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, |
6388 | Expr *Base, |
6389 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
6390 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
6391 | ParsedType &ObjectType, |
6392 | bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); |
6393 | |
6394 | ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, |
6395 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
6396 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
6397 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6398 | TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, |
6399 | SourceLocation CCLoc, |
6400 | SourceLocation TildeLoc, |
6401 | PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType); |
6402 | |
6403 | ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
6404 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
6405 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
6406 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6407 | UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, |
6408 | SourceLocation CCLoc, |
6409 | SourceLocation TildeLoc, |
6410 | UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName); |
6411 | |
6412 | ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
6413 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
6414 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
6415 | SourceLocation TildeLoc, |
6416 | const DeclSpec& DS); |
6417 | |
6418 | /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression |
6419 | /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. |
6420 | /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. |
6421 | Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); |
6422 | Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); |
6423 | ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); |
6424 | |
6425 | MaterializeTemporaryExpr * |
6426 | CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(QualType T, Expr *Temporary, |
6427 | bool BoundToLvalueReference); |
6428 | |
6429 | ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, bool DiscardedValue) { |
6430 | return ActOnFinishFullExpr( |
6431 | Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), DiscardedValue); |
6432 | } |
6433 | ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC, |
6434 | bool DiscardedValue, bool IsConstexpr = false); |
6435 | StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); |
6436 | |
6437 | // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. |
6438 | bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); |
6439 | // Complete an enum decl, maybe without a scope spec. |
6440 | bool RequireCompleteEnumDecl(EnumDecl *D, SourceLocation L, |
6441 | CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr); |
6442 | |
6443 | DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); |
6444 | DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6445 | bool EnteringContext = false); |
6446 | bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
6447 | CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); |
6448 | |
6449 | /// The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. |
6450 | /// |
6451 | /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. |
6452 | /// |
6453 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place |
6454 | /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. |
6455 | /// |
6456 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6457 | bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation CCLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
6458 | |
6459 | /// The parser has parsed a '__super' nested-name-specifier. |
6460 | /// |
6461 | /// \param SuperLoc The location of the '__super' keyword. |
6462 | /// |
6463 | /// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the '::'. |
6464 | /// |
6465 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place |
6466 | /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. |
6467 | /// |
6468 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6469 | bool ActOnSuperScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
6470 | SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
6471 | |
6472 | bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD, |
6473 | bool *CanCorrect = nullptr); |
6474 | NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); |
6475 | |
6476 | /// Keeps information about an identifier in a nested-name-spec. |
6477 | /// |
6478 | struct NestedNameSpecInfo { |
6479 | /// The type of the object, if we're parsing nested-name-specifier in |
6480 | /// a member access expression. |
6481 | ParsedType ObjectType; |
6482 | |
6483 | /// The identifier preceding the '::'. |
6484 | IdentifierInfo *Identifier; |
6485 | |
6486 | /// The location of the identifier. |
6487 | SourceLocation IdentifierLoc; |
6488 | |
6489 | /// The location of the '::'. |
6490 | SourceLocation CCLoc; |
6491 | |
6492 | /// Creates info object for the most typical case. |
6493 | NestedNameSpecInfo(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
6494 | SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType()) |
6495 | : ObjectType(ObjectType), Identifier(II), IdentifierLoc(IdLoc), |
6496 | CCLoc(ColonColonLoc) { |
6497 | } |
6498 | |
6499 | NestedNameSpecInfo(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
6500 | SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, QualType ObjectType) |
6501 | : ObjectType(ParsedType::make(ObjectType)), Identifier(II), |
6502 | IdentifierLoc(IdLoc), CCLoc(ColonColonLoc) { |
6503 | } |
6504 | }; |
6505 | |
6506 | bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6507 | NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo); |
6508 | |
6509 | bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, |
6510 | NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo, |
6511 | bool EnteringContext, |
6512 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6513 | NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, |
6514 | bool ErrorRecoveryLookup, |
6515 | bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr, |
6516 | bool OnlyNamespace = false); |
6517 | |
6518 | /// The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. |
6519 | /// |
6520 | /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. |
6521 | /// |
6522 | /// \param IdInfo Parser information about an identifier in the |
6523 | /// nested-name-spec. |
6524 | /// |
6525 | /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by |
6526 | /// this nested-name-specifier. |
6527 | /// |
6528 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input |
6529 | /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an |
6530 | /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, |
6531 | /// including this new type). |
6532 | /// |
6533 | /// \param ErrorRecoveryLookup If true, then this method is called to improve |
6534 | /// error recovery. In this case do not emit error message. |
6535 | /// |
6536 | /// \param IsCorrectedToColon If not null, suggestions to replace '::' -> ':' |
6537 | /// are allowed. The bool value pointed by this parameter is set to 'true' |
6538 | /// if the identifier is treated as if it was followed by ':', not '::'. |
6539 | /// |
6540 | /// \param OnlyNamespace If true, only considers namespaces in lookup. |
6541 | /// |
6542 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6543 | bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, |
6544 | NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo, |
6545 | bool EnteringContext, |
6546 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6547 | bool ErrorRecoveryLookup = false, |
6548 | bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr, |
6549 | bool OnlyNamespace = false); |
6550 | |
6551 | ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); |
6552 | |
6553 | bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6554 | const DeclSpec &DS, |
6555 | SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); |
6556 | |
6557 | bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6558 | NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo, |
6559 | bool EnteringContext); |
6560 | |
6561 | /// The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier |
6562 | /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. |
6563 | /// |
6564 | /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. |
6565 | /// |
6566 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input |
6567 | /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an |
6568 | /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, |
6569 | /// including this new type). |
6570 | /// |
6571 | /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. |
6572 | /// \param TemplateName the template name. |
6573 | /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. |
6574 | /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). |
6575 | /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. |
6576 | /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). |
6577 | /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. |
6578 | /// |
6579 | /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the |
6580 | /// nested-name-specifier. |
6581 | /// |
6582 | /// |
6583 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6584 | bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, |
6585 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6586 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
6587 | TemplateTy TemplateName, |
6588 | SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, |
6589 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
6590 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, |
6591 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
6592 | SourceLocation CCLoc, |
6593 | bool EnteringContext); |
6594 | |
6595 | /// Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value |
6596 | /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given |
6597 | /// nested-name-specifier. |
6598 | /// |
6599 | /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. |
6600 | /// |
6601 | /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the |
6602 | /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. |
6603 | void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
6604 | |
6605 | /// Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore |
6606 | /// the nested-name-specifier structure. |
6607 | /// |
6608 | /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by |
6609 | /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). |
6610 | /// |
6611 | /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. |
6612 | /// |
6613 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents |
6614 | /// of the annotation pointer. |
6615 | void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, |
6616 | SourceRange AnnotationRange, |
6617 | CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
6618 | |
6619 | bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
6620 | |
6621 | /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global |
6622 | /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. |
6623 | /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be |
6624 | /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and |
6625 | /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. |
6626 | /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. |
6627 | bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
6628 | |
6629 | /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously |
6630 | /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same |
6631 | /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. |
6632 | /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the |
6633 | /// defining scope. |
6634 | void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
6635 | |
6636 | /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an |
6637 | /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. |
6638 | /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a |
6639 | /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of |
6640 | /// class X. |
6641 | void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); |
6642 | |
6643 | /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an |
6644 | /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. |
6645 | void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); |
6646 | |
6647 | /// Create a new lambda closure type. |
6648 | CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, |
6649 | TypeSourceInfo *Info, |
6650 | bool KnownDependent, |
6651 | LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault); |
6652 | |
6653 | /// Start the definition of a lambda expression. |
6654 | CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
6655 | SourceRange IntroducerRange, |
6656 | TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, |
6657 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
6658 | ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params, |
6659 | ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind, |
6660 | Expr *TrailingRequiresClause); |
6661 | |
6662 | /// Number lambda for linkage purposes if necessary. |
6663 | void handleLambdaNumbering( |
6664 | CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXMethodDecl *Method, |
6665 | Optional<std::tuple<bool, unsigned, unsigned, Decl *>> Mangling = None); |
6666 | |
6667 | /// Endow the lambda scope info with the relevant properties. |
6668 | void buildLambdaScope(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, |
6669 | CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, |
6670 | SourceRange IntroducerRange, |
6671 | LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, |
6672 | SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc, |
6673 | bool ExplicitParams, |
6674 | bool ExplicitResultType, |
6675 | bool Mutable); |
6676 | |
6677 | /// Perform initialization analysis of the init-capture and perform |
6678 | /// any implicit conversions such as an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion if |
6679 | /// not being used to initialize a reference. |
6680 | ParsedType actOnLambdaInitCaptureInitialization( |
6681 | SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
6682 | IdentifierInfo *Id, LambdaCaptureInitKind InitKind, Expr *&Init) { |
6683 | return ParsedType::make(buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization( |
6684 | Loc, ByRef, EllipsisLoc, None, Id, |
6685 | InitKind != LambdaCaptureInitKind::CopyInit, Init)); |
6686 | } |
6687 | QualType buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization( |
6688 | SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
6689 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, IdentifierInfo *Id, bool DirectInit, |
6690 | Expr *&Init); |
6691 | |
6692 | /// Create a dummy variable within the declcontext of the lambda's |
6693 | /// call operator, for name lookup purposes for a lambda init capture. |
6694 | /// |
6695 | /// CodeGen handles emission of lambda captures, ignoring these dummy |
6696 | /// variables appropriately. |
6697 | VarDecl *createLambdaInitCaptureVarDecl(SourceLocation Loc, |
6698 | QualType InitCaptureType, |
6699 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
6700 | IdentifierInfo *Id, |
6701 | unsigned InitStyle, Expr *Init); |
6702 | |
6703 | /// Add an init-capture to a lambda scope. |
6704 | void addInitCapture(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, VarDecl *Var); |
6705 | |
6706 | /// Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the |
6707 | /// given lambda. |
6708 | void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); |
6709 | |
6710 | /// \brief This is called after parsing the explicit template parameter list |
6711 | /// on a lambda (if it exists) in C++2a. |
6712 | void ActOnLambdaExplicitTemplateParameterList(SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
6713 | ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> TParams, |
6714 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
6715 | ExprResult RequiresClause); |
6716 | |
6717 | /// Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. |
6718 | void addLambdaParameters( |
6719 | ArrayRef<LambdaIntroducer::LambdaCapture> Captures, |
6720 | CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); |
6721 | |
6722 | /// Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return |
6723 | /// statements present in the body. |
6724 | void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); |
6725 | |
6726 | /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start |
6727 | /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and |
6728 | /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the |
6729 | /// lambda. |
6730 | void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, |
6731 | Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); |
6732 | |
6733 | /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback |
6734 | /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. |
6735 | void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, |
6736 | bool IsInstantiation = false); |
6737 | |
6738 | /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression |
6739 | /// was successfully completed. |
6740 | ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, |
6741 | Scope *CurScope); |
6742 | |
6743 | /// Does copying/destroying the captured variable have side effects? |
6744 | bool CaptureHasSideEffects(const sema::Capture &From); |
6745 | |
6746 | /// Diagnose if an explicit lambda capture is unused. Returns true if a |
6747 | /// diagnostic is emitted. |
6748 | bool DiagnoseUnusedLambdaCapture(SourceRange CaptureRange, |
6749 | const sema::Capture &From); |
6750 | |
6751 | /// Build a FieldDecl suitable to hold the given capture. |
6752 | FieldDecl *BuildCaptureField(RecordDecl *RD, const sema::Capture &Capture); |
6753 | |
6754 | /// Initialize the given capture with a suitable expression. |
6755 | ExprResult BuildCaptureInit(const sema::Capture &Capture, |
6756 | SourceLocation ImplicitCaptureLoc, |
6757 | bool IsOpenMPMapping = false); |
6758 | |
6759 | /// Complete a lambda-expression having processed and attached the |
6760 | /// lambda body. |
6761 | ExprResult BuildLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
6762 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); |
6763 | |
6764 | /// Get the return type to use for a lambda's conversion function(s) to |
6765 | /// function pointer type, given the type of the call operator. |
6766 | QualType |
6767 | getLambdaConversionFunctionResultType(const FunctionProtoType *CallOpType, |
6768 | CallingConv CC); |
6769 | |
6770 | /// Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a |
6771 | /// function pointer. |
6772 | /// |
6773 | /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills |
6774 | /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into |
6775 | /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the |
6776 | /// block pointer conversion. |
6777 | void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( |
6778 | SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); |
6779 | |
6780 | /// Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a |
6781 | /// block pointer. |
6782 | /// |
6783 | /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills |
6784 | /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into |
6785 | /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the |
6786 | /// block pointer conversion. |
6787 | void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, |
6788 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv); |
6789 | |
6790 | ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
6791 | SourceLocation ConvLocation, |
6792 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv, |
6793 | Expr *Src); |
6794 | |
6795 | /// Check whether the given expression is a valid constraint expression. |
6796 | /// A diagnostic is emitted if it is not, false is returned, and |
6797 | /// PossibleNonPrimary will be set to true if the failure might be due to a |
6798 | /// non-primary expression being used as an atomic constraint. |
6799 | bool CheckConstraintExpression(const Expr *CE, Token NextToken = Token(), |
6800 | bool *PossibleNonPrimary = nullptr, |
6801 | bool IsTrailingRequiresClause = false); |
6802 | |
6803 | private: |
6804 | /// Caches pairs of template-like decls whose associated constraints were |
6805 | /// checked for subsumption and whether or not the first's constraints did in |
6806 | /// fact subsume the second's. |
6807 | llvm::DenseMap<std::pair<NamedDecl *, NamedDecl *>, bool> SubsumptionCache; |
6808 | /// Caches the normalized associated constraints of declarations (concepts or |
6809 | /// constrained declarations). If an error occurred while normalizing the |
6810 | /// associated constraints of the template or concept, nullptr will be cached |
6811 | /// here. |
6812 | llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, NormalizedConstraint *> |
6813 | NormalizationCache; |
6814 | |
6815 | llvm::ContextualFoldingSet<ConstraintSatisfaction, const ASTContext &> |
6816 | SatisfactionCache; |
6817 | |
6818 | public: |
6819 | const NormalizedConstraint * |
6820 | getNormalizedAssociatedConstraints( |
6821 | NamedDecl *ConstrainedDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> AssociatedConstraints); |
6822 | |
6823 | /// \brief Check whether the given declaration's associated constraints are |
6824 | /// at least as constrained than another declaration's according to the |
6825 | /// partial ordering of constraints. |
6826 | /// |
6827 | /// \param Result If no error occurred, receives the result of true if D1 is |
6828 | /// at least constrained than D2, and false otherwise. |
6829 | /// |
6830 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6831 | bool IsAtLeastAsConstrained(NamedDecl *D1, ArrayRef<const Expr *> AC1, |
6832 | NamedDecl *D2, ArrayRef<const Expr *> AC2, |
6833 | bool &Result); |
6834 | |
6835 | /// If D1 was not at least as constrained as D2, but would've been if a pair |
6836 | /// of atomic constraints involved had been declared in a concept and not |
6837 | /// repeated in two separate places in code. |
6838 | /// \returns true if such a diagnostic was emitted, false otherwise. |
6839 | bool MaybeEmitAmbiguousAtomicConstraintsDiagnostic(NamedDecl *D1, |
6840 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> AC1, NamedDecl *D2, ArrayRef<const Expr *> AC2); |
6841 | |
6842 | /// \brief Check whether the given list of constraint expressions are |
6843 | /// satisfied (as if in a 'conjunction') given template arguments. |
6844 | /// \param Template the template-like entity that triggered the constraints |
6845 | /// check (either a concept or a constrained entity). |
6846 | /// \param ConstraintExprs a list of constraint expressions, treated as if |
6847 | /// they were 'AND'ed together. |
6848 | /// \param TemplateArgs the list of template arguments to substitute into the |
6849 | /// constraint expression. |
6850 | /// \param TemplateIDRange The source range of the template id that |
6851 | /// caused the constraints check. |
6852 | /// \param Satisfaction if true is returned, will contain details of the |
6853 | /// satisfaction, with enough information to diagnose an unsatisfied |
6854 | /// expression. |
6855 | /// \returns true if an error occurred and satisfaction could not be checked, |
6856 | /// false otherwise. |
6857 | bool CheckConstraintSatisfaction( |
6858 | const NamedDecl *Template, ArrayRef<const Expr *> ConstraintExprs, |
6859 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
6860 | SourceRange TemplateIDRange, ConstraintSatisfaction &Satisfaction); |
6861 | |
6862 | /// \brief Check whether the given non-dependent constraint expression is |
6863 | /// satisfied. Returns false and updates Satisfaction with the satisfaction |
6864 | /// verdict if successful, emits a diagnostic and returns true if an error |
6865 | /// occured and satisfaction could not be determined. |
6866 | /// |
6867 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6868 | bool CheckConstraintSatisfaction(const Expr *ConstraintExpr, |
6869 | ConstraintSatisfaction &Satisfaction); |
6870 | |
6871 | /// Check whether the given function decl's trailing requires clause is |
6872 | /// satisfied, if any. Returns false and updates Satisfaction with the |
6873 | /// satisfaction verdict if successful, emits a diagnostic and returns true if |
6874 | /// an error occured and satisfaction could not be determined. |
6875 | /// |
6876 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6877 | bool CheckFunctionConstraints(const FunctionDecl *FD, |
6878 | ConstraintSatisfaction &Satisfaction, |
6879 | SourceLocation UsageLoc = SourceLocation()); |
6880 | |
6881 | |
6882 | /// \brief Ensure that the given template arguments satisfy the constraints |
6883 | /// associated with the given template, emitting a diagnostic if they do not. |
6884 | /// |
6885 | /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being |
6886 | /// provided. |
6887 | /// |
6888 | /// \param TemplateArgs The converted, canonicalized template arguments. |
6889 | /// |
6890 | /// \param TemplateIDRange The source range of the template id that |
6891 | /// caused the constraints check. |
6892 | /// |
6893 | /// \returns true if the constrains are not satisfied or could not be checked |
6894 | /// for satisfaction, false if the constraints are satisfied. |
6895 | bool EnsureTemplateArgumentListConstraints(TemplateDecl *Template, |
6896 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
6897 | SourceRange TemplateIDRange); |
6898 | |
6899 | /// \brief Emit diagnostics explaining why a constraint expression was deemed |
6900 | /// unsatisfied. |
6901 | /// \param First whether this is the first time an unsatisfied constraint is |
6902 | /// diagnosed for this error. |
6903 | void |
6904 | DiagnoseUnsatisfiedConstraint(const ConstraintSatisfaction &Satisfaction, |
6905 | bool First = true); |
6906 | |
6907 | /// \brief Emit diagnostics explaining why a constraint expression was deemed |
6908 | /// unsatisfied. |
6909 | void |
6910 | DiagnoseUnsatisfiedConstraint(const ASTConstraintSatisfaction &Satisfaction, |
6911 | bool First = true); |
6912 | |
6913 | // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. |
6914 | ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, |
6915 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Strings); |
6916 | |
6917 | ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); |
6918 | |
6919 | /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the |
6920 | /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" |
6921 | /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. |
6922 | ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); |
6923 | ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, |
6924 | bool Value); |
6925 | ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); |
6926 | |
6927 | /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the |
6928 | /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will |
6929 | /// either be "NSNumber *", "NSString *" or "NSValue *" depending on the type |
6930 | /// of ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type, "char *", |
6931 | /// "const char *" or C structure with attribute 'objc_boxable'. |
6932 | ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); |
6933 | |
6934 | ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, |
6935 | Expr *IndexExpr, |
6936 | ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, |
6937 | ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); |
6938 | |
6939 | ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, |
6940 | MutableArrayRef<ObjCDictionaryElement> Elements); |
6941 | |
6942 | ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, |
6943 | TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, |
6944 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
6945 | ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
6946 | CXXConversionDecl *Method, |
6947 | bool HadMultipleCandidates); |
6948 | |
6949 | ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, |
6950 | SourceLocation EncodeLoc, |
6951 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
6952 | ParsedType Ty, |
6953 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
6954 | |
6955 | /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector |
6956 | ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, |
6957 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
6958 | SourceLocation SelLoc, |
6959 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
6960 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
6961 | bool WarnMultipleSelectors); |
6962 | |
6963 | /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol |
6964 | ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, |
6965 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
6966 | SourceLocation ProtoLoc, |
6967 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
6968 | SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, |
6969 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
6970 | |
6971 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
6972 | // C++ Declarations |
6973 | // |
6974 | Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, |
6975 | SourceLocation ExternLoc, |
6976 | Expr *LangStr, |
6977 | SourceLocation LBraceLoc); |
6978 | Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, |
6979 | Decl *LinkageSpec, |
6980 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc); |
6981 | |
6982 | |
6983 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
6984 | // C++ Classes |
6985 | // |
6986 | CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentClass(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec *SS); |
6987 | bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, |
6988 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr); |
6989 | bool isCurrentClassNameTypo(IdentifierInfo *&II, const CXXScopeSpec *SS); |
6990 | |
6991 | bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, SourceLocation ASLoc, |
6992 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
6993 | const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs); |
6994 | |
6995 | NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, |
6996 | Declarator &D, |
6997 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, |
6998 | Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, |
6999 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle); |
7000 | |
7001 | void ActOnStartCXXInClassMemberInitializer(); |
7002 | void ActOnFinishCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, |
7003 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
7004 | Expr *Init); |
7005 | |
7006 | MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, |
7007 | Scope *S, |
7008 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
7009 | IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, |
7010 | ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, |
7011 | const DeclSpec &DS, |
7012 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
7013 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
7014 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
7015 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
7016 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
7017 | |
7018 | MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, |
7019 | Scope *S, |
7020 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
7021 | IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, |
7022 | ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, |
7023 | const DeclSpec &DS, |
7024 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
7025 | Expr *InitList, |
7026 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
7027 | |
7028 | MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, |
7029 | Scope *S, |
7030 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
7031 | IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, |
7032 | ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, |
7033 | const DeclSpec &DS, |
7034 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
7035 | Expr *Init, |
7036 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
7037 | |
7038 | MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, |
7039 | Expr *Init, |
7040 | SourceLocation IdLoc); |
7041 | |
7042 | MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, |
7043 | TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, |
7044 | Expr *Init, |
7045 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, |
7046 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
7047 | |
7048 | MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
7049 | Expr *Init, |
7050 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
7051 | |
7052 | bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, |
7053 | CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); |
7054 | |
7055 | bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors, |
7056 | ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None); |
7057 | |
7058 | void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); |
7059 | |
7060 | |
7061 | /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, |
7062 | /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as |
7063 | /// referenced. |
7064 | void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, |
7065 | CXXRecordDecl *Record); |
7066 | |
7067 | /// Mark destructors of virtual bases of this class referenced. In the Itanium |
7068 | /// C++ ABI, this is done when emitting a destructor for any non-abstract |
7069 | /// class. In the Microsoft C++ ABI, this is done any time a class's |
7070 | /// destructor is referenced. |
7071 | void MarkVirtualBaseDestructorsReferenced( |
7072 | SourceLocation Location, CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, |
7073 | llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const RecordType *> *DirectVirtualBases = nullptr); |
7074 | |
7075 | /// Do semantic checks to allow the complete destructor variant to be emitted |
7076 | /// when the destructor is defined in another translation unit. In the Itanium |
7077 | /// C++ ABI, destructor variants are emitted together. In the MS C++ ABI, they |
7078 | /// can be emitted in separate TUs. To emit the complete variant, run a subset |
7079 | /// of the checks performed when emitting a regular destructor. |
7080 | void CheckCompleteDestructorVariant(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
7081 | CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor); |
7082 | |
7083 | /// The list of classes whose vtables have been used within |
7084 | /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the |
7085 | /// first use occurred. |
7086 | typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; |
7087 | |
7088 | /// The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been |
7089 | /// materialized. |
7090 | SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; |
7091 | |
7092 | /// The set of classes whose vtables have been used within |
7093 | /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is |
7094 | /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed |
7095 | /// by code generation). |
7096 | llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; |
7097 | |
7098 | /// Load any externally-stored vtable uses. |
7099 | void LoadExternalVTableUses(); |
7100 | |
7101 | /// Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the |
7102 | /// given location. |
7103 | void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
7104 | bool DefinitionRequired = false); |
7105 | |
7106 | /// Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions |
7107 | /// in the given class as needed. |
7108 | void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, |
7109 | const CXXRecordDecl *RD); |
7110 | |
7111 | /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given |
7112 | /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. |
7113 | void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, const CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
7114 | bool ConstexprOnly = false); |
7115 | |
7116 | /// Define all of the vtables that have been used in this |
7117 | /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those |
7118 | /// vtables. |
7119 | /// |
7120 | /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. |
7121 | bool DefineUsedVTables(); |
7122 | |
7123 | void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
7124 | |
7125 | void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, |
7126 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
7127 | ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits, |
7128 | bool AnyErrors); |
7129 | |
7130 | /// Check class-level dllimport/dllexport attribute. The caller must |
7131 | /// ensure that referenceDLLExportedClassMethods is called some point later |
7132 | /// when all outer classes of Class are complete. |
7133 | void checkClassLevelDLLAttribute(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
7134 | void checkClassLevelCodeSegAttribute(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
7135 | |
7136 | void referenceDLLExportedClassMethods(); |
7137 | |
7138 | void propagateDLLAttrToBaseClassTemplate( |
7139 | CXXRecordDecl *Class, Attr *ClassAttr, |
7140 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *BaseTemplateSpec, |
7141 | SourceLocation BaseLoc); |
7142 | |
7143 | /// Add gsl::Pointer attribute to std::container::iterator |
7144 | /// \param ND The declaration that introduces the name |
7145 | /// std::container::iterator. \param UnderlyingRecord The record named by ND. |
7146 | void inferGslPointerAttribute(NamedDecl *ND, CXXRecordDecl *UnderlyingRecord); |
7147 | |
7148 | /// Add [[gsl::Owner]] and [[gsl::Pointer]] attributes for std:: types. |
7149 | void inferGslOwnerPointerAttribute(CXXRecordDecl *Record); |
7150 | |
7151 | /// Add [[gsl::Pointer]] attributes for std:: types. |
7152 | void inferGslPointerAttribute(TypedefNameDecl *TD); |
7153 | |
7154 | void CheckCompletedCXXClass(Scope *S, CXXRecordDecl *Record); |
7155 | |
7156 | /// Check that the C++ class annoated with "trivial_abi" satisfies all the |
7157 | /// conditions that are needed for the attribute to have an effect. |
7158 | void checkIllFormedTrivialABIStruct(CXXRecordDecl &RD); |
7159 | |
7160 | void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope *S, SourceLocation RLoc, |
7161 | Decl *TagDecl, SourceLocation LBrac, |
7162 | SourceLocation RBrac, |
7163 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
7164 | void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); |
7165 | void ActOnFinishCXXNonNestedClass(); |
7166 | |
7167 | void ActOnReenterCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, ParmVarDecl *Param); |
7168 | unsigned ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Decl *Template, |
7169 | llvm::function_ref<Scope *()> EnterScope); |
7170 | void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); |
7171 | void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); |
7172 | void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); |
7173 | void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); |
7174 | void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); |
7175 | void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); |
7176 | void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, Decl *FnD, |
7177 | CachedTokens &Toks); |
7178 | void UnmarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD); |
7179 | bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); |
7180 | |
7181 | Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, |
7182 | Expr *AssertExpr, |
7183 | Expr *AssertMessageExpr, |
7184 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
7185 | Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, |
7186 | Expr *AssertExpr, |
7187 | StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, |
7188 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
7189 | bool Failed); |
7190 | |
7191 | FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, |
7192 | SourceLocation FriendLoc, |
7193 | TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); |
7194 | Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, |
7195 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); |
7196 | NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
7197 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); |
7198 | |
7199 | QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, |
7200 | StorageClass& SC); |
7201 | void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
7202 | QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, |
7203 | StorageClass& SC); |
7204 | bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); |
7205 | void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, |
7206 | StorageClass& SC); |
7207 | Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); |
7208 | void CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, |
7209 | StorageClass &SC); |
7210 | void CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *TD); |
7211 | |
7212 | void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedFunction(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *MD); |
7213 | |
7214 | bool CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, |
7215 | CXXSpecialMember CSM); |
7216 | void CheckDelayedMemberExceptionSpecs(); |
7217 | |
7218 | bool CheckExplicitlyDefaultedComparison(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *MD, |
7219 | DefaultedComparisonKind DCK); |
7220 | void DeclareImplicitEqualityComparison(CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
7221 | FunctionDecl *Spaceship); |
7222 | void DefineDefaultedComparison(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *FD, |
7223 | DefaultedComparisonKind DCK); |
7224 | |
7225 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
7226 | // C++ Derived Classes |
7227 | // |
7228 | |
7229 | /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier |
7230 | CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
7231 | SourceRange SpecifierRange, |
7232 | bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, |
7233 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
7234 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
7235 | |
7236 | BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, |
7237 | SourceRange SpecifierRange, |
7238 | ParsedAttributes &Attrs, |
7239 | bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, |
7240 | ParsedType basetype, |
7241 | SourceLocation BaseLoc, |
7242 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
7243 | |
7244 | bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
7245 | MutableArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier *> Bases); |
7246 | void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, |
7247 | MutableArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier *> Bases); |
7248 | |
7249 | bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base); |
7250 | bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base, |
7251 | CXXBasePaths &Paths); |
7252 | |
7253 | // FIXME: I don't like this name. |
7254 | void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); |
7255 | |
7256 | bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, |
7257 | SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, |
7258 | CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr, |
7259 | bool IgnoreAccess = false); |
7260 | bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, |
7261 | unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, |
7262 | unsigned AmbiguousBaseConvID, |
7263 | SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, |
7264 | DeclarationName Name, |
7265 | CXXCastPath *BasePath, |
7266 | bool IgnoreAccess = false); |
7267 | |
7268 | std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); |
7269 | |
7270 | bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New, |
7271 | const CXXMethodDecl *Old); |
7272 | |
7273 | /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are |
7274 | /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. |
7275 | bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, |
7276 | const CXXMethodDecl *Old); |
7277 | |
7278 | /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception |
7279 | /// spec is a subset of base spec. |
7280 | bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, |
7281 | const CXXMethodDecl *Old); |
7282 | |
7283 | bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); |
7284 | |
7285 | /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. |
7286 | void CheckOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D); |
7287 | |
7288 | /// DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl - Diagnose if 'override' keyword was |
7289 | /// not used in the declaration of an overriding method. |
7290 | void DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D, bool Inconsistent); |
7291 | |
7292 | /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function |
7293 | /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to |
7294 | /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. |
7295 | bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, |
7296 | const CXXMethodDecl *Old); |
7297 | |
7298 | |
7299 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
7300 | // C++ Access Control |
7301 | // |
7302 | |
7303 | enum AccessResult { |
7304 | AR_accessible, |
7305 | AR_inaccessible, |
7306 | AR_dependent, |
7307 | AR_delayed |
7308 | }; |
7309 | |
7310 | bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, |
7311 | NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, |
7312 | AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); |
7313 | |
7314 | AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, |
7315 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); |
7316 | AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, |
7317 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); |
7318 | AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, |
7319 | SourceRange PlacementRange, |
7320 | CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, |
7321 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
7322 | bool Diagnose = true); |
7323 | AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, |
7324 | CXXConstructorDecl *D, |
7325 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
7326 | const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
7327 | bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); |
7328 | AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, |
7329 | CXXConstructorDecl *D, |
7330 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
7331 | const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
7332 | const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); |
7333 | AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, |
7334 | CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, |
7335 | const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, |
7336 | QualType objectType = QualType()); |
7337 | AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); |
7338 | AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc, |
7339 | CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, |
7340 | DeclAccessPair Found); |
7341 | AccessResult |
7342 | CheckStructuredBindingMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc, |
7343 | CXXRecordDecl *DecomposedClass, |
7344 | DeclAccessPair Field); |
7345 | AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, |
7346 | Expr *ObjectExpr, |
7347 | Expr *ArgExpr, |
7348 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); |
7349 | AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, |
7350 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); |
7351 | AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, |
7352 | QualType Base, QualType Derived, |
7353 | const CXXBasePath &Path, |
7354 | unsigned DiagID, |
7355 | bool ForceCheck = false, |
7356 | bool ForceUnprivileged = false); |
7357 | void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); |
7358 | bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *Decl, CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, |
7359 | QualType BaseType); |
7360 | bool isMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, |
7361 | DeclAccessPair Found, QualType ObjectType, |
7362 | SourceLocation Loc, |
7363 | const PartialDiagnostic &Diag); |
7364 | bool isMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, |
7365 | DeclAccessPair Found, |
7366 | QualType ObjectType) { |
7367 | return isMemberAccessibleForDeletion(NamingClass, Found, ObjectType, |
7368 | SourceLocation(), PDiag()); |
7369 | } |
7370 | |
7371 | void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, |
7372 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7373 | void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, |
7374 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7375 | |
7376 | void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); |
7377 | |
7378 | /// When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE |
7379 | /// failures rather than hard errors. |
7380 | bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; |
7381 | |
7382 | enum AbstractDiagSelID { |
7383 | AbstractNone = -1, |
7384 | AbstractReturnType, |
7385 | AbstractParamType, |
7386 | AbstractVariableType, |
7387 | AbstractFieldType, |
7388 | AbstractIvarType, |
7389 | AbstractSynthesizedIvarType, |
7390 | AbstractArrayType |
7391 | }; |
7392 | |
7393 | bool isAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); |
7394 | bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
7395 | TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); |
7396 | template <typename... Ts> |
7397 | bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, |
7398 | const Ts &...Args) { |
7399 | BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
7400 | return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); |
7401 | } |
7402 | |
7403 | void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); |
7404 | |
7405 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
7406 | // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] |
7407 | // |
7408 | |
7409 | bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); |
7410 | |
7411 | bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); |
7412 | |
7413 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
7414 | // C++ Templates [C++ 14] |
7415 | // |
7416 | void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, |
7417 | bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true, |
7418 | bool AllowDependent = true); |
7419 | bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, |
7420 | bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true, |
7421 | bool AllowDependent = true, |
7422 | bool AllowNonTemplateFunctions = false); |
7423 | /// Try to interpret the lookup result D as a template-name. |
7424 | /// |
7425 | /// \param D A declaration found by name lookup. |
7426 | /// \param AllowFunctionTemplates Whether function templates should be |
7427 | /// considered valid results. |
7428 | /// \param AllowDependent Whether unresolved using declarations (that might |
7429 | /// name templates) should be considered valid results. |
7430 | static NamedDecl *getAsTemplateNameDecl(NamedDecl *D, |
7431 | bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true, |
7432 | bool AllowDependent = true); |
7433 | |
7434 | enum TemplateNameIsRequiredTag { TemplateNameIsRequired }; |
7435 | /// Whether and why a template name is required in this lookup. |
7436 | class RequiredTemplateKind { |
7437 | public: |
7438 | /// Template name is required if TemplateKWLoc is valid. |
7439 | RequiredTemplateKind(SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = SourceLocation()) |
7440 | : TemplateKW(TemplateKWLoc) {} |
7441 | /// Template name is unconditionally required. |
7442 | RequiredTemplateKind(TemplateNameIsRequiredTag) : TemplateKW() {} |
7443 | |
7444 | SourceLocation getTemplateKeywordLoc() const { |
7445 | return TemplateKW.getValueOr(SourceLocation()); |
7446 | } |
7447 | bool hasTemplateKeyword() const { return getTemplateKeywordLoc().isValid(); } |
7448 | bool isRequired() const { return TemplateKW != SourceLocation(); } |
7449 | explicit operator bool() const { return isRequired(); } |
7450 | |
7451 | private: |
7452 | llvm::Optional<SourceLocation> TemplateKW; |
7453 | }; |
7454 | |
7455 | enum class AssumedTemplateKind { |
7456 | /// This is not assumed to be a template name. |
7457 | None, |
7458 | /// This is assumed to be a template name because lookup found nothing. |
7459 | FoundNothing, |
7460 | /// This is assumed to be a template name because lookup found one or more |
7461 | /// functions (but no function templates). |
7462 | FoundFunctions, |
7463 | }; |
7464 | bool LookupTemplateName( |
7465 | LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType ObjectType, |
7466 | bool EnteringContext, bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization, |
7467 | RequiredTemplateKind RequiredTemplate = SourceLocation(), |
7468 | AssumedTemplateKind *ATK = nullptr, bool AllowTypoCorrection = true); |
7469 | |
7470 | TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, |
7471 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
7472 | bool hasTemplateKeyword, |
7473 | const UnqualifiedId &Name, |
7474 | ParsedType ObjectType, |
7475 | bool EnteringContext, |
7476 | TemplateTy &Template, |
7477 | bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization, |
7478 | bool Disambiguation = false); |
7479 | |
7480 | /// Try to resolve an undeclared template name as a type template. |
7481 | /// |
7482 | /// Sets II to the identifier corresponding to the template name, and updates |
7483 | /// Name to a corresponding (typo-corrected) type template name and TNK to |
7484 | /// the corresponding kind, if possible. |
7485 | void ActOnUndeclaredTypeTemplateName(Scope *S, TemplateTy &Name, |
7486 | TemplateNameKind &TNK, |
7487 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
7488 | IdentifierInfo *&II); |
7489 | |
7490 | bool resolveAssumedTemplateNameAsType(Scope *S, TemplateName &Name, |
7491 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
7492 | bool Diagnose = true); |
7493 | |
7494 | /// Determine whether a particular identifier might be the name in a C++1z |
7495 | /// deduction-guide declaration. |
7496 | bool isDeductionGuideName(Scope *S, const IdentifierInfo &Name, |
7497 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
7498 | ParsedTemplateTy *Template = nullptr); |
7499 | |
7500 | bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, |
7501 | SourceLocation IILoc, |
7502 | Scope *S, |
7503 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
7504 | TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, |
7505 | TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); |
7506 | |
7507 | bool DiagnoseUninstantiableTemplate(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7508 | NamedDecl *Instantiation, |
7509 | bool InstantiatedFromMember, |
7510 | const NamedDecl *Pattern, |
7511 | const NamedDecl *PatternDef, |
7512 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, |
7513 | bool Complain = true); |
7514 | |
7515 | void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); |
7516 | TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); |
7517 | |
7518 | NamedDecl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, |
7519 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
7520 | SourceLocation KeyLoc, |
7521 | IdentifierInfo *ParamName, |
7522 | SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, |
7523 | unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, |
7524 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
7525 | ParsedType DefaultArg, bool HasTypeConstraint); |
7526 | |
7527 | bool ActOnTypeConstraint(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
7528 | TemplateIdAnnotation *TypeConstraint, |
7529 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *ConstrainedParameter, |
7530 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
7531 | bool BuildTypeConstraint(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
7532 | TemplateIdAnnotation *TypeConstraint, |
7533 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *ConstrainedParameter, |
7534 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
7535 | bool AllowUnexpandedPack); |
7536 | |
7537 | bool AttachTypeConstraint(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NS, |
7538 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, |
7539 | ConceptDecl *NamedConcept, |
7540 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
7541 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *ConstrainedParameter, |
7542 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
7543 | |
7544 | bool AttachTypeConstraint(AutoTypeLoc TL, |
7545 | NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *ConstrainedParameter, |
7546 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
7547 | |
7548 | bool RequireStructuralType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); |
7549 | |
7550 | QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(TypeSourceInfo *&TSI, |
7551 | SourceLocation Loc); |
7552 | QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); |
7553 | |
7554 | NamedDecl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
7555 | unsigned Depth, |
7556 | unsigned Position, |
7557 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
7558 | Expr *DefaultArg); |
7559 | NamedDecl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, |
7560 | SourceLocation TmpLoc, |
7561 | TemplateParameterList *Params, |
7562 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
7563 | IdentifierInfo *ParamName, |
7564 | SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, |
7565 | unsigned Depth, |
7566 | unsigned Position, |
7567 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
7568 | ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); |
7569 | |
7570 | TemplateParameterList * |
7571 | ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, |
7572 | SourceLocation ExportLoc, |
7573 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
7574 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
7575 | ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> Params, |
7576 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
7577 | Expr *RequiresClause); |
7578 | |
7579 | /// The context in which we are checking a template parameter list. |
7580 | enum TemplateParamListContext { |
7581 | TPC_ClassTemplate, |
7582 | TPC_VarTemplate, |
7583 | TPC_FunctionTemplate, |
7584 | TPC_ClassTemplateMember, |
7585 | TPC_FriendClassTemplate, |
7586 | TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, |
7587 | TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, |
7588 | TPC_TypeAliasTemplate |
7589 | }; |
7590 | |
7591 | bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, |
7592 | TemplateParameterList *OldParams, |
7593 | TemplateParamListContext TPC, |
7594 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
7595 | TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( |
7596 | SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc, |
7597 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId, |
7598 | ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists, |
7599 | bool IsFriend, bool &IsMemberSpecialization, bool &Invalid, |
7600 | bool SuppressDiagnostic = false); |
7601 | |
7602 | DeclResult CheckClassTemplate( |
7603 | Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, SourceLocation KWLoc, |
7604 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
7605 | const ParsedAttributesView &Attr, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, |
7606 | AccessSpecifier AS, SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, |
7607 | SourceLocation FriendLoc, unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, |
7608 | TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists, |
7609 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
7610 | |
7611 | TemplateArgumentLoc getTrivialTemplateArgumentLoc(const TemplateArgument &Arg, |
7612 | QualType NTTPType, |
7613 | SourceLocation Loc); |
7614 | |
7615 | /// Get a template argument mapping the given template parameter to itself, |
7616 | /// e.g. for X in \c template<int X>, this would return an expression template |
7617 | /// argument referencing X. |
7618 | TemplateArgumentLoc getIdentityTemplateArgumentLoc(NamedDecl *Param, |
7619 | SourceLocation Location); |
7620 | |
7621 | void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, |
7622 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); |
7623 | |
7624 | ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnTemplateTypeArgument(TypeResult ParsedType); |
7625 | |
7626 | void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); |
7627 | |
7628 | QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, |
7629 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
7630 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); |
7631 | |
7632 | TypeResult |
7633 | ActOnTemplateIdType(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
7634 | TemplateTy Template, IdentifierInfo *TemplateII, |
7635 | SourceLocation TemplateIILoc, SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
7636 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
7637 | bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, bool IsClassName = false); |
7638 | |
7639 | /// Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, |
7640 | /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. |
7641 | TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, |
7642 | TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, |
7643 | SourceLocation TagLoc, |
7644 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
7645 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
7646 | TemplateTy TemplateD, |
7647 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
7648 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
7649 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, |
7650 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc); |
7651 | |
7652 | DeclResult ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( |
7653 | Scope *S, Declarator &D, TypeSourceInfo *DI, |
7654 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, |
7655 | StorageClass SC, bool IsPartialSpecialization); |
7656 | |
7657 | /// Get the specialization of the given variable template corresponding to |
7658 | /// the specified argument list, or a null-but-valid result if the arguments |
7659 | /// are dependent. |
7660 | DeclResult CheckVarTemplateId(VarTemplateDecl *Template, |
7661 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
7662 | SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, |
7663 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); |
7664 | |
7665 | /// Form a reference to the specialization of the given variable template |
7666 | /// corresponding to the specified argument list, or a null-but-valid result |
7667 | /// if the arguments are dependent. |
7668 | ExprResult CheckVarTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
7669 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
7670 | VarTemplateDecl *Template, |
7671 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
7672 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
7673 | |
7674 | ExprResult |
7675 | CheckConceptTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
7676 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
7677 | const DeclarationNameInfo &ConceptNameInfo, |
7678 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, ConceptDecl *NamedConcept, |
7679 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
7680 | |
7681 | void diagnoseMissingTemplateArguments(TemplateName Name, SourceLocation Loc); |
7682 | |
7683 | ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
7684 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
7685 | LookupResult &R, |
7686 | bool RequiresADL, |
7687 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
7688 | |
7689 | ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
7690 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
7691 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
7692 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
7693 | |
7694 | TemplateNameKind ActOnTemplateName( |
7695 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
7696 | const UnqualifiedId &Name, ParsedType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, |
7697 | TemplateTy &Template, bool AllowInjectedClassName = false); |
7698 | |
7699 | DeclResult ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization( |
7700 | Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, SourceLocation KWLoc, |
7701 | SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
7702 | TemplateIdAnnotation &TemplateId, const ParsedAttributesView &Attr, |
7703 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, |
7704 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
7705 | |
7706 | bool CheckTemplatePartialSpecializationArgs(SourceLocation Loc, |
7707 | TemplateDecl *PrimaryTemplate, |
7708 | unsigned NumExplicitArgs, |
7709 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args); |
7710 | void CheckTemplatePartialSpecialization( |
7711 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial); |
7712 | void CheckTemplatePartialSpecialization( |
7713 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial); |
7714 | |
7715 | Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, |
7716 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, |
7717 | Declarator &D); |
7718 | |
7719 | bool |
7720 | CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, |
7721 | TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, |
7722 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl, |
7723 | TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, |
7724 | SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, |
7725 | bool &SuppressNew); |
7726 | |
7727 | bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, |
7728 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
7729 | LookupResult &Previous); |
7730 | |
7731 | bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization( |
7732 | FunctionDecl *FD, TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
7733 | LookupResult &Previous, bool QualifiedFriend = false); |
7734 | bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); |
7735 | void CompleteMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); |
7736 | |
7737 | DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation( |
7738 | Scope *S, SourceLocation ExternLoc, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
7739 | unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation KWLoc, const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
7740 | TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, |
7741 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, |
7742 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, const ParsedAttributesView &Attr); |
7743 | |
7744 | DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExternLoc, |
7745 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
7746 | unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation KWLoc, |
7747 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
7748 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
7749 | const ParsedAttributesView &Attr); |
7750 | |
7751 | DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, |
7752 | SourceLocation ExternLoc, |
7753 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
7754 | Declarator &D); |
7755 | |
7756 | TemplateArgumentLoc |
7757 | SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, |
7758 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
7759 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
7760 | Decl *Param, |
7761 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> |
7762 | &Converted, |
7763 | bool &HasDefaultArg); |
7764 | |
7765 | /// Specifies the context in which a particular template |
7766 | /// argument is being checked. |
7767 | enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { |
7768 | /// The template argument was specified in the code or was |
7769 | /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. |
7770 | CTAK_Specified, |
7771 | |
7772 | /// The template argument was deduced via template argument |
7773 | /// deduction. |
7774 | CTAK_Deduced, |
7775 | |
7776 | /// The template argument was deduced from an array bound |
7777 | /// via template argument deduction. |
7778 | CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound |
7779 | }; |
7780 | |
7781 | bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, |
7782 | TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, |
7783 | NamedDecl *Template, |
7784 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
7785 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
7786 | unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, |
7787 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, |
7788 | CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); |
7789 | |
7790 | /// Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to |
7791 | /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. |
7792 | /// |
7793 | /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being |
7794 | /// provided. |
7795 | /// |
7796 | /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. |
7797 | /// |
7798 | /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is |
7799 | /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of |
7800 | /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template |
7801 | /// arguments. |
7802 | /// |
7803 | /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is |
7804 | /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial |
7805 | /// set of template arguments. |
7806 | /// |
7807 | /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template |
7808 | /// arguments. |
7809 | /// |
7810 | /// \param UpdateArgsWithConversions If \c true, update \p TemplateArgs to |
7811 | /// contain the converted forms of the template arguments as written. |
7812 | /// Otherwise, \p TemplateArgs will not be modified. |
7813 | /// |
7814 | /// \param ConstraintsNotSatisfied If provided, and an error occured, will |
7815 | /// receive true if the cause for the error is the associated constraints of |
7816 | /// the template not being satisfied by the template arguments. |
7817 | /// |
7818 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
7819 | bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, |
7820 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
7821 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, |
7822 | bool PartialTemplateArgs, |
7823 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, |
7824 | bool UpdateArgsWithConversions = true, |
7825 | bool *ConstraintsNotSatisfied = nullptr); |
7826 | |
7827 | bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, |
7828 | TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, |
7829 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); |
7830 | |
7831 | bool CheckTemplateArgument(TypeSourceInfo *Arg); |
7832 | ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, |
7833 | QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, |
7834 | TemplateArgument &Converted, |
7835 | CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); |
7836 | bool CheckTemplateTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, |
7837 | TemplateParameterList *Params, |
7838 | TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg); |
7839 | |
7840 | ExprResult |
7841 | BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, |
7842 | QualType ParamType, |
7843 | SourceLocation Loc); |
7844 | ExprResult |
7845 | BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, |
7846 | SourceLocation Loc); |
7847 | |
7848 | /// Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared |
7849 | /// for equality. |
7850 | enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { |
7851 | /// We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates |
7852 | /// that might be redeclarations. |
7853 | /// |
7854 | /// \code |
7855 | /// template<typename T> struct X; |
7856 | /// template<typename T> struct X; |
7857 | /// \endcode |
7858 | TPL_TemplateMatch, |
7859 | |
7860 | /// We are matching the template parameter lists of two template |
7861 | /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists |
7862 | /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. |
7863 | /// |
7864 | /// \code |
7865 | /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; |
7866 | /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; |
7867 | /// \endcode |
7868 | TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, |
7869 | |
7870 | /// We are matching the template parameter lists of a template |
7871 | /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template |
7872 | /// template parameter. |
7873 | /// |
7874 | /// \code |
7875 | /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; |
7876 | /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; |
7877 | /// X<integer_c> xic; |
7878 | /// \endcode |
7879 | TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch |
7880 | }; |
7881 | |
7882 | bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, |
7883 | TemplateParameterList *Old, |
7884 | bool Complain, |
7885 | TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, |
7886 | SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc |
7887 | = SourceLocation()); |
7888 | |
7889 | bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); |
7890 | |
7891 | /// Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename |
7892 | /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". |
7893 | /// |
7894 | /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. |
7895 | /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword |
7896 | /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). |
7897 | /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). |
7898 | /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. |
7899 | TypeResult |
7900 | ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, |
7901 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, |
7902 | SourceLocation IdLoc); |
7903 | |
7904 | /// Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename |
7905 | /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., |
7906 | /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". |
7907 | /// |
7908 | /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. |
7909 | /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword |
7910 | /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). |
7911 | /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. |
7912 | /// \param TemplateName The template name. |
7913 | /// \param TemplateII The identifier used to name the template. |
7914 | /// \param TemplateIILoc The location of the template name. |
7915 | /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). |
7916 | /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. |
7917 | /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). |
7918 | TypeResult |
7919 | ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, |
7920 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
7921 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
7922 | TemplateTy TemplateName, |
7923 | IdentifierInfo *TemplateII, |
7924 | SourceLocation TemplateIILoc, |
7925 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
7926 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, |
7927 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc); |
7928 | |
7929 | QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
7930 | SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
7931 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
7932 | const IdentifierInfo &II, |
7933 | SourceLocation IILoc, |
7934 | TypeSourceInfo **TSI, |
7935 | bool DeducedTSTContext); |
7936 | |
7937 | QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
7938 | SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
7939 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
7940 | const IdentifierInfo &II, |
7941 | SourceLocation IILoc, |
7942 | bool DeducedTSTContext = true); |
7943 | |
7944 | |
7945 | TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, |
7946 | SourceLocation Loc, |
7947 | DeclarationName Name); |
7948 | bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
7949 | |
7950 | ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); |
7951 | bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( |
7952 | TemplateParameterList *Params); |
7953 | |
7954 | std::string |
7955 | getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, |
7956 | const TemplateArgumentList &Args); |
7957 | |
7958 | std::string |
7959 | getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, |
7960 | const TemplateArgument *Args, |
7961 | unsigned NumArgs); |
7962 | |
7963 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
7964 | // C++ Concepts |
7965 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
7966 | Decl *ActOnConceptDefinition( |
7967 | Scope *S, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, |
7968 | IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *ConstraintExpr); |
7969 | |
7970 | RequiresExprBodyDecl * |
7971 | ActOnStartRequiresExpr(SourceLocation RequiresKWLoc, |
7972 | ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> LocalParameters, |
7973 | Scope *BodyScope); |
7974 | void ActOnFinishRequiresExpr(); |
7975 | concepts::Requirement *ActOnSimpleRequirement(Expr *E); |
7976 | concepts::Requirement *ActOnTypeRequirement( |
7977 | SourceLocation TypenameKWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
7978 | IdentifierInfo *TypeName, TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId); |
7979 | concepts::Requirement *ActOnCompoundRequirement(Expr *E, |
7980 | SourceLocation NoexceptLoc); |
7981 | concepts::Requirement * |
7982 | ActOnCompoundRequirement( |
7983 | Expr *E, SourceLocation NoexceptLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
7984 | TemplateIdAnnotation *TypeConstraint, unsigned Depth); |
7985 | concepts::Requirement *ActOnNestedRequirement(Expr *Constraint); |
7986 | concepts::ExprRequirement * |
7987 | BuildExprRequirement( |
7988 | Expr *E, bool IsSatisfied, SourceLocation NoexceptLoc, |
7989 | concepts::ExprRequirement::ReturnTypeRequirement ReturnTypeRequirement); |
7990 | concepts::ExprRequirement * |
7991 | BuildExprRequirement( |
7992 | concepts::Requirement::SubstitutionDiagnostic *ExprSubstDiag, |
7993 | bool IsSatisfied, SourceLocation NoexceptLoc, |
7994 | concepts::ExprRequirement::ReturnTypeRequirement ReturnTypeRequirement); |
7995 | concepts::TypeRequirement *BuildTypeRequirement(TypeSourceInfo *Type); |
7996 | concepts::TypeRequirement * |
7997 | BuildTypeRequirement( |
7998 | concepts::Requirement::SubstitutionDiagnostic *SubstDiag); |
7999 | concepts::NestedRequirement *BuildNestedRequirement(Expr *E); |
8000 | concepts::NestedRequirement * |
8001 | BuildNestedRequirement( |
8002 | concepts::Requirement::SubstitutionDiagnostic *SubstDiag); |
8003 | ExprResult ActOnRequiresExpr(SourceLocation RequiresKWLoc, |
8004 | RequiresExprBodyDecl *Body, |
8005 | ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> LocalParameters, |
8006 | ArrayRef<concepts::Requirement *> Requirements, |
8007 | SourceLocation ClosingBraceLoc); |
8008 | |
8009 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8010 | // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) |
8011 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8012 | |
8013 | /// Determine whether an unexpanded parameter pack might be permitted in this |
8014 | /// location. Useful for error recovery. |
8015 | bool isUnexpandedParameterPackPermitted(); |
8016 | |
8017 | /// The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is |
8018 | /// being diagnosed. |
8019 | /// |
8020 | /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first |
8021 | /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. |
8022 | enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { |
8023 | /// An arbitrary expression. |
8024 | UPPC_Expression = 0, |
8025 | |
8026 | /// The base type of a class type. |
8027 | UPPC_BaseType, |
8028 | |
8029 | /// The type of an arbitrary declaration. |
8030 | UPPC_DeclarationType, |
8031 | |
8032 | /// The type of a data member. |
8033 | UPPC_DataMemberType, |
8034 | |
8035 | /// The size of a bit-field. |
8036 | UPPC_BitFieldWidth, |
8037 | |
8038 | /// The expression in a static assertion. |
8039 | UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, |
8040 | |
8041 | /// The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. |
8042 | UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, |
8043 | |
8044 | /// The enumerator value. |
8045 | UPPC_EnumeratorValue, |
8046 | |
8047 | /// A using declaration. |
8048 | UPPC_UsingDeclaration, |
8049 | |
8050 | /// A friend declaration. |
8051 | UPPC_FriendDeclaration, |
8052 | |
8053 | /// A declaration qualifier. |
8054 | UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, |
8055 | |
8056 | /// An initializer. |
8057 | UPPC_Initializer, |
8058 | |
8059 | /// A default argument. |
8060 | UPPC_DefaultArgument, |
8061 | |
8062 | /// The type of a non-type template parameter. |
8063 | UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, |
8064 | |
8065 | /// The type of an exception. |
8066 | UPPC_ExceptionType, |
8067 | |
8068 | /// Partial specialization. |
8069 | UPPC_PartialSpecialization, |
8070 | |
8071 | /// Microsoft __if_exists. |
8072 | UPPC_IfExists, |
8073 | |
8074 | /// Microsoft __if_not_exists. |
8075 | UPPC_IfNotExists, |
8076 | |
8077 | /// Lambda expression. |
8078 | UPPC_Lambda, |
8079 | |
8080 | /// Block expression. |
8081 | UPPC_Block, |
8082 | |
8083 | /// A type constraint. |
8084 | UPPC_TypeConstraint, |
8085 | |
8086 | // A requirement in a requires-expression. |
8087 | UPPC_Requirement, |
8088 | |
8089 | // A requires-clause. |
8090 | UPPC_RequiresClause, |
8091 | }; |
8092 | |
8093 | /// Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. |
8094 | /// |
8095 | /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. |
8096 | /// |
8097 | /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded |
8098 | /// parameter packs. |
8099 | /// |
8100 | /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. |
8101 | /// |
8102 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
8103 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, |
8104 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, |
8105 | ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); |
8106 | |
8107 | /// If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, |
8108 | /// diagnose the error. |
8109 | /// |
8110 | /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. |
8111 | /// |
8112 | /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter |
8113 | /// packs. |
8114 | /// |
8115 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
8116 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, |
8117 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
8118 | |
8119 | /// If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter |
8120 | /// pack, diagnose the error. |
8121 | /// |
8122 | /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded |
8123 | /// parameter packs. |
8124 | /// |
8125 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
8126 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, |
8127 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); |
8128 | |
8129 | /// If the given requirees-expression contains an unexpanded reference to one |
8130 | /// of its own parameter packs, diagnose the error. |
8131 | /// |
8132 | /// \param RE The requiress-expression that is being checked for unexpanded |
8133 | /// parameter packs. |
8134 | /// |
8135 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
8136 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPackInRequiresExpr(RequiresExpr *RE); |
8137 | |
8138 | /// If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded |
8139 | /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. |
8140 | /// |
8141 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for |
8142 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
8143 | /// |
8144 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
8145 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
8146 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
8147 | |
8148 | /// If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, |
8149 | /// diagnose the error. |
8150 | /// |
8151 | /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that |
8152 | /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. |
8153 | /// |
8154 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
8155 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
8156 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
8157 | |
8158 | /// If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, |
8159 | /// diagnose the error. |
8160 | /// |
8161 | /// \param Loc The location of the template name. |
8162 | /// |
8163 | /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded |
8164 | /// parameter packs. |
8165 | /// |
8166 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
8167 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, |
8168 | TemplateName Template, |
8169 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
8170 | |
8171 | /// If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter |
8172 | /// pack, diagnose the error. |
8173 | /// |
8174 | /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded |
8175 | /// parameter packs. |
8176 | /// |
8177 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
8178 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, |
8179 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
8180 | |
8181 | /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
8182 | /// template argument. |
8183 | /// |
8184 | /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find |
8185 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
8186 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, |
8187 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
8188 | |
8189 | /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
8190 | /// template argument. |
8191 | /// |
8192 | /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find |
8193 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
8194 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, |
8195 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
8196 | |
8197 | /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
8198 | /// type. |
8199 | /// |
8200 | /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find |
8201 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
8202 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, |
8203 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
8204 | |
8205 | /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
8206 | /// type. |
8207 | /// |
8208 | /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find |
8209 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
8210 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, |
8211 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
8212 | |
8213 | /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
8214 | /// nested-name-specifier. |
8215 | /// |
8216 | /// \param NNS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find |
8217 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
8218 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, |
8219 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
8220 | |
8221 | /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
8222 | /// name. |
8223 | /// |
8224 | /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find |
8225 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
8226 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
8227 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
8228 | |
8229 | /// Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an |
8230 | /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. |
8231 | /// |
8232 | /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which |
8233 | /// may already be invalid. |
8234 | /// |
8235 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. |
8236 | ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, |
8237 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
8238 | |
8239 | /// Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which |
8240 | /// creates a pack expansion. |
8241 | /// |
8242 | /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become |
8243 | /// the pattern of the pack expansion. |
8244 | /// |
8245 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. |
8246 | TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
8247 | |
8248 | /// Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack |
8249 | /// expansion. |
8250 | TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, |
8251 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
8252 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); |
8253 | |
8254 | /// Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack |
8255 | /// expansion. |
8256 | QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, |
8257 | SourceRange PatternRange, |
8258 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
8259 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); |
8260 | |
8261 | /// Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which |
8262 | /// creates a pack expansion. |
8263 | /// |
8264 | /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become |
8265 | /// the pattern of the pack expansion. |
8266 | /// |
8267 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. |
8268 | ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
8269 | |
8270 | /// Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which |
8271 | /// creates a pack expansion. |
8272 | /// |
8273 | /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become |
8274 | /// the pattern of the pack expansion. |
8275 | /// |
8276 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. |
8277 | ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
8278 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); |
8279 | |
8280 | /// Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the |
8281 | /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly |
8282 | /// transforming the pattern. |
8283 | /// |
8284 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the |
8285 | /// pack expansion. |
8286 | /// |
8287 | /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of |
8288 | /// the pack expansion. |
8289 | /// |
8290 | /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the |
8291 | /// pattern. |
8292 | /// |
8293 | /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should |
8294 | /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When |
8295 | /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. |
8296 | /// |
8297 | /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded |
8298 | /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used |
8299 | /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per |
8300 | /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. |
8301 | /// |
8302 | /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in |
8303 | /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an |
8304 | /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the |
8305 | /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) |
8306 | /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. |
8307 | /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may |
8308 | /// set this value in other cases. |
8309 | /// |
8310 | /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs |
8311 | /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false |
8312 | /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) |
8313 | /// must be set. |
8314 | bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
8315 | SourceRange PatternRange, |
8316 | ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, |
8317 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
8318 | bool &ShouldExpand, |
8319 | bool &RetainExpansion, |
8320 | Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); |
8321 | |
8322 | /// Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion |
8323 | /// type. |
8324 | /// |
8325 | /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is |
8326 | /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. |
8327 | /// |
8328 | /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. |
8329 | Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, |
8330 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
8331 | |
8332 | /// Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded |
8333 | /// parameter packs. |
8334 | /// |
8335 | /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators |
8336 | /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., |
8337 | /// |
8338 | /// \code |
8339 | /// void f(T...); |
8340 | /// \endcode |
8341 | /// |
8342 | /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or |
8343 | /// a variadic function. |
8344 | /// |
8345 | /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, |
8346 | /// false otherwise. |
8347 | bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); |
8348 | |
8349 | /// Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument. |
8350 | /// |
8351 | /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand. |
8352 | /// |
8353 | /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis. |
8354 | /// |
8355 | /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will |
8356 | /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori. |
8357 | TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern( |
8358 | TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc, |
8359 | SourceLocation &Ellipsis, |
8360 | Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const; |
8361 | |
8362 | /// Given a template argument that contains an unexpanded parameter pack, but |
8363 | /// which has already been substituted, attempt to determine the number of |
8364 | /// elements that will be produced once this argument is fully-expanded. |
8365 | /// |
8366 | /// This is intended for use when transforming 'sizeof...(Arg)' in order to |
8367 | /// avoid actually expanding the pack where possible. |
8368 | Optional<unsigned> getFullyPackExpandedSize(TemplateArgument Arg); |
8369 | |
8370 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8371 | // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) |
8372 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8373 | |
8374 | /// Adjust the type \p ArgFunctionType to match the calling convention, |
8375 | /// noreturn, and optionally the exception specification of \p FunctionType. |
8376 | /// Deduction often wants to ignore these properties when matching function |
8377 | /// types. |
8378 | QualType adjustCCAndNoReturn(QualType ArgFunctionType, QualType FunctionType, |
8379 | bool AdjustExceptionSpec = false); |
8380 | |
8381 | /// Describes the result of template argument deduction. |
8382 | /// |
8383 | /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of |
8384 | /// template argument deduction, as returned from |
8385 | /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo |
8386 | /// structure provides additional information about the results of |
8387 | /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument |
8388 | /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or |
8389 | /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. |
8390 | enum TemplateDeductionResult { |
8391 | /// Template argument deduction was successful. |
8392 | TDK_Success = 0, |
8393 | /// The declaration was invalid; do nothing. |
8394 | TDK_Invalid, |
8395 | /// Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template |
8396 | /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). |
8397 | TDK_InstantiationDepth, |
8398 | /// Template argument deduction did not deduce a value |
8399 | /// for every template parameter. |
8400 | TDK_Incomplete, |
8401 | /// Template argument deduction did not deduce a value for every |
8402 | /// expansion of an expanded template parameter pack. |
8403 | TDK_IncompletePack, |
8404 | /// Template argument deduction produced inconsistent |
8405 | /// deduced values for the given template parameter. |
8406 | TDK_Inconsistent, |
8407 | /// Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent |
8408 | /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would |
8409 | /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" |
8410 | /// but were given a non-const "X". |
8411 | TDK_Underqualified, |
8412 | /// Substitution of the deduced template argument values |
8413 | /// resulted in an error. |
8414 | TDK_SubstitutionFailure, |
8415 | /// After substituting deduced template arguments, a dependent |
8416 | /// parameter type did not match the corresponding argument. |
8417 | TDK_DeducedMismatch, |
8418 | /// After substituting deduced template arguments, an element of |
8419 | /// a dependent parameter type did not match the corresponding element |
8420 | /// of the corresponding argument (when deducing from an initializer list). |
8421 | TDK_DeducedMismatchNested, |
8422 | /// A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the |
8423 | /// corresponding component of the argument. |
8424 | TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, |
8425 | /// When performing template argument deduction for a function |
8426 | /// template, there were too many call arguments. |
8427 | TDK_TooManyArguments, |
8428 | /// When performing template argument deduction for a function |
8429 | /// template, there were too few call arguments. |
8430 | TDK_TooFewArguments, |
8431 | /// The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid |
8432 | /// template arguments for the given template. |
8433 | TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, |
8434 | /// Checking non-dependent argument conversions failed. |
8435 | TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure, |
8436 | /// The deduced arguments did not satisfy the constraints associated |
8437 | /// with the template. |
8438 | TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied, |
8439 | /// Deduction failed; that's all we know. |
8440 | TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure, |
8441 | /// CUDA Target attributes do not match. |
8442 | TDK_CUDATargetMismatch |
8443 | }; |
8444 | |
8445 | TemplateDeductionResult |
8446 | DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, |
8447 | const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
8448 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
8449 | |
8450 | TemplateDeductionResult |
8451 | DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, |
8452 | const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
8453 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
8454 | |
8455 | TemplateDeductionResult SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments( |
8456 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
8457 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
8458 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, |
8459 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, QualType *FunctionType, |
8460 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
8461 | |
8462 | /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument |
8463 | // deduction for a call. |
8464 | struct OriginalCallArg { |
8465 | OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, bool DecomposedParam, |
8466 | unsigned ArgIdx, QualType OriginalArgType) |
8467 | : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), |
8468 | DecomposedParam(DecomposedParam), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), |
8469 | OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) {} |
8470 | |
8471 | QualType OriginalParamType; |
8472 | bool DecomposedParam; |
8473 | unsigned ArgIdx; |
8474 | QualType OriginalArgType; |
8475 | }; |
8476 | |
8477 | TemplateDeductionResult FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction( |
8478 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
8479 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, |
8480 | unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, FunctionDecl *&Specialization, |
8481 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, |
8482 | SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = nullptr, |
8483 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
8484 | llvm::function_ref<bool()> CheckNonDependent = []{ return false; }); |
8485 | |
8486 | TemplateDeductionResult DeduceTemplateArguments( |
8487 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
8488 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
8489 | FunctionDecl *&Specialization, sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, |
8490 | bool PartialOverloading, |
8491 | llvm::function_ref<bool(ArrayRef<QualType>)> CheckNonDependent); |
8492 | |
8493 | TemplateDeductionResult |
8494 | DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
8495 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
8496 | QualType ArgFunctionType, |
8497 | FunctionDecl *&Specialization, |
8498 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, |
8499 | bool IsAddressOfFunction = false); |
8500 | |
8501 | TemplateDeductionResult |
8502 | DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
8503 | QualType ToType, |
8504 | CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, |
8505 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
8506 | |
8507 | TemplateDeductionResult |
8508 | DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
8509 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
8510 | FunctionDecl *&Specialization, |
8511 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, |
8512 | bool IsAddressOfFunction = false); |
8513 | |
8514 | /// Substitute Replacement for \p auto in \p TypeWithAuto |
8515 | QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement); |
8516 | /// Substitute Replacement for auto in TypeWithAuto |
8517 | TypeSourceInfo* SubstAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto, |
8518 | QualType Replacement); |
8519 | /// Completely replace the \c auto in \p TypeWithAuto by |
8520 | /// \p Replacement. This does not retain any \c auto type sugar. |
8521 | QualType ReplaceAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement); |
8522 | TypeSourceInfo *ReplaceAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto, |
8523 | QualType Replacement); |
8524 | |
8525 | /// Result type of DeduceAutoType. |
8526 | enum DeduceAutoResult { |
8527 | DAR_Succeeded, |
8528 | DAR_Failed, |
8529 | DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed |
8530 | }; |
8531 | |
8532 | DeduceAutoResult |
8533 | DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, QualType &Result, |
8534 | Optional<unsigned> DependentDeductionDepth = None, |
8535 | bool IgnoreConstraints = false); |
8536 | DeduceAutoResult |
8537 | DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer, QualType &Result, |
8538 | Optional<unsigned> DependentDeductionDepth = None, |
8539 | bool IgnoreConstraints = false); |
8540 | void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); |
8541 | bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc, |
8542 | bool Diagnose = true); |
8543 | |
8544 | /// Declare implicit deduction guides for a class template if we've |
8545 | /// not already done so. |
8546 | void DeclareImplicitDeductionGuides(TemplateDecl *Template, |
8547 | SourceLocation Loc); |
8548 | |
8549 | QualType DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer( |
8550 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
8551 | const InitializationKind &Kind, MultiExprArg Init); |
8552 | |
8553 | QualType deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, DeclarationName Name, |
8554 | QualType Type, TypeSourceInfo *TSI, |
8555 | SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, |
8556 | Expr *Init); |
8557 | |
8558 | TypeLoc getReturnTypeLoc(FunctionDecl *FD) const; |
8559 | |
8560 | bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD, |
8561 | SourceLocation ReturnLoc, |
8562 | Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT); |
8563 | |
8564 | FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate( |
8565 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, SourceLocation Loc, |
8566 | TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, unsigned NumCallArguments1, |
8567 | unsigned NumCallArguments2, bool Reversed = false); |
8568 | UnresolvedSetIterator |
8569 | getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, |
8570 | TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates, |
8571 | SourceLocation Loc, |
8572 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, |
8573 | const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, |
8574 | const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, |
8575 | bool Complain = true, QualType TargetType = QualType()); |
8576 | |
8577 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * |
8578 | getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( |
8579 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, |
8580 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, |
8581 | SourceLocation Loc); |
8582 | |
8583 | bool isMoreSpecializedThanPrimary(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *T, |
8584 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
8585 | |
8586 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( |
8587 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, |
8588 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc); |
8589 | |
8590 | bool isMoreSpecializedThanPrimary(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *T, |
8591 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
8592 | |
8593 | bool isTemplateTemplateParameterAtLeastAsSpecializedAs( |
8594 | TemplateParameterList *PParam, TemplateDecl *AArg, SourceLocation Loc); |
8595 | |
8596 | void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const Expr *E, bool OnlyDeduced, |
8597 | unsigned Depth, llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); |
8598 | |
8599 | void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
8600 | bool OnlyDeduced, |
8601 | unsigned Depth, |
8602 | llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); |
8603 | void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters( |
8604 | const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
8605 | llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { |
8606 | return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); |
8607 | } |
8608 | static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, |
8609 | const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
8610 | llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); |
8611 | |
8612 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8613 | // C++ Template Instantiation |
8614 | // |
8615 | |
8616 | MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList |
8617 | getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, |
8618 | const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = nullptr, |
8619 | bool RelativeToPrimary = false, |
8620 | const FunctionDecl *Pattern = nullptr); |
8621 | |
8622 | /// A context in which code is being synthesized (where a source location |
8623 | /// alone is not sufficient to identify the context). This covers template |
8624 | /// instantiation and various forms of implicitly-generated functions. |
8625 | struct CodeSynthesisContext { |
8626 | /// The kind of template instantiation we are performing |
8627 | enum SynthesisKind { |
8628 | /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is |
8629 | /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). |
8630 | TemplateInstantiation, |
8631 | |
8632 | /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template |
8633 | /// parameter. The Entity is the template parameter whose argument is |
8634 | /// being instantiated, the Template is the template, and the |
8635 | /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provide the template arguments as |
8636 | /// specified. |
8637 | DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, |
8638 | |
8639 | /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. |
8640 | /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs |
8641 | /// provides the template arguments as specified. |
8642 | DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, |
8643 | |
8644 | /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for |
8645 | /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. |
8646 | ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, |
8647 | |
8648 | /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of |
8649 | /// template argument deduction for either a class template |
8650 | /// partial specialization or a function template. The |
8651 | /// Entity is either a {Class|Var}TemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or |
8652 | /// a TemplateDecl. |
8653 | DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, |
8654 | |
8655 | /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new |
8656 | /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a |
8657 | /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. |
8658 | PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, |
8659 | |
8660 | /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that |
8661 | /// has been used when naming a template-id. |
8662 | DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, |
8663 | |
8664 | /// We are computing the exception specification for a defaulted special |
8665 | /// member function. |
8666 | ExceptionSpecEvaluation, |
8667 | |
8668 | /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function |
8669 | /// template which was deferred until it was needed. |
8670 | ExceptionSpecInstantiation, |
8671 | |
8672 | /// We are instantiating a requirement of a requires expression. |
8673 | RequirementInstantiation, |
8674 | |
8675 | /// We are checking the satisfaction of a nested requirement of a requires |
8676 | /// expression. |
8677 | NestedRequirementConstraintsCheck, |
8678 | |
8679 | /// We are declaring an implicit special member function. |
8680 | DeclaringSpecialMember, |
8681 | |
8682 | /// We are declaring an implicit 'operator==' for a defaulted |
8683 | /// 'operator<=>'. |
8684 | DeclaringImplicitEqualityComparison, |
8685 | |
8686 | /// We are defining a synthesized function (such as a defaulted special |
8687 | /// member). |
8688 | DefiningSynthesizedFunction, |
8689 | |
8690 | // We are checking the constraints associated with a constrained entity or |
8691 | // the constraint expression of a concept. This includes the checks that |
8692 | // atomic constraints have the type 'bool' and that they can be constant |
8693 | // evaluated. |
8694 | ConstraintsCheck, |
8695 | |
8696 | // We are substituting template arguments into a constraint expression. |
8697 | ConstraintSubstitution, |
8698 | |
8699 | // We are normalizing a constraint expression. |
8700 | ConstraintNormalization, |
8701 | |
8702 | // We are substituting into the parameter mapping of an atomic constraint |
8703 | // during normalization. |
8704 | ParameterMappingSubstitution, |
8705 | |
8706 | /// We are rewriting a comparison operator in terms of an operator<=>. |
8707 | RewritingOperatorAsSpaceship, |
8708 | |
8709 | /// We are initializing a structured binding. |
8710 | InitializingStructuredBinding, |
8711 | |
8712 | /// We are marking a class as __dllexport. |
8713 | MarkingClassDllexported, |
8714 | |
8715 | /// Added for Template instantiation observation. |
8716 | /// Memoization means we are _not_ instantiating a template because |
8717 | /// it is already instantiated (but we entered a context where we |
8718 | /// would have had to if it was not already instantiated). |
8719 | Memoization |
8720 | } Kind; |
8721 | |
8722 | /// Was the enclosing context a non-instantiation SFINAE context? |
8723 | bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; |
8724 | |
8725 | /// The point of instantiation or synthesis within the source code. |
8726 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; |
8727 | |
8728 | /// The entity that is being synthesized. |
8729 | Decl *Entity; |
8730 | |
8731 | /// The template (or partial specialization) in which we are |
8732 | /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template |
8733 | /// arguments. |
8734 | NamedDecl *Template; |
8735 | |
8736 | /// The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they |
8737 | /// are not part of the entity. |
8738 | const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; |
8739 | |
8740 | // FIXME: Wrap this union around more members, or perhaps store the |
8741 | // kind-specific members in the RAII object owning the context. |
8742 | union { |
8743 | /// The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. |
8744 | unsigned NumTemplateArgs; |
8745 | |
8746 | /// The special member being declared or defined. |
8747 | CXXSpecialMember SpecialMember; |
8748 | }; |
8749 | |
8750 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const { |
8751 | assert(Kind != DeclaringSpecialMember)((void)0); |
8752 | return {TemplateArgs, NumTemplateArgs}; |
8753 | } |
8754 | |
8755 | /// The template deduction info object associated with the |
8756 | /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. |
8757 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; |
8758 | |
8759 | /// The source range that covers the construct that cause |
8760 | /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class |
8761 | /// template instantiation. |
8762 | SourceRange InstantiationRange; |
8763 | |
8764 | CodeSynthesisContext() |
8765 | : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), |
8766 | SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(false), Entity(nullptr), |
8767 | Template(nullptr), TemplateArgs(nullptr), NumTemplateArgs(0), |
8768 | DeductionInfo(nullptr) {} |
8769 | |
8770 | /// Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation |
8771 | /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. |
8772 | bool isInstantiationRecord() const; |
8773 | }; |
8774 | |
8775 | /// List of active code synthesis contexts. |
8776 | /// |
8777 | /// This vector is treated as a stack. As synthesis of one entity requires |
8778 | /// synthesis of another, additional contexts are pushed onto the stack. |
8779 | SmallVector<CodeSynthesisContext, 16> CodeSynthesisContexts; |
8780 | |
8781 | /// Specializations whose definitions are currently being instantiated. |
8782 | llvm::DenseSet<std::pair<Decl *, unsigned>> InstantiatingSpecializations; |
8783 | |
8784 | /// Non-dependent types used in templates that have already been instantiated |
8785 | /// by some template instantiation. |
8786 | llvm::DenseSet<QualType> InstantiatedNonDependentTypes; |
8787 | |
8788 | /// Extra modules inspected when performing a lookup during a template |
8789 | /// instantiation. Computed lazily. |
8790 | SmallVector<Module*, 16> CodeSynthesisContextLookupModules; |
8791 | |
8792 | /// Cache of additional modules that should be used for name lookup |
8793 | /// within the current template instantiation. Computed lazily; use |
8794 | /// getLookupModules() to get a complete set. |
8795 | llvm::DenseSet<Module*> LookupModulesCache; |
8796 | |
8797 | /// Get the set of additional modules that should be checked during |
8798 | /// name lookup. A module and its imports become visible when instanting a |
8799 | /// template defined within it. |
8800 | llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &getLookupModules(); |
8801 | |
8802 | /// Map from the most recent declaration of a namespace to the most |
8803 | /// recent visible declaration of that namespace. |
8804 | llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, NamedDecl*> VisibleNamespaceCache; |
8805 | |
8806 | /// Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with |
8807 | /// template instantiation. |
8808 | /// |
8809 | /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside |
8810 | /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. |
8811 | bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; |
8812 | |
8813 | /// The number of \p CodeSynthesisContexts that are not template |
8814 | /// instantiations and, therefore, should not be counted as part of the |
8815 | /// instantiation depth. |
8816 | /// |
8817 | /// When the instantiation depth reaches the user-configurable limit |
8818 | /// \p LangOptions::InstantiationDepth we will abort instantiation. |
8819 | // FIXME: Should we have a similar limit for other forms of synthesis? |
8820 | unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; |
8821 | |
8822 | /// The depth of the context stack at the point when the most recent |
8823 | /// error or warning was produced. |
8824 | /// |
8825 | /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant context stacks |
8826 | /// when there are multiple errors or warnings in the same instantiation. |
8827 | // FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough to implement it anywhere else. |
8828 | unsigned LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth = 0; |
8829 | |
8830 | /// The template instantiation callbacks to trace or track |
8831 | /// instantiations (objects can be chained). |
8832 | /// |
8833 | /// This callbacks is used to print, trace or track template |
8834 | /// instantiations as they are being constructed. |
8835 | std::vector<std::unique_ptr<TemplateInstantiationCallback>> |
8836 | TemplateInstCallbacks; |
8837 | |
8838 | /// The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be |
8839 | /// used for substitution of parameter packs. |
8840 | /// |
8841 | /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs |
8842 | /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies |
8843 | /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. |
8844 | int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; |
8845 | |
8846 | /// RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index |
8847 | /// within a \c Sema object. |
8848 | /// |
8849 | /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. |
8850 | class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { |
8851 | Sema &Self; |
8852 | int OldSubstitutionIndex; |
8853 | |
8854 | public: |
8855 | ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) |
8856 | : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { |
8857 | Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; |
8858 | } |
8859 | |
8860 | ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { |
8861 | Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; |
8862 | } |
8863 | }; |
8864 | |
8865 | friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; |
8866 | |
8867 | /// For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the |
8868 | /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument |
8869 | /// deduction. |
8870 | /// |
8871 | /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. |
8872 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > |
8873 | SuppressedDiagnosticsMap; |
8874 | SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics; |
8875 | |
8876 | /// A stack object to be created when performing template |
8877 | /// instantiation. |
8878 | /// |
8879 | /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate |
8880 | /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active |
8881 | /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum |
8882 | /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction |
8883 | /// produces an error and evaluates true. |
8884 | /// |
8885 | /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off |
8886 | /// the stack. |
8887 | struct InstantiatingTemplate { |
8888 | /// Note that we are instantiating a class template, |
8889 | /// function template, variable template, alias template, |
8890 | /// or a member thereof. |
8891 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
8892 | Decl *Entity, |
8893 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
8894 | |
8895 | struct ExceptionSpecification {}; |
8896 | /// Note that we are instantiating an exception specification |
8897 | /// of a function template. |
8898 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
8899 | FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, |
8900 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
8901 | |
8902 | /// Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a |
8903 | /// template-id. |
8904 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
8905 | TemplateParameter Param, TemplateDecl *Template, |
8906 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
8907 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
8908 | |
8909 | /// Note that we are substituting either explicitly-specified or |
8910 | /// deduced template arguments during function template argument deduction. |
8911 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
8912 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
8913 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
8914 | CodeSynthesisContext::SynthesisKind Kind, |
8915 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
8916 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
8917 | |
8918 | /// Note that we are instantiating as part of template |
8919 | /// argument deduction for a class template declaration. |
8920 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
8921 | TemplateDecl *Template, |
8922 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
8923 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
8924 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
8925 | |
8926 | /// Note that we are instantiating as part of template |
8927 | /// argument deduction for a class template partial |
8928 | /// specialization. |
8929 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
8930 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, |
8931 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
8932 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
8933 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
8934 | |
8935 | /// Note that we are instantiating as part of template |
8936 | /// argument deduction for a variable template partial |
8937 | /// specialization. |
8938 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
8939 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, |
8940 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
8941 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
8942 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
8943 | |
8944 | /// Note that we are instantiating a default argument for a function |
8945 | /// parameter. |
8946 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
8947 | ParmVarDecl *Param, |
8948 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
8949 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
8950 | |
8951 | /// Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a |
8952 | /// non-type parameter. |
8953 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
8954 | NamedDecl *Template, |
8955 | NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, |
8956 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
8957 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
8958 | |
8959 | /// Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a |
8960 | /// template template parameter. |
8961 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
8962 | NamedDecl *Template, |
8963 | TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, |
8964 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
8965 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
8966 | |
8967 | /// Note that we are checking the default template argument |
8968 | /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. |
8969 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
8970 | TemplateDecl *Template, |
8971 | NamedDecl *Param, |
8972 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
8973 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
8974 | |
8975 | struct ConstraintsCheck {}; |
8976 | /// \brief Note that we are checking the constraints associated with some |
8977 | /// constrained entity (a concept declaration or a template with associated |
8978 | /// constraints). |
8979 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
8980 | ConstraintsCheck, NamedDecl *Template, |
8981 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
8982 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
8983 | |
8984 | struct ConstraintSubstitution {}; |
8985 | /// \brief Note that we are checking a constraint expression associated |
8986 | /// with a template declaration or as part of the satisfaction check of a |
8987 | /// concept. |
8988 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
8989 | ConstraintSubstitution, NamedDecl *Template, |
8990 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
8991 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
8992 | |
8993 | struct ConstraintNormalization {}; |
8994 | /// \brief Note that we are normalizing a constraint expression. |
8995 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
8996 | ConstraintNormalization, NamedDecl *Template, |
8997 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
8998 | |
8999 | struct ParameterMappingSubstitution {}; |
9000 | /// \brief Note that we are subtituting into the parameter mapping of an |
9001 | /// atomic constraint during constraint normalization. |
9002 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
9003 | ParameterMappingSubstitution, NamedDecl *Template, |
9004 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
9005 | |
9006 | /// \brief Note that we are substituting template arguments into a part of |
9007 | /// a requirement of a requires expression. |
9008 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
9009 | concepts::Requirement *Req, |
9010 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
9011 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
9012 | |
9013 | /// \brief Note that we are checking the satisfaction of the constraint |
9014 | /// expression inside of a nested requirement. |
9015 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
9016 | concepts::NestedRequirement *Req, ConstraintsCheck, |
9017 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
9018 | |
9019 | /// Note that we have finished instantiating this template. |
9020 | void Clear(); |
9021 | |
9022 | ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } |
9023 | |
9024 | /// Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum |
9025 | /// recursive template instantiations. |
9026 | bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; } |
9027 | |
9028 | /// Determine whether we are already instantiating this |
9029 | /// specialization in some surrounding active instantiation. |
9030 | bool isAlreadyInstantiating() const { return AlreadyInstantiating; } |
9031 | |
9032 | private: |
9033 | Sema &SemaRef; |
9034 | bool Invalid; |
9035 | bool AlreadyInstantiating; |
9036 | bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
9037 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
9038 | |
9039 | InstantiatingTemplate( |
9040 | Sema &SemaRef, CodeSynthesisContext::SynthesisKind Kind, |
9041 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, SourceRange InstantiationRange, |
9042 | Decl *Entity, NamedDecl *Template = nullptr, |
9043 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs = None, |
9044 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo = nullptr); |
9045 | |
9046 | InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete; |
9047 | |
9048 | InstantiatingTemplate& |
9049 | operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete; |
9050 | }; |
9051 | |
9052 | void pushCodeSynthesisContext(CodeSynthesisContext Ctx); |
9053 | void popCodeSynthesisContext(); |
9054 | |
9055 | /// Determine whether we are currently performing template instantiation. |
9056 | bool inTemplateInstantiation() const { |
9057 | return CodeSynthesisContexts.size() > NonInstantiationEntries; |
9058 | } |
9059 | |
9060 | void PrintContextStack() { |
9061 | if (!CodeSynthesisContexts.empty() && |
9062 | CodeSynthesisContexts.size() != LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth) { |
9063 | PrintInstantiationStack(); |
9064 | LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth = CodeSynthesisContexts.size(); |
9065 | } |
9066 | if (PragmaAttributeCurrentTargetDecl) |
9067 | PrintPragmaAttributeInstantiationPoint(); |
9068 | } |
9069 | void PrintInstantiationStack(); |
9070 | |
9071 | void PrintPragmaAttributeInstantiationPoint(); |
9072 | |
9073 | /// Determines whether we are currently in a context where |
9074 | /// template argument substitution failures are not considered |
9075 | /// errors. |
9076 | /// |
9077 | /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. |
9078 | /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest |
9079 | /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture |
9080 | /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. |
9081 | Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; |
9082 | |
9083 | /// Determines whether we are currently in a context that |
9084 | /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. |
9085 | bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { |
9086 | assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&((void)0) |
9087 | "Must be in an expression evaluation context")((void)0); |
9088 | return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated(); |
9089 | } |
9090 | |
9091 | /// RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has |
9092 | /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument |
9093 | /// deduction. |
9094 | class SFINAETrap { |
9095 | Sema &SemaRef; |
9096 | unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; |
9097 | bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; |
9098 | bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; |
9099 | bool PrevLastDiagnosticIgnored; |
9100 | |
9101 | public: |
9102 | explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) |
9103 | : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), |
9104 | PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( |
9105 | SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), |
9106 | PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE), |
9107 | PrevLastDiagnosticIgnored( |
9108 | SemaRef.getDiagnostics().isLastDiagnosticIgnored()) |
9109 | { |
9110 | if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) |
9111 | SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; |
9112 | SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; |
9113 | } |
9114 | |
9115 | ~SFINAETrap() { |
9116 | SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; |
9117 | SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext |
9118 | = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; |
9119 | SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; |
9120 | SemaRef.getDiagnostics().setLastDiagnosticIgnored( |
9121 | PrevLastDiagnosticIgnored); |
9122 | } |
9123 | |
9124 | /// Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. |
9125 | bool hasErrorOccurred() const { |
9126 | return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; |
9127 | } |
9128 | }; |
9129 | |
9130 | /// RAII class used to indicate that we are performing provisional |
9131 | /// semantic analysis to determine the validity of a construct, so |
9132 | /// typo-correction and diagnostics in the immediate context (not within |
9133 | /// implicitly-instantiated templates) should be suppressed. |
9134 | class TentativeAnalysisScope { |
9135 | Sema &SemaRef; |
9136 | // FIXME: Using a SFINAETrap for this is a hack. |
9137 | SFINAETrap Trap; |
9138 | bool PrevDisableTypoCorrection; |
9139 | public: |
9140 | explicit TentativeAnalysisScope(Sema &SemaRef) |
9141 | : SemaRef(SemaRef), Trap(SemaRef, true), |
9142 | PrevDisableTypoCorrection(SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection) { |
9143 | SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true; |
9144 | } |
9145 | ~TentativeAnalysisScope() { |
9146 | SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = PrevDisableTypoCorrection; |
9147 | } |
9148 | }; |
9149 | |
9150 | /// The current instantiation scope used to store local |
9151 | /// variables. |
9152 | LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; |
9153 | |
9154 | /// Tracks whether we are in a context where typo correction is |
9155 | /// disabled. |
9156 | bool DisableTypoCorrection; |
9157 | |
9158 | /// The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. |
9159 | unsigned TyposCorrected; |
9160 | |
9161 | typedef llvm::SmallSet<SourceLocation, 2> SrcLocSet; |
9162 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, SrcLocSet> IdentifierSourceLocations; |
9163 | |
9164 | /// A cache containing identifiers for which typo correction failed and |
9165 | /// their locations, so that repeated attempts to correct an identifier in a |
9166 | /// given location are ignored if typo correction already failed for it. |
9167 | IdentifierSourceLocations TypoCorrectionFailures; |
9168 | |
9169 | /// Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. |
9170 | sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; |
9171 | threadSafety::BeforeSet *ThreadSafetyDeclCache; |
9172 | |
9173 | /// An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. |
9174 | /// |
9175 | /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in |
9176 | /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily |
9177 | /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the |
9178 | /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), |
9179 | /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, |
9180 | /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. |
9181 | typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; |
9182 | |
9183 | /// The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required |
9184 | /// but have not yet been performed. |
9185 | std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; |
9186 | |
9187 | /// Queue of implicit template instantiations that cannot be performed |
9188 | /// eagerly. |
9189 | SmallVector<PendingImplicitInstantiation, 1> LateParsedInstantiations; |
9190 | |
9191 | class GlobalEagerInstantiationScope { |
9192 | public: |
9193 | GlobalEagerInstantiationScope(Sema &S, bool Enabled) |
9194 | : S(S), Enabled(Enabled) { |
9195 | if (!Enabled) return; |
9196 | |
9197 | SavedPendingInstantiations.swap(S.PendingInstantiations); |
9198 | SavedVTableUses.swap(S.VTableUses); |
9199 | } |
9200 | |
9201 | void perform() { |
9202 | if (Enabled) { |
9203 | S.DefineUsedVTables(); |
9204 | S.PerformPendingInstantiations(); |
9205 | } |
9206 | } |
9207 | |
9208 | ~GlobalEagerInstantiationScope() { |
9209 | if (!Enabled) return; |
9210 | |
9211 | // Restore the set of pending vtables. |
9212 | assert(S.VTableUses.empty() &&((void)0) |
9213 | "VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded.")((void)0); |
9214 | S.VTableUses.swap(SavedVTableUses); |
9215 | |
9216 | // Restore the set of pending implicit instantiations. |
9217 | if (S.TUKind != TU_Prefix || !S.LangOpts.PCHInstantiateTemplates) { |
9218 | assert(S.PendingInstantiations.empty() &&((void)0) |
9219 | "PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded.")((void)0); |
9220 | S.PendingInstantiations.swap(SavedPendingInstantiations); |
9221 | } else { |
9222 | // Template instantiations in the PCH may be delayed until the TU. |
9223 | S.PendingInstantiations.swap(SavedPendingInstantiations); |
9224 | S.PendingInstantiations.insert(S.PendingInstantiations.end(), |
9225 | SavedPendingInstantiations.begin(), |
9226 | SavedPendingInstantiations.end()); |
9227 | } |
9228 | } |
9229 | |
9230 | private: |
9231 | Sema &S; |
9232 | SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> SavedVTableUses; |
9233 | std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> SavedPendingInstantiations; |
9234 | bool Enabled; |
9235 | }; |
9236 | |
9237 | /// The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required |
9238 | /// and must be performed within the current local scope. |
9239 | /// |
9240 | /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in |
9241 | /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their |
9242 | /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local |
9243 | /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. |
9244 | std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; |
9245 | |
9246 | class LocalEagerInstantiationScope { |
9247 | public: |
9248 | LocalEagerInstantiationScope(Sema &S) : S(S) { |
9249 | SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap( |
9250 | S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations); |
9251 | } |
9252 | |
9253 | void perform() { S.PerformPendingInstantiations(/*LocalOnly=*/true); } |
9254 | |
9255 | ~LocalEagerInstantiationScope() { |
9256 | assert(S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() &&((void)0) |
9257 | "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations")((void)0); |
9258 | SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap( |
9259 | S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations); |
9260 | } |
9261 | |
9262 | private: |
9263 | Sema &S; |
9264 | std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> |
9265 | SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; |
9266 | }; |
9267 | |
9268 | /// A helper class for building up ExtParameterInfos. |
9269 | class ExtParameterInfoBuilder { |
9270 | SmallVector<FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo, 16> Infos; |
9271 | bool HasInteresting = false; |
9272 | |
9273 | public: |
9274 | /// Set the ExtParameterInfo for the parameter at the given index, |
9275 | /// |
9276 | void set(unsigned index, FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo info) { |
9277 | assert(Infos.size() <= index)((void)0); |
9278 | Infos.resize(index); |
9279 | Infos.push_back(info); |
9280 | |
9281 | if (!HasInteresting) |
9282 | HasInteresting = (info != FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo()); |
9283 | } |
9284 | |
9285 | /// Return a pointer (suitable for setting in an ExtProtoInfo) to the |
9286 | /// ExtParameterInfo array we've built up. |
9287 | const FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo * |
9288 | getPointerOrNull(unsigned numParams) { |
9289 | if (!HasInteresting) return nullptr; |
9290 | Infos.resize(numParams); |
9291 | return Infos.data(); |
9292 | } |
9293 | }; |
9294 | |
9295 | void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); |
9296 | |
9297 | TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, |
9298 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
9299 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, |
9300 | bool AllowDeducedTST = false); |
9301 | |
9302 | QualType SubstType(QualType T, |
9303 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
9304 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
9305 | |
9306 | TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, |
9307 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
9308 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
9309 | |
9310 | TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, |
9311 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
9312 | SourceLocation Loc, |
9313 | DeclarationName Entity, |
9314 | CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, |
9315 | Qualifiers ThisTypeQuals); |
9316 | void SubstExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *New, const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
9317 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args); |
9318 | bool SubstExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, |
9319 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI, |
9320 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ExceptionStorage, |
9321 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args); |
9322 | ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, |
9323 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
9324 | int indexAdjustment, |
9325 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, |
9326 | bool ExpectParameterPack); |
9327 | bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params, |
9328 | const FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo *ExtParamInfos, |
9329 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
9330 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, |
9331 | SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams, |
9332 | ExtParameterInfoBuilder &ParamInfos); |
9333 | ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, |
9334 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
9335 | |
9336 | /// Substitute the given template arguments into a list of |
9337 | /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. |
9338 | /// |
9339 | /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. |
9340 | /// |
9341 | /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case |
9342 | /// default arguments will be dropped. |
9343 | /// |
9344 | /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. |
9345 | /// |
9346 | /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. |
9347 | /// |
9348 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
9349 | bool SubstExprs(ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs, bool IsCall, |
9350 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
9351 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); |
9352 | |
9353 | StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, |
9354 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
9355 | |
9356 | TemplateParameterList * |
9357 | SubstTemplateParams(TemplateParameterList *Params, DeclContext *Owner, |
9358 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
9359 | |
9360 | bool |
9361 | SubstTemplateArguments(ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args, |
9362 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
9363 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &Outputs); |
9364 | |
9365 | |
9366 | Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, |
9367 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
9368 | |
9369 | /// Substitute the name and return type of a defaulted 'operator<=>' to form |
9370 | /// an implicit 'operator=='. |
9371 | FunctionDecl *SubstSpaceshipAsEqualEqual(CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
9372 | FunctionDecl *Spaceship); |
9373 | |
9374 | ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, |
9375 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
9376 | bool CXXDirectInit); |
9377 | |
9378 | bool |
9379 | SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, |
9380 | CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, |
9381 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
9382 | |
9383 | bool |
9384 | InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
9385 | CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, |
9386 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
9387 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, |
9388 | bool Complain = true); |
9389 | |
9390 | bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
9391 | EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, |
9392 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
9393 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); |
9394 | |
9395 | bool InstantiateInClassInitializer( |
9396 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, FieldDecl *Instantiation, |
9397 | FieldDecl *Pattern, const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
9398 | |
9399 | struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { |
9400 | const Attr *TmplAttr; |
9401 | LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; |
9402 | Decl *NewDecl; |
9403 | |
9404 | LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, |
9405 | Decl *D) |
9406 | : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) |
9407 | { } |
9408 | }; |
9409 | typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; |
9410 | |
9411 | void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
9412 | const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, |
9413 | LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr, |
9414 | LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr); |
9415 | |
9416 | void |
9417 | InstantiateAttrsForDecl(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
9418 | const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, |
9419 | LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr, |
9420 | LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr); |
9421 | |
9422 | void InstantiateDefaultCtorDefaultArgs(CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); |
9423 | |
9424 | bool usesPartialOrExplicitSpecialization( |
9425 | SourceLocation Loc, ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec); |
9426 | |
9427 | bool |
9428 | InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
9429 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, |
9430 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, |
9431 | bool Complain = true); |
9432 | |
9433 | void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
9434 | CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, |
9435 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
9436 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); |
9437 | |
9438 | void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( |
9439 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
9440 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, |
9441 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); |
9442 | |
9443 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc |
9444 | SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, |
9445 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
9446 | |
9447 | DeclarationNameInfo |
9448 | SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
9449 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
9450 | TemplateName |
9451 | SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, |
9452 | SourceLocation Loc, |
9453 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
9454 | bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, |
9455 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, |
9456 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
9457 | |
9458 | bool InstantiateDefaultArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FD, |
9459 | ParmVarDecl *Param); |
9460 | void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
9461 | FunctionDecl *Function); |
9462 | bool CheckInstantiatedFunctionTemplateConstraints( |
9463 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, FunctionDecl *Decl, |
9464 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
9465 | ConstraintSatisfaction &Satisfaction); |
9466 | FunctionDecl *InstantiateFunctionDeclaration(FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD, |
9467 | const TemplateArgumentList *Args, |
9468 | SourceLocation Loc); |
9469 | void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
9470 | FunctionDecl *Function, |
9471 | bool Recursive = false, |
9472 | bool DefinitionRequired = false, |
9473 | bool AtEndOfTU = false); |
9474 | VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *BuildVarTemplateInstantiation( |
9475 | VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, VarDecl *FromVar, |
9476 | const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgList, |
9477 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgsInfo, |
9478 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, |
9479 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
9480 | LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr, |
9481 | LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = nullptr); |
9482 | VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *CompleteVarTemplateSpecializationDecl( |
9483 | VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec, VarDecl *PatternDecl, |
9484 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
9485 | void |
9486 | BuildVariableInstantiation(VarDecl *NewVar, VarDecl *OldVar, |
9487 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
9488 | LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs, |
9489 | DeclContext *Owner, |
9490 | LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope, |
9491 | bool InstantiatingVarTemplate = false, |
9492 | VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *PrevVTSD = nullptr); |
9493 | |
9494 | void InstantiateVariableInitializer( |
9495 | VarDecl *Var, VarDecl *OldVar, |
9496 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
9497 | void InstantiateVariableDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
9498 | VarDecl *Var, bool Recursive = false, |
9499 | bool DefinitionRequired = false, |
9500 | bool AtEndOfTU = false); |
9501 | |
9502 | void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, |
9503 | const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, |
9504 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
9505 | |
9506 | NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, |
9507 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
9508 | bool FindingInstantiatedContext = false); |
9509 | DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, |
9510 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
9511 | |
9512 | // Objective-C declarations. |
9513 | enum ObjCContainerKind { |
9514 | OCK_None = -1, |
9515 | OCK_Interface = 0, |
9516 | OCK_Protocol, |
9517 | OCK_Category, |
9518 | OCK_ClassExtension, |
9519 | OCK_Implementation, |
9520 | OCK_CategoryImplementation |
9521 | }; |
9522 | ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; |
9523 | |
9524 | DeclResult actOnObjCTypeParam(Scope *S, |
9525 | ObjCTypeParamVariance variance, |
9526 | SourceLocation varianceLoc, |
9527 | unsigned index, |
9528 | IdentifierInfo *paramName, |
9529 | SourceLocation paramLoc, |
9530 | SourceLocation colonLoc, |
9531 | ParsedType typeBound); |
9532 | |
9533 | ObjCTypeParamList *actOnObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, SourceLocation lAngleLoc, |
9534 | ArrayRef<Decl *> typeParams, |
9535 | SourceLocation rAngleLoc); |
9536 | void popObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList); |
9537 | |
9538 | Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface( |
9539 | Scope *S, SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
9540 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList, |
9541 | IdentifierInfo *SuperName, SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
9542 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs, SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange, |
9543 | Decl *const *ProtoRefs, unsigned NumProtoRefs, |
9544 | const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, |
9545 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
9546 | |
9547 | void ActOnSuperClassOfClassInterface(Scope *S, |
9548 | SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, |
9549 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl, |
9550 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
9551 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, |
9552 | IdentifierInfo *SuperName, |
9553 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
9554 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs, |
9555 | SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange); |
9556 | |
9557 | void ActOnTypedefedProtocols(SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &ProtocolRefs, |
9558 | SmallVectorImpl<SourceLocation> &ProtocolLocs, |
9559 | IdentifierInfo *SuperName, |
9560 | SourceLocation SuperLoc); |
9561 | |
9562 | Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( |
9563 | SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, |
9564 | IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, |
9565 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); |
9566 | |
9567 | bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( |
9568 | IdentifierInfo *PName, |
9569 | SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, |
9570 | const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); |
9571 | |
9572 | Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( |
9573 | SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, |
9574 | SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, Decl *const *ProtoRefNames, |
9575 | unsigned NumProtoRefs, const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, |
9576 | SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
9577 | |
9578 | Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface( |
9579 | SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
9580 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList, |
9581 | IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, SourceLocation CategoryLoc, |
9582 | Decl *const *ProtoRefs, unsigned NumProtoRefs, |
9583 | const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, |
9584 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
9585 | |
9586 | Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, |
9587 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
9588 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, |
9589 | IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, |
9590 | SourceLocation SuperClassLoc, |
9591 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
9592 | |
9593 | Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, |
9594 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
9595 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, |
9596 | IdentifierInfo *CatName, |
9597 | SourceLocation CatLoc, |
9598 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
9599 | |
9600 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, |
9601 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); |
9602 | |
9603 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, |
9604 | IdentifierInfo **IdentList, |
9605 | SourceLocation *IdentLocs, |
9606 | ArrayRef<ObjCTypeParamList *> TypeParamLists, |
9607 | unsigned NumElts); |
9608 | |
9609 | DeclGroupPtrTy |
9610 | ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, |
9611 | ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> IdentList, |
9612 | const ParsedAttributesView &attrList); |
9613 | |
9614 | void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, bool ForObjCContainer, |
9615 | ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> ProtocolId, |
9616 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); |
9617 | |
9618 | void DiagnoseTypeArgsAndProtocols(IdentifierInfo *ProtocolId, |
9619 | SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, |
9620 | IdentifierInfo *TypeArgId, |
9621 | SourceLocation TypeArgLoc, |
9622 | bool SelectProtocolFirst = false); |
9623 | |
9624 | /// Given a list of identifiers (and their locations), resolve the |
9625 | /// names to either Objective-C protocol qualifiers or type |
9626 | /// arguments, as appropriate. |
9627 | void actOnObjCTypeArgsOrProtocolQualifiers( |
9628 | Scope *S, |
9629 | ParsedType baseType, |
9630 | SourceLocation lAngleLoc, |
9631 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> identifiers, |
9632 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> identifierLocs, |
9633 | SourceLocation rAngleLoc, |
9634 | SourceLocation &typeArgsLAngleLoc, |
9635 | SmallVectorImpl<ParsedType> &typeArgs, |
9636 | SourceLocation &typeArgsRAngleLoc, |
9637 | SourceLocation &protocolLAngleLoc, |
9638 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &protocols, |
9639 | SourceLocation &protocolRAngleLoc, |
9640 | bool warnOnIncompleteProtocols); |
9641 | |
9642 | /// Build a an Objective-C protocol-qualified 'id' type where no |
9643 | /// base type was specified. |
9644 | TypeResult actOnObjCProtocolQualifierType( |
9645 | SourceLocation lAngleLoc, |
9646 | ArrayRef<Decl *> protocols, |
9647 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> protocolLocs, |
9648 | SourceLocation rAngleLoc); |
9649 | |
9650 | /// Build a specialized and/or protocol-qualified Objective-C type. |
9651 | TypeResult actOnObjCTypeArgsAndProtocolQualifiers( |
9652 | Scope *S, |
9653 | SourceLocation Loc, |
9654 | ParsedType BaseType, |
9655 | SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc, |
9656 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> TypeArgs, |
9657 | SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc, |
9658 | SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc, |
9659 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Protocols, |
9660 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs, |
9661 | SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc); |
9662 | |
9663 | /// Build an Objective-C type parameter type. |
9664 | QualType BuildObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *Decl, |
9665 | SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc, |
9666 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols, |
9667 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs, |
9668 | SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc, |
9669 | bool FailOnError = false); |
9670 | |
9671 | /// Build an Objective-C object pointer type. |
9672 | QualType BuildObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType, |
9673 | SourceLocation Loc, |
9674 | SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc, |
9675 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> TypeArgs, |
9676 | SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc, |
9677 | SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc, |
9678 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols, |
9679 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs, |
9680 | SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc, |
9681 | bool FailOnError = false); |
9682 | |
9683 | /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. |
9684 | /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will |
9685 | /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. |
9686 | void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, |
9687 | SourceLocation Loc, |
9688 | unsigned &Attributes, |
9689 | bool propertyInPrimaryClass); |
9690 | |
9691 | /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the |
9692 | /// setters and getters as needed. |
9693 | /// \param property The property declaration being processed |
9694 | void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property); |
9695 | |
9696 | |
9697 | void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, |
9698 | ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, |
9699 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, |
9700 | bool OverridingProtocolProperty); |
9701 | |
9702 | void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, |
9703 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); |
9704 | |
9705 | Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, |
9706 | ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods = None, |
9707 | ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars = None); |
9708 | |
9709 | Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, |
9710 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9711 | FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, |
9712 | Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, |
9713 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, |
9714 | DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr); |
9715 | |
9716 | Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, |
9717 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
9718 | SourceLocation PropertyLoc, |
9719 | bool ImplKind, |
9720 | IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, |
9721 | IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, |
9722 | SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc, |
9723 | ObjCPropertyQueryKind QueryKind); |
9724 | |
9725 | enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { |
9726 | OSMK_None, |
9727 | OSMK_Alloc, |
9728 | OSMK_New, |
9729 | OSMK_Copy, |
9730 | OSMK_RetainingInit, |
9731 | OSMK_NonRetainingInit |
9732 | }; |
9733 | |
9734 | struct ObjCArgInfo { |
9735 | IdentifierInfo *Name; |
9736 | SourceLocation NameLoc; |
9737 | // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid |
9738 | // in this case. |
9739 | ParsedType Type; |
9740 | ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; |
9741 | |
9742 | /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. |
9743 | ParsedAttributesView ArgAttrs; |
9744 | }; |
9745 | |
9746 | Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( |
9747 | Scope *S, |
9748 | SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. |
9749 | SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. |
9750 | tok::TokenKind MethodType, ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, |
9751 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, |
9752 | // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained |
9753 | // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). |
9754 | ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, |
9755 | unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args |
9756 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, |
9757 | bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); |
9758 | |
9759 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, |
9760 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, |
9761 | bool IsInstance); |
9762 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, |
9763 | bool IsInstance); |
9764 | |
9765 | bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method); |
9766 | bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); |
9767 | |
9768 | void deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(ValueDecl *decl); |
9769 | |
9770 | ExprResult |
9771 | HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, |
9772 | Expr *BaseExpr, |
9773 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
9774 | DeclarationName MemberName, |
9775 | SourceLocation MemberLoc, |
9776 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, |
9777 | bool Super); |
9778 | |
9779 | ExprResult |
9780 | ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, |
9781 | IdentifierInfo &propertyName, |
9782 | SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, |
9783 | SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); |
9784 | |
9785 | ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); |
9786 | |
9787 | /// Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message |
9788 | /// send that starts with an identifier. |
9789 | enum ObjCMessageKind { |
9790 | /// The message is sent to 'super'. |
9791 | ObjCSuperMessage, |
9792 | /// The message is an instance message. |
9793 | ObjCInstanceMessage, |
9794 | /// The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type |
9795 | /// name. |
9796 | ObjCClassMessage |
9797 | }; |
9798 | |
9799 | ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, |
9800 | IdentifierInfo *Name, |
9801 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
9802 | bool IsSuper, |
9803 | bool HasTrailingDot, |
9804 | ParsedType &ReceiverType); |
9805 | |
9806 | ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
9807 | Selector Sel, |
9808 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
9809 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
9810 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
9811 | MultiExprArg Args); |
9812 | |
9813 | ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, |
9814 | QualType ReceiverType, |
9815 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
9816 | Selector Sel, |
9817 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
9818 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
9819 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
9820 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
9821 | MultiExprArg Args, |
9822 | bool isImplicit = false); |
9823 | |
9824 | ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, |
9825 | bool isSuperReceiver, |
9826 | SourceLocation Loc, |
9827 | Selector Sel, |
9828 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
9829 | MultiExprArg Args); |
9830 | |
9831 | ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, |
9832 | ParsedType Receiver, |
9833 | Selector Sel, |
9834 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
9835 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
9836 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
9837 | MultiExprArg Args); |
9838 | |
9839 | ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, |
9840 | QualType ReceiverType, |
9841 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
9842 | Selector Sel, |
9843 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
9844 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
9845 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
9846 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
9847 | MultiExprArg Args, |
9848 | bool isImplicit = false); |
9849 | |
9850 | ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, |
9851 | QualType ReceiverType, |
9852 | SourceLocation Loc, |
9853 | Selector Sel, |
9854 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
9855 | MultiExprArg Args); |
9856 | |
9857 | ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, |
9858 | Expr *Receiver, |
9859 | Selector Sel, |
9860 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
9861 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
9862 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
9863 | MultiExprArg Args); |
9864 | |
9865 | ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9866 | ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, |
9867 | SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, |
9868 | TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, |
9869 | Expr *SubExpr); |
9870 | |
9871 | ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, |
9872 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9873 | ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, |
9874 | SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, |
9875 | ParsedType Type, |
9876 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
9877 | Expr *SubExpr); |
9878 | |
9879 | void CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr); |
9880 | |
9881 | void CheckObjCBridgeRelatedCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr); |
9882 | |
9883 | bool CheckTollFreeBridgeStaticCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr, |
9884 | CastKind &Kind); |
9885 | |
9886 | bool checkObjCBridgeRelatedComponents(SourceLocation Loc, |
9887 | QualType DestType, QualType SrcType, |
9888 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *&RelatedClass, |
9889 | ObjCMethodDecl *&ClassMethod, |
9890 | ObjCMethodDecl *&InstanceMethod, |
9891 | TypedefNameDecl *&TDNDecl, |
9892 | bool CfToNs, bool Diagnose = true); |
9893 | |
9894 | bool CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(SourceLocation Loc, |
9895 | QualType DestType, QualType SrcType, |
9896 | Expr *&SrcExpr, bool Diagnose = true); |
9897 | |
9898 | bool CheckConversionToObjCLiteral(QualType DstType, Expr *&SrcExpr, |
9899 | bool Diagnose = true); |
9900 | |
9901 | bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); |
9902 | |
9903 | /// Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the |
9904 | /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. |
9905 | void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, |
9906 | const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden); |
9907 | |
9908 | /// Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. |
9909 | enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { |
9910 | RTC_Compatible, |
9911 | RTC_Incompatible, |
9912 | RTC_Unknown |
9913 | }; |
9914 | |
9915 | void CheckObjCMethodDirectOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *method, |
9916 | ObjCMethodDecl *overridden); |
9917 | |
9918 | void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, |
9919 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, |
9920 | ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); |
9921 | |
9922 | enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { |
9923 | POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native |
9924 | POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural |
9925 | POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed |
9926 | POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power |
9927 | POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k |
9928 | POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset |
9929 | }; |
9930 | |
9931 | /// ActOnPragmaClangSection - Called on well formed \#pragma clang section |
9932 | void ActOnPragmaClangSection(SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
9933 | PragmaClangSectionAction Action, |
9934 | PragmaClangSectionKind SecKind, StringRef SecName); |
9935 | |
9936 | /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. |
9937 | void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, |
9938 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
9939 | |
9940 | /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). |
9941 | void ActOnPragmaPack(SourceLocation PragmaLoc, PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
9942 | StringRef SlotLabel, Expr *Alignment); |
9943 | |
9944 | enum class PragmaAlignPackDiagnoseKind { |
9945 | NonDefaultStateAtInclude, |
9946 | ChangedStateAtExit |
9947 | }; |
9948 | |
9949 | void DiagnoseNonDefaultPragmaAlignPack(PragmaAlignPackDiagnoseKind Kind, |
9950 | SourceLocation IncludeLoc); |
9951 | void DiagnoseUnterminatedPragmaAlignPack(); |
9952 | |
9953 | /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. |
9954 | void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); |
9955 | |
9956 | /// ActOnPragmaMSComment - Called on well formed |
9957 | /// \#pragma comment(kind, "arg"). |
9958 | void ActOnPragmaMSComment(SourceLocation CommentLoc, PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, |
9959 | StringRef Arg); |
9960 | |
9961 | /// ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers - called on well formed \#pragma |
9962 | /// pointers_to_members(representation method[, general purpose |
9963 | /// representation]). |
9964 | void ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers( |
9965 | LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind Kind, |
9966 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
9967 | |
9968 | /// Called on well formed \#pragma vtordisp(). |
9969 | void ActOnPragmaMSVtorDisp(PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
9970 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
9971 | MSVtorDispMode Value); |
9972 | |
9973 | enum PragmaSectionKind { |
9974 | PSK_DataSeg, |
9975 | PSK_BSSSeg, |
9976 | PSK_ConstSeg, |
9977 | PSK_CodeSeg, |
9978 | }; |
9979 | |
9980 | bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName, int SectionFlags, |
9981 | NamedDecl *TheDecl); |
9982 | bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName, |
9983 | int SectionFlags, |
9984 | SourceLocation PragmaSectionLocation); |
9985 | |
9986 | /// Called on well formed \#pragma bss_seg/data_seg/const_seg/code_seg. |
9987 | void ActOnPragmaMSSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
9988 | PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
9989 | llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, |
9990 | StringLiteral *SegmentName, |
9991 | llvm::StringRef PragmaName); |
9992 | |
9993 | /// Called on well formed \#pragma section(). |
9994 | void ActOnPragmaMSSection(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
9995 | int SectionFlags, StringLiteral *SegmentName); |
9996 | |
9997 | /// Called on well-formed \#pragma init_seg(). |
9998 | void ActOnPragmaMSInitSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
9999 | StringLiteral *SegmentName); |
10000 | |
10001 | /// Called on #pragma clang __debug dump II |
10002 | void ActOnPragmaDump(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo *II); |
10003 | |
10004 | /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch |
10005 | void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(SourceLocation Loc, StringRef Name, |
10006 | StringRef Value); |
10007 | |
10008 | /// Are precise floating point semantics currently enabled? |
10009 | bool isPreciseFPEnabled() { |
10010 | return !CurFPFeatures.getAllowFPReassociate() && |
10011 | !CurFPFeatures.getNoSignedZero() && |
10012 | !CurFPFeatures.getAllowReciprocal() && |
10013 | !CurFPFeatures.getAllowApproxFunc(); |
10014 | } |
10015 | |
10016 | /// ActOnPragmaFloatControl - Call on well-formed \#pragma float_control |
10017 | void ActOnPragmaFloatControl(SourceLocation Loc, PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
10018 | PragmaFloatControlKind Value); |
10019 | |
10020 | /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. |
10021 | void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, |
10022 | Scope *curScope, |
10023 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
10024 | |
10025 | /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . |
10026 | void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, |
10027 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
10028 | |
10029 | NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, |
10030 | SourceLocation Loc); |
10031 | void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); |
10032 | |
10033 | /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. |
10034 | void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, |
10035 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
10036 | SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); |
10037 | |
10038 | /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed |
10039 | /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. |
10040 | void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, |
10041 | IdentifierInfo* AliasName, |
10042 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
10043 | SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, |
10044 | SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); |
10045 | |
10046 | /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. |
10047 | void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, |
10048 | IdentifierInfo* AliasName, |
10049 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
10050 | SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, |
10051 | SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); |
10052 | |
10053 | /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed |
10054 | /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT and |
10055 | /// \#pragma clang fp contract |
10056 | void ActOnPragmaFPContract(SourceLocation Loc, LangOptions::FPModeKind FPC); |
10057 | |
10058 | /// Called on well formed |
10059 | /// \#pragma clang fp reassociate |
10060 | void ActOnPragmaFPReassociate(SourceLocation Loc, bool IsEnabled); |
10061 | |
10062 | /// ActOnPragmaFenvAccess - Called on well formed |
10063 | /// \#pragma STDC FENV_ACCESS |
10064 | void ActOnPragmaFEnvAccess(SourceLocation Loc, bool IsEnabled); |
10065 | |
10066 | /// Called on well formed '\#pragma clang fp' that has option 'exceptions'. |
10067 | void ActOnPragmaFPExceptions(SourceLocation Loc, |
10068 | LangOptions::FPExceptionModeKind); |
10069 | |
10070 | /// Called to set constant rounding mode for floating point operations. |
10071 | void setRoundingMode(SourceLocation Loc, llvm::RoundingMode); |
10072 | |
10073 | /// Called to set exception behavior for floating point operations. |
10074 | void setExceptionMode(SourceLocation Loc, LangOptions::FPExceptionModeKind); |
10075 | |
10076 | /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to |
10077 | /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. |
10078 | void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); |
10079 | |
10080 | /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. |
10081 | void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); |
10082 | |
10083 | /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a |
10084 | /// namespace with a visibility attribute. |
10085 | void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, |
10086 | SourceLocation Loc); |
10087 | |
10088 | /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, |
10089 | /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. |
10090 | void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); |
10091 | |
10092 | /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used |
10093 | /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. |
10094 | void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10095 | |
10096 | /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. |
10097 | void FreeVisContext(); |
10098 | |
10099 | /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within |
10100 | /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding |
10101 | /// the appropriate attribute. |
10102 | void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); |
10103 | |
10104 | void ActOnPragmaAttributeAttribute(ParsedAttr &Attribute, |
10105 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
10106 | attr::ParsedSubjectMatchRuleSet Rules); |
10107 | void ActOnPragmaAttributeEmptyPush(SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
10108 | const IdentifierInfo *Namespace); |
10109 | |
10110 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma clang attribute pop'. |
10111 | void ActOnPragmaAttributePop(SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
10112 | const IdentifierInfo *Namespace); |
10113 | |
10114 | /// Adds the attributes that have been specified using the |
10115 | /// '\#pragma clang attribute push' directives to the given declaration. |
10116 | void AddPragmaAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
10117 | |
10118 | void DiagnoseUnterminatedPragmaAttribute(); |
10119 | |
10120 | /// Called on well formed \#pragma clang optimize. |
10121 | void ActOnPragmaOptimize(bool On, SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
10122 | |
10123 | /// Get the location for the currently active "\#pragma clang optimize |
10124 | /// off". If this location is invalid, then the state of the pragma is "on". |
10125 | SourceLocation getOptimizeOffPragmaLocation() const { |
10126 | return OptimizeOffPragmaLocation; |
10127 | } |
10128 | |
10129 | /// Only called on function definitions; if there is a pragma in scope |
10130 | /// with the effect of a range-based optnone, consider marking the function |
10131 | /// with attribute optnone. |
10132 | void AddRangeBasedOptnone(FunctionDecl *FD); |
10133 | |
10134 | /// Adds the 'optnone' attribute to the function declaration if there |
10135 | /// are no conflicts; Loc represents the location causing the 'optnone' |
10136 | /// attribute to be added (usually because of a pragma). |
10137 | void AddOptnoneAttributeIfNoConflicts(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc); |
10138 | |
10139 | /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. |
10140 | void AddAlignedAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, Expr *E, |
10141 | bool IsPackExpansion); |
10142 | void AddAlignedAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, TypeSourceInfo *T, |
10143 | bool IsPackExpansion); |
10144 | |
10145 | /// AddAssumeAlignedAttr - Adds an assume_aligned attribute to a particular |
10146 | /// declaration. |
10147 | void AddAssumeAlignedAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, Expr *E, |
10148 | Expr *OE); |
10149 | |
10150 | /// AddAllocAlignAttr - Adds an alloc_align attribute to a particular |
10151 | /// declaration. |
10152 | void AddAllocAlignAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
10153 | Expr *ParamExpr); |
10154 | |
10155 | /// AddAlignValueAttr - Adds an align_value attribute to a particular |
10156 | /// declaration. |
10157 | void AddAlignValueAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, Expr *E); |
10158 | |
10159 | /// AddAnnotationAttr - Adds an annotation Annot with Args arguments to D. |
10160 | void AddAnnotationAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
10161 | StringRef Annot, MutableArrayRef<Expr *> Args); |
10162 | |
10163 | /// AddLaunchBoundsAttr - Adds a launch_bounds attribute to a particular |
10164 | /// declaration. |
10165 | void AddLaunchBoundsAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
10166 | Expr *MaxThreads, Expr *MinBlocks); |
10167 | |
10168 | /// AddModeAttr - Adds a mode attribute to a particular declaration. |
10169 | void AddModeAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
10170 | bool InInstantiation = false); |
10171 | |
10172 | void AddParameterABIAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
10173 | ParameterABI ABI); |
10174 | |
10175 | enum class RetainOwnershipKind {NS, CF, OS}; |
10176 | void AddXConsumedAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
10177 | RetainOwnershipKind K, bool IsTemplateInstantiation); |
10178 | |
10179 | /// addAMDGPUFlatWorkGroupSizeAttr - Adds an amdgpu_flat_work_group_size |
10180 | /// attribute to a particular declaration. |
10181 | void addAMDGPUFlatWorkGroupSizeAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
10182 | Expr *Min, Expr *Max); |
10183 | |
10184 | /// addAMDGPUWavePersEUAttr - Adds an amdgpu_waves_per_eu attribute to a |
10185 | /// particular declaration. |
10186 | void addAMDGPUWavesPerEUAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
10187 | Expr *Min, Expr *Max); |
10188 | |
10189 | bool checkNSReturnsRetainedReturnType(SourceLocation loc, QualType type); |
10190 | |
10191 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
10192 | // C++ Coroutines TS |
10193 | // |
10194 | bool ActOnCoroutineBodyStart(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, |
10195 | StringRef Keyword); |
10196 | ExprResult ActOnCoawaitExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E); |
10197 | ExprResult ActOnCoyieldExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E); |
10198 | StmtResult ActOnCoreturnStmt(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E); |
10199 | |
10200 | ExprResult BuildResolvedCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E, |
10201 | bool IsImplicit = false); |
10202 | ExprResult BuildUnresolvedCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E, |
10203 | UnresolvedLookupExpr* Lookup); |
10204 | ExprResult BuildCoyieldExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E); |
10205 | StmtResult BuildCoreturnStmt(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E, |
10206 | bool IsImplicit = false); |
10207 | StmtResult BuildCoroutineBodyStmt(CoroutineBodyStmt::CtorArgs); |
10208 | bool buildCoroutineParameterMoves(SourceLocation Loc); |
10209 | VarDecl *buildCoroutinePromise(SourceLocation Loc); |
10210 | void CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *&Body); |
10211 | ClassTemplateDecl *lookupCoroutineTraits(SourceLocation KwLoc, |
10212 | SourceLocation FuncLoc); |
10213 | /// Check that the expression co_await promise.final_suspend() shall not be |
10214 | /// potentially-throwing. |
10215 | bool checkFinalSuspendNoThrow(const Stmt *FinalSuspend); |
10216 | |
10217 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
10218 | // OpenMP directives and clauses. |
10219 | // |
10220 | private: |
10221 | void *VarDataSharingAttributesStack; |
10222 | |
10223 | struct DeclareTargetContextInfo { |
10224 | struct MapInfo { |
10225 | OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MapTypeTy MT; |
10226 | SourceLocation Loc; |
10227 | }; |
10228 | /// Explicitly listed variables and functions in a 'to' or 'link' clause. |
10229 | llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, MapInfo> ExplicitlyMapped; |
10230 | |
10231 | /// The 'device_type' as parsed from the clause. |
10232 | OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DevTypeTy DT = OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_Any; |
10233 | |
10234 | /// The directive kind, `begin declare target` or `declare target`. |
10235 | OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind; |
10236 | |
10237 | /// The directive location. |
10238 | SourceLocation Loc; |
10239 | |
10240 | DeclareTargetContextInfo(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind, SourceLocation Loc) |
10241 | : Kind(Kind), Loc(Loc) {} |
10242 | }; |
10243 | |
10244 | /// Number of nested '#pragma omp declare target' directives. |
10245 | SmallVector<DeclareTargetContextInfo, 4> DeclareTargetNesting; |
10246 | |
10247 | /// Initialization of data-sharing attributes stack. |
10248 | void InitDataSharingAttributesStack(); |
10249 | void DestroyDataSharingAttributesStack(); |
10250 | ExprResult |
10251 | VerifyPositiveIntegerConstantInClause(Expr *Op, OpenMPClauseKind CKind, |
10252 | bool StrictlyPositive = true, |
10253 | bool SuppressExprDiags = false); |
10254 | /// Returns OpenMP nesting level for current directive. |
10255 | unsigned getOpenMPNestingLevel() const; |
10256 | |
10257 | /// Adjusts the function scopes index for the target-based regions. |
10258 | void adjustOpenMPTargetScopeIndex(unsigned &FunctionScopesIndex, |
10259 | unsigned Level) const; |
10260 | |
10261 | /// Returns the number of scopes associated with the construct on the given |
10262 | /// OpenMP level. |
10263 | int getNumberOfConstructScopes(unsigned Level) const; |
10264 | |
10265 | /// Push new OpenMP function region for non-capturing function. |
10266 | void pushOpenMPFunctionRegion(); |
10267 | |
10268 | /// Pop OpenMP function region for non-capturing function. |
10269 | void popOpenMPFunctionRegion(const sema::FunctionScopeInfo *OldFSI); |
10270 | |
10271 | /// Analyzes and checks a loop nest for use by a loop transformation. |
10272 | /// |
10273 | /// \param Kind The loop transformation directive kind. |
10274 | /// \param NumLoops How many nested loops the directive is expecting. |
10275 | /// \param AStmt Associated statement of the transformation directive. |
10276 | /// \param LoopHelpers [out] The loop analysis result. |
10277 | /// \param Body [out] The body code nested in \p NumLoops loop. |
10278 | /// \param OriginalInits [out] Collection of statements and declarations that |
10279 | /// must have been executed/declared before entering the |
10280 | /// loop. |
10281 | /// |
10282 | /// \return Whether there was any error. |
10283 | bool checkTransformableLoopNest( |
10284 | OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind, Stmt *AStmt, int NumLoops, |
10285 | SmallVectorImpl<OMPLoopBasedDirective::HelperExprs> &LoopHelpers, |
10286 | Stmt *&Body, |
10287 | SmallVectorImpl<SmallVector<llvm::PointerUnion<Stmt *, Decl *>, 0>> |
10288 | &OriginalInits); |
10289 | |
10290 | /// Helper to keep information about the current `omp begin/end declare |
10291 | /// variant` nesting. |
10292 | struct OMPDeclareVariantScope { |
10293 | /// The associated OpenMP context selector. |
10294 | OMPTraitInfo *TI; |
10295 | |
10296 | /// The associated OpenMP context selector mangling. |
10297 | std::string NameSuffix; |
10298 | |
10299 | OMPDeclareVariantScope(OMPTraitInfo &TI); |
10300 | }; |
10301 | |
10302 | /// Return the OMPTraitInfo for the surrounding scope, if any. |
10303 | OMPTraitInfo *getOMPTraitInfoForSurroundingScope() { |
10304 | return OMPDeclareVariantScopes.empty() ? nullptr |
10305 | : OMPDeclareVariantScopes.back().TI; |
10306 | } |
10307 | |
10308 | /// The current `omp begin/end declare variant` scopes. |
10309 | SmallVector<OMPDeclareVariantScope, 4> OMPDeclareVariantScopes; |
10310 | |
10311 | /// The current `omp begin/end assumes` scopes. |
10312 | SmallVector<AssumptionAttr *, 4> OMPAssumeScoped; |
10313 | |
10314 | /// All `omp assumes` we encountered so far. |
10315 | SmallVector<AssumptionAttr *, 4> OMPAssumeGlobal; |
10316 | |
10317 | public: |
10318 | /// The declarator \p D defines a function in the scope \p S which is nested |
10319 | /// in an `omp begin/end declare variant` scope. In this method we create a |
10320 | /// declaration for \p D and rename \p D according to the OpenMP context |
10321 | /// selector of the surrounding scope. Return all base functions in \p Bases. |
10322 | void ActOnStartOfFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope( |
10323 | Scope *S, Declarator &D, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, |
10324 | SmallVectorImpl<FunctionDecl *> &Bases); |
10325 | |
10326 | /// Register \p D as specialization of all base functions in \p Bases in the |
10327 | /// current `omp begin/end declare variant` scope. |
10328 | void ActOnFinishedFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope( |
10329 | Decl *D, SmallVectorImpl<FunctionDecl *> &Bases); |
10330 | |
10331 | /// Act on \p D, a function definition inside of an `omp [begin/end] assumes`. |
10332 | void ActOnFinishedFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPAssumeScope(Decl *D); |
10333 | |
10334 | /// Can we exit an OpenMP declare variant scope at the moment. |
10335 | bool isInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope() const { |
10336 | return !OMPDeclareVariantScopes.empty(); |
10337 | } |
10338 | |
10339 | /// Given the potential call expression \p Call, determine if there is a |
10340 | /// specialization via the OpenMP declare variant mechanism available. If |
10341 | /// there is, return the specialized call expression, otherwise return the |
10342 | /// original \p Call. |
10343 | ExprResult ActOnOpenMPCall(ExprResult Call, Scope *Scope, |
10344 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, MultiExprArg ArgExprs, |
10345 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *ExecConfig); |
10346 | |
10347 | /// Handle a `omp begin declare variant`. |
10348 | void ActOnOpenMPBeginDeclareVariant(SourceLocation Loc, OMPTraitInfo &TI); |
10349 | |
10350 | /// Handle a `omp end declare variant`. |
10351 | void ActOnOpenMPEndDeclareVariant(); |
10352 | |
10353 | /// Checks if the variant/multiversion functions are compatible. |
10354 | bool areMultiversionVariantFunctionsCompatible( |
10355 | const FunctionDecl *OldFD, const FunctionDecl *NewFD, |
10356 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoProtoDiagID, |
10357 | const PartialDiagnosticAt &NoteCausedDiagIDAt, |
10358 | const PartialDiagnosticAt &NoSupportDiagIDAt, |
10359 | const PartialDiagnosticAt &DiffDiagIDAt, bool TemplatesSupported, |
10360 | bool ConstexprSupported, bool CLinkageMayDiffer); |
10361 | |
10362 | /// Function tries to capture lambda's captured variables in the OpenMP region |
10363 | /// before the original lambda is captured. |
10364 | void tryCaptureOpenMPLambdas(ValueDecl *V); |
10365 | |
10366 | /// Return true if the provided declaration \a VD should be captured by |
10367 | /// reference. |
10368 | /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check |
10369 | /// is performed. |
10370 | /// \param OpenMPCaptureLevel Capture level within an OpenMP construct. |
10371 | bool isOpenMPCapturedByRef(const ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level, |
10372 | unsigned OpenMPCaptureLevel) const; |
10373 | |
10374 | /// Check if the specified variable is used in one of the private |
10375 | /// clauses (private, firstprivate, lastprivate, reduction etc.) in OpenMP |
10376 | /// constructs. |
10377 | VarDecl *isOpenMPCapturedDecl(ValueDecl *D, bool CheckScopeInfo = false, |
10378 | unsigned StopAt = 0); |
10379 | ExprResult getOpenMPCapturedExpr(VarDecl *Capture, ExprValueKind VK, |
10380 | ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation Loc); |
10381 | |
10382 | /// If the current region is a loop-based region, mark the start of the loop |
10383 | /// construct. |
10384 | void startOpenMPLoop(); |
10385 | |
10386 | /// If the current region is a range loop-based region, mark the start of the |
10387 | /// loop construct. |
10388 | void startOpenMPCXXRangeFor(); |
10389 | |
10390 | /// Check if the specified variable is used in 'private' clause. |
10391 | /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check |
10392 | /// is performed. |
10393 | OpenMPClauseKind isOpenMPPrivateDecl(ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level, |
10394 | unsigned CapLevel) const; |
10395 | |
10396 | /// Sets OpenMP capture kind (OMPC_private, OMPC_firstprivate, OMPC_map etc.) |
10397 | /// for \p FD based on DSA for the provided corresponding captured declaration |
10398 | /// \p D. |
10399 | void setOpenMPCaptureKind(FieldDecl *FD, const ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level); |
10400 | |
10401 | /// Check if the specified variable is captured by 'target' directive. |
10402 | /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check |
10403 | /// is performed. |
10404 | bool isOpenMPTargetCapturedDecl(const ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level, |
10405 | unsigned CaptureLevel) const; |
10406 | |
10407 | /// Check if the specified global variable must be captured by outer capture |
10408 | /// regions. |
10409 | /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that |
10410 | /// the check is performed. |
10411 | bool isOpenMPGlobalCapturedDecl(ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level, |
10412 | unsigned CaptureLevel) const; |
10413 | |
10414 | ExprResult PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
10415 | Expr *Op); |
10416 | /// Called on start of new data sharing attribute block. |
10417 | void StartOpenMPDSABlock(OpenMPDirectiveKind K, |
10418 | const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, Scope *CurScope, |
10419 | SourceLocation Loc); |
10420 | /// Start analysis of clauses. |
10421 | void StartOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind K); |
10422 | /// End analysis of clauses. |
10423 | void EndOpenMPClause(); |
10424 | /// Called on end of data sharing attribute block. |
10425 | void EndOpenMPDSABlock(Stmt *CurDirective); |
10426 | |
10427 | /// Check if the current region is an OpenMP loop region and if it is, |
10428 | /// mark loop control variable, used in \p Init for loop initialization, as |
10429 | /// private by default. |
10430 | /// \param Init First part of the for loop. |
10431 | void ActOnOpenMPLoopInitialization(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *Init); |
10432 | |
10433 | // OpenMP directives and clauses. |
10434 | /// Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp |
10435 | /// threadprivate'. |
10436 | ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope, CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec, |
10437 | const DeclarationNameInfo &Id, |
10438 | OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind); |
10439 | /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'. |
10440 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective( |
10441 | SourceLocation Loc, |
10442 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); |
10443 | /// Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness. |
10444 | OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl(SourceLocation Loc, |
10445 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); |
10446 | /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp allocate'. |
10447 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPAllocateDirective(SourceLocation Loc, |
10448 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
10449 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10450 | DeclContext *Owner = nullptr); |
10451 | |
10452 | /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp [begin] assume[s]'. |
10453 | void ActOnOpenMPAssumesDirective(SourceLocation Loc, |
10454 | OpenMPDirectiveKind DKind, |
10455 | ArrayRef<StringRef> Assumptions, |
10456 | bool SkippedClauses); |
10457 | |
10458 | /// Check if there is an active global `omp begin assumes` directive. |
10459 | bool isInOpenMPAssumeScope() const { return !OMPAssumeScoped.empty(); } |
10460 | |
10461 | /// Check if there is an active global `omp assumes` directive. |
10462 | bool hasGlobalOpenMPAssumes() const { return !OMPAssumeGlobal.empty(); } |
10463 | |
10464 | /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp end assumes'. |
10465 | void ActOnOpenMPEndAssumesDirective(); |
10466 | |
10467 | /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp requires'. |
10468 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPRequiresDirective(SourceLocation Loc, |
10469 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> ClauseList); |
10470 | /// Check restrictions on Requires directive |
10471 | OMPRequiresDecl *CheckOMPRequiresDecl(SourceLocation Loc, |
10472 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses); |
10473 | /// Check if the specified type is allowed to be used in 'omp declare |
10474 | /// reduction' construct. |
10475 | QualType ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionType(SourceLocation TyLoc, |
10476 | TypeResult ParsedType); |
10477 | /// Called on start of '#pragma omp declare reduction'. |
10478 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionDirectiveStart( |
10479 | Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, DeclarationName Name, |
10480 | ArrayRef<std::pair<QualType, SourceLocation>> ReductionTypes, |
10481 | AccessSpecifier AS, Decl *PrevDeclInScope = nullptr); |
10482 | /// Initialize declare reduction construct initializer. |
10483 | void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionCombinerStart(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
10484 | /// Finish current declare reduction construct initializer. |
10485 | void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionCombinerEnd(Decl *D, Expr *Combiner); |
10486 | /// Initialize declare reduction construct initializer. |
10487 | /// \return omp_priv variable. |
10488 | VarDecl *ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionInitializerStart(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
10489 | /// Finish current declare reduction construct initializer. |
10490 | void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionInitializerEnd(Decl *D, Expr *Initializer, |
10491 | VarDecl *OmpPrivParm); |
10492 | /// Called at the end of '#pragma omp declare reduction'. |
10493 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionDirectiveEnd( |
10494 | Scope *S, DeclGroupPtrTy DeclReductions, bool IsValid); |
10495 | |
10496 | /// Check variable declaration in 'omp declare mapper' construct. |
10497 | TypeResult ActOnOpenMPDeclareMapperVarDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
10498 | /// Check if the specified type is allowed to be used in 'omp declare |
10499 | /// mapper' construct. |
10500 | QualType ActOnOpenMPDeclareMapperType(SourceLocation TyLoc, |
10501 | TypeResult ParsedType); |
10502 | /// Called on start of '#pragma omp declare mapper'. |
10503 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareMapperDirective( |
10504 | Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, DeclarationName Name, QualType MapperType, |
10505 | SourceLocation StartLoc, DeclarationName VN, AccessSpecifier AS, |
10506 | Expr *MapperVarRef, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10507 | Decl *PrevDeclInScope = nullptr); |
10508 | /// Build the mapper variable of '#pragma omp declare mapper'. |
10509 | ExprResult ActOnOpenMPDeclareMapperDirectiveVarDecl(Scope *S, |
10510 | QualType MapperType, |
10511 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10512 | DeclarationName VN); |
10513 | bool isOpenMPDeclareMapperVarDeclAllowed(const VarDecl *VD) const; |
10514 | const ValueDecl *getOpenMPDeclareMapperVarName() const; |
10515 | |
10516 | /// Called on the start of target region i.e. '#pragma omp declare target'. |
10517 | bool ActOnStartOpenMPDeclareTargetContext(DeclareTargetContextInfo &DTCI); |
10518 | |
10519 | /// Called at the end of target region i.e. '#pragma omp end declare target'. |
10520 | const DeclareTargetContextInfo ActOnOpenMPEndDeclareTargetDirective(); |
10521 | |
10522 | /// Called once a target context is completed, that can be when a |
10523 | /// '#pragma omp end declare target' was encountered or when a |
10524 | /// '#pragma omp declare target' without declaration-definition-seq was |
10525 | /// encountered. |
10526 | void ActOnFinishedOpenMPDeclareTargetContext(DeclareTargetContextInfo &DTCI); |
10527 | |
10528 | /// Searches for the provided declaration name for OpenMP declare target |
10529 | /// directive. |
10530 | NamedDecl *lookupOpenMPDeclareTargetName(Scope *CurScope, |
10531 | CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec, |
10532 | const DeclarationNameInfo &Id); |
10533 | |
10534 | /// Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp declare target'. |
10535 | void ActOnOpenMPDeclareTargetName(NamedDecl *ND, SourceLocation Loc, |
10536 | OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MapTypeTy MT, |
10537 | OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DevTypeTy DT); |
10538 | |
10539 | /// Check declaration inside target region. |
10540 | void |
10541 | checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(Expr *E, Decl *D, |
10542 | SourceLocation IdLoc = SourceLocation()); |
10543 | /// Finishes analysis of the deferred functions calls that may be declared as |
10544 | /// host/nohost during device/host compilation. |
10545 | void finalizeOpenMPDelayedAnalysis(const FunctionDecl *Caller, |
10546 | const FunctionDecl *Callee, |
10547 | SourceLocation Loc); |
10548 | /// Return true inside OpenMP declare target region. |
10549 | bool isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext() const { |
10550 | return !DeclareTargetNesting.empty(); |
10551 | } |
10552 | /// Return true inside OpenMP target region. |
10553 | bool isInOpenMPTargetExecutionDirective() const; |
10554 | |
10555 | /// Return the number of captured regions created for an OpenMP directive. |
10556 | static int getOpenMPCaptureLevels(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind); |
10557 | |
10558 | /// Initialization of captured region for OpenMP region. |
10559 | void ActOnOpenMPRegionStart(OpenMPDirectiveKind DKind, Scope *CurScope); |
10560 | |
10561 | /// Called for syntactical loops (ForStmt or CXXForRangeStmt) associated to |
10562 | /// an OpenMP loop directive. |
10563 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCanonicalLoop(Stmt *AStmt); |
10564 | |
10565 | /// End of OpenMP region. |
10566 | /// |
10567 | /// \param S Statement associated with the current OpenMP region. |
10568 | /// \param Clauses List of clauses for the current OpenMP region. |
10569 | /// |
10570 | /// \returns Statement for finished OpenMP region. |
10571 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPRegionEnd(StmtResult S, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses); |
10572 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPExecutableDirective( |
10573 | OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind, const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, |
10574 | OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10575 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10576 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel' after parsing |
10577 | /// of the associated statement. |
10578 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10579 | Stmt *AStmt, |
10580 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10581 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10582 | using VarsWithInheritedDSAType = |
10583 | llvm::SmallDenseMap<const ValueDecl *, const Expr *, 4>; |
10584 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp simd' after parsing |
10585 | /// of the associated statement. |
10586 | StmtResult |
10587 | ActOnOpenMPSimdDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, |
10588 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
10589 | VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
10590 | /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp tile' after parsing of its clauses and |
10591 | /// the associated statement. |
10592 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTileDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10593 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10594 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10595 | /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp unroll' after parsing of its clauses |
10596 | /// and the associated statement. |
10597 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPUnrollDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10598 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10599 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10600 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for' after parsing |
10601 | /// of the associated statement. |
10602 | StmtResult |
10603 | ActOnOpenMPForDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, |
10604 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
10605 | VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
10606 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for simd' after parsing |
10607 | /// of the associated statement. |
10608 | StmtResult |
10609 | ActOnOpenMPForSimdDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, |
10610 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
10611 | VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
10612 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp sections' after parsing |
10613 | /// of the associated statement. |
10614 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10615 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10616 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10617 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp section' after parsing of the |
10618 | /// associated statement. |
10619 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10620 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10621 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp single' after parsing of the |
10622 | /// associated statement. |
10623 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSingleDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10624 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10625 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10626 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp master' after parsing of the |
10627 | /// associated statement. |
10628 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMasterDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10629 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10630 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp critical' after parsing of the |
10631 | /// associated statement. |
10632 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCriticalDirective(const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, |
10633 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10634 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10635 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10636 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for' after parsing |
10637 | /// of the associated statement. |
10638 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForDirective( |
10639 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10640 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
10641 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for simd' after |
10642 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
10643 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForSimdDirective( |
10644 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10645 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
10646 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel master' after |
10647 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
10648 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelMasterDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10649 | Stmt *AStmt, |
10650 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10651 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10652 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel sections' after |
10653 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
10654 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10655 | Stmt *AStmt, |
10656 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10657 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10658 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp task' after parsing of the |
10659 | /// associated statement. |
10660 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10661 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10662 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10663 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskyield'. |
10664 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskyieldDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10665 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10666 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp barrier'. |
10667 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPBarrierDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10668 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10669 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskwait'. |
10670 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskwaitDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10671 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10672 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskgroup'. |
10673 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskgroupDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10674 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10675 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10676 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp flush'. |
10677 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPFlushDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10678 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10679 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10680 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp depobj'. |
10681 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDepobjDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10682 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10683 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10684 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp scan'. |
10685 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPScanDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10686 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10687 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10688 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp ordered' after parsing of the |
10689 | /// associated statement. |
10690 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPOrderedDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10691 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10692 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10693 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp atomic' after parsing of the |
10694 | /// associated statement. |
10695 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPAtomicDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10696 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10697 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10698 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target' after parsing of the |
10699 | /// associated statement. |
10700 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10701 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10702 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10703 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target data' after parsing of |
10704 | /// the associated statement. |
10705 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10706 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10707 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10708 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target enter data' after |
10709 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
10710 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetEnterDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10711 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10712 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
10713 | Stmt *AStmt); |
10714 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target exit data' after |
10715 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
10716 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetExitDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10717 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10718 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
10719 | Stmt *AStmt); |
10720 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel' after |
10721 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
10722 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10723 | Stmt *AStmt, |
10724 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10725 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10726 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel for' after |
10727 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
10728 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelForDirective( |
10729 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10730 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
10731 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams' after parsing of the |
10732 | /// associated statement. |
10733 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10734 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10735 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10736 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp cancellation point'. |
10737 | StmtResult |
10738 | ActOnOpenMPCancellationPointDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10739 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
10740 | OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion); |
10741 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp cancel'. |
10742 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCancelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10743 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10744 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
10745 | OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion); |
10746 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskloop' after parsing of the |
10747 | /// associated statement. |
10748 | StmtResult |
10749 | ActOnOpenMPTaskLoopDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, |
10750 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
10751 | VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
10752 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskloop simd' after parsing of |
10753 | /// the associated statement. |
10754 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskLoopSimdDirective( |
10755 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10756 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
10757 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp master taskloop' after parsing of the |
10758 | /// associated statement. |
10759 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMasterTaskLoopDirective( |
10760 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10761 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
10762 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp master taskloop simd' after parsing of |
10763 | /// the associated statement. |
10764 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMasterTaskLoopSimdDirective( |
10765 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10766 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
10767 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel master taskloop' after |
10768 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
10769 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelMasterTaskLoopDirective( |
10770 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10771 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
10772 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel master taskloop simd' after |
10773 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
10774 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelMasterTaskLoopSimdDirective( |
10775 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10776 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
10777 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute' after parsing |
10778 | /// of the associated statement. |
10779 | StmtResult |
10780 | ActOnOpenMPDistributeDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, |
10781 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
10782 | VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
10783 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target update'. |
10784 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetUpdateDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10785 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10786 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
10787 | Stmt *AStmt); |
10788 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute parallel for' after |
10789 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
10790 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeParallelForDirective( |
10791 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10792 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
10793 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute parallel for simd' |
10794 | /// after parsing of the associated statement. |
10795 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeParallelForSimdDirective( |
10796 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10797 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
10798 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute simd' after |
10799 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
10800 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeSimdDirective( |
10801 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10802 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
10803 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel for simd' after |
10804 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
10805 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelForSimdDirective( |
10806 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10807 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
10808 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target simd' after parsing of |
10809 | /// the associated statement. |
10810 | StmtResult |
10811 | ActOnOpenMPTargetSimdDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, |
10812 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
10813 | VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
10814 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute' after parsing of |
10815 | /// the associated statement. |
10816 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeDirective( |
10817 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10818 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
10819 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute simd' after parsing |
10820 | /// of the associated statement. |
10821 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeSimdDirective( |
10822 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10823 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
10824 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute parallel for simd' |
10825 | /// after parsing of the associated statement. |
10826 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective( |
10827 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10828 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
10829 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute parallel for' |
10830 | /// after parsing of the associated statement. |
10831 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective( |
10832 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10833 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
10834 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams' after parsing of the |
10835 | /// associated statement. |
10836 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10837 | Stmt *AStmt, |
10838 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10839 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10840 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute' after parsing |
10841 | /// of the associated statement. |
10842 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeDirective( |
10843 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10844 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
10845 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute parallel for' |
10846 | /// after parsing of the associated statement. |
10847 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective( |
10848 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10849 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
10850 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute parallel for |
10851 | /// simd' after parsing of the associated statement. |
10852 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective( |
10853 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10854 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
10855 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute simd' after |
10856 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
10857 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeSimdDirective( |
10858 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10859 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
10860 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp interop'. |
10861 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPInteropDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10862 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10863 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10864 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp dispatch' after parsing of the |
10865 | // /associated statement. |
10866 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDispatchDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10867 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10868 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10869 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp masked' after parsing of the |
10870 | // /associated statement. |
10871 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMaskedDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
10872 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10873 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10874 | |
10875 | /// Checks correctness of linear modifiers. |
10876 | bool CheckOpenMPLinearModifier(OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, |
10877 | SourceLocation LinLoc); |
10878 | /// Checks that the specified declaration matches requirements for the linear |
10879 | /// decls. |
10880 | bool CheckOpenMPLinearDecl(const ValueDecl *D, SourceLocation ELoc, |
10881 | OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, QualType Type, |
10882 | bool IsDeclareSimd = false); |
10883 | |
10884 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp declare simd' after parsing of |
10885 | /// the associated method/function. |
10886 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareSimdDirective( |
10887 | DeclGroupPtrTy DG, OMPDeclareSimdDeclAttr::BranchStateTy BS, |
10888 | Expr *Simdlen, ArrayRef<Expr *> Uniforms, ArrayRef<Expr *> Aligneds, |
10889 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Alignments, ArrayRef<Expr *> Linears, |
10890 | ArrayRef<unsigned> LinModifiers, ArrayRef<Expr *> Steps, SourceRange SR); |
10891 | |
10892 | /// Checks '\#pragma omp declare variant' variant function and original |
10893 | /// functions after parsing of the associated method/function. |
10894 | /// \param DG Function declaration to which declare variant directive is |
10895 | /// applied to. |
10896 | /// \param VariantRef Expression that references the variant function, which |
10897 | /// must be used instead of the original one, specified in \p DG. |
10898 | /// \param TI The trait info object representing the match clause. |
10899 | /// \returns None, if the function/variant function are not compatible with |
10900 | /// the pragma, pair of original function/variant ref expression otherwise. |
10901 | Optional<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, Expr *>> |
10902 | checkOpenMPDeclareVariantFunction(DeclGroupPtrTy DG, Expr *VariantRef, |
10903 | OMPTraitInfo &TI, SourceRange SR); |
10904 | |
10905 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp declare variant' after parsing of |
10906 | /// the associated method/function. |
10907 | /// \param FD Function declaration to which declare variant directive is |
10908 | /// applied to. |
10909 | /// \param VariantRef Expression that references the variant function, which |
10910 | /// must be used instead of the original one, specified in \p DG. |
10911 | /// \param TI The context traits associated with the function variant. |
10912 | void ActOnOpenMPDeclareVariantDirective(FunctionDecl *FD, Expr *VariantRef, |
10913 | OMPTraitInfo &TI, SourceRange SR); |
10914 | |
10915 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, |
10916 | Expr *Expr, |
10917 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10918 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
10919 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10920 | /// Called on well-formed 'allocator' clause. |
10921 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAllocatorClause(Expr *Allocator, |
10922 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10923 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
10924 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10925 | /// Called on well-formed 'if' clause. |
10926 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIfClause(OpenMPDirectiveKind NameModifier, |
10927 | Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10928 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
10929 | SourceLocation NameModifierLoc, |
10930 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
10931 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10932 | /// Called on well-formed 'final' clause. |
10933 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFinalClause(Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10934 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
10935 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10936 | /// Called on well-formed 'num_threads' clause. |
10937 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumThreadsClause(Expr *NumThreads, |
10938 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10939 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
10940 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10941 | /// Called on well-formed 'safelen' clause. |
10942 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSafelenClause(Expr *Length, |
10943 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10944 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
10945 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10946 | /// Called on well-formed 'simdlen' clause. |
10947 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimdlenClause(Expr *Length, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10948 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
10949 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10950 | /// Called on well-form 'sizes' clause. |
10951 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSizesClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> SizeExprs, |
10952 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10953 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
10954 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10955 | /// Called on well-form 'full' clauses. |
10956 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFullClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10957 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10958 | /// Called on well-form 'partial' clauses. |
10959 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPartialClause(Expr *FactorExpr, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10960 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
10961 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10962 | /// Called on well-formed 'collapse' clause. |
10963 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCollapseClause(Expr *NumForLoops, |
10964 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10965 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
10966 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10967 | /// Called on well-formed 'ordered' clause. |
10968 | OMPClause * |
10969 | ActOnOpenMPOrderedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
10970 | SourceLocation LParenLoc = SourceLocation(), |
10971 | Expr *NumForLoops = nullptr); |
10972 | /// Called on well-formed 'grainsize' clause. |
10973 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPGrainsizeClause(Expr *Size, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10974 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
10975 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10976 | /// Called on well-formed 'num_tasks' clause. |
10977 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumTasksClause(Expr *NumTasks, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10978 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
10979 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10980 | /// Called on well-formed 'hint' clause. |
10981 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPHintClause(Expr *Hint, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10982 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
10983 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10984 | /// Called on well-formed 'detach' clause. |
10985 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDetachClause(Expr *Evt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10986 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
10987 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10988 | |
10989 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimpleClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, |
10990 | unsigned Argument, |
10991 | SourceLocation ArgumentLoc, |
10992 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10993 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
10994 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
10995 | /// Called on well-formed 'default' clause. |
10996 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultClause(llvm::omp::DefaultKind Kind, |
10997 | SourceLocation KindLoc, |
10998 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
10999 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11000 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11001 | /// Called on well-formed 'proc_bind' clause. |
11002 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPProcBindClause(llvm::omp::ProcBindKind Kind, |
11003 | SourceLocation KindLoc, |
11004 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11005 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11006 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11007 | /// Called on well-formed 'order' clause. |
11008 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPOrderClause(OpenMPOrderClauseKind Kind, |
11009 | SourceLocation KindLoc, |
11010 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11011 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11012 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11013 | /// Called on well-formed 'update' clause. |
11014 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUpdateClause(OpenMPDependClauseKind Kind, |
11015 | SourceLocation KindLoc, |
11016 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11017 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11018 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11019 | |
11020 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprWithArgClause( |
11021 | OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<unsigned> Arguments, Expr *Expr, |
11022 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11023 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ArgumentsLoc, SourceLocation DelimLoc, |
11024 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11025 | /// Called on well-formed 'schedule' clause. |
11026 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPScheduleClause( |
11027 | OpenMPScheduleClauseModifier M1, OpenMPScheduleClauseModifier M2, |
11028 | OpenMPScheduleClauseKind Kind, Expr *ChunkSize, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11029 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation M1Loc, SourceLocation M2Loc, |
11030 | SourceLocation KindLoc, SourceLocation CommaLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11031 | |
11032 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11033 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11034 | /// Called on well-formed 'nowait' clause. |
11035 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNowaitClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11036 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11037 | /// Called on well-formed 'untied' clause. |
11038 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUntiedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11039 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11040 | /// Called on well-formed 'mergeable' clause. |
11041 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPMergeableClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11042 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11043 | /// Called on well-formed 'read' clause. |
11044 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReadClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11045 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11046 | /// Called on well-formed 'write' clause. |
11047 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPWriteClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11048 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11049 | /// Called on well-formed 'update' clause. |
11050 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUpdateClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11051 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11052 | /// Called on well-formed 'capture' clause. |
11053 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCaptureClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11054 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11055 | /// Called on well-formed 'seq_cst' clause. |
11056 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSeqCstClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11057 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11058 | /// Called on well-formed 'acq_rel' clause. |
11059 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAcqRelClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11060 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11061 | /// Called on well-formed 'acquire' clause. |
11062 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAcquireClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11063 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11064 | /// Called on well-formed 'release' clause. |
11065 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReleaseClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11066 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11067 | /// Called on well-formed 'relaxed' clause. |
11068 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPRelaxedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11069 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11070 | |
11071 | /// Called on well-formed 'init' clause. |
11072 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPInitClause(Expr *InteropVar, ArrayRef<Expr *> PrefExprs, |
11073 | bool IsTarget, bool IsTargetSync, |
11074 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11075 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11076 | SourceLocation VarLoc, |
11077 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11078 | |
11079 | /// Called on well-formed 'use' clause. |
11080 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUseClause(Expr *InteropVar, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11081 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11082 | SourceLocation VarLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11083 | |
11084 | /// Called on well-formed 'destroy' clause. |
11085 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDestroyClause(Expr *InteropVar, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11086 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11087 | SourceLocation VarLoc, |
11088 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11089 | /// Called on well-formed 'novariants' clause. |
11090 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNovariantsClause(Expr *Condition, |
11091 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11092 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11093 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11094 | /// Called on well-formed 'nocontext' clause. |
11095 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNocontextClause(Expr *Condition, |
11096 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11097 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11098 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11099 | /// Called on well-formed 'filter' clause. |
11100 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFilterClause(Expr *ThreadID, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11101 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11102 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11103 | /// Called on well-formed 'threads' clause. |
11104 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPThreadsClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11105 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11106 | /// Called on well-formed 'simd' clause. |
11107 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSIMDClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11108 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11109 | /// Called on well-formed 'nogroup' clause. |
11110 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNogroupClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11111 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11112 | /// Called on well-formed 'unified_address' clause. |
11113 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUnifiedAddressClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11114 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11115 | |
11116 | /// Called on well-formed 'unified_address' clause. |
11117 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUnifiedSharedMemoryClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11118 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11119 | |
11120 | /// Called on well-formed 'reverse_offload' clause. |
11121 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReverseOffloadClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11122 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11123 | |
11124 | /// Called on well-formed 'dynamic_allocators' clause. |
11125 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDynamicAllocatorsClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11126 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11127 | |
11128 | /// Called on well-formed 'atomic_default_mem_order' clause. |
11129 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAtomicDefaultMemOrderClause( |
11130 | OpenMPAtomicDefaultMemOrderClauseKind Kind, SourceLocation KindLoc, |
11131 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11132 | |
11133 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPVarListClause( |
11134 | OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<Expr *> Vars, Expr *DepModOrTailExpr, |
11135 | const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
11136 | CXXScopeSpec &ReductionOrMapperIdScopeSpec, |
11137 | DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionOrMapperId, int ExtraModifier, |
11138 | ArrayRef<OpenMPMapModifierKind> MapTypeModifiers, |
11139 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> MapTypeModifiersLoc, bool IsMapTypeImplicit, |
11140 | SourceLocation ExtraModifierLoc, |
11141 | ArrayRef<OpenMPMotionModifierKind> MotionModifiers, |
11142 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> MotionModifiersLoc); |
11143 | /// Called on well-formed 'inclusive' clause. |
11144 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPInclusiveClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
11145 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11146 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11147 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11148 | /// Called on well-formed 'exclusive' clause. |
11149 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPExclusiveClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
11150 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11151 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11152 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11153 | /// Called on well-formed 'allocate' clause. |
11154 | OMPClause * |
11155 | ActOnOpenMPAllocateClause(Expr *Allocator, ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
11156 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
11157 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11158 | /// Called on well-formed 'private' clause. |
11159 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPrivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
11160 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11161 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11162 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11163 | /// Called on well-formed 'firstprivate' clause. |
11164 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFirstprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
11165 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11166 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11167 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11168 | /// Called on well-formed 'lastprivate' clause. |
11169 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPLastprivateClause( |
11170 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, OpenMPLastprivateModifier LPKind, |
11171 | SourceLocation LPKindLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
11172 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11173 | /// Called on well-formed 'shared' clause. |
11174 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSharedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
11175 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11176 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11177 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11178 | /// Called on well-formed 'reduction' clause. |
11179 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReductionClause( |
11180 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, OpenMPReductionClauseModifier Modifier, |
11181 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11182 | SourceLocation ModifierLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
11183 | SourceLocation EndLoc, CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec, |
11184 | const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId, |
11185 | ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None); |
11186 | /// Called on well-formed 'task_reduction' clause. |
11187 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPTaskReductionClause( |
11188 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11189 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
11190 | CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec, |
11191 | const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId, |
11192 | ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None); |
11193 | /// Called on well-formed 'in_reduction' clause. |
11194 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPInReductionClause( |
11195 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11196 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
11197 | CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec, |
11198 | const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId, |
11199 | ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None); |
11200 | /// Called on well-formed 'linear' clause. |
11201 | OMPClause * |
11202 | ActOnOpenMPLinearClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, Expr *Step, |
11203 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11204 | OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, SourceLocation LinLoc, |
11205 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11206 | /// Called on well-formed 'aligned' clause. |
11207 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAlignedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
11208 | Expr *Alignment, |
11209 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11210 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11211 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
11212 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11213 | /// Called on well-formed 'copyin' clause. |
11214 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyinClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
11215 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11216 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11217 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11218 | /// Called on well-formed 'copyprivate' clause. |
11219 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
11220 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11221 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11222 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11223 | /// Called on well-formed 'flush' pseudo clause. |
11224 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFlushClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
11225 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11226 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11227 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11228 | /// Called on well-formed 'depobj' pseudo clause. |
11229 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDepobjClause(Expr *Depobj, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11230 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11231 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11232 | /// Called on well-formed 'depend' clause. |
11233 | OMPClause * |
11234 | ActOnOpenMPDependClause(Expr *DepModifier, OpenMPDependClauseKind DepKind, |
11235 | SourceLocation DepLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
11236 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11237 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11238 | /// Called on well-formed 'device' clause. |
11239 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDeviceClause(OpenMPDeviceClauseModifier Modifier, |
11240 | Expr *Device, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11241 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11242 | SourceLocation ModifierLoc, |
11243 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11244 | /// Called on well-formed 'map' clause. |
11245 | OMPClause * |
11246 | ActOnOpenMPMapClause(ArrayRef<OpenMPMapModifierKind> MapTypeModifiers, |
11247 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> MapTypeModifiersLoc, |
11248 | CXXScopeSpec &MapperIdScopeSpec, |
11249 | DeclarationNameInfo &MapperId, |
11250 | OpenMPMapClauseKind MapType, bool IsMapTypeImplicit, |
11251 | SourceLocation MapLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
11252 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs, |
11253 | ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedMappers = llvm::None); |
11254 | /// Called on well-formed 'num_teams' clause. |
11255 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumTeamsClause(Expr *NumTeams, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11256 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11257 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11258 | /// Called on well-formed 'thread_limit' clause. |
11259 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPThreadLimitClause(Expr *ThreadLimit, |
11260 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11261 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11262 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11263 | /// Called on well-formed 'priority' clause. |
11264 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPriorityClause(Expr *Priority, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11265 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11266 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11267 | /// Called on well-formed 'dist_schedule' clause. |
11268 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDistScheduleClause( |
11269 | OpenMPDistScheduleClauseKind Kind, Expr *ChunkSize, |
11270 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation KindLoc, |
11271 | SourceLocation CommaLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11272 | /// Called on well-formed 'defaultmap' clause. |
11273 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultmapClause( |
11274 | OpenMPDefaultmapClauseModifier M, OpenMPDefaultmapClauseKind Kind, |
11275 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation MLoc, |
11276 | SourceLocation KindLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11277 | /// Called on well-formed 'to' clause. |
11278 | OMPClause * |
11279 | ActOnOpenMPToClause(ArrayRef<OpenMPMotionModifierKind> MotionModifiers, |
11280 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> MotionModifiersLoc, |
11281 | CXXScopeSpec &MapperIdScopeSpec, |
11282 | DeclarationNameInfo &MapperId, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
11283 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs, |
11284 | ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedMappers = llvm::None); |
11285 | /// Called on well-formed 'from' clause. |
11286 | OMPClause * |
11287 | ActOnOpenMPFromClause(ArrayRef<OpenMPMotionModifierKind> MotionModifiers, |
11288 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> MotionModifiersLoc, |
11289 | CXXScopeSpec &MapperIdScopeSpec, |
11290 | DeclarationNameInfo &MapperId, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
11291 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs, |
11292 | ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedMappers = llvm::None); |
11293 | /// Called on well-formed 'use_device_ptr' clause. |
11294 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUseDevicePtrClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
11295 | const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs); |
11296 | /// Called on well-formed 'use_device_addr' clause. |
11297 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUseDeviceAddrClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
11298 | const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs); |
11299 | /// Called on well-formed 'is_device_ptr' clause. |
11300 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIsDevicePtrClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
11301 | const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs); |
11302 | /// Called on well-formed 'nontemporal' clause. |
11303 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNontemporalClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
11304 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11305 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11306 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
11307 | |
11308 | /// Data for list of allocators. |
11309 | struct UsesAllocatorsData { |
11310 | /// Allocator. |
11311 | Expr *Allocator = nullptr; |
11312 | /// Allocator traits. |
11313 | Expr *AllocatorTraits = nullptr; |
11314 | /// Locations of '(' and ')' symbols. |
11315 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, RParenLoc; |
11316 | }; |
11317 | /// Called on well-formed 'uses_allocators' clause. |
11318 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUsesAllocatorClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11319 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11320 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
11321 | ArrayRef<UsesAllocatorsData> Data); |
11322 | /// Called on well-formed 'affinity' clause. |
11323 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAffinityClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
11324 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11325 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
11326 | SourceLocation EndLoc, Expr *Modifier, |
11327 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Locators); |
11328 | |
11329 | /// The kind of conversion being performed. |
11330 | enum CheckedConversionKind { |
11331 | /// An implicit conversion. |
11332 | CCK_ImplicitConversion, |
11333 | /// A C-style cast. |
11334 | CCK_CStyleCast, |
11335 | /// A functional-style cast. |
11336 | CCK_FunctionalCast, |
11337 | /// A cast other than a C-style cast. |
11338 | CCK_OtherCast, |
11339 | /// A conversion for an operand of a builtin overloaded operator. |
11340 | CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp |
11341 | }; |
11342 | |
11343 | static bool isCast(CheckedConversionKind CCK) { |
11344 | return CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast || |
11345 | CCK == CCK_OtherCast; |
11346 | } |
11347 | |
11348 | /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit |
11349 | /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. |
11350 | /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. |
11351 | ExprResult |
11352 | ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, |
11353 | ExprValueKind VK = VK_PRValue, |
11354 | const CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr, |
11355 | CheckedConversionKind CCK = CCK_ImplicitConversion); |
11356 | |
11357 | /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding |
11358 | /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. |
11359 | static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); |
11360 | |
11361 | /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is |
11362 | /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are |
11363 | /// required. |
11364 | ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); |
11365 | |
11366 | // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts |
11367 | // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). |
11368 | ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); |
11369 | |
11370 | /// CallExprUnaryConversions - a special case of an unary conversion |
11371 | /// performed on a function designator of a call expression. |
11372 | ExprResult CallExprUnaryConversions(Expr *E); |
11373 | |
11374 | // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays |
11375 | // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). |
11376 | ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E, bool Diagnose = true); |
11377 | |
11378 | // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and |
11379 | // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the |
11380 | // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. |
11381 | ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E, |
11382 | bool Diagnose = true); |
11383 | |
11384 | // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on |
11385 | // the operand. This function is a no-op if the operand has a function type |
11386 | // or an array type. |
11387 | ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); |
11388 | |
11389 | // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that |
11390 | // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each |
11391 | // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. |
11392 | ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); |
11393 | |
11394 | /// If \p E is a prvalue denoting an unmaterialized temporary, materialize |
11395 | /// it as an xvalue. In C++98, the result will still be a prvalue, because |
11396 | /// we don't have xvalues there. |
11397 | ExprResult TemporaryMaterializationConversion(Expr *E); |
11398 | |
11399 | // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion |
11400 | enum VariadicCallType { |
11401 | VariadicFunction, |
11402 | VariadicBlock, |
11403 | VariadicMethod, |
11404 | VariadicConstructor, |
11405 | VariadicDoesNotApply |
11406 | }; |
11407 | |
11408 | VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
11409 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
11410 | Expr *Fn); |
11411 | |
11412 | // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a |
11413 | // vararg function. |
11414 | enum VarArgKind { |
11415 | VAK_Valid, |
11416 | VAK_ValidInCXX11, |
11417 | VAK_Undefined, |
11418 | VAK_MSVCUndefined, |
11419 | VAK_Invalid |
11420 | }; |
11421 | |
11422 | // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. |
11423 | VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); |
11424 | |
11425 | /// Check to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic |
11426 | /// function, issuing a diagnostic if not. |
11427 | void checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); |
11428 | |
11429 | /// Check whether the given statement can have musttail applied to it, |
11430 | /// issuing a diagnostic and returning false if not. In the success case, |
11431 | /// the statement is rewritten to remove implicit nodes from the return |
11432 | /// value. |
11433 | bool checkAndRewriteMustTailAttr(Stmt *St, const Attr &MTA); |
11434 | |
11435 | private: |
11436 | /// Check whether the given statement can have musttail applied to it, |
11437 | /// issuing a diagnostic and returning false if not. |
11438 | bool checkMustTailAttr(const Stmt *St, const Attr &MTA); |
11439 | |
11440 | public: |
11441 | /// Check to see if a given expression could have '.c_str()' called on it. |
11442 | bool hasCStrMethod(const Expr *E); |
11443 | |
11444 | /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various |
11445 | /// form of call prototypes. |
11446 | bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
11447 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
11448 | unsigned FirstParam, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
11449 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs, |
11450 | VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, |
11451 | bool AllowExplicit = false, |
11452 | bool IsListInitialization = false); |
11453 | |
11454 | // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but |
11455 | // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. |
11456 | ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, |
11457 | FunctionDecl *FDecl); |
11458 | |
11459 | /// Context in which we're performing a usual arithmetic conversion. |
11460 | enum ArithConvKind { |
11461 | /// An arithmetic operation. |
11462 | ACK_Arithmetic, |
11463 | /// A bitwise operation. |
11464 | ACK_BitwiseOp, |
11465 | /// A comparison. |
11466 | ACK_Comparison, |
11467 | /// A conditional (?:) operator. |
11468 | ACK_Conditional, |
11469 | /// A compound assignment expression. |
11470 | ACK_CompAssign, |
11471 | }; |
11472 | |
11473 | // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's |
11474 | // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary |
11475 | // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this |
11476 | // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is |
11477 | // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. |
11478 | QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
11479 | SourceLocation Loc, ArithConvKind ACK); |
11480 | |
11481 | /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this |
11482 | /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are |
11483 | /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from |
11484 | /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a |
11485 | /// source and destination type. |
11486 | enum AssignConvertType { |
11487 | /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. |
11488 | Compatible, |
11489 | |
11490 | /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we |
11491 | /// accept as an extension. |
11492 | PointerToInt, |
11493 | |
11494 | /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we |
11495 | /// accept as an extension. |
11496 | IntToPointer, |
11497 | |
11498 | /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and |
11499 | /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. |
11500 | FunctionVoidPointer, |
11501 | |
11502 | /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that |
11503 | /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. |
11504 | IncompatiblePointer, |
11505 | |
11506 | /// IncompatibleFunctionPointer - The assignment is between two function |
11507 | /// pointers types that are not compatible, but we accept them as an |
11508 | /// extension. |
11509 | IncompatibleFunctionPointer, |
11510 | |
11511 | /// IncompatiblePointerSign - The assignment is between two pointers types |
11512 | /// which point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise |
11513 | /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by |
11514 | /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. |
11515 | IncompatiblePointerSign, |
11516 | |
11517 | /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards |
11518 | /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. |
11519 | CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, |
11520 | |
11521 | /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment |
11522 | /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, |
11523 | /// like address spaces. |
11524 | IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, |
11525 | |
11526 | /// IncompatibleNestedPointerAddressSpaceMismatch - The assignment |
11527 | /// changes address spaces in nested pointer types which is not allowed. |
11528 | /// For instance, converting __private int ** to __generic int ** is |
11529 | /// illegal even though __private could be converted to __generic. |
11530 | IncompatibleNestedPointerAddressSpaceMismatch, |
11531 | |
11532 | /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two |
11533 | /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two |
11534 | /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an |
11535 | /// extension. |
11536 | IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, |
11537 | |
11538 | /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that |
11539 | /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. |
11540 | IncompatibleVectors, |
11541 | |
11542 | /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block |
11543 | /// pointer. We disallow this. |
11544 | IntToBlockPointer, |
11545 | |
11546 | /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block |
11547 | /// pointers types that are not compatible. |
11548 | IncompatibleBlockPointer, |
11549 | |
11550 | /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified |
11551 | /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, |
11552 | /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. |
11553 | IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, |
11554 | |
11555 | /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an |
11556 | /// object with __weak qualifier. |
11557 | IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, |
11558 | |
11559 | /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to |
11560 | /// represent it in the AST. |
11561 | Incompatible |
11562 | }; |
11563 | |
11564 | /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the |
11565 | /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the |
11566 | /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. |
11567 | bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, |
11568 | SourceLocation Loc, |
11569 | QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, |
11570 | Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, |
11571 | bool *Complained = nullptr); |
11572 | |
11573 | /// IsValueInFlagEnum - Determine if a value is allowed as part of a flag |
11574 | /// enum. If AllowMask is true, then we also allow the complement of a valid |
11575 | /// value, to be used as a mask. |
11576 | bool IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, |
11577 | bool AllowMask) const; |
11578 | |
11579 | /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant |
11580 | /// integer not in the range of enum values. |
11581 | void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, |
11582 | Expr *SrcExpr); |
11583 | |
11584 | /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, |
11585 | /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. |
11586 | /// C99 6.5.16. |
11587 | AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, |
11588 | QualType LHSType, |
11589 | QualType RHSType); |
11590 | |
11591 | /// Check assignment constraints and optionally prepare for a conversion of |
11592 | /// the RHS to the LHS type. The conversion is prepared for if ConvertRHS |
11593 | /// is true. |
11594 | AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, |
11595 | ExprResult &RHS, |
11596 | CastKind &Kind, |
11597 | bool ConvertRHS = true); |
11598 | |
11599 | /// Check assignment constraints for an assignment of RHS to LHSType. |
11600 | /// |
11601 | /// \param LHSType The destination type for the assignment. |
11602 | /// \param RHS The source expression for the assignment. |
11603 | /// \param Diagnose If \c true, diagnostics may be produced when checking |
11604 | /// for assignability. If a diagnostic is produced, \p RHS will be |
11605 | /// set to ExprError(). Note that this function may still return |
11606 | /// without producing a diagnostic, even for an invalid assignment. |
11607 | /// \param DiagnoseCFAudited If \c true, the target is a function parameter |
11608 | /// in an audited Core Foundation API and does not need to be checked |
11609 | /// for ARC retain issues. |
11610 | /// \param ConvertRHS If \c true, \p RHS will be updated to model the |
11611 | /// conversions necessary to perform the assignment. If \c false, |
11612 | /// \p Diagnose must also be \c false. |
11613 | AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints( |
11614 | QualType LHSType, ExprResult &RHS, bool Diagnose = true, |
11615 | bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false, bool ConvertRHS = true); |
11616 | |
11617 | // If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we |
11618 | // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. |
11619 | AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, |
11620 | ExprResult &RHS); |
11621 | |
11622 | bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); |
11623 | |
11624 | bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); |
11625 | |
11626 | ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
11627 | AssignmentAction Action, |
11628 | bool AllowExplicit = false); |
11629 | ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
11630 | const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, |
11631 | AssignmentAction Action, |
11632 | CheckedConversionKind CCK |
11633 | = CCK_ImplicitConversion); |
11634 | ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
11635 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, |
11636 | AssignmentAction Action, |
11637 | CheckedConversionKind CCK); |
11638 | |
11639 | ExprResult PerformQualificationConversion( |
11640 | Expr *E, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK = VK_PRValue, |
11641 | CheckedConversionKind CCK = CCK_ImplicitConversion); |
11642 | |
11643 | /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType |
11644 | /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). |
11645 | |
11646 | /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). |
11647 | QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, |
11648 | ExprResult &RHS); |
11649 | QualType InvalidLogicalVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, |
11650 | ExprResult &RHS); |
11651 | QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 |
11652 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, |
11653 | SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); |
11654 | QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 |
11655 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, |
11656 | bool IsDivide); |
11657 | QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 |
11658 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
11659 | bool IsCompAssign = false); |
11660 | QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 |
11661 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
11662 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr); |
11663 | QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 |
11664 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
11665 | QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr); |
11666 | QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 |
11667 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
11668 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, bool IsCompAssign = false); |
11669 | void CheckPtrComparisonWithNullChar(ExprResult &E, ExprResult &NullE); |
11670 | QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 |
11671 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
11672 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc); |
11673 | QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] |
11674 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
11675 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc); |
11676 | QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] |
11677 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
11678 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc); |
11679 | // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. |
11680 | // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. |
11681 | // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. |
11682 | QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] |
11683 | Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); |
11684 | |
11685 | ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
11686 | UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); |
11687 | ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
11688 | BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, |
11689 | Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); |
11690 | ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); |
11691 | Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); |
11692 | |
11693 | QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 |
11694 | ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
11695 | ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); |
11696 | QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 |
11697 | ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, |
11698 | ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); |
11699 | QualType CheckVectorConditionalTypes(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, |
11700 | ExprResult &RHS, |
11701 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc); |
11702 | QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, |
11703 | bool ConvertArgs = true); |
11704 | QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, |
11705 | ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, |
11706 | bool ConvertArgs = true) { |
11707 | Expr *E1Tmp = E1.get(), *E2Tmp = E2.get(); |
11708 | QualType Composite = |
11709 | FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, ConvertArgs); |
11710 | E1 = E1Tmp; |
11711 | E2 = E2Tmp; |
11712 | return Composite; |
11713 | } |
11714 | |
11715 | QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
11716 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc); |
11717 | |
11718 | bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, |
11719 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc); |
11720 | |
11721 | void DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(Expr *E, |
11722 | Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullType, |
11723 | bool IsEqual, SourceRange Range); |
11724 | |
11725 | /// type checking for vector binary operators. |
11726 | QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
11727 | SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, |
11728 | bool AllowBothBool, bool AllowBoolConversion); |
11729 | QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); |
11730 | QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
11731 | SourceLocation Loc, |
11732 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc); |
11733 | QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
11734 | SourceLocation Loc); |
11735 | |
11736 | /// Type checking for matrix binary operators. |
11737 | QualType CheckMatrixElementwiseOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
11738 | SourceLocation Loc, |
11739 | bool IsCompAssign); |
11740 | QualType CheckMatrixMultiplyOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
11741 | SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); |
11742 | |
11743 | bool isValidSveBitcast(QualType srcType, QualType destType); |
11744 | |
11745 | bool areMatrixTypesOfTheSameDimension(QualType srcTy, QualType destTy); |
11746 | |
11747 | bool areVectorTypesSameSize(QualType srcType, QualType destType); |
11748 | bool areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType srcType, QualType destType); |
11749 | bool isLaxVectorConversion(QualType srcType, QualType destType); |
11750 | |
11751 | /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) |
11752 | bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); |
11753 | |
11754 | // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). |
11755 | |
11756 | /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two |
11757 | /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the |
11758 | /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). |
11759 | enum ReferenceCompareResult { |
11760 | /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct |
11761 | /// reference binding is not possible. |
11762 | Ref_Incompatible = 0, |
11763 | /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means |
11764 | /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same |
11765 | /// or T1 is a base class of T2. |
11766 | Ref_Related, |
11767 | /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible. |
11768 | Ref_Compatible |
11769 | }; |
11770 | |
11771 | // Fake up a scoped enumeration that still contextually converts to bool. |
11772 | struct ReferenceConversionsScope { |
11773 | /// The conversions that would be performed on an lvalue of type T2 when |
11774 | /// binding a reference of type T1 to it, as determined when evaluating |
11775 | /// whether T1 is reference-compatible with T2. |
11776 | enum ReferenceConversions { |
11777 | Qualification = 0x1, |
11778 | NestedQualification = 0x2, |
11779 | Function = 0x4, |
11780 | DerivedToBase = 0x8, |
11781 | ObjC = 0x10, |
11782 | ObjCLifetime = 0x20, |
11783 | |
11784 | LLVM_MARK_AS_BITMASK_ENUM(/*LargestValue=*/ObjCLifetime)LLVM_BITMASK_LARGEST_ENUMERATOR = ObjCLifetime |
11785 | }; |
11786 | }; |
11787 | using ReferenceConversions = ReferenceConversionsScope::ReferenceConversions; |
11788 | |
11789 | ReferenceCompareResult |
11790 | CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T1, QualType T2, |
11791 | ReferenceConversions *Conv = nullptr); |
11792 | |
11793 | ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, |
11794 | Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, |
11795 | ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); |
11796 | |
11797 | /// Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the |
11798 | /// given type. |
11799 | ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); |
11800 | |
11801 | /// Type-check an expression that's being passed to an |
11802 | /// __unknown_anytype parameter. |
11803 | ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc, |
11804 | Expr *result, QualType ¶mType); |
11805 | |
11806 | // CheckMatrixCast - Check type constraints for matrix casts. |
11807 | // We allow casting between matrixes of the same dimensions i.e. when they |
11808 | // have the same number of rows and column. Returns true if the cast is |
11809 | // invalid. |
11810 | bool CheckMatrixCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, QualType SrcTy, |
11811 | CastKind &Kind); |
11812 | |
11813 | // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. |
11814 | // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. |
11815 | // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. |
11816 | // returns true if the cast is invalid |
11817 | bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, |
11818 | CastKind &Kind); |
11819 | |
11820 | /// Prepare `SplattedExpr` for a vector splat operation, adding |
11821 | /// implicit casts if necessary. |
11822 | ExprResult prepareVectorSplat(QualType VectorTy, Expr *SplattedExpr); |
11823 | |
11824 | // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. |
11825 | // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. |
11826 | // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, |
11827 | // or vectors and the element type of that vector. |
11828 | // returns the cast expr |
11829 | ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, |
11830 | CastKind &Kind); |
11831 | |
11832 | ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType Type, |
11833 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
11834 | Expr *CastExpr, |
11835 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
11836 | |
11837 | enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged, ACR_error }; |
11838 | |
11839 | /// Checks for invalid conversions and casts between |
11840 | /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds for ARC and Weak. |
11841 | ARCConversionResult CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange castRange, |
11842 | QualType castType, Expr *&op, |
11843 | CheckedConversionKind CCK, |
11844 | bool Diagnose = true, |
11845 | bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false, |
11846 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc = BO_PtrMemD |
11847 | ); |
11848 | |
11849 | Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); |
11850 | void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); |
11851 | |
11852 | bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, |
11853 | QualType ExprType); |
11854 | |
11855 | /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send |
11856 | /// might create an obvious retain cycle. |
11857 | void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); |
11858 | void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); |
11859 | void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); |
11860 | |
11861 | /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned |
11862 | /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. |
11863 | bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); |
11864 | |
11865 | /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned |
11866 | /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. |
11867 | void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); |
11868 | |
11869 | /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. |
11870 | /// \param Method - May be null. |
11871 | /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. |
11872 | /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. |
11873 | bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(const Expr *Receiver, QualType ReceiverType, |
11874 | MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel, |
11875 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
11876 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, |
11877 | bool isSuperMessage, SourceLocation lbrac, |
11878 | SourceLocation rbrac, SourceRange RecRange, |
11879 | QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); |
11880 | |
11881 | /// Determine the result of a message send expression based on |
11882 | /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, |
11883 | /// and the form of the message send. |
11884 | QualType getMessageSendResultType(const Expr *Receiver, QualType ReceiverType, |
11885 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, |
11886 | bool isSuperMessage); |
11887 | |
11888 | /// If the given expression involves a message send to a method |
11889 | /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. |
11890 | void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); |
11891 | |
11892 | /// Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return |
11893 | /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result |
11894 | /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened. |
11895 | void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType); |
11896 | |
11897 | class ConditionResult { |
11898 | Decl *ConditionVar; |
11899 | FullExprArg Condition; |
11900 | bool Invalid; |
11901 | bool HasKnownValue; |
11902 | bool KnownValue; |
11903 | |
11904 | friend class Sema; |
11905 | ConditionResult(Sema &S, Decl *ConditionVar, FullExprArg Condition, |
11906 | bool IsConstexpr) |
11907 | : ConditionVar(ConditionVar), Condition(Condition), Invalid(false), |
11908 | HasKnownValue(IsConstexpr && Condition.get() && |
11909 | !Condition.get()->isValueDependent()), |
11910 | KnownValue(HasKnownValue && |
11911 | !!Condition.get()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.Context)) {} |
11912 | explicit ConditionResult(bool Invalid) |
11913 | : ConditionVar(nullptr), Condition(nullptr), Invalid(Invalid), |
11914 | HasKnownValue(false), KnownValue(false) {} |
11915 | |
11916 | public: |
11917 | ConditionResult() : ConditionResult(false) {} |
11918 | bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; } |
11919 | std::pair<VarDecl *, Expr *> get() const { |
11920 | return std::make_pair(cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ConditionVar), |
11921 | Condition.get()); |
11922 | } |
11923 | llvm::Optional<bool> getKnownValue() const { |
11924 | if (!HasKnownValue) |
11925 | return None; |
11926 | return KnownValue; |
11927 | } |
11928 | }; |
11929 | static ConditionResult ConditionError() { return ConditionResult(true); } |
11930 | |
11931 | enum class ConditionKind { |
11932 | Boolean, ///< A boolean condition, from 'if', 'while', 'for', or 'do'. |
11933 | ConstexprIf, ///< A constant boolean condition from 'if constexpr'. |
11934 | Switch ///< An integral condition for a 'switch' statement. |
11935 | }; |
11936 | |
11937 | ConditionResult ActOnCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, |
11938 | Expr *SubExpr, ConditionKind CK); |
11939 | |
11940 | ConditionResult ActOnConditionVariable(Decl *ConditionVar, |
11941 | SourceLocation StmtLoc, |
11942 | ConditionKind CK); |
11943 | |
11944 | DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
11945 | |
11946 | ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, |
11947 | SourceLocation StmtLoc, |
11948 | ConditionKind CK); |
11949 | ExprResult CheckSwitchCondition(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, Expr *Cond); |
11950 | |
11951 | /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of |
11952 | /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if |
11953 | /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array |
11954 | /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. |
11955 | /// |
11956 | /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the |
11957 | /// 'if' keyword. |
11958 | /// \return true iff there were any errors |
11959 | ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E, |
11960 | bool IsConstexpr = false); |
11961 | |
11962 | /// ActOnExplicitBoolSpecifier - Build an ExplicitSpecifier from an expression |
11963 | /// found in an explicit(bool) specifier. |
11964 | ExplicitSpecifier ActOnExplicitBoolSpecifier(Expr *E); |
11965 | |
11966 | /// tryResolveExplicitSpecifier - Attempt to resolve the explict specifier. |
11967 | /// Returns true if the explicit specifier is now resolved. |
11968 | bool tryResolveExplicitSpecifier(ExplicitSpecifier &ExplicitSpec); |
11969 | |
11970 | /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is |
11971 | /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. |
11972 | void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); |
11973 | |
11974 | /// Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate |
11975 | /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. |
11976 | void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); |
11977 | |
11978 | /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. |
11979 | ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr, bool IsConstexpr = false); |
11980 | |
11981 | /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have |
11982 | /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit |
11983 | /// the specified diagnostic. |
11984 | void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, |
11985 | unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, |
11986 | SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); |
11987 | |
11988 | /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. |
11989 | /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared |
11990 | /// in the global scope. |
11991 | bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); |
11992 | |
11993 | /// Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant |
11994 | /// expression violations. |
11995 | class VerifyICEDiagnoser { |
11996 | public: |
11997 | bool Suppress; |
11998 | |
11999 | VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } |
12000 | |
12001 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
12002 | diagnoseNotICEType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); |
12003 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, |
12004 | SourceLocation Loc) = 0; |
12005 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc); |
12006 | virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() {} |
12007 | }; |
12008 | |
12009 | enum AllowFoldKind { |
12010 | NoFold, |
12011 | AllowFold, |
12012 | }; |
12013 | |
12014 | /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, |
12015 | /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. |
12016 | /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. |
12017 | ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, |
12018 | VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, |
12019 | AllowFoldKind CanFold = NoFold); |
12020 | ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, |
12021 | unsigned DiagID, |
12022 | AllowFoldKind CanFold = NoFold); |
12023 | ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, |
12024 | llvm::APSInt *Result = nullptr, |
12025 | AllowFoldKind CanFold = NoFold); |
12026 | ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, |
12027 | AllowFoldKind CanFold = NoFold) { |
12028 | return VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, nullptr, CanFold); |
12029 | } |
12030 | |
12031 | /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has |
12032 | /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. |
12033 | /// Returns false on success. |
12034 | /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 |
12035 | ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, |
12036 | QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, |
12037 | Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth = nullptr); |
12038 | |
12039 | private: |
12040 | unsigned ForceCUDAHostDeviceDepth = 0; |
12041 | |
12042 | public: |
12043 | /// Increments our count of the number of times we've seen a pragma forcing |
12044 | /// functions to be __host__ __device__. So long as this count is greater |
12045 | /// than zero, all functions encountered will be __host__ __device__. |
12046 | void PushForceCUDAHostDevice(); |
12047 | |
12048 | /// Decrements our count of the number of times we've seen a pragma forcing |
12049 | /// functions to be __host__ __device__. Returns false if the count is 0 |
12050 | /// before incrementing, so you can emit an error. |
12051 | bool PopForceCUDAHostDevice(); |
12052 | |
12053 | /// Diagnostics that are emitted only if we discover that the given function |
12054 | /// must be codegen'ed. Because handling these correctly adds overhead to |
12055 | /// compilation, this is currently only enabled for CUDA compilations. |
12056 | llvm::DenseMap<CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>, |
12057 | std::vector<PartialDiagnosticAt>> |
12058 | DeviceDeferredDiags; |
12059 | |
12060 | /// A pair of a canonical FunctionDecl and a SourceLocation. When used as the |
12061 | /// key in a hashtable, both the FD and location are hashed. |
12062 | struct FunctionDeclAndLoc { |
12063 | CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl> FD; |
12064 | SourceLocation Loc; |
12065 | }; |
12066 | |
12067 | /// FunctionDecls and SourceLocations for which CheckCUDACall has emitted a |
12068 | /// (maybe deferred) "bad call" diagnostic. We use this to avoid emitting the |
12069 | /// same deferred diag twice. |
12070 | llvm::DenseSet<FunctionDeclAndLoc> LocsWithCUDACallDiags; |
12071 | |
12072 | /// An inverse call graph, mapping known-emitted functions to one of their |
12073 | /// known-emitted callers (plus the location of the call). |
12074 | /// |
12075 | /// Functions that we can tell a priori must be emitted aren't added to this |
12076 | /// map. |
12077 | llvm::DenseMap</* Callee = */ CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>, |
12078 | /* Caller = */ FunctionDeclAndLoc> |
12079 | DeviceKnownEmittedFns; |
12080 | |
12081 | /// Creates a SemaDiagnosticBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current |
12082 | /// context is "used as device code". |
12083 | /// |
12084 | /// - If CurContext is a __host__ function, does not emit any diagnostics |
12085 | /// unless \p EmitOnBothSides is true. |
12086 | /// - If CurContext is a __device__ or __global__ function, emits the |
12087 | /// diagnostics immediately. |
12088 | /// - If CurContext is a __host__ __device__ function and we are compiling for |
12089 | /// the device, creates a diagnostic which is emitted if and when we realize |
12090 | /// that the function will be codegen'ed. |
12091 | /// |
12092 | /// Example usage: |
12093 | /// |
12094 | /// // Variable-length arrays are not allowed in CUDA device code. |
12095 | /// if (CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(Loc, diag::err_cuda_vla) << CurrentCUDATarget()) |
12096 | /// return ExprError(); |
12097 | /// // Otherwise, continue parsing as normal. |
12098 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(SourceLocation Loc, |
12099 | unsigned DiagID); |
12100 | |
12101 | /// Creates a SemaDiagnosticBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current |
12102 | /// context is "used as host code". |
12103 | /// |
12104 | /// Same as CUDADiagIfDeviceCode, with "host" and "device" switched. |
12105 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder CUDADiagIfHostCode(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); |
12106 | |
12107 | /// Creates a SemaDiagnosticBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current |
12108 | /// context is "used as device code". |
12109 | /// |
12110 | /// - If CurContext is a `declare target` function or it is known that the |
12111 | /// function is emitted for the device, emits the diagnostics immediately. |
12112 | /// - If CurContext is a non-`declare target` function and we are compiling |
12113 | /// for the device, creates a diagnostic which is emitted if and when we |
12114 | /// realize that the function will be codegen'ed. |
12115 | /// |
12116 | /// Example usage: |
12117 | /// |
12118 | /// // Variable-length arrays are not allowed in NVPTX device code. |
12119 | /// if (diagIfOpenMPDeviceCode(Loc, diag::err_vla_unsupported)) |
12120 | /// return ExprError(); |
12121 | /// // Otherwise, continue parsing as normal. |
12122 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
12123 | diagIfOpenMPDeviceCode(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID, FunctionDecl *FD); |
12124 | |
12125 | /// Creates a SemaDiagnosticBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current |
12126 | /// context is "used as host code". |
12127 | /// |
12128 | /// - If CurContext is a `declare target` function or it is known that the |
12129 | /// function is emitted for the host, emits the diagnostics immediately. |
12130 | /// - If CurContext is a non-host function, just ignore it. |
12131 | /// |
12132 | /// Example usage: |
12133 | /// |
12134 | /// // Variable-length arrays are not allowed in NVPTX device code. |
12135 | /// if (diagIfOpenMPHostode(Loc, diag::err_vla_unsupported)) |
12136 | /// return ExprError(); |
12137 | /// // Otherwise, continue parsing as normal. |
12138 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagIfOpenMPHostCode(SourceLocation Loc, |
12139 | unsigned DiagID, FunctionDecl *FD); |
12140 | |
12141 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder targetDiag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID, |
12142 | FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr); |
12143 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder targetDiag(SourceLocation Loc, |
12144 | const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
12145 | FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr) { |
12146 | return targetDiag(Loc, PD.getDiagID(), FD) << PD; |
12147 | } |
12148 | |
12149 | /// Check if the expression is allowed to be used in expressions for the |
12150 | /// offloading devices. |
12151 | void checkDeviceDecl(ValueDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc); |
12152 | |
12153 | enum CUDAFunctionTarget { |
12154 | CFT_Device, |
12155 | CFT_Global, |
12156 | CFT_Host, |
12157 | CFT_HostDevice, |
12158 | CFT_InvalidTarget |
12159 | }; |
12160 | |
12161 | /// Determines whether the given function is a CUDA device/host/kernel/etc. |
12162 | /// function. |
12163 | /// |
12164 | /// Use this rather than examining the function's attributes yourself -- you |
12165 | /// will get it wrong. Returns CFT_Host if D is null. |
12166 | CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D, |
12167 | bool IgnoreImplicitHDAttr = false); |
12168 | CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs); |
12169 | |
12170 | enum CUDAVariableTarget { |
12171 | CVT_Device, /// Emitted on device side with a shadow variable on host side |
12172 | CVT_Host, /// Emitted on host side only |
12173 | CVT_Both, /// Emitted on both sides with different addresses |
12174 | CVT_Unified, /// Emitted as a unified address, e.g. managed variables |
12175 | }; |
12176 | /// Determines whether the given variable is emitted on host or device side. |
12177 | CUDAVariableTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const VarDecl *D); |
12178 | |
12179 | /// Gets the CUDA target for the current context. |
12180 | CUDAFunctionTarget CurrentCUDATarget() { |
12181 | return IdentifyCUDATarget(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext)); |
12182 | } |
12183 | |
12184 | static bool isCUDAImplicitHostDeviceFunction(const FunctionDecl *D); |
12185 | |
12186 | // CUDA function call preference. Must be ordered numerically from |
12187 | // worst to best. |
12188 | enum CUDAFunctionPreference { |
12189 | CFP_Never, // Invalid caller/callee combination. |
12190 | CFP_WrongSide, // Calls from host-device to host or device |
12191 | // function that do not match current compilation |
12192 | // mode. |
12193 | CFP_HostDevice, // Any calls to host/device functions. |
12194 | CFP_SameSide, // Calls from host-device to host or device |
12195 | // function matching current compilation mode. |
12196 | CFP_Native, // host-to-host or device-to-device calls. |
12197 | }; |
12198 | |
12199 | /// Identifies relative preference of a given Caller/Callee |
12200 | /// combination, based on their host/device attributes. |
12201 | /// \param Caller function which needs address of \p Callee. |
12202 | /// nullptr in case of global context. |
12203 | /// \param Callee target function |
12204 | /// |
12205 | /// \returns preference value for particular Caller/Callee combination. |
12206 | CUDAFunctionPreference IdentifyCUDAPreference(const FunctionDecl *Caller, |
12207 | const FunctionDecl *Callee); |
12208 | |
12209 | /// Determines whether Caller may invoke Callee, based on their CUDA |
12210 | /// host/device attributes. Returns false if the call is not allowed. |
12211 | /// |
12212 | /// Note: Will return true for CFP_WrongSide calls. These may appear in |
12213 | /// semantically correct CUDA programs, but only if they're never codegen'ed. |
12214 | bool IsAllowedCUDACall(const FunctionDecl *Caller, |
12215 | const FunctionDecl *Callee) { |
12216 | return IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Callee) != CFP_Never; |
12217 | } |
12218 | |
12219 | /// May add implicit CUDAHostAttr and CUDADeviceAttr attributes to FD, |
12220 | /// depending on FD and the current compilation settings. |
12221 | void maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(FunctionDecl *FD, |
12222 | const LookupResult &Previous); |
12223 | |
12224 | /// May add implicit CUDAConstantAttr attribute to VD, depending on VD |
12225 | /// and current compilation settings. |
12226 | void MaybeAddCUDAConstantAttr(VarDecl *VD); |
12227 | |
12228 | public: |
12229 | /// Check whether we're allowed to call Callee from the current context. |
12230 | /// |
12231 | /// - If the call is never allowed in a semantically-correct program |
12232 | /// (CFP_Never), emits an error and returns false. |
12233 | /// |
12234 | /// - If the call is allowed in semantically-correct programs, but only if |
12235 | /// it's never codegen'ed (CFP_WrongSide), creates a deferred diagnostic to |
12236 | /// be emitted if and when the caller is codegen'ed, and returns true. |
12237 | /// |
12238 | /// Will only create deferred diagnostics for a given SourceLocation once, |
12239 | /// so you can safely call this multiple times without generating duplicate |
12240 | /// deferred errors. |
12241 | /// |
12242 | /// - Otherwise, returns true without emitting any diagnostics. |
12243 | bool CheckCUDACall(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Callee); |
12244 | |
12245 | void CUDACheckLambdaCapture(CXXMethodDecl *D, const sema::Capture &Capture); |
12246 | |
12247 | /// Set __device__ or __host__ __device__ attributes on the given lambda |
12248 | /// operator() method. |
12249 | /// |
12250 | /// CUDA lambdas by default is host device function unless it has explicit |
12251 | /// host or device attribute. |
12252 | void CUDASetLambdaAttrs(CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
12253 | |
12254 | /// Finds a function in \p Matches with highest calling priority |
12255 | /// from \p Caller context and erases all functions with lower |
12256 | /// calling priority. |
12257 | void EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches( |
12258 | const FunctionDecl *Caller, |
12259 | SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl *>> &Matches); |
12260 | |
12261 | /// Given a implicit special member, infer its CUDA target from the |
12262 | /// calls it needs to make to underlying base/field special members. |
12263 | /// \param ClassDecl the class for which the member is being created. |
12264 | /// \param CSM the kind of special member. |
12265 | /// \param MemberDecl the special member itself. |
12266 | /// \param ConstRHS true if this is a copy operation with a const object on |
12267 | /// its RHS. |
12268 | /// \param Diagnose true if this call should emit diagnostics. |
12269 | /// \return true if there was an error inferring. |
12270 | /// The result of this call is implicit CUDA target attribute(s) attached to |
12271 | /// the member declaration. |
12272 | bool inferCUDATargetForImplicitSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, |
12273 | CXXSpecialMember CSM, |
12274 | CXXMethodDecl *MemberDecl, |
12275 | bool ConstRHS, |
12276 | bool Diagnose); |
12277 | |
12278 | /// \return true if \p CD can be considered empty according to CUDA |
12279 | /// (E.2.3.1 in CUDA 7.5 Programming guide). |
12280 | bool isEmptyCudaConstructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXConstructorDecl *CD); |
12281 | bool isEmptyCudaDestructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXDestructorDecl *CD); |
12282 | |
12283 | // \brief Checks that initializers of \p Var satisfy CUDA restrictions. In |
12284 | // case of error emits appropriate diagnostic and invalidates \p Var. |
12285 | // |
12286 | // \details CUDA allows only empty constructors as initializers for global |
12287 | // variables (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 7.5). The same restriction also applies to all |
12288 | // __shared__ variables whether they are local or not (they all are implicitly |
12289 | // static in CUDA). One exception is that CUDA allows constant initializers |
12290 | // for __constant__ and __device__ variables. |
12291 | void checkAllowedCUDAInitializer(VarDecl *VD); |
12292 | |
12293 | /// Check whether NewFD is a valid overload for CUDA. Emits |
12294 | /// diagnostics and invalidates NewFD if not. |
12295 | void checkCUDATargetOverload(FunctionDecl *NewFD, |
12296 | const LookupResult &Previous); |
12297 | /// Copies target attributes from the template TD to the function FD. |
12298 | void inheritCUDATargetAttrs(FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionTemplateDecl &TD); |
12299 | |
12300 | /// Returns the name of the launch configuration function. This is the name |
12301 | /// of the function that will be called to configure kernel call, with the |
12302 | /// parameters specified via <<<>>>. |
12303 | std::string getCudaConfigureFuncName() const; |
12304 | |
12305 | /// \name Code completion |
12306 | //@{ |
12307 | /// Describes the context in which code completion occurs. |
12308 | enum ParserCompletionContext { |
12309 | /// Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. |
12310 | PCC_Namespace, |
12311 | /// Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. |
12312 | PCC_Class, |
12313 | /// Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, |
12314 | /// or category. |
12315 | PCC_ObjCInterface, |
12316 | /// Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or |
12317 | /// category implementation |
12318 | PCC_ObjCImplementation, |
12319 | /// Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables |
12320 | /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. |
12321 | PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, |
12322 | /// Code completion occurs following one or more template |
12323 | /// headers. |
12324 | PCC_Template, |
12325 | /// Code completion occurs following one or more template |
12326 | /// headers within a class. |
12327 | PCC_MemberTemplate, |
12328 | /// Code completion occurs within an expression. |
12329 | PCC_Expression, |
12330 | /// Code completion occurs within a statement, which may |
12331 | /// also be an expression or a declaration. |
12332 | PCC_Statement, |
12333 | /// Code completion occurs at the beginning of the |
12334 | /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. |
12335 | PCC_ForInit, |
12336 | /// Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, |
12337 | /// while, switch, or for statement. |
12338 | PCC_Condition, |
12339 | /// Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a |
12340 | /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position |
12341 | /// in the grammar. |
12342 | PCC_RecoveryInFunction, |
12343 | /// Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. |
12344 | PCC_Type, |
12345 | /// Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which |
12346 | /// might also be a type cast. |
12347 | PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, |
12348 | /// Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration |
12349 | /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. |
12350 | PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers |
12351 | }; |
12352 | |
12353 | void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); |
12354 | void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, |
12355 | ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); |
12356 | void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, |
12357 | bool AllowNonIdentifiers, |
12358 | bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); |
12359 | |
12360 | struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; |
12361 | void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, |
12362 | const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); |
12363 | void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, QualType PreferredType, |
12364 | bool IsParenthesized = false); |
12365 | void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, Expr *OtherOpBase, |
12366 | SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, |
12367 | bool IsBaseExprStatement, |
12368 | QualType PreferredType); |
12369 | void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS, |
12370 | QualType PreferredType); |
12371 | void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); |
12372 | void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); |
12373 | void CodeCompleteFunctionQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS, Declarator &D, |
12374 | const VirtSpecifiers *VS = nullptr); |
12375 | void CodeCompleteBracketDeclarator(Scope *S); |
12376 | void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); |
12377 | /// Determines the preferred type of the current function argument, by |
12378 | /// examining the signatures of all possible overloads. |
12379 | /// Returns null if unknown or ambiguous, or if code completion is off. |
12380 | /// |
12381 | /// If the code completion point has been reached, also reports the function |
12382 | /// signatures that were considered. |
12383 | /// |
12384 | /// FIXME: rename to GuessCallArgumentType to reduce confusion. |
12385 | QualType ProduceCallSignatureHelp(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
12386 | SourceLocation OpenParLoc); |
12387 | QualType ProduceConstructorSignatureHelp(Scope *S, QualType Type, |
12388 | SourceLocation Loc, |
12389 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
12390 | SourceLocation OpenParLoc); |
12391 | QualType ProduceCtorInitMemberSignatureHelp(Scope *S, Decl *ConstructorDecl, |
12392 | CXXScopeSpec SS, |
12393 | ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, |
12394 | ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs, |
12395 | IdentifierInfo *II, |
12396 | SourceLocation OpenParLoc); |
12397 | void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
12398 | /// Trigger code completion for a record of \p BaseType. \p InitExprs are |
12399 | /// expressions in the initializer list seen so far and \p D is the current |
12400 | /// Designation being parsed. |
12401 | void CodeCompleteDesignator(const QualType BaseType, |
12402 | llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> InitExprs, |
12403 | const Designation &D); |
12404 | void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S, bool IsBracedThen); |
12405 | |
12406 | void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, bool EnteringContext, |
12407 | bool IsUsingDeclaration, QualType BaseType, |
12408 | QualType PreferredType); |
12409 | void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); |
12410 | void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); |
12411 | void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); |
12412 | void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); |
12413 | void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); |
12414 | void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer( |
12415 | Decl *Constructor, |
12416 | ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers); |
12417 | |
12418 | void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, |
12419 | bool AfterAmpersand); |
12420 | void CodeCompleteAfterFunctionEquals(Declarator &D); |
12421 | |
12422 | void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); |
12423 | void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); |
12424 | void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); |
12425 | void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); |
12426 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); |
12427 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); |
12428 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); |
12429 | void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, |
12430 | bool IsParameter); |
12431 | void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); |
12432 | void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
12433 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
12434 | bool AtArgumentExpression); |
12435 | void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, |
12436 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
12437 | bool AtArgumentExpression, |
12438 | bool IsSuper = false); |
12439 | void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, |
12440 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
12441 | bool AtArgumentExpression, |
12442 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = nullptr); |
12443 | void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, |
12444 | DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); |
12445 | void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, |
12446 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents); |
12447 | void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences( |
12448 | ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> Protocols); |
12449 | void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); |
12450 | void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); |
12451 | void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, |
12452 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
12453 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); |
12454 | void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); |
12455 | void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, |
12456 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
12457 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); |
12458 | void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, |
12459 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
12460 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); |
12461 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); |
12462 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, |
12463 | IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); |
12464 | void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, Optional<bool> IsInstanceMethod, |
12465 | ParsedType ReturnType); |
12466 | void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, |
12467 | bool IsInstanceMethod, |
12468 | bool AtParameterName, |
12469 | ParsedType ReturnType, |
12470 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents); |
12471 | void CodeCompleteObjCClassPropertyRefExpr(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo &ClassName, |
12472 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc, |
12473 | bool IsBaseExprStatement); |
12474 | void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); |
12475 | void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); |
12476 | void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); |
12477 | void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); |
12478 | void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, |
12479 | IdentifierInfo *Macro, |
12480 | MacroInfo *MacroInfo, |
12481 | unsigned Argument); |
12482 | void CodeCompleteIncludedFile(llvm::StringRef Dir, bool IsAngled); |
12483 | void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); |
12484 | void CodeCompleteAvailabilityPlatformName(); |
12485 | void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, |
12486 | CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, |
12487 | SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); |
12488 | //@} |
12489 | |
12490 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
12491 | // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system |
12492 | |
12493 | public: |
12494 | SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, |
12495 | unsigned ByteNo) const; |
12496 | |
12497 | private: |
12498 | void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, |
12499 | const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=nullptr, |
12500 | bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); |
12501 | void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); |
12502 | // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a |
12503 | // FunctionDeclaration. |
12504 | struct FormatStringInfo { |
12505 | unsigned FormatIdx; |
12506 | unsigned FirstDataArg; |
12507 | bool HasVAListArg; |
12508 | }; |
12509 | |
12510 | static bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, |
12511 | FormatStringInfo *FSI); |
12512 | bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, |
12513 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto); |
12514 | bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, |
12515 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args); |
12516 | bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, |
12517 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto); |
12518 | bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto); |
12519 | void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, QualType ThisType, |
12520 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
12521 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, SourceLocation Loc); |
12522 | |
12523 | void CheckArgAlignment(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *FDecl, |
12524 | StringRef ParamName, QualType ArgTy, QualType ParamTy); |
12525 | |
12526 | void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
12527 | const Expr *ThisArg, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
12528 | bool IsMemberFunction, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, |
12529 | VariadicCallType CallType); |
12530 | |
12531 | bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); |
12532 | ExprResult CheckOSLogFormatStringArg(Expr *Arg); |
12533 | |
12534 | ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
12535 | unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
12536 | |
12537 | bool CheckTSBuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID, |
12538 | CallExpr *TheCall); |
12539 | |
12540 | void checkFortifiedBuiltinMemoryFunction(FunctionDecl *FD, CallExpr *TheCall); |
12541 | |
12542 | bool CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall, |
12543 | unsigned MaxWidth); |
12544 | bool CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID, |
12545 | CallExpr *TheCall); |
12546 | bool CheckMVEBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
12547 | bool CheckSVEBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
12548 | bool CheckCDEBuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID, |
12549 | CallExpr *TheCall); |
12550 | bool CheckARMCoprocessorImmediate(const TargetInfo &TI, const Expr *CoprocArg, |
12551 | bool WantCDE); |
12552 | bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID, |
12553 | CallExpr *TheCall); |
12554 | |
12555 | bool CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID, |
12556 | CallExpr *TheCall); |
12557 | bool CheckBPFBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
12558 | bool CheckHexagonBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
12559 | bool CheckHexagonBuiltinArgument(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
12560 | bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID, |
12561 | CallExpr *TheCall); |
12562 | bool CheckMipsBuiltinCpu(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID, |
12563 | CallExpr *TheCall); |
12564 | bool CheckMipsBuiltinArgument(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
12565 | bool CheckSystemZBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
12566 | bool CheckX86BuiltinRoundingOrSAE(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
12567 | bool CheckX86BuiltinGatherScatterScale(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
12568 | bool CheckX86BuiltinTileArguments(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
12569 | bool CheckX86BuiltinTileArgumentsRange(CallExpr *TheCall, |
12570 | ArrayRef<int> ArgNums); |
12571 | bool CheckX86BuiltinTileDuplicate(CallExpr *TheCall, ArrayRef<int> ArgNums); |
12572 | bool CheckX86BuiltinTileRangeAndDuplicate(CallExpr *TheCall, |
12573 | ArrayRef<int> ArgNums); |
12574 | bool CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID, |
12575 | CallExpr *TheCall); |
12576 | bool CheckPPCBuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID, |
12577 | CallExpr *TheCall); |
12578 | bool CheckAMDGCNBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
12579 | bool CheckRISCVLMUL(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned ArgNum); |
12580 | bool CheckRISCVBuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID, |
12581 | CallExpr *TheCall); |
12582 | |
12583 | bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
12584 | bool SemaBuiltinVAStartARMMicrosoft(CallExpr *Call); |
12585 | bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); |
12586 | bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); |
12587 | bool SemaBuiltinComplex(CallExpr *TheCall); |
12588 | bool SemaBuiltinVSX(CallExpr *TheCall); |
12589 | bool SemaBuiltinOSLogFormat(CallExpr *TheCall); |
12590 | bool SemaValueIsRunOfOnes(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned ArgNum); |
12591 | |
12592 | public: |
12593 | // Used by C++ template instantiation. |
12594 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); |
12595 | ExprResult SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
12596 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
12597 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
12598 | |
12599 | private: |
12600 | bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); |
12601 | bool SemaBuiltinAllocaWithAlign(CallExpr *TheCall); |
12602 | bool SemaBuiltinArithmeticFence(CallExpr *TheCall); |
12603 | bool SemaBuiltinAssume(CallExpr *TheCall); |
12604 | bool SemaBuiltinAssumeAligned(CallExpr *TheCall); |
12605 | bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); |
12606 | bool SemaBuiltinSetjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); |
12607 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); |
12608 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); |
12609 | ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, |
12610 | AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); |
12611 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinOperatorNewDeleteOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, |
12612 | bool IsDelete); |
12613 | bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, |
12614 | llvm::APSInt &Result); |
12615 | bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, int Low, |
12616 | int High, bool RangeIsError = true); |
12617 | bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgMultiple(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, |
12618 | unsigned Multiple); |
12619 | bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgPower2(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum); |
12620 | bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgShiftedByte(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, |
12621 | unsigned ArgBits); |
12622 | bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgShiftedByteOrXXFF(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, |
12623 | unsigned ArgBits); |
12624 | bool SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall, |
12625 | int ArgNum, unsigned ExpectedFieldNum, |
12626 | bool AllowName); |
12627 | bool SemaBuiltinARMMemoryTaggingCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
12628 | bool SemaBuiltinPPCMMACall(CallExpr *TheCall, const char *TypeDesc); |
12629 | |
12630 | bool CheckPPCMMAType(QualType Type, SourceLocation TypeLoc); |
12631 | |
12632 | // Matrix builtin handling. |
12633 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinMatrixTranspose(CallExpr *TheCall, |
12634 | ExprResult CallResult); |
12635 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinMatrixColumnMajorLoad(CallExpr *TheCall, |
12636 | ExprResult CallResult); |
12637 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinMatrixColumnMajorStore(CallExpr *TheCall, |
12638 | ExprResult CallResult); |
12639 | |
12640 | public: |
12641 | enum FormatStringType { |
12642 | FST_Scanf, |
12643 | FST_Printf, |
12644 | FST_NSString, |
12645 | FST_Strftime, |
12646 | FST_Strfmon, |
12647 | FST_Kprintf, |
12648 | FST_FreeBSDKPrintf, |
12649 | FST_OSTrace, |
12650 | FST_OSLog, |
12651 | FST_Syslog, |
12652 | FST_Unknown |
12653 | }; |
12654 | static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); |
12655 | |
12656 | bool FormatStringHasSArg(const StringLiteral *FExpr); |
12657 | |
12658 | static bool GetFormatNSStringIdx(const FormatAttr *Format, unsigned &Idx); |
12659 | |
12660 | private: |
12661 | bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, |
12662 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
12663 | bool IsCXXMember, |
12664 | VariadicCallType CallType, |
12665 | SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, |
12666 | llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs); |
12667 | bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
12668 | bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, |
12669 | unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, |
12670 | VariadicCallType CallType, |
12671 | SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range, |
12672 | llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs); |
12673 | |
12674 | void CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(const CallExpr *Call, |
12675 | const FunctionDecl *FDecl); |
12676 | |
12677 | void CheckMaxUnsignedZero(const CallExpr *Call, const FunctionDecl *FDecl); |
12678 | |
12679 | void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, |
12680 | unsigned BId, |
12681 | IdentifierInfo *FnName); |
12682 | |
12683 | void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, |
12684 | IdentifierInfo *FnName); |
12685 | |
12686 | void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, |
12687 | IdentifierInfo *FnName); |
12688 | |
12689 | void CheckFreeArguments(const CallExpr *E); |
12690 | |
12691 | void CheckReturnValExpr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, |
12692 | SourceLocation ReturnLoc, |
12693 | bool isObjCMethod = false, |
12694 | const AttrVec *Attrs = nullptr, |
12695 | const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr); |
12696 | |
12697 | public: |
12698 | void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); |
12699 | |
12700 | private: |
12701 | void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); |
12702 | void CheckBoolLikeConversion(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC); |
12703 | void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E); |
12704 | void CheckUnsequencedOperations(const Expr *E); |
12705 | |
12706 | /// Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either |
12707 | /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression. |
12708 | void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(), |
12709 | bool IsConstexpr = false); |
12710 | |
12711 | void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, |
12712 | Expr *Init); |
12713 | |
12714 | /// Check if there is a field shadowing. |
12715 | void CheckShadowInheritedFields(const SourceLocation &Loc, |
12716 | DeclarationName FieldName, |
12717 | const CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
12718 | bool DeclIsField = true); |
12719 | |
12720 | /// Check if the given expression contains 'break' or 'continue' |
12721 | /// statement that produces control flow different from GCC. |
12722 | void CheckBreakContinueBinding(Expr *E); |
12723 | |
12724 | /// Check whether receiver is mutable ObjC container which |
12725 | /// attempts to add itself into the container |
12726 | void CheckObjCCircularContainer(ObjCMessageExpr *Message); |
12727 | |
12728 | void CheckTCBEnforcement(const CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionDecl *Callee); |
12729 | |
12730 | void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE); |
12731 | void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc, |
12732 | bool DeleteWasArrayForm); |
12733 | public: |
12734 | /// Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. |
12735 | void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, |
12736 | uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, |
12737 | bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); |
12738 | |
12739 | struct TypeTagData { |
12740 | TypeTagData() {} |
12741 | |
12742 | TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : |
12743 | Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), |
12744 | MustBeNull(MustBeNull) |
12745 | {} |
12746 | |
12747 | QualType Type; |
12748 | |
12749 | /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for |
12750 | /// layout-compatibility. |
12751 | unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; |
12752 | unsigned MustBeNull : 1; |
12753 | }; |
12754 | |
12755 | /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely |
12756 | /// identifies the magic value. |
12757 | typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; |
12758 | |
12759 | private: |
12760 | /// A map from magic value to type information. |
12761 | std::unique_ptr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>> |
12762 | TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; |
12763 | |
12764 | /// Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag |
12765 | /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. |
12766 | void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, |
12767 | const ArrayRef<const Expr *> ExprArgs, |
12768 | SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); |
12769 | |
12770 | /// Check if we are taking the address of a packed field |
12771 | /// as this may be a problem if the pointer value is dereferenced. |
12772 | void CheckAddressOfPackedMember(Expr *rhs); |
12773 | |
12774 | /// The parser's current scope. |
12775 | /// |
12776 | /// The parser maintains this state here. |
12777 | Scope *CurScope; |
12778 | |
12779 | mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super; |
12780 | mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128; |
12781 | |
12782 | /// Nullability type specifiers. |
12783 | IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nonnull = nullptr; |
12784 | IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nullable = nullptr; |
12785 | IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nullable_result = nullptr; |
12786 | IdentifierInfo *Ident__Null_unspecified = nullptr; |
12787 | |
12788 | IdentifierInfo *Ident_NSError = nullptr; |
12789 | |
12790 | /// The handler for the FileChanged preprocessor events. |
12791 | /// |
12792 | /// Used for diagnostics that implement custom semantic analysis for #include |
12793 | /// directives, like -Wpragma-pack. |
12794 | sema::SemaPPCallbacks *SemaPPCallbackHandler; |
12795 | |
12796 | protected: |
12797 | friend class Parser; |
12798 | friend class InitializationSequence; |
12799 | friend class ASTReader; |
12800 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
12801 | friend class ASTWriter; |
12802 | |
12803 | public: |
12804 | /// Retrieve the keyword associated |
12805 | IdentifierInfo *getNullabilityKeyword(NullabilityKind nullability); |
12806 | |
12807 | /// The struct behind the CFErrorRef pointer. |
12808 | RecordDecl *CFError = nullptr; |
12809 | bool isCFError(RecordDecl *D); |
12810 | |
12811 | /// Retrieve the identifier "NSError". |
12812 | IdentifierInfo *getNSErrorIdent(); |
12813 | |
12814 | /// Retrieve the parser's current scope. |
12815 | /// |
12816 | /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis |
12817 | /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case |
12818 | /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. |
12819 | /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser |
12820 | /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from |
12821 | /// template substitution or instantiation. |
12822 | Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } |
12823 | |
12824 | void incrementMSManglingNumber() const { |
12825 | return CurScope->incrementMSManglingNumber(); |
12826 | } |
12827 | |
12828 | IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const; |
12829 | IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const; |
12830 | |
12831 | Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; |
12832 | |
12833 | DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { |
12834 | return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; |
12835 | } |
12836 | |
12837 | const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { |
12838 | const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); |
12839 | // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. |
12840 | if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) |
12841 | DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); |
12842 | return DC; |
12843 | } |
12844 | |
12845 | /// Determine the number of levels of enclosing template parameters. This is |
12846 | /// only usable while parsing. Note that this does not include dependent |
12847 | /// contexts in which no template parameters have yet been declared, such as |
12848 | /// in a terse function template or generic lambda before the first 'auto' is |
12849 | /// encountered. |
12850 | unsigned getTemplateDepth(Scope *S) const; |
12851 | |
12852 | /// To be used for checking whether the arguments being passed to |
12853 | /// function exceeds the number of parameters expected for it. |
12854 | static bool TooManyArguments(size_t NumParams, size_t NumArgs, |
12855 | bool PartialOverloading = false) { |
12856 | // We check whether we're just after a comma in code-completion. |
12857 | if (NumArgs > 0 && PartialOverloading) |
12858 | return NumArgs + 1 > NumParams; // If so, we view as an extra argument. |
12859 | return NumArgs > NumParams; |
12860 | } |
12861 | |
12862 | // Emitting members of dllexported classes is delayed until the class |
12863 | // (including field initializers) is fully parsed. |
12864 | SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> DelayedDllExportClasses; |
12865 | SmallVector<CXXMethodDecl*, 4> DelayedDllExportMemberFunctions; |
12866 | |
12867 | private: |
12868 | int ParsingClassDepth = 0; |
12869 | |
12870 | class SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII { |
12871 | public: |
12872 | SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII(Sema &S) : S(S) { swapSavedState(); } |
12873 | |
12874 | ~SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII() { |
12875 | assert(S.DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks.empty() &&((void)0) |
12876 | "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks")((void)0); |
12877 | assert(S.DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks.empty() &&((void)0) |
12878 | "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks")((void)0); |
12879 | swapSavedState(); |
12880 | } |
12881 | |
12882 | private: |
12883 | Sema &S; |
12884 | decltype(DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks) |
12885 | SavedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks; |
12886 | decltype(DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks) |
12887 | SavedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks; |
12888 | |
12889 | void swapSavedState() { |
12890 | SavedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks.swap( |
12891 | S.DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks); |
12892 | SavedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks.swap( |
12893 | S.DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks); |
12894 | } |
12895 | }; |
12896 | |
12897 | /// Helper class that collects misaligned member designations and |
12898 | /// their location info for delayed diagnostics. |
12899 | struct MisalignedMember { |
12900 | Expr *E; |
12901 | RecordDecl *RD; |
12902 | ValueDecl *MD; |
12903 | CharUnits Alignment; |
12904 | |
12905 | MisalignedMember() : E(), RD(), MD(), Alignment() {} |
12906 | MisalignedMember(Expr *E, RecordDecl *RD, ValueDecl *MD, |
12907 | CharUnits Alignment) |
12908 | : E(E), RD(RD), MD(MD), Alignment(Alignment) {} |
12909 | explicit MisalignedMember(Expr *E) |
12910 | : MisalignedMember(E, nullptr, nullptr, CharUnits()) {} |
12911 | |
12912 | bool operator==(const MisalignedMember &m) { return this->E == m.E; } |
12913 | }; |
12914 | /// Small set of gathered accesses to potentially misaligned members |
12915 | /// due to the packed attribute. |
12916 | SmallVector<MisalignedMember, 4> MisalignedMembers; |
12917 | |
12918 | /// Adds an expression to the set of gathered misaligned members. |
12919 | void AddPotentialMisalignedMembers(Expr *E, RecordDecl *RD, ValueDecl *MD, |
12920 | CharUnits Alignment); |
12921 | |
12922 | public: |
12923 | /// Diagnoses the current set of gathered accesses. This typically |
12924 | /// happens at full expression level. The set is cleared after emitting the |
12925 | /// diagnostics. |
12926 | void DiagnoseMisalignedMembers(); |
12927 | |
12928 | /// This function checks if the expression is in the sef of potentially |
12929 | /// misaligned members and it is converted to some pointer type T with lower |
12930 | /// or equal alignment requirements. If so it removes it. This is used when |
12931 | /// we do not want to diagnose such misaligned access (e.g. in conversions to |
12932 | /// void*). |
12933 | void DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(const Type *T, Expr *E); |
12934 | |
12935 | /// This function calls Action when it determines that E designates a |
12936 | /// misaligned member due to the packed attribute. This is used to emit |
12937 | /// local diagnostics like in reference binding. |
12938 | void RefersToMemberWithReducedAlignment( |
12939 | Expr *E, |
12940 | llvm::function_ref<void(Expr *, RecordDecl *, FieldDecl *, CharUnits)> |
12941 | Action); |
12942 | |
12943 | /// Describes the reason a calling convention specification was ignored, used |
12944 | /// for diagnostics. |
12945 | enum class CallingConventionIgnoredReason { |
12946 | ForThisTarget = 0, |
12947 | VariadicFunction, |
12948 | ConstructorDestructor, |
12949 | BuiltinFunction |
12950 | }; |
12951 | /// Creates a SemaDiagnosticBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current |
12952 | /// context is "used as device code". |
12953 | /// |
12954 | /// - If CurLexicalContext is a kernel function or it is known that the |
12955 | /// function will be emitted for the device, emits the diagnostics |
12956 | /// immediately. |
12957 | /// - If CurLexicalContext is a function and we are compiling |
12958 | /// for the device, but we don't know that this function will be codegen'ed |
12959 | /// for devive yet, creates a diagnostic which is emitted if and when we |
12960 | /// realize that the function will be codegen'ed. |
12961 | /// |
12962 | /// Example usage: |
12963 | /// |
12964 | /// Diagnose __float128 type usage only from SYCL device code if the current |
12965 | /// target doesn't support it |
12966 | /// if (!S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasFloat128Type() && |
12967 | /// S.getLangOpts().SYCLIsDevice) |
12968 | /// SYCLDiagIfDeviceCode(Loc, diag::err_type_unsupported) << "__float128"; |
12969 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder SYCLDiagIfDeviceCode(SourceLocation Loc, |
12970 | unsigned DiagID); |
12971 | |
12972 | /// Check whether we're allowed to call Callee from the current context. |
12973 | /// |
12974 | /// - If the call is never allowed in a semantically-correct program |
12975 | /// emits an error and returns false. |
12976 | /// |
12977 | /// - If the call is allowed in semantically-correct programs, but only if |
12978 | /// it's never codegen'ed, creates a deferred diagnostic to be emitted if |
12979 | /// and when the caller is codegen'ed, and returns true. |
12980 | /// |
12981 | /// - Otherwise, returns true without emitting any diagnostics. |
12982 | /// |
12983 | /// Adds Callee to DeviceCallGraph if we don't know if its caller will be |
12984 | /// codegen'ed yet. |
12985 | bool checkSYCLDeviceFunction(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Callee); |
12986 | }; |
12987 | |
12988 | /// RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. |
12989 | class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { |
12990 | Sema &Actions; |
12991 | bool Entered = true; |
12992 | |
12993 | public: |
12994 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext( |
12995 | Sema &Actions, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, |
12996 | Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr, |
12997 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind ExprContext = |
12998 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Other, |
12999 | bool ShouldEnter = true) |
13000 | : Actions(Actions), Entered(ShouldEnter) { |
13001 | if (Entered) |
13002 | Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, |
13003 | ExprContext); |
13004 | } |
13005 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext( |
13006 | Sema &Actions, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, |
13007 | Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, |
13008 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind ExprContext = |
13009 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Other) |
13010 | : Actions(Actions) { |
13011 | Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext( |
13012 | NewContext, Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, ExprContext); |
13013 | } |
13014 | |
13015 | enum InitListTag { InitList }; |
13016 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, InitListTag, |
13017 | bool ShouldEnter = true) |
13018 | : Actions(Actions), Entered(false) { |
13019 | // In C++11 onwards, narrowing checks are performed on the contents of |
13020 | // braced-init-lists, even when they occur within unevaluated operands. |
13021 | // Therefore we still need to instantiate constexpr functions used in such |
13022 | // a context. |
13023 | if (ShouldEnter && Actions.isUnevaluatedContext() && |
13024 | Actions.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { |
13025 | Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext( |
13026 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList); |
13027 | Entered = true; |
13028 | } |
13029 | } |
13030 | |
13031 | ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { |
13032 | if (Entered) |
13033 | Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); |
13034 | } |
13035 | }; |
13036 | |
13037 | DeductionFailureInfo |
13038 | MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK, |
13039 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
13040 | |
13041 | /// Contains a late templated function. |
13042 | /// Will be parsed at the end of the translation unit, used by Sema & Parser. |
13043 | struct LateParsedTemplate { |
13044 | CachedTokens Toks; |
13045 | /// The template function declaration to be late parsed. |
13046 | Decl *D; |
13047 | }; |
13048 | |
13049 | template <> |
13050 | void Sema::PragmaStack<Sema::AlignPackInfo>::Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
13051 | PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
13052 | llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, |
13053 | AlignPackInfo Value); |
13054 | |
13055 | } // end namespace clang |
13056 | |
13057 | namespace llvm { |
13058 | // Hash a FunctionDeclAndLoc by looking at both its FunctionDecl and its |
13059 | // SourceLocation. |
13060 | template <> struct DenseMapInfo<clang::Sema::FunctionDeclAndLoc> { |
13061 | using FunctionDeclAndLoc = clang::Sema::FunctionDeclAndLoc; |
13062 | using FDBaseInfo = DenseMapInfo<clang::CanonicalDeclPtr<clang::FunctionDecl>>; |
13063 | |
13064 | static FunctionDeclAndLoc getEmptyKey() { |
13065 | return {FDBaseInfo::getEmptyKey(), clang::SourceLocation()}; |
13066 | } |
13067 | |
13068 | static FunctionDeclAndLoc getTombstoneKey() { |
13069 | return {FDBaseInfo::getTombstoneKey(), clang::SourceLocation()}; |
13070 | } |
13071 | |
13072 | static unsigned getHashValue(const FunctionDeclAndLoc &FDL) { |
13073 | return hash_combine(FDBaseInfo::getHashValue(FDL.FD), |
13074 | FDL.Loc.getHashValue()); |
13075 | } |
13076 | |
13077 | static bool isEqual(const FunctionDeclAndLoc &LHS, |
13078 | const FunctionDeclAndLoc &RHS) { |
13079 | return LHS.FD == RHS.FD && LHS.Loc == RHS.Loc; |
13080 | } |
13081 | }; |
13082 | } // namespace llvm |
13083 | |
13084 | #endif |